A Madagascar Bibliography: In Two Parts: Part I.--Arranged Alphabetically According to Authors ...

Google

This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project

to make the world's books discoverable online.

It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject

to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books

are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover.

Marks, notations and other maiginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the

publisher to a library and finally to you.

Usage guidelines

Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing tliis resource, we liave taken steps to
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying.
We also ask that you:

+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for
personal, non-commercial purposes.

+ Refrain fivm automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help.

+ Maintain attributionTht GoogXt "watermark" you see on each file is essential for in forming people about this project and helping them find
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it.

+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liabili^ can be quite severe.

About Google Book Search

Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers
discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web

at |http: //books .google .com/I

A MADAGASCAR BIBLIOGRAPHY.

Part I.-lrranged Alpbabetically according to Antbors' Names ;
Part IL-irranged CbronologicaJly according to Subjects treated of.

TO WHICH IS ADDED

A LIST OF PUBLICATIONS IN THE MALAGASY

LANGUAGE,

AND

A LIST OF MAPS OF MADAGASCAR.

COLLECTED AND ARRANGED. BY THE

REVf J. SIBREErP.R.G.S.,

fissionary of the L,M.S,y Member of the Royal Asiatic Society ^ and

Author of * Madagascar and its People ^^ 'The Crreat African

Island y^ Art. 'Madagascar* in 'EncycL Brit J

(^th ed.t etc.

ANTANANARIVO :
RINTED AT THE PRESS OF THE LONDON MISSIONARY

SOCIETY BY NATIVE PRINTERS.

1885.

(LONDON AGENCY, TRUBNER AND CO.)

*L 2.. • :i i

A.fT ss^o. \

J11N@3188

J

\;

I^K^EIP-AuOE.

AVERY few words will suffice to explain the reasons which led me
to think of making the catalogue of books, pamphlets and papers
of various kinds which is printed in the following pages:

During my unusually lengthened furiough in England I was almost
constantly employed in preaching and speaking about Madagascar ; and
during the few intervals of this, my chief work, I was continually
occupied in writing about the country and about its people. In order
to collect the information already available in books and periodicals on
these subjects, and to make myself acquainted with what had already
been written about Madagascar and the Malagasy, I was a frequent visitor
at the magnificent library of the British Museum, and so gradually became
familiar with almost all that is contained in that wonderful collection
which relates to this great island and its inhabitants. The information
thus obtained, however, has, until recently, been scattered through a
number of note-books and scrap-books,^ and so has been difficult of
reference. It occurred to me a few months ago that it would be worth
while to collect these scattered notes and arrange them in alphabetical
order, and also to classify them according to their subjects ; and this
Bibliography is the result. I have been surprised at the large amount of
information available about Madagascar, and the work has proved a
much greater one than I had anticipated when commencing it.

More than fifteen years ago I prepared a short list of books, pamphlets,
etc., as one of the appendices to Madagascar and its People (1870) ; and in
the first and second numbers of the An/andnarivo Annual (^iSj $ and 1876)
I gave a list of English, and then of French, publications on the subject;
while in my article 'Madagascar,' in the new edition of the Encyclopcedia
Britannica (vol. xv. 1883), a list of the most important books and papers
is also given. In these pages, however, I have tried to make the list as
full and complete as the materials at hand allowed, although I am fully
aware that in several subjects, especially in the botany and natural
history of the island, there must still be many papers which have escaped
notice. I do not think it likely that any hook of importance on Mada-
gascar has been omitted, but as regards shorter papers and articles in
scientific journals, more especially in those of France, a careful search
would doubtless bring to light many more. However, fully believing
the proverb that "the best is the enemy of the good," I have preferred
to publish this catalogue, imperfect as it still is, rather than risk never
publishing it at all through waiting to make it complete in every
respect. I venture to think that it is a considerable step towards a
perfect bibliography of Madagascar, and I hope that it may prove
serviceable to all who are interested in the country and its people by
showing what has already been written on these subjects, and where the
information can be obtained. I beg also to remind readers in England
that this Bibliography has been compiled and put to pre«{& tn Moda^os-
car^ and that in this country there no pubWc WbTafie.^ '^\w\Oci caxv \ifc

IV.

consulted, or sets of the Troceedings' of the learned societies of Europe
to be referred to. Had this work been published in England, it could
of course have been made much more perfect, but it must at the same time
have been much more costly. The arrangement under various heads in-
the Second Part is, perhaps, in some instances rather an arbitrary one ;
partly because one subject often interweaves with others, and partly also
because the titles of some books and papers are very vague and general,,
and do not give at all precisely their exact contents.

I must acknowledge my obligations for much information about
French publications to the list at the end of M. Barbie du Bocage's
book Madagascar: possession franqaise depiiis 1642 (a very misleading
title, by the way), and also to some pages of a German geographical
work kindly sent to me about five years ago by the late Dr. J. M.
Hildebrandt, whose lamented death in this country in 1881 was a great
loss to the scientific knowledge of this island, more especially as regards
its ethnology and natural history.

The *List of Books and other Publications in the Malagasy Language'
will, I hopKJ, be of interest to many in Europe by shewing what has
already been done to form a native literature, and how the various missions
now at work in the island are all contributing to this end. And the *List
of Maps of Madagascar* includes, I believe, almost every map that gives
any information of value upon the geography of the country from the
earliest times, and will throw some light upon what has already been
effected towards the exploration of the island.

I have also to thank my friend the Rev. W. E. Cousins for his kind
permission to examine his extensive collection of Malagasy books, and
for help in preparing the list of editions of the Malagasy Scriptures.
And my acknowledgements are also due to my friend the Rev. L. Dahle
for kindly correcting the German titles of books and pamphlets, and for
other help.

In a work of this kind, so full of figures, abbreviations, etc. it is next to
impossible to avoid some errors. Notwithstanding all my endeavours,
several have crept in, and these, as far as detected, are noted in the *Cor-
rigenda* at the end of the book. In the last page of sheet 2 and first page of
sheet 3, I see, to my great annoyance, that several entries have become
disarranged, as regards alphabetical order (in the letter R). For these and
other errors I ask a lenient judgment from the courteous reader, who is
asked to bear in mind that the native printers know no language but their
own, but yet have here had to compose type in the English, French,
German, and other European languages.

In conclusion, I shall feel greatly obliged if those into whose hands
these pages may fall will kindly send me word of any book or paper on
Madagascar or on its inhabitants, with which they are acquainted, which
is not included in this Bibliography, so that any future edition may be
made more perfect.

J.S.

M 5. College y Anianinanvo,

Ma<kigascar, September zindy 1885.

A MADAGASCAR BIBLIOGRAPHY.

FART I.

ARRANGED ALPHABETICALLY ACCORDING TO

AUTHORS' NAMES.

A

Ac^otTifT of an Eitperdition of the Portuguese from India to Madagas-
car ; 1613. In 'Kerr's Collection of Voyages;' vol. vii.

AekermaJii-^. Histoire des E6volutions de* Madagascar, depuis 1 642
jusqu' k nos jours. 8vo, Paris: 1833.

Adams, Henry Description of new Land Shell {Eury crater a fara-
fdnga, sp. noV.) from Madagascar. Proc, Zool, Soc. 1875; p. 389; pi. xlv.

^-^ — *•', and ft. F. Angas. Descriptions of [two] new Species

of Land Shell {Helix) from Madagascar. Proc. Zool, Soc, 1876 ; p. 488 ;
pL xlvii.

.ZEpyornis, The. Quar, Jour, of Science; July 1864.

^Ailloud, Pere Laurent. Grammaire Malgache-Hova Tananarive:
1872; pp. 383.

*Aitken, Robert. The Journey between Antsihdnaka and the East
Coast. Anfandnarivo Annual, I. 1875; pp. 43-47.

Albrand, Fortune. Madagascar : gouvernement ; caractere et moeurs
des Mulgaches ; colonie francaise de St. Marie de Madagascar ; details
sur la peuplade naire des Guimos, Juin 1827. Jour, du Voy., ou Archives
Giog.du xixm^ Steele; vol. xXxvi. Oct. et Nov. 1827; pp. 5-53, 129-
136. Also in Asial, Jour, Nov. 1827 ; pp. 542-548.

M6moire sur la province d' Auossi et le fort Dau-
phin. Revue Colontale ; Ire ser. t. xii. p. 44.

• Les Madecasses.

Albuquerque, Blasius. Commentaries do Grande Alfonso d' Albu-
querque fol., Lisbon: 1576.

Angas, Oeorge French. Notes on a small Collection of Land and
Fresh-water Shells from S.E. Madap^ascar, with Descriptions of new
Species. Proc, Zool, Soc, 1877 ; p. 527; i^l. liv.

* The asterisk is prefixed to the names of all writers who are known to baye per-
0onall)r visited Mfula^ascar,

ANGAS— BAKER.

Angas, George French. Descriptions of two new Species of Helix
(Eurycratera) from S.E. Betsil6o, Madagascar. Proo. Zool, Soc. 1879;
p. 728 ; pi. Ivii.

, see also Adams.

ANGRiBcnM sesquipedale, The. Gardener* s Chronicle; Apr. 11th,
1857.

AinMAUX k rechercher k Madagascar. Bull^ de Soc. Giog. de Parti;
2me ser. t. viii. p. 108.

Artlmsins, Oothardns. Caput viii. 'De Insula Madagascare et post
Caput Bonee Spei finitimis quihusdam aliis ;' pp. 56-65. In 'Historia
Indiee Orientalis, ex variis auctoribus coUecta, et juxta seriem topogrn-
phicam regnorum, provinciarum, et insularum,' etc. Col. Agrippin®:
1608.

— — CoUoquia Latino-Maleyica et Madagascarioa.

4to, Francfort: 1613.

Anohterlonie, Eev. Robt. Sir William Davenant's Poem of 'Mada-
gascar.' Ani. Ann. III. 1877 ; pp. 32-34.

Andooin et Alph. Milne-Edwards. Sur une espice nouvelle du genre
Ecrevisse {Astacus), Ecrevisse de Madagascar {A, madagascartensis),
Mim. du Mu8, d* Hist, Nat, 1841 ; t. ii.

^Andnbert, J. Im Lande der Yoilakertra auf Madagaskar. (Nache
meinem Tagebuche.) (?/o6t«« ; Brunswick : 1882; nos. 19 22. See also
Dahle.

-— — '- — Die geographischen Verhaltnisse der Insul Madagaskar
und ihre Yolkerstamtiie, unter besonderer Beriicksichtigung des Hova-
Beiches. Verhand, d, Gesell, fur Erd, zu Berlin; 1882 ; no. 9.

d* Avezao, — . Observations sur la nomenclature et le olassement des
Ues et archipels de la tner de Madagascar. Bull. Sue, Giog, 1 847 ; 3me
ser. t. viii. pp. 129-141.

B

"^Baker, Edward. An Outline of a Grammar of the Malagasy Lan-
guage as spoken by the Hovas. Port Louis : 1845. Sec. ed., London :
1864 ; pp. 48.

Baker, J. G. On a Collection of Ferns made by Mr. [Mrs.] William
Pool in the Interior of Madagascar. Linn, Soc, Jour, — Eot, vol. xv. pp.
411-422.

On a Collection of Ferns made by Miss Helen Gilpin in

the Interior of Madagascar. Linn, Soc, Jour, — Bot, vol. xvi. pp. 198-
206.

Notes on a Collection of Flowering Plants made by L.

Kitching, Esq. in Madagascar in 1879. 2 plates. Linn. Soc. Jour. —Bot.
vol. xviii. pp. 264-281.

Plants of Madagascar. Nature; Dec. 9, 1880 ; pp. 12'

126.

BAKER— BARON,

Baker, J. 0. On the Natural History of Madagascar [chiefly Botani-
cal]. Proc. Brit. Association; N.S. vol. X. Nov. 1881; pp. 327-34U
Reprinted in Ant. Ann. VI. 1882 : pp. 30-47.

— _ Contributiiins to the Flora of Madagascar. — Part. I.

PolypetalfiB. Linn. Soc. Jour. — Bot, pi. xxii. ; vol. xx. pp. 87-158.
Part n. Monopetalae, pi. xxiii. ; vol. xx. pp. 152-236. Part III.
Incompletae, Monocotyledons, and Filices, pi. xxiv. ; vol. xx. pp. 237-
304 ; Mar. and April 1883.

Contributions to the Flora of Central Madagascar. Jour.

of Botany, Feb., Mar., Apr., May, June, July, Aug., Sept. 1882.

Further Contributions to the Flora of Central Mada-
gascar. Parti. — Polypetalae. Linti. Soc. Jour. — Bot. Dec. 12th, 1884;
vol. xxi. no. 135, pp. 317-858.

Barbarouz, C. 0. De la Transportation. Apergus legislatifs, etc. sur la
colonization penitentiare. Avec une carte de Madagascar. Paris : 1857.

Barbie du Bocage, V. A. Notice geographique sur V ile de Madagas-
car. Bull. Soc. GSog. 1858; vol. xvi. pp. 5-56.

Madagascar: Possession franqaise depuis 1642.

Ouvrage accompagne d' une grande carte dressee par M. Y. A. Malte-
Brun. Paris: 1859; pp.367.

— ^ Description gfiographique de Madagascar et de

ses difPerentes provinces, d' apr^s les plus recents et les dernieres rela-
tions. Carte par M. Malte-Brun. Nouv. Ann. de Voyages ; Juin 1859.
Also in Nouv, Ann. de la Marine; Sept. et Oct. 1859.

La Baie de Diego-Suarez. Rev. du Monde Colo^

niale; Fevr. 1863.

"^Baron, Rev. Richard. Jottings on some of the Plants of Im^rina.
Ant. Ann. IV. 1878; pp. 106-115.

^ Notes on a few common Madagascar Birds.

Ant. Ann. V. 1881 ; pp. 54-57.

Genera of Madagascar Plants. Ant. Ann. V.

pp. 94-97 ; VII. 1883; 96-102.

The B^a. Ant. Ann. V. pp. 106-108.

A List of Madagascar Plants. Ant. Ann. V.

pp. 109-114.

From Ambatondrazaka to Fenoarivo. Ant. Ann.

VI. 1882; pp. 75-94.

Natural History Notes. Ant. Ann. VI. pp.

121-123; VIL 1883; 128 ; VIII. 1884; 111-114.

Ranavalona 11., the late Queen of Madagascar.

jint. Ann. VII. pp. 1-12. Also in Sunday Magazine; Jan. 1884.

[Extinct] Volcanoes in Eastern Im^rina. Ant.

Ann. VII. pp. 56-61.

Genera of Malagasy Plants. Ant. Ann. VII*

pp. 96-102.

BARON-^BEQUET,

Baron, Kev. Richard. The Personal [Malagasy] Article <!.' Anta-
nanarivo: 1883; pp.7.

Notes on the Habits of the Aye-aye of Mada-
gascar in its Native State. Proc, Zool. Soc. Nov. 14, 1882.

(Editor of) The Antananarivo Annual and Ma-
dagascar Magazine ; Nos. V. 1881; VT. 1882; VII. 1883; and VIH
1884. See also Sibree.

^Barrow, George. Letters on Madagascar, about 30 in number, in the
Mauritius iBazette ; 1873.

Bartlett, A, D. Observations on the living Aye-a> e in the Zoological
Gardens. Proc, Zool. Soc. 1862 ; p. 222.

Bartlett, Edward. Description of a new Moth, belonging to the
Family Saturniidse. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1873 ; p. 336.

■ List of the Mammals and Birds collected by Mr.

Waters in Madagascar. Col. pi. xii. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1875; p. 62.

r Second list of Mammals and Birds collected by Mr.

Thos. "Waters in Madagascar. Col. pi. Ixiii. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1879;
pp. 767-773.

Barzay, Le Comte de Oaalonde. La question de Madagascar apres la
question d* Orient. Avec une carte. Paris : 1856.

"^Batohelor, Eev. E. T. Notes on the Antankarana and their Countij.
Ant. Ann. III. 1877 ; pp. 27-31.

Bates, Henry Walter. On some Insects collected in Madagascar by
Mr. Caldwell. [And on Madagascar Natural History generally.] Proc.
Zool. Soc. Nov. 24, 1863 ; pt. iii. pp. 472-480.

On Eudromus, Family Carabidse. En torn. Mag.

Jan. 1879; pp. 183-185.

A new Eudromus, and three new Species of

LepturidsB from Madagascar. Entom. Mag. Apr. 1879; pp. 250-252.

Baudais, — . Ex trait d' un rapport de M. Baudais au sujet d' une note
de M. Daimond sur Madagascar. Rftv. Colon. Ire ser. t. xii. p. 44.

Beitrage zur Kentnisse Madagascars. Berlin : 1 883.

"^Bennet, Oeorge. See Tyerman.

''^Benyowski, Maurice Angnste, Oraf von. Schicksale und Eeisen, von
ihm selbst beschrieben ; iibersetzt von G. Forster. 2 Bde. gr. 8. Mit
Kupfem. Leipzig: 1791.

Voyages et Memoires de.

2devol. Paris: 1791.

Travels and Memoirs of.

2nd vol. London: 1791.t

Beqnet, Leon. Madagascar, son utilite commei*ciale, industrielle et
politique, et sur sa Colonization. Ann. de VAgric, den Colon, et des Hegiotu
tropicales; Janv. 1861.

t It wiU be seen that these three books are one work, but in three different languaget.

BILLIARDrr-mOSSAnO DE COMmQNV.

Billiard, Anguste. Voyage aux Colonies Orientales, ou lettres ecHtes
des Ues de France et de Bourbon pendant les annees }817 — 1820, a M.
le comte de Moutalivet, pair de France. Paris : 1822.

Blanchard, Emile. L' He de Madagascar : Les tentatives de Colo-
nization—La nature du Pays— Un voyage scientitique — Une recente
Exploration de la Grande-Terre et le Voyage de M. Alfred Grandidier.
Rev. d. Deux Mondes ; Ire Juil., Ire Aout, Ire et 15me Sept., et I5me Dec.
1872.

L'lle de Madagascar. Paris: 1875. [The forego-
ing articles printed in a separate form.]

Bleak, Dr. W. H. I. See Cameron.

Boisduval, Le docteur. Faune entomologique de Madagascar, Bour-
bon, et Maurice : — Lepidoptera. A\ ec des notes sur les mceurs par M.
Sganzin. 16 col. pis. shewing 92 sp. Paris : 1833 ; pp. 122.

*Boi8, Le Sieur dn. Les voyages fait par le Sieur D. B. aux iles
Dauphine ou Madagascar, et Bourbon ou Mascarenne, es annees 1669 —
1672. 12mo, Paris: 1674.

Bona-Christave* Note sur Madagascar. Rev, Colon, Ire ser. t. iv. p. 474.

' ^ Notice sur Madagascar. Bull, Soc, Geoy, 3me ser.

t. 1. p. 215.

♦Boothby, Richard. A Breife Discovery or Description of the most
Famous Island of Madagascar or St. Lawrence in Asia neere unto East
India. With relation of the Healthfulness, Pleasure, Fertility, and
Wealth of that Country, comparable if not transcending all the Easterqe
parts of the World, a very Earthly Paradise ; etc. etc.f 8vo. London :
1646; pp. 72.

BoTANiE de Madagascar. Rev, d. Deux Mondes ; Ire Sept. 1872 ; pp.
204-229. See Blanchard.

Brenier, J. La question de Madagascar. Paris : 1882.

*Brigg8, Rev. Benj. The Madagascar Mission (L.M.S.) : a Statement
in reply to recent Criticisms. Antananarivo : 1878 ; pp. 40.

Ten Years' Eeview of Mission Work in Mada-
gascar; 1870 — 1880. Two maps. Antananarivo : 1881; pp.319.

See also W. £. Cousins.

^Brockway, Rev. Thos. A Visit to Ambohimdnga in the Tanala
Country. Ant, Ann. II. 1876 ; pp. 58-64.

Broke, Adr. von. Nachricht von Madagaskar und dessen Beherrschern.
Frankfurt a M. : 1748.

AUerneueste Nachricht von Madagascar. Aus. d, Engl,

Frankfurt: 1748.

^Brossard de Corbigny, Capt. Un voyage a Madagascar, Janv.
1862. Rev, Marat, et Colon, Julie 1862 ; pp. 561-587 ; Aout; pp. 631-627.

t The full title would occupy a page of this print ; it is very quaint and oui!iou&\
see The Great African Inland^ pp. 10, 11.

MOU DE VEXELA--CAMERON.

"^Bron de Vexela, Le. Voyage a Madagascar et aux iles Oomores.
Rev. de V Orient; 1846 ; pp. 150, 237, 297 ; x. p. 51.

♦Buchan, Capt. A Narrative of the Loss of the *Wintertou' East
Indiamau on the coast of Madagascar in 1792. Edinburgh : 1820.

Bnchenatiy Fr. Beliquise Butenbergianse. I. — Botanie, mit Tuf . xiil
Ahhandl, d, Naturw, Ver, Bremen, Nov. 1880 ; Bd. vii. pp. 1-54.

Buckland, Very Rev. Dr. Notice on the Geological Structure of a part
of the Island of Madagascar. [Port Louquez, N E. Coast.] TranL
OeoL Soc, Lond, vol. v. p. 748.

BuDDLEiA Madagascariensis ; Bot. J/oy. pi. 2824. Poivrea coccinea;
Bot, Mag, pi. 2102. Poinciana regia; Bot, Mag, pi. 2884.

Buet, Charles. Madagascar : la Heine des lies Africaines.

Butler, Arthur 0. A Monographic Eevision of the G-enera Zrp/ironu
and SphtBrotherium, with Descriptions of new Species. Proc, Zool, Soe,
1873 ; p 172, pi. xix. See also Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist, 1859 ; vol. iil
p. 405 ; 1872 ; vol. x. p. 358.

Description of a new Species of the Orthopterous

Genus P/iylloptera froid Madagascar. P, Z, S, 1878 ; p. 648, woodcut.

Description of a remarkable new Spider from Ma-
dagascar. P, Z. S. 1878 ; p. 799, woodcut.

On Arachnida from the Mascarene Islands and Ma-
dagascar. P, Z. S, 1879 ; p. 729, pi. Ixviii.

On a Collection of Lepidoptera recently received

from Madagascar. Ann, and Mag. Nat, Hist, 5th ser. vol. ii. pp. 283-297.

Description of some new Species of Lepidoptera

from Madagascar. A, and M, iW. H, 5th ser. vol. ii. pp. 355-465.

Description of new Species of Lepidoptera from

Madagascar, with Notes on some of the Forms already described. A. and
M. N. H. 5tli ser. vol. iv. pp. 227-246.

On a Collection of Lepidoptera from Madagascar,

with Descriptions of new Genera and Species. A. and M, N. H. 5th ser.
vol. iv. pp. 384-396.

On some new or little-known Spiders from Mada*

gascar. Proc. Zool. Soc. pi. Ivii. pp. 763-767.

Brunalti, Altilio. La France e Tlnghilterra al Madagascar. In an
Italian Eeview, 1882 (?) ; pp. 635-660.

c

^Caldwell, J. Exhibition of a Collection of Insects and Fresh-water
Shells from Madagascar. Proc. Zool, Soc. 1863 ; p. 48. See also HewitaOA
and Tristram.

''^Cameron, James. Short Notices on Madagascar. Letters, chiefly in
reference to the Effects produced by Cliristian Missions in thnt Island.
Reprinted from the South African Advertiser and Cape T^wn Mail. Cap9
Town; 1854; pp. 38.

CAMERON— CAUCHE. 7

Cameron, James, and Dr. W. H. J. Bleek. The Library of Sir Oeorge
Grey, K.C.B. — Philology, vol. i. pt. iii. Madagascar. [Catalogue of Ma-
lagasy Books and Books relating to Madagascar.] Loudon : 1859 ; pp.
24.

A Madagascar Tale. Companionship in Vice, or the

Exploits of Ikotofetsy and Itud.hak^. A very old Story. [A Translation
from the Malagasy.] Cape Magazine; Cape Town : 1871 ; pp. 334-344.

Becollections of Mission Life in Madagascar during

the Early Days of the L. M. S. Mission. Antananarivo : 1874 ; pp.
28.

On the Early Inhabitants of Madagascar. Cape Mag.

1873; pp. 330-338. Also in Ant, Ann, 111. 1877; pp. 1-10.

Cameron, The late Mr. James, of Madagascar. Cape Mag, 1876.

"^Cameron, Mary. Three Madagascar Tales [Translation of]. Cape
Mag. Apl. 1878; pp. 3.

^Campbell, Eev. Thos. Exploratory Journey by one of our Mission-
aries in Madagascar. Church Mtssionttrg Intelligencer; June 1866; pp.
199-186.

- Andovordnto, our new Missionary Station in

Madagascar. Ch. Miss IntelL June 1867; pp. 179-190.

'• Besearches in Madagascar. Ch. Miss, IntelL

July 1868; pp. 213-222.

Itinerancy in the Betsileo Country, Madagascar.

Ch. Miss. Intell. June 1869; pp. 185-192.

Camper, De Nourquerde. Eemarques faites en 1821, 1822, 1823, sur
les iles Moluques i^ig^n. et Madagascar, etc. Collect, des Ann. Marat.
1824; p. 105.

Capmartin, — . Notes sur la bale de Saint-Augustin, situee sur la cote
occidentale de Madagascar. Ann. des Voyages; 1810 ; t. xi. p. 53.

^Carayon, L. Histoire de Fetablissement franqais de Madagascar
pendant la Bestauration ; precede d*uiie description de cette tie, et suivie
de quelques considerations politiques et commerciales sur T expedition et
la colonization de Madagascar. Avec une carte ; 8vo, Toulouse et Paris :
1845.

"^Carpean du Sanssay. Voyage de Madagascar, connu aussi sous le

nora d'isle de Saint-Laurent, par M. de , commissaire provincial de

I'artillerie de France. Deilie k S. A. R., M. le prince de Condy. 12mo,
avec carte ; Paris : 1 722.

Carre, — . Voyages des Indes orientales, mele de plusieurs histoires
curieuses. Paris : 1 699.

Catechisme abr6ge eu la laugue de Madagascar pour instruire som-
mairemeut ces peuples, les inviter et les disposer au bapteme ; pp. 28.
[No date, but at tlie end is a Latin D^cretuni of the Cong, de Prop. Fidei
of Aug. 22, 1785.]

*Cauohe, Pranoois. See Morisot.

8 CA VE-'CLARK.

Cave, P. Notes sur Madagascar et les Coinores. Rev, Marat, et Colon,
XX. 1867; pp. 320-348; 608-619; 963.

Challand,^ — . Yocabulaire fran^ais-malgache et malgac]ie-fran9aj%
imprinie k TIle-de-France en 1773 ; 8vo.

Chansons Madecasses, traduites en fran^ois, suivies de poesies fugi-
tives. Par M. le Chevalier de P. . . .f Londres : 1787 ; pp. 83.

*Cliapelier. — . Fragmens sur Madagascar ; augmentes de notes par
Colin. Ann. des Voyages; 1811 ; xiv. pp. 59, 304.

Essai de grammaire madekass, avec exercises ; pp.

^-48 ; in vol. *Philologie' of ^Voyages de d^couvertes de V Astrolabe,^ by
Dumont d*TJrville, which see. Paris: 1833.

Charliar, Victor. Article *Iles Madagascar, Bourbon, et Maurice;*
pp. 1-27, two illust., in *L* Univers : ou histoire et description de tons
les peuples/ etc. etc. ; tome iv. of *Iles d'Afrique.' Paris : 1848.

^Chamay, D. Excursion k Madagascar. Bull. Soc, G6og. 5me ser.
1864; pp. 414-429.

Madagascar k vol d'oiseau. Avec carte et illust* Le

Tour du Monde; 1864; t. x. liv. 247-249 ; pp. 193-231.

A Bird's-eye view of Madagascar. [Translated from

above.] Illustrations and map. Illustrated Travels ; *\%%9 \ vol. i; pp.
22-29, 49-57, 81-88.

Charpentier, — . Histoire de I'etablissement de la Compagnie frau9oi8e
pour le commerce des Indes orientales. 4tOy il^ris : 1666.

Charpentier-Cossigny, J. F. Moyens d'amelioration et de restauration
propose au gouveruement et aux habitans de colonies, ou melanges politi-
ques, economiques, agricoles, et commerciaux relatifs aux colonies.
3 vols. Paris: 1803.

Chatin, Joannes. Eecherches pour servir k V histoire botanique,
chemique, et pbysiologique du Tanguin de Madagascar. Ptiris : 1873.

Chauvet, H. Madagascar et la France. Avec carte. Paris: 1848.

*Chauvet, — . Instructions sur Mahela ou riviere de Vaka, cote oii-
entale de Madagascar. Annates hydrographiques ; 1866 ; p. 34.

Christians of Madagascar, The. Edin. Rev. Oct. 1867 ; pp. 376-416.

Church in Madagascar, The. S. P. G. Mission, 1874-0. Map.
Winchester: 1877 ; pp. 28. Second Keport, 1877—8; Winchester : 1879;
pp. 25.

Church Missionary Society, Sec. of. Madagascar Mission. Map. Church
Miss. Record; Feb. 1873; pp. 37-56.

Church Problems in Madagascar. Brit. Quar. Rev. Apr. 1870 ; pp.
474-485.

"^Clarky Henry £. Joseph S. Sewell and his Work in Madagascar.
Antananarivo : 1875 ; pp. 19.

t Probably Parny.

CLARK^COMFA GWJM.

^lark, Henry E. Home again. [Journey to the N.W. Coast.] Friends'
Quar, Examiner; ApL 1878 ; pp. 253-271.

The Ohuroh in Madagascar. Friends* Quar. Exam,

1879; pp. i5.

Home Life in AntananaHvo. Friends^ Quar. Exam.

1881

pp. 529-541.

The Day of Rest at Antandnarfvo. Day of Rest; Mar.

1881 ; pp. 171, 172.

Where we are. [Beligious progress in Madagas-

car.] Ani. Ann. VI. 1882; pp. 95-105.

(Editor of) Ny Fiangonana sy ny Sekoly. [A monthly

Malagasy Newspaper of Church and School work.] Antananarivo : Jan.
1884 ; in progress.

The late Queen of Madagascar. Friends^ Quar. Exam,

Jan. 1884; pp. I7r30.

How we Travel in Madagascar. Ant. Ann, Till.

1884; pp. 38-4?.

Clarke, 0. B. A complete Synopsis of the Species of Cyperus in Ma-
dagascar and the Neighbouring Islands. Linn. Soc, Jour. — Bot, vol. xx.
pp. 279 296.

"^Cl^n^es, SamueL Malagasy Proverbs. Ant, Ann. lY. pp. 26-30.

(Editor of) Ny Isan-kerintaona ['Annual,* in Malaga-
sy]. Maps and lithographic illustrations. Antananarivo : 1877 ; pp. 200.

and A. Kingdon. (Editors of) Ny Isan-kerintaona.

Lith. illustrations. Antananarivo: 1878; pp.213.

Cloche, La. [French Newspaper, Tamatave.] 1883 ; in progress.

Codringtony R^v. B. 8. Resemblances between Malagasy Words and
Customs and those of "Western Polynesia. Ant. Ann. VI. 1882 ; pp.
23-29.

''^Coignet, P. Excursion sur la cote nord-est de V ile de Madagascar.
Avec carte. BulL Soc. Geog. Sep. 1867; pp. 253-295; Oct. 18G7; pp.
834-383 ; including *Observation8 meteorologiques.'

Colin, Epidariste. Extraits d'un ouvrage in6dit : *Du cabare et du
tanguin ;' *De la langue parlee k Madagascar.' Nouv. Ann. des Voyages ;
Ireser. t. x. 1821; p. 271.

Collas, L. et P. Collin. L' ile de Madagascar et le roi Eadama IE.
Avenir de la colonisation. Paris : 1862 ; pp. 32.

''^Colomb, Captain, R.N. Two Chapters in 'Slave Catching in the
ladian Ocean : A Record of Naval Experience :' — ch. xv., 'Madagascar
and its Slave-trade ;' and ch. xvi., 'Mojanga.' 2 illustrations. London :
1873; pp. 296-346.

CoMPAGNiB de Madagascar, fonciere, industrielle, commerciale. Paris :
1863.

CoMFAONiE de Madagascar: Rapport du Q-ouverneur au Conseil
d'adniinistration sur la fondation de la Compagnie, et sur I'organization
dela Mission d* exploration. Paris : Ire JuiUct, 1863.

10 C0PLAl!fl>^COt/SmS.

Copland, Samuel. A History of the Island of Madagascar ; comprising
a Political Account of the Island ; the Eeligion, Manners, and Customs
of its Inhabitants, and its Natural Productions. With an Appendix,
containing a History of the several Attempts to introduce Christianity
into the Island. With a Map. London : 1822 ; pp. 369.

^Consins, Rev. Geo. Oramara Malagasy lehibe. [Malagasy Gram-
mar Three editions ; 1872—1882.] Antananarivo: 1882; pp. 141.

(Editor of ) The Antananarfvo Annual and Ma-
dagascar Magazine ; No. IV. Antananarivo: 1878; pp. 124.

— The Malagasy Passives. Ant. Ann. V. 1881 ;

pp. 83-91.

Christian Bule in Madagascar. Sunday Magazine ;

Apr. 1884,

A Missionary Tour in Madagascar. * Young

People's Missionary Letter.' L. M. 8., London : 1885.

"^Cousins, Rev. Wm. Edwd. A brief Eeview of the L. M. S. Mission
in Madagascar, from 1861 to 1870. Antananarivo: 1871 ; pp. 39*

and John Parrett. Malagasy Proverbs:

Collected and arranged by ; and printed for the use of Europeans

interested in the Study of the Language. Antananarivo: 1871; pp. 78.
[1477 in number,]

— A concise Introduction to the Study of the

Malagasy Language. Antananarivo : 1873 ; pp. 80. See also Richard-
son ; *A new Malagasy -English Dictionary.'

— — _ Malagasy Kabary from the time of Andrla-

nampoiniui^rina. Collected by . Pi'inted for the use of Europeans

interested in the Study of the Malagasy Language. Antananarivo:
1873 ; pp. 58.

The Translation of the Malagasy Bible.

Antananarivo: 1873; pp. 16.

and Rev. B. Briggs. (Editors of) Proceed-
ings of a Missionary Conference held at Antananarfvo, Madagascar, in
Jan. 1874. Antananarivo: 1874; pp. 161.

The Ancient Theism of the Hovas. Ant.

Ann, I. 1875 ; pp. 5 11.

Amb6ndromb6 and its Qhosts. AnL Ann. I.

pp. 95-97.

■ Words resembling Malagasy in the Swa-

hili Language. Ant» Ann, II. 1876; pp. 20-23.

Malagasy Customs : Native Accounts of the

Circumcision, the Tan genu. Marriage and Burial Ceremonies, etc. Col-
lected and edited by . Antananarivo : 1876 ; pp. 56.

The Malaffasv Language. Proc, PhiloL S*>c.

1878 ; pp. 34 ; also, under title of 'The MalagaHy Language a membt;r of
the Malayo* Polynesian,' in Ant. Ann. IV. 1878 ; pp. 13-21.

COUSINS'-DAHLE. 1 1

^Cousins, Kev. Wm. Edwd. Madagascar, since 1800. Illustration.
Sunday Magazine; 1878; pp. 405-410.

Old Malagasy Books in the British Museum.

Ant. Ann. V. 1881 ; pp. 16-23.

: Marsden on the Malagasy Language. Ant.

Ann. VI. 1882; pp. 101-106.

Miilagasy Dictionaries. Ant. Ann, VIII.

1884; pp. 43-52.

and J. Parrett. Ny Ohabolan' ny Ntaolo

nangonina sy nalahatry W. E. Cousins sy J. Parrett ary ny sakaizany
sasany. [*The Proverbs of the Ancients ;' 3790 in number, arranged
alphabetically.] Antananarivo: 1885; pp. 154.

*Cowan, Eev. W. Deans. The Stone Elephant at Amboasdry. Ant.
Ann. IV. 1878; pp. 115, 116.

The Bdra Land : a Description of the Country

and People. 2 illust. and map. Antan&narfvo : 1881 ; pp. 72.

The Tanala : Country and People. Map.

Antananarivo: 1881 ; pp. 14.

List of Madagascar Birds, together with the

Native Naniies among a few of the difterent Tribes. Antananarivo:
1881; 4to, 8 pp.

G-eographical Excursions in South-Central

Madagascar. Map. Proc. Roy. Geog. Soc. Sep. 1882 ; pp. 17.

See also Butler and Waterhouse.

Craven, Alfred £. Description of three new Species of Land and
Fresh-water Shells (from Nosibe). Proc. Zoul. Soc. 1880; pi. xxii.

Crawfard, John. On the Malagasy Baces. Proc. Roy. Geog. Soc. vol.
vii. no. ii. 1863 ; p. 69.

Article 'Madagascar' in *A descriptive Dictionary of

the Indian Islands and adjacent Countries.' London : 1856.

*Cremazy, Laurent. Voyage a Tamatave, Madagascar. Rev. du Monde
Colon. Julie et Sep. 1862.

■ La Question de Madagascar. Paris: 1863.

■ Notes sur Madagascar. Paris: 1883. Also in

Rev. Marat, et Colon. Oct. 1882.

D

*Dalile« Rev. Lars. The 'Infix' in Malagasy : a Malayan Feature.
Am. Jftn. II. 1876 ; pp. 41-44.

- The Influence of the Arabs on the Malagasy Lan*
gUHge : as a Test of their Contribution to Malagasy Civilization and
Superstition. Ant. Ann. 11. pp. 75-91.

— Madagascar og dots Beboere (2 dele). Christianiai

1876 and 1877.

, t DAHLS^t>A VWSON.

•Dahle, Rev. Lars. Specimens of Malagasy Folk-lore. Collected and
^l;ed by . Antananarivo: 1877;pp, 4§7.

^ Studies in the Malagasy Language : No. I. — On

Accentuation in Malagasy. No. 11. — On the Import of the Beduplication
of Boots in Malagasy, compared with that in other Languages. Ant, Ann,
IIL 1877; pp. 36-50.

— ^ ^- Studies in the Malagasy Language : No III. — On

the 'Inflection' of the Verb in Malagasy. Ant. Ann. IV. 1878 ; pp. 77-105.

Once more on the Malagasy 'Passives.' Ant. Ann,

VI, 1882; pp. 108-116.

. — The Eace elements of the Malagasy, and Guesses

at truth with regard to their Origin. Ant, Ann. VII. 1883 ; pp. 12-28.

A Postscript on the Malagasy 'Passives.' Ani,

Ann, VII. ; pp. 85-93.

Studies in the Malagasy Language : No IV. — On

the Etymology of the Pronoun in Malagasy. Ant, Ann. VIII. 1884;
pp. 67-86.

Geographical Fictions with regard to Madagascar.

[ Audubert's 'Land of the Yoilakertra.'] Ant, Ann, Vm. pp. 107-110.
See also Andnbert.

*Dalmond, TAbbe. Vocabulaire et grammaire pour les langues mal-
gaches Sdkalave et Betsimisara. [French-Malagasy Vocabulary, Gram-
mar and Translations.] He Bourbon : 1842 ; pp. 64.

_ Vocabulaire malgache-francais pour les langues

Sakalfilve et B6tsimi8dra. Paris: 1844 ; pp. 40.

*Dalmont, — . Memoire sur Madagascar. Ann, de Prop, de la Foi;
t. xviii. 1846; p. 146. See also Nouv. Ann. des Voyages; t. i. 1846;
pp. 372-337.

■■ Cote occidentale de Madagascar. Quelques mots sur la

partie nord de la province de Saint- Augustin. Ann, Marat, et Col&n.
Nov. 1846; pp. 412-517.

Dalton, William. The Powder Monkey : the Adventures of two Boys
in the Island of Madagascar. London: 1874.

•DauUe, Dominique J. Notice topographique et meteorologique sur
les etablissements frauqais de la cote ouest de Madagascar : Mayotte et
Nossibe. Nouv. Ann, de la Marine; Nov. 1857.

Daulle, W. Etat sanitaire de Nossibe. Rev, Colon. 2me ser. t. xiv.
pp. 690-697.

Davenant, Sir Wm. Madagascar, with other Poems. Written to the
most illustrious Prince Rupert. Loudon : 1648.

♦Davidson, Dr. Andrew. Tubercular Leprosy in Madagascar. Medico
Chirurgicid Society : Apr. 6, 1864; pp 12.

. . Choreomania : an Historical Sketch. With

some Account of aa Epideinio observed in Madagascar. Edin. ,\fed. Jour,
Aug. 1867 ; pp. 16.

DA VIDSON-DRURF. 1 3

*Davidson, Dr. Andrew. Ny British Faramakopia, nadikany

^tm

Ampiany ny Fanafody fanao amy ny AndlakMy Hospitaly. Antanana-
rivo : 1871 ; pp. 47.

Brief Retrospect of the recent History of Litho-
tomy, with notices of an improved Method of performing the Operation.
Edinburgh: 1873; pp. 12.

— — Customs and Curiosities of Madagascar. Il-
lustrations. Sunday Magazine; June, July, and Sept. 1873.

An Account, Historical and Physiological, of

the Madagascar Ordeal Poison, the Tanghinia venenifera. Jour, of Ana-
tomy and Physiology ; vol. viii. pp» 97-1 12.

' .— *— . — Diksionarim-baiko : hahalalana ny Teny maro

amy ny Boky Malagasy izay nalaina tamy ny Fireuena hafa. [Diction-
ary of Foreign Words used in Malagasy.] Antananarivo : 1875 ; pp. 30.

Deoottverte de Liq:nite a Nossib^ et sur la cote occidentale de Mada-
gascar. Ann, des Mintm : 1854; 5me ser. t. vi. pp. 570-676.

Defoe, Daniel. The King of the Pirates ; Being an Account of the
famous Enterprizes of Captain Avery, the Mock King of Madagascar.
With his Rambles and Piracies; wherein all the Sham Accounts for-
merly published of him are detected. In two Letters from himself ; one
during his Stay at Madagascar, and one since his Escape from thence.
London: 1719.

Deidamia Cofnmersonia. Ann. des Sci, Nat. 4me s6r. t. viii. p. 44.

*Dellon, M. le docteur. Chaps, v.— xii. of *A Voyage to the East
Indies : giving an account of the Isles of Madagascar and Mascareigtie,'
etc. Translated from the French. London : 1698.

*Dening, Kev. Walter. The Malay Affinities of the Malagasy Lan-
guage. Ant. Ann. I. 1875 ; pp. 39-41.

Depping, OniUanme. Madagascar, d'apr^s le docteur Sigismond Wal-
lace. Nouv. Ann. des Voyages ; vi. s^r. 1 856 ; ii. p. 287.

Descartes, Mace. Histoire et geographic de Madagascar. Avec une
carte. Paris: 1846.

Dramard, E. Madagascar : geographie, population, commerce. Rev.
de V Orient; 1856 ; t. iii. p. 518.

D&oiTS de la France sur Tile de Madagascar. Rev. de V Orient ; 1846 ;
t. ix. p. 248.

Droits de la France sur Madagascar ; importance de son occupation
pour la colonic de Bourbon. Rev. de V Orient ; 1846 ; t. ix. 309.

*Dniry, Robert. Madagascar : or Robert Drury's Journal during
Fifteen Years* Captivity on that Island.f Map, illustrations, and voca-
bulary. London: 1729 ; pp. 464. [Reprinted in 1743, 1808, and 1831.
An abridged account of the above is given in Chambers^ Miscellany of
Useful and Entertaining Tracts; vol. iii. new ed. 1872.]

t The original title-page to the first edition is very full, and a co^y oi \fc ^\s^6x^
would oooapy nearly the whole of this page.

14 DU BOIS— ELLIS.

Bn Bois. See Bois.

"^Dofius, Rev. John. The Malay Affinities of the Malagasy Language.
Ani, Ann. I. 1875 ; pp. 36-39.

Dnlcken, H. W. See Pfeiffer.

Dumont d'lTrville, J. Volume Thilologie' in 'Voyage au sud et dans
rOceanie,' or 'Voyage de d^couvertes de VAslroMe, pendant lea annSes
1826 — 1829;' containing 'Essai de grammaire madekass, avec exercises/
par Chapelier; 'Dictionnaire des langues francais et madekassf and
'Vocabulaire madekass-fran9ai8.' Imp. 8to. Pans : 1833 ; pp. 363» [Ako
in vol. 'Anthropologique,' at pp. 241, 243, pi. xv. etc., are desorijptions
and drawings of two Malagasy (B6tsimis^ka ?) busts and crania.J

^Dnperray, L. 0. Eemarques sur Tarohipel nord-est de Madagascar.
Nouv. Ann. de la Marine; 1828 ; t. iii. p. 125.

Dnperre, Amiral. Precis sur les etablissemeats form6s 4 Madagascar ;
imprirne par Tordre de — — . Paris : 1836.

"^Dupre, Capt. J. Trois mois de sejour & Madagascar. Pabli6 par
les soins de la Goinpat^tiie de Madagascar. [Including 'Notes sur Fhis-
toire naturelle de Madagascar,' par M. le doct. A. Vinson.] Paris : 1863 ;
pp. 282.

ElliSy John. Chapters xi. — ^X7. in 'Life of William Ellis, Missionary
to the South Seas and Madagascar, By his Son.' London : 1873 ; pp.
213-285.

"^Ellis, Eev. William. History of Madagascar. Comprising also the
Progress of the Christian Mission established in 1819 ; and an authentic
Account of the recent Martyrdom of Baf arav^vy ; and of the Persecution
of the Native Christians. Compiled chiefly from Original Documents.
With maps and illustrations. 2 vols. London : 1838 ; pp. viii. and 1054.

Article 'Madagascar* in 'Encyclopsedia Britan-

nica,' 8th ed. 1857; vol. xiii. pp. 790—796.

Three Visits to Madagascar during the years 1853,

1854, and 1856 ; including a Journey to the Capital; with notices of the
Natural History of the Country, and of the present Civilization of the
People. Map and illustrations. London: 1859; pp.476.

On Ankova, the Central Province of Madagascar ;

and the Koyal or Sacred Cities. Proc, Roy. Geog. Soc. vol. x. no. xi. Feb.
20, 1866 ; also in Jour. Roy. Oeog. Soc, vol. xxxvi.

—^ Madagascar He visited ; describing the Events of

a New Eeign, and the Bevolution which followed it. Illustrations.
London: 1867 ; pp. 502.

The Martyr Church : a Record of the Introduc-
tion, Persecutions, and Triumph of Christianity in Madagascar. Illus-
trations. London : 1869 ; pp. 400.

ElUSy Sarah 8. Madagascar: its Social and Beligious Progress.
London: 1863; pp. 208.

EMIGRA TION-FRANKREICHS. i s

Emigration de Madagascar. Rev. Colon, 2me ser. t. viii. pp. 90, 234,
456.

r Efiobnis de Madagascar. — Les Hovas. Nouv, Ann, des Voyages; iii.
1856; p. 118.

Erman, Elise. See Sibree.

d* Esoayrao de Lauture, Comte. Mayotte, Madagascar, et les trans-
port's. Rev, deV Orient, 1848; iv. p. 92.

d' Esohavennes, E. Madagascar et Di6go Suarez. Rev, de V Orient ;
1852 ; 2me. ser. t. xii. p. 41.

Eutrope, — . Etude complete sur Madagascar. Paris: 1886.

♦Evcrard, Eobert. A Relation of Three Years* Sufferings of Eobert
Everard upon the Island of Assada, near Madagascar, in a Voyage to
India, in the year 1686, «nd of his Wonderful Preservation and Deliv-
erance and AiTival at London, Anno 1693. In Churchill's ^Collection
of Voyages and Travels ;' fol., London : 1732 ; pp. 259-280.

F

Feldner, — . Das Evangelium auf Madagascar. Konigsberg: 1845.

*Finaz, Pere F. Album malgache. — Villes et villages betsileos. Lea
Missions Catholiques ; Paris : 1876 ; nos. 350,353,356,372, avec neuf vues
grav6s sur bois.

^Finkelmeier, Consul J. P. An Act giving Judicial Powers to
Consular Officers of the United States of America in Madagascar. Passed
in Congress of the U.S., July 1, 1870. AntanAnarfvo : 1871 ; pp. 8.

^Flacourt, Le Sieur de. Histolre de la Grande Isle Madagascar. Auec
vne Kelation de ce qui s'est passe es ann^es 1655, 1656, et 1657, non
encor veue par la premiere Impression. Maps and illustrations. 4to.
Paris : 1661 ; pp. xxi. and 471.

Flaoonrt, H« Martin de. Note envoyee par le conseil colonial de I'tle
Bourbon au roi Louis-Philippe en 1846. Rev, de V Orient ; 1847 ; 2me ser,
t. ii. p. 161.

Floba Madag^cariensis Fragmentee. Ann, des Sciences Naturelles ;
4me 86r. t. vi. p. 75 ; t. viii. p. 44 ; t. ix. p. 298 ; 1856 — 1857.

Fontmichael, Antony de. Views of France upon Madagascar. Asiat.
Jour, new ser. iii. 1830 ; p. 68.

Voyage k Madagascar pendant les annees

1823 et 1824. Nouv. Ann. des Voyages; xlvi. 1830 ; p. 265. See also Ann.
Marat, 1830.

France and Madagascar. Brit, Quar, Rev, Jan. 1864; pp. 220-242.

*FraDci8, F. Two or three chapters in *War, Waves, and Wander-
ings.* London: 1881 (?}. [Describing Mojanga, Bembatoka Bay,
etc.]

Fbakkbeichs Anspriiche auf Madagascar. Augsb, Ally, Zeit. 1^4^.
Beilagen nos. 142, 288-290, 208.

i6 FRAPPAZ—GALOS.

^Frappaz, M. Relation d* un voyage & Madagasoar, k ABJouaa, et

aux Seychelles pendant les annSes 1818 et 1819. Collect det Ann. MaH^
1820 ; p. 229.

* Freeman, Rev. Jos. John. Journal of a Journey from Tanaaaritii U

Tamatave. Quar, Chron, of L, M.S. A^r. 1831.

A Dictionary of the Malagasy Language.

Part t. — English and Malagasy. An-tananarivo : 1835 ; pp. 421.

General Observations on the MaisLf^m

Language, Outline of Grammar, and Examples. Appendix to EUib^b
'History of Madagascar,' vol. i. 1838 ; pp. 491 — 517. See Ellis.

and Rev. D. Johns. A Narrative of the

Persecutions of the Christians in Madagascar ; with details of the Esoape
of the six Christian Refugees now in England. 2 illustrations. London :
1840; pp. viii. and 298.

Notices of Madagascar, in 'A Tour in

South Africa,' London : 1851.

French, The, in Madagascar. Nautical Magazine; 1856 ; p. 212.

"^Fressange, J. B. Voyage a Madagascar en 1802 et 1803. Malte-Bmn
p6re, Ann, des Voyages; t. ii. 1808; p. 1. Also in Ueher, dess, *. Geog,
Ephem. 1808 ; t. xxvii. pp. 361-402.

*Froberville, Bart. Huet, Chev. de. Dictionnaire fran^ais-madecasse,
en trois volumes, (date ?)

— — — .— Histoire de Madagascar, ou M6-

moires pour servir k V histoire de 1' )le de Madagascar, redig6s, mis en
ordre, et publi6s sur les notes manuscrites de MM. Mayeur, Dumaine et
autres ; etc. 2 vols. Isle de France : 1809.

Froberville, Eugene de. Notice geographical et historique sur I'tle
de Madagascar, (date ?)

— Memoire sur la race qui habitait File de

Madagascar avant rarriv6e des Malais. Bull, Soc. 66og, 2me ser. t. xi.
1839 ; p. 257.

M6moire sur le progres des d^couvertes g6o-

graphiques dans Die de Madagascar. Bull. Soc. Giog. 3me ser. t. i.
1844; p. 215; t. iii. p. 160.

Begne de Badama, roi des Hovas, 1810 —

1828. Rev. de V Orient; t. ix. 1845 ; pp. 19-36. Also in Bull. Soc. Giog.
Ire s6r. t. iii. p. 46 ; t. vi. p. 1.

— Tableau synoptique indiquant la pareiite

analogique des langues de I'Afrique m^ridionale, 1851. Bull. Soc. Geog.
4me s6r. t. iii. 1852 ; p. 425. .

G

Oaffarel, Paul. La France a Madagascar. Documents et recits.
L* Exploration ; no. 15. Paris: Mars 15, 1877.

Oalos, Henri. La France et Madagascar. Rev. des Deux Mondes;
Oct. 1863.

GA UNT^GRANDIDIER. 1 7

Oannt, K. Animal Life in Madagascar. Chambers^ Journal; June
^ 86, 1875.

—- — The Flora of Madagascar. Chamb. Jour, July 1875.

v Oentil, — Le. Voyage dans les Mers de Plnde, fait par ordre du roi,
k I'oocasion du passage de Venus sur le disque du soleil, le 6 Juin 1761,
et le 2 du memo mois, 1769. 5 vols. 8vo, La Suisse : 1780.

^Geoffrey, Lislet. Memoir and Notice explanatory of a Chart of Mada-
gaacar and the North-eastern Archipelago of Mauritius, drawn up accor-

^ ding to the latest Observations, under the auspices and government of
H. B. Bobt. Townsend Farquhar, Governor, etc. ; with map ; 4to, London :
1819.

Analyse critique de la carte de Madagascar et de

^ I'arohipel au nord-ouest de I'lle de France. Nouv. Ann, des Voyages ; Ire

^ 86r. t. ix. 1821 ; p. 383.

GioLOGiE de Madagascar (title ?). Ann, des Mines ; 6m e ser. t. x. pp.
; 277-319.

* ^Germain, — . Benseignements nautiques sur la cote orientale de Mada-
gascar, partie comprenant Tile Fong, Tamatave, Foulepointe, Mahambo,
I FSnerive, Sainte-Marie et Tintingue. Ann. Hydrographiqvss ; 2 sem. 1864.

i Goodrich, L. C. France and the Slave trade in Madagascar. Nineteenth
\ Century: July 1883; pp. 257-261.

GK)SP£L, The, in Madagascar : a brief Account of the English Mission
in that Island. Map and illustrations. Preface by £p. Byan. London :
1863.

♦Gonrbeyre, — '. Belation de Texpedition dirigee en Juin 1829, sous
le commandement de M. le capitaine de vaisseau Gourbeyre, de Bourbon
a Madagascar, pour la reprise de possession des etablissements fran^ais
dans cette lie. Ann, Marat. 1830 ; t. i. p. 242.

*Ghrainge, Bev. H. W. Journal of a Visit to Mojang4 and the North-
west Coast. Ant. Ann, I. 1875 ; pp. 12-35. . .

*Orandidier, Alfred. Notices sur les c6tes sud et sud-ouest de Mada-
gascar. Avec carte. Bull Sac. Gioy, Oct. 1867; t. xiv. pp. 384-395.

■ XJne excursion dans la region australe de Mada-

gascar, chez les Antandrouis. Saint Denis: 1868 ; pp. 23. Also in Bull,
Soc. de Sci, et Arts de Pile de Reunion ; 1867.

Lettre au secretaire general de la Commission

centrale. Bull. Soc. Geog. Nov.-Dec. 1868; pp. 508-510.

■■ ■ Madagascar. Avec carte. Bull, Soc, Giog. Ao^t

1871 ; pp. 81-108.

Ei^cursion chez les Antanosses emigres. Avec

carte. Bull. Soc. Geog. Fev. 1872 ; t. xxiii. pp. 129-146.

t

• Le commerce de Madagascar. Bull, Soc. Giog,

Fev. 1872 ; 5me ser. t. xxiii. pp. 209-212.

-^— Madagascar. Avec trois cartes. Bull. Soc. Giog.

Avril 1872 ; t. xxiii. pp. 369-411.

1 8 GRANDIDIER^-GUtLLAIN,

^Orandidier, Alfred. Histoire physique, naturelle et politique do l(a-
da^ascar. fin 28 volumes, large royal 4to, with about 1200 plateB, pUtii
and coloured ; with the help of numerous collaborateurB. Of this -great
WPrk only four or five (?) volumes have yet (1 885) been pubUahed, to.—
Yciil* y^. Histoire naturelle des Mammiferes, par MM. Alphonse Kihe*
Edwards et Alfred Orandidier; tomes i. and ii. Paris: 1875, 187Ci;
t^xt and plates; pp. 396. Vol. ix. tome i. texte. Vol. xiii. Oiseaux; 70
col. Uth. plates ; tome ii. texte. Paris : 1 880 ei seq,

— : Les canaux et lagunes sur la cote est de Mada^

gascar. Acad, de Sciences; 1885.

Gray, J. E. Eevision of the Species of Lemuroid Animals, with -Des-
criptions of some new Species. 2 col. pi. Proc. Zool, Soc. 1863 ; p. 129.

Revision of the Geuer»i and Species of OhameeleoiridflB,
with Descriptions of some new Species. 2 col. pi. Proc. Zool, Soo, 1884;
p. 465.

A Revision of the Genera and Species of Viverrine Ani-

ipals (ViverridaB), from the Collection in the British Museum. Proo. Xooi
Sac. 1864 ; pp. 502-579.

Note on a new Species or Variety of Lemur in the Society's

Gardens. Col. pi. Proc. ZooL*Soc. 1867 ; p. 596.

Notes on Hapalemur Simus, a new Species lately living in

the Gardens of the Society. Col. pi. and woodcuts. Proc, Zool, Sac,
1870; p. 828.

On the Fossane of D*Aubenton {Fossa d^ Aubentonii), Col.

pi. Proc. Zool, Soc, 1872; p. 869.

•Gregory, Rev. F. A. Religion in Madagascar. Church Quar. Rer,
July 1878 ; pp. 385-419.

"Griffiths, Rev. David. A Grammar of the Malagasy Language in the
Ankova Dialect. Woodbridge : 1854 ; pp. 224.

A History of Madagascar. [In Welsh (exact

name and date ?).]

— — A History of the Malagasy Martyrs (exact name,

date, etc. ?).

Orosarty Rev. A. B. Madagascar Two Centuries ago. Proposal to
make it a British ' 'Plantation." Leisure Hour ; Mar. 27th, 1876 ; also in
Ant. Ann, II. pp. 1876; 51-56.

*Ouillain, Capt. Documents sur P histoire, la geographic, et le com-
i^aerce de la partie occidentale de Madagascar. En deux parties : Ire
partie, Histoire politique de la peuple Sakalave ; 2 me partie, Yojiifie
fait k la cote ouest de Madagascar en 1842 et 1843. Avec uue carte de
la partie occidentale de Tile. Paris : 1845 ; pp. 371.

Documents sur 1* histoire, la geographic et le com-
merce de FAfrique orien tale ; recueillis et rediges par . 3 vols.

et atlas. Paris.

— .^^— Commerce de Nossi-Be et de la c6te ouest de Mada-
gascar. Rev. Colon, Ire ser. t. i. p. 245.

GUILLEMIN— HAMILTON. 19

-"r-

^ ^Oxiillexidn, Edm. Notice sur une exploration geologique a Madagascar
' peMatit'l-oHB^ie^SdSv Ann. dea Mines; 1866 ; 5rae ser. t. viii. Also in
' Comptes Rend. Hebdom. 12 Dec. 1864; pp. 993-996.

i GhiUiver, Qeo, Ovl muscular Sheath of cardiac ead of Esophagus of
I Aye-aje. Proc, ZooL Soc, 1869 ; p. 250.

^iG^jELnst, — . On, a Visit to, the Unexplored parts in the North of Mada-
1 gasoari Froo Roy. Geog. Soc. vol. ix. p. 289.

■ Ouilther, Dr. A. Description of four new Species of Chamaeleon from
Kadagasoar. Spl. Proc. Zool, Soc. 1879; p. 148.

, — -—«■ Notes on some Mammals from Madagascar. 2 col.
pi. Proo. Zool. Soc, 1875 ; p. 78.

' -^— Description of a new Species of Chamseleon ( C. minor)

from Madagascar. PI. Ann. and Mag, of Nat, Hist, Sept. 1879; vol. iv.
p. 247.

Onrney, J. H. Notes on the Birds-of-Frey of Madagascar and some of
the Adjacent Islands. Col.pl. Ibis; Oct. 1869; pp. 443-454.

H

Hamilton, W. J. Abstract of Manuscripts, Books, and Papers respect-
ing Madagascar during the possession of the Mauritius by the French ;
presented by Sir W. M. Farquhar to the British Museum. Jour. Rag.
Geog. Soc. 1850; p. 75.

This Golleotion of writings on Madagascar, mostly in manuscript, was made by Sir
Bobt. T. Farquhar, Bart., (Governor of Mauritius, duiing his residence at Port Louis,
and was afterwards given by his son to the British Museum. It consists partly of
official letters to him, and partly of extracts from the French archives. The list of
contents comprises the following writings, with explanatory remarks as to their value
and contents : —

(1) 3 Vols, of a French-Malagasy Dictionary by Chev. de FrohervUle [see p. 16].

(2) 5 Vols, of a Malagasy-French Dictionary, with many geographical and ethno-
graphical remarks of original value, and extracts from travels.

(3) A French-Malagasy and Malagasy-French Dictionary.

(4) A History of Madagascar in 2 vols, by Chev, de FrohervUle [see p. 16]. It

ooQsist&^mefly of the travels, unpublished up to that time, of Mayeur, in the north

and west jo|. Madagascar (Apr. 1774), and in the interior (Jan. 1774 and July 1775) ; a

journey 'bjr'M. Lislet Geoflfroy in the western parts (1774); and the journeys of

.Pumain^ (1790 and 1793), and of Lescallier and Capmartin (1804) on the west coast ;

together with extracts from Flacourt and others.

(5) An envelope with various Reports and notices by Froberville.

(6) Another envelope with similar contents, and extracts from Legentil's Travels.

(7) 3 small unbound volumes, "Index G6ographique," with very full geographical
notices of Madagascar.

(8) .A Catechism for the Malagasy, written by AbM Anton Flcigeollety missionary
priest of St. Lazare (French settlement) ; remarks by Mayeur on the attempts of Ben-
;yawski imd others to establish Colonies in Madagascar ; sketch of a Journey to
Aiikova by B. Hugon, 1808, with interesting geographical details ; a valuable Essay
b^ M..HeDel on certain parts of Madagascar ; and Essays on the productions, natural
history, statistics, language, etc.

(9j "Essai theorique sur la langue Madecasse ou le Grand-Dictionnaire de Madagas-
car,- * by Chev. de Froberville. "With very detailed introduction on everything con-
cerning Madagascar.

(10) Histoire de 1* Isle de Madagascar, by M. de Flacourt. [See p. 15,] Put into
modem French by Chev. de Froberville, 1816. In 10 unbound parts.

20 HAMOND—HEWITSON.

(11) A volume containing 44 different Doouments, bound together, with a Uit «l
contents.

(12) A volume of Letters, with an index.

(13, 14, 15) Envelopes containing Notices, Letters, etc., of a very varied
bearing on Madagascar, with indices.

(16) A Malagasy Catechism.

(17) Memoir on a Map of Madagascar, by Lulet'Cht^roy, [See p. 17.1 I«ondi»:
1819.

*Hamond, Walter. A Paradox: Proving the Inhabitants of theldaiid
called Madagascar, or St. Lawrence (in Things temporal), to be the hap-
piest People in the World, London : 1640. Also reprinted in 'Harleiai
Miscellany.' London: 1808.

— — ^^— Madagascar, The Eichest and most FrviteM

Island in the World. Wherein the Temperature of the Clymate, Ae
Nature of the Inhabitants, the Commodities of the Oountriey and the
facility and benefit of a Plantation by our People there, are oompetidi-
onsly and truely described. Dedicated to the Honourable lohn Bond,
Oovernour of the island, whose proceeding is authorized for this expedi-
tion, both by the King and Parliament. London : 1643. (4to).

Hartlaub, Dr. 0. Ornithologischer Beitrag zur Fauna Madagaskan.
Mit Beriicksichtigung der Inselu Mayotte, Nossi-Be und Ste. Marie,
sowie der Mascarenen und Seychellen. 8yo, Bremen: 1861.

Die Vogel Madagascars und der benachbartei

Inselgruppen. Ein Beitrag zur Zoologie der athiopischen Eegion. Sto^
Halle: 1877; pp. 425.

General Bemarks on the Avi-fauna of Madagasctf
and the Mascareue Islands. Ibis ; 1877 ; pp. 334—336.

— On a new Bird from Madagascar (Ty/ai Edwardi),
Ool.pl. Proc. ZooL Soc, 1862; p. 152.

— — On a new species of Sedge Warbler {Calamoh^rpi)

from Madagascar. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1863; p. 165.

On a new Genus {Eroeasa) and Species of Birf

from Madagascar. Woodcuts. Proc, ZooL Soc. 1866 ; p. 218.

■ On a new Species of Heron from Mahambo. Ptpc

Zool. Soc. 1880 ; p. 39.

Haktlattb's Birds of Madagascar. Nature ; Oct. 11, 1877. See Newtoa.

Heemskerk, Corneille van. Voyage de . Avec vocabulaire de

la langue parlee dans Pile de Saint-Laurent. Amsterdam : 1603.

^Herland, Dr. J. F. Essai sur la G6ologie de N6ssi-Be. Avec carte.
Ann. des Mines; 5me s^r. t. viii. Also in Rev. Colon. 1856; 2me s^r.
t. XV. p. 309 ; and in Neues Jahrsfilr Mineral u. s. w. 1857 ; heft 3.

^Hernandez, — . Observations sur la cote ouest de Madagascar. Ann.
Hydrographiques : 1866; p. 34.

Hewitson, W. 0. A List of diurnal Lepidoptera taken in Madagascar
by Mr. Oaldwell. Ool. pi. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1863 ; p. 64.

HILDEBRANDT—JEAN. 21

^Hildebrandt, Dr. J. M. West-Madagaskar ; Eeiseskizze. (Expedi-
tion zum Besuche der Todestalte Eutenberg's und zur Aufsuchung
etwaiger Eeliquien von ihm.) Zeitung GeselL filr Erdkunde %u Berlin ;
bd. XV. pp. 81-131.

Sketch of Physical Features of Central Ma-
dagascar (title ?). Zeitung GeselL filr Erdkunde zu Berlin ; vol. xvi. 3 ser.
no. 93, pp. 194-204.

""^Hilsenberg, C. T. Voyage a Madagascar. [A Botanical Expedition
to the Capital with M. Bojer in 1821] Nouv, Ann, des. Voyages ; 1829 ;
t. xli. p. 145.

^Holding, Rev. J. Notes on the Province of Tanibe, Madagascar. Proc,
Roy, Geog. Soc. 1870 ; vol. xiv. pp. 259-272.

Hooker, Dr. J. D. Description of Tangena Tree and Fruit. Botan.
Miscellany ; iii. 290.

On Ouvirandra Berniera and other Plants. Icones

Selectee Plantarum ; vol. iii. pi. xci. xciv. pp. 57, 60 ; pi. c. p. 62.

Hoolder, Eev. J. A. North-east Madagascar. A Narrative of a Mis-
sionary Tour, from the Capital to Andranovelona via Andovoranto and
the North-east Coast, and back to Antananarivo by way of Mandritsara
and Ainbatondrazaka. With map. Antananarfvo : 1877 ; pp. 88.

— Madagascar and its Proverbs. Ant* Ann, V. 1881 ;

pp. 58-75.

Proverbial Illustrations of Malagasy Life and

Character. Ant. Ann. VIII. 1884 ; pp. 86-99.

Malagasy Proverbs. ^Publications of Folk-lore

8 »ciety.' London : 1885 (?).

Houtman, Fred. de. Spraeckende woord-boeck in de Maleysche ende
Madagascarsche Talen, met vele Arabische ende Turcsche woorden, etc.
Amsterdam : L603 ; pp. 219.

HovA, Note sur le peuple. Bull, Soc, Geog. 1873 ; 5me ser. t. xxv.
pp. 97-101.

Humboldt, Baron Wm. von. On the Malagasy Language (title ?) ; in
'Kawi Sprache.* Dritt. Th. 8, 326.

I

Ib^es pr61iminaires sur le privilege exclusif de la Compagnie des Indes.
Paris: 1787; 4to.

Inverarity, D. Memoir of a Chart of the N.W. Coast of Madagascar,
1803. In Dalrymple's *A Collection of Nautical Memoirs,' etc.

J

Jacoby, H. Descriptions of new Species of Phytophagous Coleoptera .
Proc. ZooL Soc. 1877 ; p. 510.

*Jean, Pare. Etude comparative des Langues Malgache ct Malaise,
Public, de la Soc. de Giog, 1884 ; pp. 11.

21 JEFFREFS—JORGENSEk.

^JefEreys, Keturah. The Widowed Missionary's Journal, coutaimiig
some Account of Madagascar ; and also a NarratiTe of this Miaaionavp
Career of the Eev. J. Jeffreys. Southampton: 1827; pp. 216, witt
silhouette portrait.

*Jehenn6, Capt. Henseignements nautiques sur Nossi-B6y Nond-Mil^
siou, Bayatoub6, etc., et sur Tile Mayotte. Paris: 1847. Atised «i
Ann, Marat, et Colon, Mars 1843.

'-^ lies d' Afrique. Rev, Colon, t. iv. part. iii. p. 109.

''^Johns, Eev. David. A Dictionary of the Malagasy Language. In
Two Parts : English- Malagasy by Rev. J. J. Freeman; Malagasy-English
by Eev. D. Johns ; assisted by native Malagasy. An-tananaiivo : 1835 ;
pp. 307 (2nd pt. only).

See also Freeman.

* Johnson, William. Farahantsana, Itasy, and Ankaratra : Scraps bsm
a Note-book. Map of Lake Itasy. Ant, Ann, I. 1875 ; pp. 56-63*

— — Minute of the Madagascar Committee of the Friendi^

Foreign Mission Association. [On the subject of Slavery, including aho
an Address by Mr. Sewell on that subject ; see Sewell.] Antananarivo:
Oct. 1876; pp. 16.

.^ (Editor of) Eeview of the Work of the Friendi^

Foreign Mission Association in Madagascar, from 1867-1880. With twi
maps. Antananarivo : pp. 103.

''^Jones, Rear Adml. W. Gore. Extracts from Eeport by . "Virit

to the Queen of Madagascar at Antananarivo; July 1881. (Parliamea*
tary Paper.) London : 1883 ; pp. 17, fol.

''^Jorgensen, Eev. S. E. On the use of the Hyphen in Malagasy. AnL
Ann, VI. 1882 ; pp. 65-75.

■ Classification of Malagasy Consonants and some

of their Changes. Ant, Ann, VI. pp. 117-121.

— Some Popidar Malagasy Superstitions: Ch)od

and Evil Omens, Portents, and Prognostics. Ant. Ann, VIII. 1 884 ; pp.
27-33.

The Want of New Words in the Malagasy

Language, and the Means of Supplying them. Ant, Ann, VIII. pp.
99-106.

^Jouen, Fere Louis. Le Christianisme a Madagascar. Ret, de V Orient i
1852 ; 2me ser. t. xii. p. 41.

Eesume des quinze ann6es de la Mission de Ma-
dagascar. Ann, de la Propagation de la Foi ; 1861; pp. 81»102:
257-281.

♦Jourdain, Capt. J. P. P. Notice sur les Hovas. Nouv, Ann, dea Voff"
ages : 1839 ; 3me ser. t. xxiv. pp. 1-27.

Notice sur V ile de Madagascar; suivie d'nne

notice sur Tile Ste.-Murie. Nouv, Ann, des Voyages; 1839; 3m6 tfr.
t. xxiv. pp. 195-212.

JOURDAIN—LA CAILLE. 43

^Jourdain, Capt. J. P. P. Expedition de Madagascar, en 1829. Rev, de
\ P Orient: 1846 ; t. ix. p. 273.

JouBNAL des Evenements qui ont eu lieu k Tamataye du 13 mai au 16
juin 1845. Rev, de V Orient ; 1846 ; t. xi. p. 146.

"^Jokes, Eev. Chas. Country Work in Madagascar ; being the Journal
\ of a Visit to the Betsileo Province. With map. London: 1^70;
pp. 47.

and T. Lord. A Missionary Tour on the East

Coast. Ant. Ann. 111. 1877 ; pp. 117-131.

K

*£erhallet, Capt. Ch. Phil. de. Considerations generales sur I'ocean
Indien. Paris : 1853.

f[^ESteii, Dr. Otto. Die ostafrikanische I^selwelt. Bildet das Eiinfte
Buch in Band IE. von . *C. C. v. d. Decken's Eeisen?

^^essler, Rev. Julius. Introduction to the Language and Literature of
Madagascar. With Hints to Travellers and a new [?] Map. Londbii :
: 1870; pp.90.

♦Kestell-Comish, Rt. Rev.Bishop. A Short Cruise on the North-western
Coast of Madagascar. AnL Ann. in. 1877 ; pp. 17-26.

j ■- Journal of a Tour of Exploration in

i the North of Madagascar; June 15 — Oct. 22, 1876. Map and'fiv^
'Woodcuts. London : 1877 ; pp. 55.

Eerns in Madagascar. The Children^ e

Friend for Madagascar ; 1885 ; pp. 8.

^Kingdon, Abraham. A Malagasy Hero, who offered himself for his
King and Country. Sunday at Home; Jan. 1, 1881 ; pp. 10, 11.

_- Ranavilona II., Queen of Madagascar. GirU^

Own Paper; Aug. 5, 1882 ; pp. 710, 711.

■ Des Eolations du Gouvernement fran9ai8 avec celui

de Madagascar. Lettre addressee a M. Jules Grevy par A. Kingdon.
London: 1882; pp.

Rapport des Faits en connexion avec les Difficultes

fran<;aises d Madagascar. Lettre addressee 4 M. Grevy, President de la
Bepublique FrauQaise. London: 1882; pp.12.

^Kingzett, J. C. Eough Notes from Madagascar. 5 nos. 1883 ; pp. 60.

Slug)-*-. Insekten von Madagascar. Koniyliche Academie der Wiesen'
schaften; Berlin: 1832.

L

labarihe, — . Be la colonization de Madagascar. Rev. Orientate et
Americaine ; Jan. 1860.

L^caille, L. Connaissance de Madagascar. Avec carte* Svo^ P«x\%\
1863; pp.286.

24 LAC A ZE—LITTLE.

''^Lacaze, Dr. H. Souvenirs de Madagascar. Voyage — Histoire-- Popu-
lation— Moeurs — Institutions. Avec une carte. Paris: 1881 ; pp. xxt.170.

Lao de Bitume dans 1' Ambongou. Rev. Colon. 2me ser. t vii. p. 379.

''^Lacombe, B.-F. Leguevel de. Voyage k Madagascar et aux lies
Comores, 1823-1830. Precede d' une notice historique et geographique
sur Madagascar, par M. Eugene de Froberville. Avec un altas de veues
et costumes et deux cartes geographiques. 2 vols. 8vOy Paris : 1840.

' Moeurs des Malgaches. Rev. de V Orient;

1843 ; t. ii. p. 72.

*Laillet, E. Benseignements utiles sur Madagascar. Ports et Mouil-
lages du cote est de V lie. Epinal : 1877 ; pp. 35.

La Langtje Madecasso comparee k celle des Foulahs. Bull, Soc. Oeo$.
2me ser. t. xiv. p. 260.

*Lamacqae, J. de. Madagascar. Rev. du Monde Colon. Jan. et FeT*1862.

^Lastelle, — de. Etablissements fondes d Madagascar, par MM. de Boa-
taunoy, Arnoux et de Lastelle. Rev, de V Orient ; 1851 ; 2ine sSr. t. z«
p. 75. Avec reflexions de M. d' Eschavennes.

Laverdant, Desire. Colonization de Madagascar. Avec carte. Paris:
1844.

Le roi Badama (Madagascar). Rev. de P Orient;

1844; t. iv. p. 143.

"^Leon, A. Meteorologie de Nossi-Be du Jidllet 1850 au 80 Juin 1856.
Rev, Colon, 2me ser. t. xviii. pp. 142-149.

L£:fbosebis d' Ambouloutdxa, La. Lee Missione Catholiquee; Paris:
1876; no. 350.

Lescallieri — . Memoire relatif a I'ile de Madagascar. Mim. de Vln^
etitut ; iv. an. xi. p. 1 .

Nachrichten von der Insel Madagascar. Geogr. Ephem.

June 1805, vol. xviii. pp. 385-410. Also in Monthly Magazine; Apr.
1805 ; pp. 222.

"^Lewis, Capt. Locke. An Account of the Ovahs, a Kace of People
residing in the iuterior of Madagascar, with a Sketch of their Appear-
ance, Dross, Language, etc. Eead May 25th, 1835. Jour. Roy. Oeog*
Sac. vol. V. 1835.

Lewy, L. Les Franqais a Madagascar. Paris: 1883.

Lindschot, Jean Hugues de. Histoire de la Navigation de , Hoi*

landais, aux Indes oiioutales, contenant diverses descriptions des lieux
jusqu'a present decuuverts par les Portugais. Carte de Madr. {8» Lau*
rent.) Amsterdam: 1638.

*Lislet-Geoffroy : See Geoffrey.

♦Little, Eev. H. W. Three Years of Mission Work at AndoTorinto,

East Coast, Madagascar. Mauritius: 1878.

. Madagascar, its History and People. With a mapt

London : cr. 8vo, pp. 356.

LLOrD^DU MAINE. is

Lloyd, Col. J. A. Memoir on Madagascar [Geography]. With map.
Jour. Roy. 6eog. Soc. Dec. 10th, 1849 ; vol. xx. pp. 23.

*Lord, Thos. See Jukes.

Lndwig, Hubert. Eeliquiee Eutenbergianae, II. Zoologie. Mit Taf.
xii. Ahkandl. d. nalurw. Ver, zu Bremen. Apr. 1881 ; pp. 178-214.

Luke, Mrs. Christian Missions in Madagascar ( exact title and date ?).

M

Mac Leod, Consul Lyons. Madagascar and its People. With map.
London: 1865 ; pp. 318.

*Macquarie, J. L. Voyage a Madagascar. Illustrations. Paris : 12 mo,
pp. 435*

Madagasoab. Jour, des Voyages; 1827; t. xxxvi. pp. 5, 129.

Colonial Magazine; 1841; vol. v. pp. 278, 480; vol.

vi« p. 157.

Rev. de P Orient; 1843; t. ii. p. 51.

Brit. Quar. Rev. April 1859.

Esquisses geographiques, historiques, politiques. Conte-

nant tous les renseignements utiles sur Madagascar, ainsi qu'une carte de
r He. Mauricer: 1861 ; pp. 20.

— - — Island of. Jour, Roy, Geog. Soc. vol. xxxiii. pp. 219-

227 ; XXXV. p. 332.

' and its Christianity. Brit. Quar. Rev, Apr. 1863; pp.
303-313.

Boletim e Annaes do Conaelho Ultramarino ; 1864; no.
119 ff.

— — work of the Friends' Foreign Mission : — Isaac Sharp's

Visit— Medical Mission. The Friend; Feb. 1880.

■ — Historical Sketches. Missionary Series. [S. P. G. Mis-
sion.] 1880 ; pp. 27.

■ ■ [Commercially.] With map. Chamb. of Commerce Jour,

Dec. 1st, 1882; pp. 25-256.

■ ' — and the United States ; by a former Eesident of [«tc]
the Island. New York : 1883 ; pp. 16.

— — — [History of Mr. G. A. Shaw's Imprisonment by the

Frenoh ; Meeting at Exeter Hall.] Illustrations* Chron. Lond, Mise*
Soc. Nov. 1883 ; pp. 367-392.

■ ■■ ■ ■■ Correspondeuce respecting——— , relating to the Mission

of the Hova Envoys to Europe in 1882-83. Presented to both Houses of
Parliament by Couimand of Her Majesty. Africa No. 1 (1883). London t
pp. 51.

Madaqaskak und die Malagasen. Das Ausland ; 1859 ; no. v. u. 6.

*du Mainei — . Idee de la cote occidentale de Madagascar, depuis
Aucouala au nord^ jusqu'a Mouroundava. Ann» des Voyages; 1810;
t. xi. p. 20.

26 DU MAINE— MA UNimMLL.

du Maine, — . Voyage fait au pays d' Ancaye dans I'ile de Madagas-
car en 1790. Ann. des Voyages; 1810; t. xi. 146.

Malte-Bmn,— . Aper9u des relations sur Tile de Madag^ascar. ^lui.
dea Voyages ; 1810. t. xi. p. 5.

Marcel, Gabriel. Nos droits sur Madagascar. Avec carte par Qrossin.
Revue Scientifique ; 1883.

Marre-de Marin, Aristide. Essai sur le Malgache, ou Etude comparee
les langues Javanaise, Malgache, et Malayse. Paris : 1875.

Grammaire Malgache, fondee sur les prin-

cipes de la Grammaire Javanaise. Paris : 1876.

Le Jardia des Racines Oceaniennes. Be-

cueil d' environ 700 mots-racines Malgaches, compares avec leurs ooxres-
pondants dans les divers idiomes de rArchipel Indienne, Javanaise,
Sounda, Battak, Bisayan, Dayak, Mangkasar, Bougis, Tagal, etc.
Paris: 1876.

. Vocabulaire Fran^ais-Malgache, suivi d'ex-

ercises et d' un Recueil de cent et un Proverbs. Paris: 1876 ; pp. 126.

Bouraha, Jiistoire Malgache traduit en

Fran9ais, accompagnee de 1' examen comparatif des principaux mots du
texte MaJgache, avec les mots correspondants dans les idiomes de Bom6o,
des archipels de la Sound e, des Moluques et des Philippines. Journal.
Aaiatique ; Paris : 1877 ; pp. 13.

■ Ny Eahalahy rba : Conte Malagache public

et traduit en F;ran9ais. Revue Orientale et Americaine; nouT. 8er.
i. 1877; pp. 225-231.

*Martindale, H. Notice of the Betsimisiraka, a Tribe of Madagascar.
Jour. Ind, Archipelago ; 1850 ; vol. iv. 692-695.

Martyrs of Madagascar, The Christian. Harper* s New Monthly
Magazine ; New York: April 1859.

♦Mathieu,— . Notes on Madagascar from 1874 (exact title?). BuU,
Soc. Geog, Marseille; Julie — Sept. 1883.

"^Matthews, Rev. T. T. Eeport of the Mission of the L. M. S. in the
District of V6niz6ngo, N.W. Madagascar, for 1871. Aberdeen: 1872;
pp. 28. Also for 1872 ; Aberdeen : 1873 ; pp. 16. For 1873 ; Aberdeen :
1874 ; pp. 19. Those for subsequent years (1874 — 1879) published at the
L. M. S. Press, Antananarivo.

■■ '■ Notes of Nine years' Mission work in the

Province of Vonizongo, Madagascar ; with Historical Introduction. 1 7
illust. London: 1871 ; pp. 164. [This is chiefly a reprint of the
previously mentioned yearly Reports of Mission work in Vonizongo.]

-. — A Report of the Ambatonakanga Church and

District for the year 1883 — 4. Also a short Memorial Sketch of the life
of Razaka, the Apostle of Y6niz6ngo. Antananarivo ; 8vo, pp. 24.

*Maundrell) Eev. H. A Visit to the North-east Province of Madagas-
car. Read Jau. 14th 1867. Jour, Roy, Geog, Soc» 1868; vol. xxxvii. pp.
108-116.

MAhPo/Arr-MiyAkr. iy

Mmpoint^ Jlgr. Amand Rene (Eveque de Saint-Denis). Madagascar et
ses deux premiers eveques. 2 vols. 12mO| 3me 6d. Paris : 1864 ; pp. 628.

♦MaureV— , Note sur la situation de Vavatoube, Madagascar. Annahs
Hydrogrdphiques : Ire trim estre, 1864.

^Maynard, J. Howard. Journey from Antananarivo to Mojang^.
Prac. Jkoy, Geog,, Soc. 1876 ; vol. xx. no. 2. pp. 110-114.

McBean, S: Madagascar. Correspondence and Eeport on Proposed
Heads and. Tramways between Antananarivo, the Capital, and the
Seaports of Tamatave and Mbjanga. With Map of the Island, and
Estimates of Cost and Traffic. London : 1880; pp. 32.

MegisemSy Hieronymus. Beschreibung uberanfz Mechtigen und
Weitberhiimbten Insul Madagascar. Map and 7 illustrations ; 12mo.
Altseiibourg in /Meissen: 1609; pp. 179. [105 pages occupied by the
'DielioBary and Dialogttes.' The first portion of this book, without the
Diotionttry and Dialogues, was translated into English and published Qt
Antan&narivo, in 1877, under the title of 'An Ancient Account of Mada-
gascar, A.D. 1609 ;* 8vo, pp. 28.]

: ^Hellar^t J)r. Chas. Journal of aji Expedition to the Coast and
Oapital ^ MJadagasear, in the suite of the late Mission to King Eadaina.
Jour, Linn, Soc. — Bot, 1864; vol. pp. 67-66.

MixoiBBSurMiadagascar. liev» de I* Orient; 1843 ; t. ii. p. 51.

^Middleton, Col. Report of i^e British Embassy [to Madagascar] to
1^6 Governor of Mauritius. Port Louis: 1862. Also in Rev, Marat, et
CV^nj.Jftn. 1362; pp, 93-100,

Milbom, Wm. Oriental Commerce ; contaii^pg a geographical; Des-
cription of rthe Principal places in the East Indies, China and Japan,
eta. from the Discovery of the Passage round the Cape of Good Hope
to the present time, etc. 2 vols. 4to, London : 1813.

.lUlhet-FQntarabie. Madagascar. Rev, Alger, et. Colon, Fev. 1860.

Mune-Edwards, Alph. See Audonin, and Grandidier.

^flfissionaires^Cfttholiques. Dictionnaire fran9ais-malgache, redig4 par
lee Missionaires oatholiques de Madagascar, et adapte aux Dialectes de
toutes les provinces. He Bourbon : 1853 ; pp. 850.

— r— ■> ——- Dictionnaire malgache-fran^ais, redigeparles

Missionaires catholiques des Madagascar, et adapts aux Dialectes de
tciutes les provinces. Eeunion: 1855; pp.798.

(Collected by the.) Tantara ny Andriana eto

Madagascar. Histoire des Eois d*Imerine, d'apr^s les Manuscrits Mal-
gaches. Tome I. (In Malagasy.) Antananarivo : 1873 ; pp. 260.

Mission de St. Joseph d'Andrbhib6, Yue de la. Les Missions Catholic
ques; 1876 ; no. 372.

iMivart, St. George. Notes on the Crania and Dentition of the
Lemuridee. Woodcuts. Proc, Zool, Soe. 1864; pp. 611-648.

— :^— On Lepilemur and Cheirogaleus, and on the

Z«>ological Bank of the Lemuroidea. Plate. Proc, Zool, Soc 187^ \ ^^V
484; 1866; p. 151 ; and 1869; p. 960.

18 MIVART'-MURIE.

Mivart, St. George. On Hemicentetes, a new Genus of Insectiyora,
with some additional Kemarks on the Osteology of that Order. Plate.
Proc, Zool, Soc. 1871 ; p. 58. See also Murie.

McBUBs des Malgaches. Eev. de P Orient; 1843; vol. ii. p. 72.

Monod, H., and Henry Monod. See Sibree.

♦Montgomery, Rev. W. Avaratr' Andohdlo [church, Antananarivo,
Madagascar]. Illust. Chron, of Lond, Miss. Soc. Apr. 1870.

Montlinot, Charles. Essai sur la Transportation comme recompense,
et la Deportation comine peine. 8vo, Paris : an v.

♦Moore, W. Log-book of the Eliza Scott, during her Voyage to

Madagascar, etc. 1838-89.

Morisot, Le Sieur de. Eolation du voyage, que Francois Gauche de
Kouen a fait a Madagascar, iles adjacents et coste d'Afrique. Kecuilly
par le Sieur Morisot, avec des notes au marge. [Including a Malagasy
Vocabulary.] In 'Eelations veritables et curieuses de I'isle de Mada-
gascar et du Bresil.' 4to, Paris : 1651 ; pp. 193.

""^Moss, Rev. Chas. Fredk. Over Swamp, Moor, and Mountain : Being
the Journal of a Visit to Antongodrahoja, and home by Ambatondras^-
ka. AnL Ann. II. 1876 ; pp. 3-19.

Hindrances to the Progress of the Gbspel im

Madagascar. AnL Ann, III. 1877 ; pp. 86-97.

;- Notes of Journey to Mandritsara and Anonibe

[N.E. Madagascar]. 2 illust. Chron. of Lond. Miss. Soc. July and Sept.
1883 ; pp. 235-241 ; 303-308.

^Mullens, Rev. Dr. Jos. On the Central Provinces of Madagascar.
Proc. Roy. Geog. Soc. no. iii. vol. xix. 1875 ; pp. 182-205. Also in Jour.
Roy. Geoy. Soc. vol. xiv. with map.

Twelve Months in Madagascar. Map and

illustrations. London ; 1875 ; pp. 334.

Recent Journeys in Madagascar. [Shaw,

Shaw and Eiordan, Street and Sibree, Sewell and Pickersgill, and
Moss.] Map. Proc. Roy. Qeog. Soc. Jan. 1871 ; pp. 30.

On the Origin and Progress of the People

of Madagascar. Read Apr. 27th, 1875. Jour. Anthrop. Inst
1876 (?).

Murchison, Sir R. Notice of a Eot^ont conglomerate in the Island
of Madagascar. Lond, and Kdin. Philosophical Magazine; 1833; vol. iii.
p. 231.

Murie, Dr. Jamei, and St. George Mivart. On the Anatomy
of the Lemurideo. Transactions of /not. So(\ 1872; vol. vii. pp. 1-113 •
pL 1-7.

—— ■ " ■ A MndngMHonr tTtms tree (Mucuna sp.Y Lei-

sur$ Hour: Oct. 1881 ; pp. 006,00(1. ^ '

NEULING--OLIVER. 29

N

ITenling, Dr. H. Mittheilungen aus dem Tagebuch von Dr. Ohr.
Hutenberg. Mit enier Karte : der nordliche Theil von Madagaskar, zur
Uebersicht von Dr. Rutenberg's Beisen 1877-1878. Deutsche Geographia-
che Blatter; Bremen: 1879; Heft iii. Band ill pp. 113-159.

Dr. Chr. Kutenberg's Eeisen in Siid-Afrika

und Madagaskar. Globus; 1879; xxxv. pp. 299-304.

Neuste Beitrage zur Kunde von der Insel Madagascar Aus d, Franzos,
Mit 2 Karten. 2 Theil. Weimar: 1812.

Newspaper Cuttings describing Eecent Events in Madagascar. An-
tananarivo: 1873; 4 nos. pp. 115.

Ifewton, Prof. Alfred. On a new Bird from Madagascar {Hyperphes
corallirostris). Col. pi. Proc, Zool, Soc, 1863 ; pp. 85.

— ' List of Animals collected at Mabdmbo, Madagas-
car, by Mr. W. T. Gerrard. Proo. Zool. Sac, 1865 ; p. 832.

Hartlaub's Birds of Madagascar. Nature ; Nov.

Ist, 1877.

*Noel, — . He de Madagascar. Eecbercbes sur les Sakkalawa. Bull,
Soc, G6og. 1843 ; 2me ser. t. xix. p. 275 ; t. xx. pp. 40, 285 ; 3me ser. t.
p. 385.

Nossisi et Majotte (signe M.D.) Rev. de V Orient ; 1846; vol. ix. p.
309.

[Culture, Statistics, Administration, etc.] Rev. Mar. et

Colon. 1863 ; t. viii. pp. 267-278.

Rev. Colon. 1856 ; 2me s6r. t. xi. pp. 41-52 ; t. xvi. pp.

303-317.

Notes sur une partie de la cote est de Madagascar. Ann. Hydrogra^
phiques : 1872; Ire trim. p. 37.

o

^Oliver, Lieut. S. Pasfield, B.A. Notes on Madagascar. Proc. Roy.
Oeog. Soc. 1863 ; vol. viii. p. 68.

Madagascar and the Malagasy ; witb

Sketches of the Provinces of Tamatave, Betdnimena and Ankova.
Map and chromo-lith. illustrations. London : 1866 ; pp. 105.

. The Hovas and other characteristic

Tribes of Madagascar. 2 lith. illust. Jour. Anthrop. Inst, Mar. 3rd, 1868 ;
pp. 20.

Les Hovas et autres Tribes caracteris-

tiques de Madagascar. Guernsey : 1869.

On and off Duty ; being leaves from

an Officer's Note-book. Part II.— -Lemuria : Madagascar, and the Masca-
rene Islands. A series of Papers in The Hampshire Telegraph and
Suisex Chronicle ; June to Sept. 1880.

30 OLIVE^-P^S^.

■^p— — » I ■

♦Oliver, Capt. 8. Pasfleld, R. A. The True Story of the French Dispute
in Madagascar. Supplementary Chapter by F. W. Chesson, Hon. Sec. of
the Malagasy Committee ; and Note signed by Lord Shaftesbury and
others. Demy 8vo, London : 1885 ; pp. 280.

Outalet,— . Madagascar. La Nature; Juin 26 et 24, 1876.

Out of the Beaten Track in Madagascar. A Visit to the Antaknrana
SikaUva; Temple Bar; Apr. 1882; pp. 557-562.

♦Owen, Commodore W. F. W. Narrative of Voyages to explore the
Shores of Africa, Arabia, and Madagascar, perfQrmcd in H. M. ^bips
^Leven' and 'Barracouta.' 2 vols. Maps and engravings. London : id33%

Owen, Professor Richard. Monograph on the Aye-aye ( Cheiroptye
madagascariensis), 14lith. plates. London : 1863 ; 4 to, pp. 72. Also partly
in Proc. ZooL Soc, 1862; pp. 11, 13; and fully in Trans. Zool. Soc,
1866 ; vol. pp. 33-101 ; pi. 14-26.

Notes on the Egg and portions of the Leg

bones of ^pyornis. . Proc, ZooL Soc, Jan. 1852 ; pp. 9.'

P

♦Parker, Dr. 0, W. Contribution to Materia Medica. Ant. Ann. V.
1881 ; 76-79.

A Malagasy Materia Medica. Ant, Ann, V. 79-82.

Also in Pharmac, Jour, and Trans, Apr. 16, 1881 ; pp. 853-855.

On the Language and People of Madagascar. Jour.

Anthrop. Inst. 1883. *.->...

■ On a New Code of Laws for the Hova Kingdom of

Madagascar. Proinulgated at Antananarivo on March 29^ 188L Jour.
Anthrop. Inst. Feb. 1883 ; pp. 13. •

^— A Concise Grammar of the Malagasy Lang^iag^.

'Triibner's Series of Simplified Grammars.' London i. .1883 ; pp..^

— ^— On Systems of Land Tenure in Madagascar. Jour.

Anthrop. Inst. Feb. 1883; pp. 4.

^Parrett, John. See W. E. Cousins.

Pabteien (Die) unter den Howas auf Madagascar, Ausland; 1863 ;
no. 12.

♦Peake, Rev. P. 0. Eeport of the District of Isoavina.. Antananarivo :
1876 ; 12mo, pp. 16. Also for 1877 ; pp. 25 ; and for subsequent years.

Notes on the Isoavina District. Antananarivo :

1877; 12mo, pp. 24.

The Bez4noz4no or Bush People. Ant. Ann. TV.

1878 ; pp. 31-43.

♦Pearse, Rev. Joseph. The Journey between Antsihdnaka and the
East Coast. Ant. Ann, I. 1875 ; pp. 42, 43.

Ambatondrazaka : the Capital of the Antsihi-

naka Province. Ant, Ann. 11. 1876 ; pp. 36 40,

PSARSE^POLLEN. 31

Pearte, Sev. Joseph. Mission Work among the Sihanaka. Antand-
narfvo: 1877; 12mo, pp. 23.

Report of the Sihanaka Mission. AjEitanana-

rivo: 1878 ; 12mo, pp. 24. Also for 1879; pp. 20 ; and subsequently.

— ^— Customs connected with Death and Burial

among the Sihclnaka* Ant, Ann, lY. 1882 ; pp. 61-65.

■ Medical Missionary Work in Madagasqar by a

Non-professional. Ant. Ann.YHl. 1884; pp. 11-27.

*Peill, Rev. Jer. Social Conditions and Prospects of Madagascar.
Jour. 8oe. Arts; Feb. 16, 1883 ; pp. 271-285.

Pelagaud, E. Madagascar, Mozambique et les Comores. La Nouvdle
Betme; Dec. 1882; pp. 461^491.

• On a remarkable Deviation of the Trajectory of a Cyclone

observed last February [1885] on the North-east Coast of Madagascar
(exact title ?). Acad, de Sciences ; Paris : 1885.

♦Perry, Rev. Father S. J. Noss-Vey and the South-west of Madagas-
car — Transit of Venus Expedition. Proc, Brit. Assoc. — Geogr. Sec. 1883.

""^Petit-Thouars, Aubert Aubert du. Histoire des Yegetaux recueillis
dans les ties australes de I'Afrique. Paris : 1806.

Histoire des Plantes decouvertes d

Madagascar, I'lle de France, et Bourbon. (Place of publication ?) 1822.

*Pfei£Eer, Ida. Eeise nach Madagascar. Nebst einer Biographic der
Verfusserin. 2 Bde. 8vo, Wien : 1861 ; pp. 200.

The Last Travels of Ida Pf eiflPer ; inclusive of a Visit

to Madagascar. Translated [from the preceding] by H. W. Bhlcken,
Ph. D. London : 1861 ; pp. 338.

^Fickersgill, Rev. W. C. From Twilight to Ghross Darkness: being
chiefly a Narrative of what happened on the Way, in a Journey to Auka-
vandia and Imelnanddza. Ant. Ann. I. 1875 ; pp. 76-94.

. The Ibbina Mission. [N.W. Madagascar.]

Chron. of Lond. Miss. Soc, Aug. and Sept. 1881.

' Mojanga: N.W.Madagascar. Illustrations.

CAron. o/L. M, S. Oct. 1882 ; pp. 323-328.

French Doings among the Sakaldva and

Hova. 'Madagascar Tracts,' No 2. London: 1883; pp. 16.

Playfair, Lt.«Col. R. L. On a Collection of Fishes from Madagascar
[by A. Grandidier]. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1868 ; p. 9.

""^Pollen, Francois P. L. Sen Blik in Madagascar. Met twee Platen
en facsimile. Leyden : 1867 ; pp. 49.

et H. Schlegel. Recherches sur la Faune de

Madagascar et ses dependances, d'aprSs les decouvertes de Francois P. L.
Pollen et D. C. VanDam. Ouvrage dedie a S. M. Guillaume III., Roi
des Pays Bas. En cinq parties, contenant : I. — Relation de Voyage ;
II. — Mammif^res et Oiseaux ; III. — Reptiles ; IV. — Poissons ; V. —
InsecteSi Crustaces, Mollusques, etc. J. K. Steenhoff, editeur. 5 vols.
Pluaieurs planches noires et coloriees. Leyde : 1868.

32 POLO'-RENNEFORT.

Polo, Marco. 'Oonoerning the Island of Madeigasoar/ Pp. 345-347,
354, chap, xxxiii., of 'The Book of Ser Maroo Polo the Venetian. By CU.
Henry Yule, C.B. London : 1871. Reprinted in AnL Ann. V. 1881 ; pp.
21-29. [As Marco Polo's book was originally published about the year
1 300, this is the earliest European account (although erroneous in many
respects) of Madagascar under this name.]

Pradt, M. de. Les trois 4ges de Colonies : ou leur etat passfi, present,
et k venir. 3 vols. 8vo, Paris : 1801-10.

Prevost, L. Madagascar, son passe, son avenir. Bruxelles : 1862.

Priohard, Dr. Jas. Cowles. 'The Malagasy,' in 'Natural History of
Man' ; 2nd ed. London : 1845 ; pp. 341-345.

Prout, Rev. Ebenezer. Madagascar, its Missions and its Martyn,
Loudon: 1862.

Pnente, Don J.F.M. de la. Compendio de las Historias de los des-
cubrimientos conquistas, guerras' della India orientale. Madrid: 1681.

Q

•Ctnerrit, L* Abbe. Trois mois autour de Madagascar, apr^s les notei
deM. TAbbe Querrit. [In 1859, in a French man-of-war, 4a CordilUre.*]
Bull, de la Union Geogr. du Nord de la France; nos. 29, 30 ; Nov. et Dec
1882 ; p. 430.

Eabama, roi de Madagascar. Rev, Colon, 2me 86r. t. vii. pp. 90, 334,
456.

Eapfobt d'un Oapitaine de navire franqais sur Madagascar. R&9.
Colon. Ire ser. t. iii. p 352.

Raynal, Wilh. Th. Philosophische und politische Oeschiohte d«r
Besitzungen und des Handeis der Europaer in beiden Indien. Aus d.
Franzos. mit Yerbesserungen und Anmerkungen von Jac. Maurilion. 7
Theile, gr. 8. Hannover : 1774-1778.

Eegent Explorations in Madagascar. [Grandidier's.] lUmtraUd 7V«-
veU : vol. iv. pp. 140-150.

''^Eegnon, Pere Henry de. Madagascar et le roi Eadama II. Paris :
1863; pp. 216.

Reinecke, — . Ueber die Karte von Zanguebar, der Kafferctiale und
Madagascar. Geoyr, Ephemeriden ; iz., Weimar: 1801; p. 366,

Eeise (Die) der uorwegischen Missioaare A. Walen und P. E. Nilsen
im siidostlicheu Madagaskar. Mitteil, der Geogr, Gesell, zu Jena; 1883,
1384; b. ii. h. I, 3, und 2, 4. pp. 1-12; 140-150.

*Rennefort, Souchu de. Eeise nach Madagascar ; 1665. 'Allge-

meine Historie,' etc. vol. viii.

Eelation du premier voyage de la Compag-

nie des Indes orien tales en Plsle de Madagascar ou Dauphine. Avec
un plan du Fort Dauphin, par le Sieur Flacourt. Paris : 1668.

RENIf^^g^TTTrltlCffARIX^pN. ^}

^Sennefort, Spuchu dn. Memppes pour servir i Phistoire des Ind^s
Orientales, contenant :— -La nayigation des quatres premiers vaisseaux de
la Oompa^i^ ; F^tal^lissement d'un conseil souverain k Tile de Madagas-
Ofir pour le gouvernement des ludes Orientales ; le voyage de M. de
Mondeverguey viceroy des Indes, et admiral des mers par de Id k Tequa-
teur ; le r^oit suooinct de rexp6dition de M. de la Haye, successeur de
M. Mondevergue ; PabandonHement de Tisle de Madagascar ; etc. Carta
gj0p6ial de Tile d'apr^s Flacourt. Paris : 1688 ; in-4.

— _ Histoire des Indes orientales. Leide: 1688.

^RabjB^rana, Rabezandrina, and Ralaitafika. English and Malagasy
Vocabulary ; with Sentences in both Languages illustrating the words used
in the Vocabulary, and an Introductory Lesson in Geography. London :
l863 ; pp. 476. [Also with a Malagasy title-page : — *Boka, ny anarany
Rabearana, etc.']

^Rabezandrina. Ikotof^tsy sy Imahakd, sy Tantara Malagasy hafa
koa. Nangbnina sy nalaha-dRab^zdndrina [now Eainandriamampandry,
and, till lately. Governor of Tamatave]. Antananarivo: 1876; pp.42.
{Malagasy Fdik-Tales.]

Radlkofer, L. Ein Beitrag zur africanische Flora. Abhandl, d, natunv^
Ver. zu Bremen. Feb. 1883 ; viii. 24 ; pp. 369-432.

Bamnsio,— . Discorso d'un gran capitano di mare Francese .... sopr^
• •.... di dan Lorenzo, etc. vol. iii.

Belatioi^ dej9 voyages du capitaine Owen sur les c6tes de . . . . Mada-
gasoieur. Nouy, Ann, des Voyages ; 1833 ; 2me ser. t. xxx. p. 326.

Benngppnt, J. Madagascar, T histoire et les missions. Revue du Monde
Catholique; Aug. 1863.

f Resident, A. Madagascar Past and Present ; with Considerations as
to the Political and Commercial Eolations of England and France, and
as to the Progress of Christian Civilization. London : 1817.

Keyzk van h^t Gostindisch Schip Barneveld, uyt Holland tot aan de
Xaap der Goede Hoop, in fjaar 1719 Behelzend een Verhaal van de
landuunge tegenspoeden op de Reyze, en zoonderlinge voorvallen op het
Byland Madagascar, gedunreude het verblyf aid aar by de Woeste
Souklaven Neveus : Eeu korte Beschryonige de vreeunde Gewoonten
Oodsdieustien Zeden dier Yolkeren, etc., etc.

Ri^nz, F. Precis sur les Etablissements fran^aises de Madagascar.
Public par le I)epartement de la Marine.

^Richardson, Rev. Jas. Eemarkable Burial Customs among the Betsi-
1^0. Arii. Ann.T, 1875; pp. 7075.

:- '■ — Drury*s Vocabulary of Malagasy "Words, with

Notes. AnL Ann. I. pp. 98-106.

— — **Audi alteram partem.'* A Reply and a

Justification : a Critique on **Sonie Eeinarks on writing Malagasy."
Antananarivo: 1876; pp. 28.

* Through want of knowledge of Malagasy on the part of the English editor, this h^,
Utermllyt i£e absurd meaning of 'Lepers are the numes of Kabearaua^ etc.' (,l\

34 RICHARDSON-^ROOKE.

''^Siohardson, Rev. Jas. Malagasy 'Tonon-kira' and Hymnology. Ani.
Ann. n. 1876 ; pp. 23-35.

— — — — Dr. Mullens and the Population of Antanina-

rtvo. Ant, Ann. II. pp. 72-74.

(Translated by). Tandla Oustoms, Supersti-
tions and Beliefs. Ant, Ann. U. pp. 92-101.

Malagasy Oonundrums. Ant. Ann. U. pp.

126, 127.

— Lights and Shadows: or Chequered Experi-
ences among some of the Heathen Tribes of Madagascar. With map
and lith. illustration. Antandnarivo : 1877 ; pp. 94.

The Folk-lore of Madagascar. Ant. Ann. HL.

1877; pp. 102-115.
More Folk-lore. Ant. Ann. TV. 1878; pp. 44-58.

Brief Notes on the Hainfall, etc. of Antan&na*

rivo. Ant, Ann. VI. 1882 ; pp. 125, 126.

Malagasy for Beginners. Antaninarlvo: 1888;

pp. 120.

— A New Malagasy- English Dictionary. Edited

and Re-arranged by — . With *A Concise Introduction to the Malaga^
Language,' by Rev. W. £. Cousins. Antandnarfvo : 1885; pp. lix.
and 832.

Ridley, H. N. New or rare Monocotyledonous Plants from Mada-
gascar. Jour, Linn. Soc. — Bot. vol. xx. no. 129, pp. 329-338.

The Orchids of Madagascar. Linn. Soc. Jour. — BoL

vol. XX. (?)

Roche, Aubert. Des int^r^ts fran^ais dans le long de la cdte

d'Afrique Rev. de r Orient; 1843 ; t. ii. p. 324.

*Rochon, Abbe Alexis. Voyages 4 Madagascar, 4 Maroc, et aux Indee
orientales. Ouvrage en 3 vol. in-8, aocompagn6 d'une carte geographique
de Madagascar, d'un Vocabulaire mad^gasse, etc. Paris : an. x. (1791.)

A Voyage to Madagascar and the East Indies.

Translated from the French. Illustrated with an accurate Map of the
island of Madagascar. London : 1792 ; pp. xlix. and 475 Also reprint-
ed in 'Pinkerton's Voyages and Travels,* vol. xvi. London : 1814 ; pp.
738 807. Also in German, in .l/ci^r, r, merk. neuen Reise. Bd. viii. 1792.

Rolfe, R. A. On //y«/or«/vx» a new Q^nus of Turneracese from
Madagascar Linn. Soc. Jom'^—iht. Aug. I8th 1884 ; vol. xxi. no. 134,
pi. vii. pp. 256-258,

Romain-Desfouei. Rapport «ur le iH>mbat livr6 4 Tamatave, le 15
Juin. 1845, par les bAtimontu do Kut«rrt» fran<;ais et anglais. Rev. Colon.
Ire 86r. t. iv. p. 150.

Rondeaux, M. M^moiro mir Mndngasoar. 1803.

*Rooke, Capt W., R A. lUmt Vt\Yn>re along the East Coast-Lakes of
Madagascar. Anjo, A*ov« ^V»y. iV«»t\ vol. x. Jan. 1866: pp. 13; also in
Jour. K. O. S. vol. xxxvi. 1800 ; pp. 52-64.

ROUSSIN—SC LATER. 35

Sonssin, V. Ami. le Barou. Notices statistiques sur les Colonies fran-
(aises :— Madagascar etles lies Saint-Fi6rre et Miquelon. Paris : 1840.

Rowley, 0. D. On the lEt^^ of ^pjornis. London. Also in Proe.
Zool. Soc. 1867; p. 892.

Rnge, Dr S. Madagaskar. Aus alien Welttheilen; Feb. 1872; pp.
131-134; Mar. pp. 163-165 ; Apr. pp. 203-207.

^Butenberg, Dr. Chr. See Buohenau and Nenling.

Rnyneau de St. Oeorges, Th. Madagascar: Question politique et
maratime. Paris: 1860.

^Byan, Rt. Rev. Bishop W. V. Mauritius and Madagascar : Journals
of an Eight Years' Residence in the Diocese of Mauritius, and of a Visit
to Madagascar. Londou: 1864; 8vo, pp. 340.

s

Saohot, Octave. Madagascar: Critique on Rev. W. Ellis's ^Three
Visits to Madagascar' (exact title?). Revue europeenne ; 1859.

— . Les Voyages a Madagascar du docteur {sic) William

ElliB. 12mo, Paris: 1860.

Madagascar et les Madecasses : Histoire — Moeurs —

Productions— Curiosites naturelles. 12mo, Paris: 1864; pp. xi. et 348.

Saillens, Euben. Nos Droits sur Madagascar, et nos Grief s centre les

Hovas examines impartialement par , avec une pr6face par M.

Pr6deric Passy, membre de Flnstitut, et un appendice contenant des
documents ofB.ciels inedits. Paris : 1885 ; pp. 163.

Sakalavbn (Die) auf Madagascar. Globus ; 1872; xxii. p. 268.

Sanssay, Carpean de. Voyage k Madagascar, connu aussi sous le
Tiona d'isle de Saint Laurent, par M. de V. Paris : 1722 ; 12mo. (Repe-
tition de la carte de Flacourt.)

Saussaye, P. de la. On Madagascar. Revue Zoologique ; 1844.

Sanssnre, — . Etudes sur la famille de Vespides. vol. 2de.

SoHLAFLi's projectirte Reise nach Madagascar. Geogr, Mittheilungen ;
1863; p. 349.

Sohlegel, H. List of most remarkable Species of Mammals and Birds
collected by Fr. P.L. Pollen and D. C. Van Dam. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1866 ;
pp. 419-426.

See also Pollen.

Sdater, Dr. P. L. On the Mammals and Birds collected in Madagas-
car by Dr. Chas. Meller. Proc, Zool. Soc, 1863 ; p. 160.

The Mammals of Madagascar. Quar. Jour. Science ;

Apr. 1864.

Description of a new Species of Duck from Mada^

gascar {Anas Melleri), Proc. Zool. Soc. 1864 ; p. 487.

New Species of Passerine Bird from M«.d&%^^-

car {Hylophorha ruticilla). Col. pi. Proc, Zool, Soc. \^^& \ ^.^^^.

36 SOLA TER—SHA W.

Solater, Dr. P. L. Report on a Collection of Animals froni Madagas-
car sent by Mr. J. Caldwell. Plate. Proc Zool. Soc, 1865 ; p. 467.

*Sec. of Imer. Dist. Com. of L.M.8. Minutes of ImSrina District Com-
mittee. Antananarivo: 1876; Svo, pp. 16.

Beport of Imerina District Mifision.

1875-1876. Antananarivo: 1876; 8vo, pp. 60. Also for 1877, pp. 92,
And for 1878 (Eeport of Madagascar Mission), pp. 137 ; for 1879, pp.
148; for 1881, pp. ; for 1882, pp. 120; for 1883, pp. 28; and for

1884, pp. 56.

*Sewell, Joseph S. The Sakalava : Being Notes of a Jonmej made
from Antananarivo to some Towns on the Border of the Sdkaliiva Terri-
tory, in June and July, 1875. With map. Antananarivo : 1875 ; pp. 24.

Diksionary Englisy sy Malagasy ho any izay mia>

natra Teny Englisy. Antananarivo : 1875 ; pp. 379. [English Diotionaiy
for Malagasy students.]

Eemarks on Slavery in Madagascar, with an Address

on that Subject delivered at Antananarivo. London : 1876; pp. 89.

See also Clark and Johnson.

Sganzin, — . On various Species of Tern (Sterna), Mim. du 8oe, it
Strasbourg ; t. iii.

On Madagascar Mollusca. MSm, du Soc, de Strasbourg,

Sharpe, R. Bowdler. Contributions to the Ornithology of Madagascar;
Part. I. col. pi. Proc. ZooL Soc. 1870 ; p. 348 ; Part n. col. pi. P. Z, S,
1871 ; p. 313 ; Part in. col. pi. P, Z. S, 1872 ; p. 866 ; Part IV. 2 coL
pis. P.Z.S. 1875; p. 70.

On a new Muscicapine Bird from Madagascar

{Pseudobias; nov. gen. P, Wardi), Col. pi. Ibis; 1870; p. 498.

New Species of Warbler in the British Museum.

Col. pi. Proc. Zool, Soc, 1877 ; p. 22.

On a second species of Dromceocerous from Ma-
dagascar. Proc, Zool, Soo, 1879; p. 177.

— — — . — _ A Note on Heliodilus Soumagnii, Proo. Zool, Soe,
1879; p. 175.

*8haw, Oeorge A. From Fianarants6a to Mananjara : Notes of alfis-
sionary Journey. Antananarivo : 1874; pp. 11.

From Fian^rantsda to Ikongo : Being Notes of a

Journey made on behalf of the London Missionary Society. Antanana-
rivo : 1875; pp. 19.

. Notes on Ikongo. 1875 ; 8vo, pp. 8.

Bough Sketches of a Journey to the Ib^ra. A*^'

Ann: 11, 1876 ; pp. 102-180.

TheBetsileo: Country and People. Ant, Ann. Ht'

1877; pp. 73-85.

TheB6tsil6o: Religious and Social Customs. Ani*

Ann. IV. 1878; pp. 2-U,

SHA P^—SI^k££. ij

. *Sliaw, George A. Notes on Four Species of Lemur. Froc. Zool, Soc.
1882 (?). Also in Ant. Ann. Vl. 1882 ; pp. 48-50.

. A Tour through my District: Being rough Notes of a

Journey through the B^tsimisaraka Country. Antandnarivo : 1 882 ; pp. 32.

Meteorological Observations at Tamatave. Ant,

Ann. VI. 1882 ; 135-107.

^The Aye-aye. Ant. Ann. VI. pp. 123-125.

. The Future Prospects of Madagascar. Contemporary

Review; Nov. 1883; pp. 749-758.

Madagascar and France. With some Accoimt of the

Island, its People, its Eesources and Development. Cr. 8vo, London :
1884 ; pp. 320. By George A. Shaw, F.Z.S., London Mission, Tamatave.
With many illustrations and a map.

*8ibree, Sev. James, Juu. Map of Antananarivo and the Surrounding
Country. Chron. of Lond. Miss. Sac. Map. Oct. 1867.

• Madagascar and its People. Notes of a

Four Years' Eesidence. With a Sketch of the History, Position and
Prospects of Mission Work among the Malagasy. Map and illustrations.
London: 1870 ; pp. 576.

Madagascar et ses Habitans. Journal d'un

sejour de quatre ans dans Tile. Traduit de 1' anglais par H. Honod,
pasteur, et Henry Honod, avocat. Avec carte et 56 illustrations. Tou-
lonse: 1873; pp. 624.

— — — — To Antsihanaka and back, Antananarfvo :

1874 ; pp. 29.

The Burning of the Idol Eamahavaly.

Translated from a Native Account (by Bainivelo, native pastor). Ant.
Ann. I. 1875 ; pp. 107-110.

The Western Ibara and their Customs.

Translated from a Native Account. Ant. Ann, II. 1876 ; pp. 45-50.

— Carving and Sculpture, and Burial Memo-
rials amongst the Betsil^o. Ant, Ann. II. pp. 56-71.

South-East Madagascar : Being Notes of a

Journey through the Tanala, Taimoro and Taisaka Countries in June and
July, 1876. Map. Antananarivo: 1876; pp. 81.

— — ^ ^— Maps of Madagascar. Ant. Ann. III. 1877 ;

pp. 11-16.

'- Ifanongoavana : the Ancient Seat of the

Hova Kings. Translated by . Ant, Ann, III. pp. 34, 35.

The Sihanaka and their Country. Trans-
lated from a Native Account. Atit. Ann, III. pp. 51-69.

Notes on the Traveller's-Tree. Ant. Ann.

HI. pp. 69-71.

The Antananarivo Annual and Madagascar

Magazine. A Record of Information on the Topography and Natural
Productions of Madagascar, and the Customs, Traditions, lA^\i^\ia.S&>^ ^>siSi.

38 SIBREE.

Religious Beliefs of its People. (Projected and Edited by .) Nofl.

I. 1875; 11. 1876,111. 1877. Antananarivo: pp. 124, 128, and 136; and
No VIII. 1884, with Rev. R. Baron; pp. 128.

''^Sibree, Rev. James, Jun. Social and Eeligious Progress in Madagas-
car. Illustrations. Sunday at Home ; "Feb, 15th, 1879 ; pp. 101-104;
Mar. 29th, 1879; pp. 197-200.

Bible Reading and Idol Burning: Two

Incidents from the Life of a Malagasy Native Pastor. Sunday at Home;
Apr. 5th, 1879; pp. 213-216.

Malagasy Folk-lore and Popular Supersti-
tions. Folk-lore Record; 1879; vol. ii. pp. 19-46.

Relationships and the Names used for them

among the Peoples of Madagascar, chiefly the Hovas ; together witk
Observations upon Marriage Customs and Morals among the Malagasj.
Jour, Anthrop, Inst, Aug. 1879 ; pp. 16.

— History and Present Condition of our Geo-
graphical Knowledge of Madagascar. With Physical sketch-map.
Proc, Roy, Geog, Soc, Aug. 1879 ; pp. 20.

Observations on the Physical GFeograpkj

and Geology of Madagascar. With Physical sketch-map. Nature ; Aug.
14, 1879 ; pp. 368-372.

The Great African Island : Chapters on Ma-
dagascar. A popular Account of recent Researches in me Physical
Geography, Geology, and Exploration of the Country, and its Natunl
History and Botany ; and in the Origin and Divisions, Customs and
Language, Superstitions, Folk-lore, and Religious Beliefs and Practices
of the different Tribes. Together with Illustrations of Scripture and
Early Church History from Native Habits and Missionary Experience.
With 2 maps and 4 illustrations. London : 1880 ; pp. 372.

Madagascar. Geographic, Naturgeschichte,

Ethnographie der Insel; Sprache, Sitten und Gebrauche ihrer Bewohner.
Autorisirte deutsche Ausgabe. Mit einem Titelbilde und zwei Karten.
Leipzig: 1881 ; pp. 424. [German Translation of the preceding, bj
Fraulein Elise Erman.]

A Sunday in Heathen Madagascar. SumL

at Home ; Jan. 1880 ; pp. 3.

Literary Progress in Madagascar. TrUhnet^i

Amer, Europ. and Orien, Lit, Record; Feb. 1880: pp. 2, 3.

The Sakalava : their Origin, Conquests and

Subjugation. A Chapter of Malagasy History. Ant, Ann, IV. 1878;
pp. 53-65.

The Arts, Commerce and Manufactures of

Madagascar. Its present Progress and future Prospects. Jour. Spc,
Arts ; June 4th, 1880; pp. 623-631.

— — ■ Madagascar : Land, People, and Missions.

Missionary map. 'Snow's Outline Missionary Series.' London : 1881 ;
pp. 48.

SIBREE. 39

^Sibree, Bev. James, Jiin. Mr. Alfred E. Wallace on the Flora and
Fauna of Madagascar in connection with its Physical Geography. AnU
Ann. V. 1881 ; pp. 24-31.

Some Additional Folk-lore from Madagas-
car. Folk-lore Record; 1881 ; vol. iv. pp. 45-51.

• Ambatonakanga ; the Mother Church of

Madagascar. Blust. Chron, of Lortd, Miss. 8oc, Apr. 1881 ; pp. 69-75.

— _— Popular Malagasy Hymns and their Con-
nection with Christian Life in Madagascar. Illustrations. Quiver ; Jan.
and Feb. 1882; pp. 177-180; 236-238.

Article 'Madagascar' in 'Chambers's Ency-

dopsedia ;' edition of 1882.

Resemblances between Malagasy Words

and Customs and those of Western Polynesia. Ant. Ann. YI. 1882 ;
pp. 23-22.

What are * 'French Claims" on Madagascar ?

A Statement of the Madagascar Committee. Madagascar Tracts^ No. i.
London : 1882 ; pp. 15.

The Martyr Memorial Churches of Mada-
gascar. Illustrations. Quiver ; Dec. 1882, and Jan. 1883 ; pp. 108-1 II9
160-162.

__— — — _ England, France, and Madagascar. Con^

temporary Review; Jan. 1883 ; pp. 85-99.

— — The Oratory, Songs, Legends, and Folk-
tales of the Malagasy. Folk-lore Journal ; Jan. Feb. Mar. Apr. June,
Jtily, Aug. Sept. Oct. and Nov. 1883 ; pp. 109.

— ■ Article 'Madagascar' in 'Encyclopaedia Bri-
tannica ;' 9th ed. vol. xv. 1883 ; pp. 168-176. With engraved page map.

English Missionaries and their relation to

Slavery in Madagascar. Two letters to The Nonconformist and Indepen-
dent newspaper. Mar. 15th and 22nd, 1883.

- Malagasy Place-names. Jour. Roy. Asiat.

Soc. Apr. 1883 ; pp. 176-212.

— — Malagasy Literature, Philology, and Scien-
tific Research. Academy ; March 24th, 1883.

— — — — — Antananarivo : the Capital of Madagascar.

Illustrations. Sunday at Home ; May 1883; pp. 340-344.

■ Notes on the Aye-aye of Madagascar.

Leisure Hour; July 1883 ; pp. 419, 420.

»- — [Review of] Parker's Concise Grammar of

the Malagasy Language. Academy ; May 24, 1883.

— — Antananarivo : Its Churches and Eeligious

Institutions. Chron. of L. M. S, Map. Aug. 1884 ; pp. 253-258.

and Rev. R. Baron. (Editors of) Reprint

of First Four Numbers of the Antananarivo Annual, 1875-1878. Map
and liih. page illust. Antananarivo : 1885 ; pp. 541.

46 siMoi^-^i'Accm.

. Simbiimi !■• . I^ richesses natiirelles de rue ^e itaikmiiSa. 4to^
Paris: 1863. Also in Rev. Mardi. ei Colon, 1862; t.y. ]}. 628.^^

— — La Mission de Madagascar. Rev. aes I)^ Monaee ; li

kott 1864. o , , - . .

Smith, Edgar A* A Contribution to the MgUuscan ^auna of
gasoar. 2 col. pis. Proc. Zool. Sac. Apr. 16, 1882 ; pp. 3t5-389.

''^Smith, Rev. Alfred. The French t;. the London . Misisionary dodeij
in Madagascar. National Review ; Aug. 1884; pp. 846-859.

*Sonnerat, — . Voyage aux Indes Orientales et a la Chine,- depnie 1774
jusqu'i 1781. 2 vols. Paris : 1782.

Sowerby, 0. B., Jun. On three new Species of Lttold Shelb fMUT
Madagascar. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1873; p. 452.

St. Hilaire, Is. Qeof. On the Egg and Bones of the ^p^drnl^.. ikHih
lated from Comptes Rend, de VAcad. de Sci. 1857 ; t. zzzii. p. 161 ; AMl
and Mag, of Nat, Hist, Mar. 1857.

On the Aye-aye. Rev. des Deius Mondesi 15 Hafsf 187Cf.
On the Fandloka of Madaefascar. {A. sp'ebiieis' m

Madagascar. [A species'
Ichneumon, Eupleres madagascariensis.'] Ann. des Sciences NatureUa;
2hiB s^r. t. iv.

On various Species of Oalidia and OalidictU. ArA:

des Sci. Nat.

St. John, Percy B. The Trial by Caiman. Chamb'ei's's Sdtii: Mi.
no. 309 ; Dec. 1st, 1849.

St. Maby's Island, Madagascar. Asiatic Journal ; 1627: xzxiv. p. ^4l.'

*Street, Louis. Journal of a Visit to the Tanala and BltsUeo Pro-
vinces in 1870. London: 1871; pp.44.

• — ' — Bemarks on writing Malagasy. Antananarivo : (87<f;
pp. 12.

————— Malagasy and English Dictionary. Articles in lettdf
A., pp. 24. Articles in letter B., pp. 26. Antananarivo r 1876.

— — Grammar of the Malagasy Language. Antastaarivo :

12mo, pp. 32. [Incomplete, only two sheets printed.]

(Editor of) Ny Gazety Malagasy. (A Monthly News-
paper.) Antandnarivo : May 1875 — June 1876.

Streifzuge an der Kiiste von Madagascar. Globus ; vii. p. 257;

Suckau, W. de. Voyages d'Ida Pfeiffer. Eelations posthumes. Carte
et illustrations. Tour du Monde; iv. lOOme liv. pp. 337-352.

T

♦Tacchi, Anthony. (Editor of) The Madagascar Times, weekly papelf*
Commenced Apr. 22, 1882 ; recommenced Jan. 9, 1 884; in progress.

A Eoyal Kabary. Ant. Ann. Vm. 1884 pp. 1-10»

_.... . Literal Translation of the Laws of Madagascar

of March 29, 1881. Translated into French and English for the

use of Foreigners in Madagascar. Antaninarivo : 1884 ; 4to, pp. 4d.

TAM'TXW-vi^lhAkT. 4'

Tamatayx, Journal des ev^nements qui out eu lieu 4 , du 13 ma

itii Its jM itii. nivue de POrimi ; 1846. t. xi. p. 146.

Tamakasivo. Ein franzos. Botschafter in — . Ausland; 1862 ; no. 37.

— , Letire de, nov. 18jBl. Ann. de la Prop, de la Pot; Juil. 1862.

Trip to . Nautical Mag. 1862 ; vol. xxxi. p. 642.

Tardieu, Amedee. Au mot 'Madagascar,' in 'Encyclopedie Modeme.'
G^ffraphie et Histoire, par M. Amedee Tardieu ; Linguistique, par
K. Leon Vaisse.^ Paris : 1 853.

Tegetmier, W. B. The Aye-aye. 4 illustrations. Intellectual Obser-
ver : Mar. 1862 ; pp. 130-134.

The Habits of the Aye aye. Intell. Observer;

0^;U«2; pp.37d, 3B0.

Thomas^-^. . /^^^^!^^ ^^^^ ^^^ peuples de Madagascar et en parti-
fryier du roi Eadama. Bull. Soc. Giog, 1826 : t. vi. p. 1.

Thorell, T. On some Spiders from Madagascar and E6union.

Plate. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1875 ; p. 130.

Tollin, — . Eutomologische Notizen ails dem Tagebuch des zu Mada-
gascar gestorbpnen ^errn — . Jahrb. der Kbnigl. Akademie gemeiis^nutziger
Wisslsn. zu Hrfurt. Neiie Folge : heft vi. Erfurt : 1870 ; pp. 110.

*Toj; Eey.,,Eobert . ^e late Mr. James Cameron; his Life and
Labours. A Funeral Address. Ant. Ann. I. 1875 ; pp. 48-55.

Eemarks on the Meteorology of Antananarivo and

the Neighbourhood. Ant. Ann. lY. 1878; pp. 66-76.

I^t^iT of PeftcOj Friendship and Commerce, between Her Majesty
jAS &e Qiiee'n of Madagascar. Signed in the English and Malagasy
Languages at Antanflnarfvo, June 29th, 1865. Parliamentary Paper,
\Wt: Kefiriiitdd at Aoitanclnarivo. 1876 ; fol. pp. 5.

_ , RolfUid. The Butterflies of Madagascar. Quar. Jour.

S^uce; Oct. 1^64.

tMiitram, Rev. Canon H. B. Note on some. Freshwater Shells sent
from Madagascar by J. Caldwell, Esq. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1863 ; p. 60.

Tank, H. H. Yn dor. Outlines of a Grammar of the Malagasy
Laueuage. Jour. Roy. Asiat. Soc, xi. 1864; pp. 28.

^^erman, Rev. P. and *Geo. Rennet. Chaps, xlix.—lii. in 'Voyages
and Travels round the World.' London : 1840 ; 2nd ed. pp. 269-287.

u

Vnienvillt, Baron de. Essai suir Madagascar. Paris : 1838.

;• i; Bemarques supplementaires snr les tortues gigantes-

:|ue« de Madagascar. Acadimie de Scierices ; Paris : 1885.

4i VAISSE—WALLACH.

VaiBBe, Leon. See Tardieu.

^VaisBiere, Pere de la. Histoire de Madagascar : see habitants et sea

missionaires. 2 vols. Paris: 1884.

Valbert) 0. Madagascar et les Missionaires Anglaises. Rev. d$ Dna
Mondes; 1 July 1883; p. 194. Also translated into English by Sey. J.
Sibree in ^Newspaper Cuttings/ no. iv. Antandnarfvo : 1884; pp. 14.

Publications of the Malagasy Folk-lore Society. Nos. I. — VI. An*
tandnarivo: 1876-1877; pp. 144.

Varnhagen, Adolfo de. On Ancient Maps of Madagascar (exact title?];
in 'Geography esp. d*Urculiu,' t. iii. p. 496.

Vexela. See Brou [or Baron ?] de Vexela.

^Vinson, Dr. Anguste. Araneides des lies de la E6union, Madagascar,
etc. Paris: 1863.

Notes sur P Histoire Naturelle de Madagaaoar.

Appendix to Dupre's 'Trois Mois en Madagascar.' Paris : 1865 ; pp.
249-271.

Voyage d Madagascar au couronnement de Ea-

dama 11. 7 plates. Paris : 1865 ; pp. 650.

Vivien de Saint«Martin. Madagascar. VUthmt de Suez; 1862 ; no.
134, 136.
VoYAQEs of the Dutch East India Company. (Place, date, etc. ?)

w

Wadstroni) Dr. Essay on Colonization. (Place and date of publication f)

''^Walch, Garnet. A series of Letters on Madagascar in The Melboum
Argus; 1883 and 1884.

Wake, C. Staniland. The Eace Elements of the Madecasses. Jow*
Anthrop. Inst, Dec. 14, 1869; pp. 20-56.

Notes on 'Davenant' and 'Boothby.' Ant, Ann,

in. 1877; pp. 98-101.

1881
No

pp.62-67.

. .. . See also Reise der norwegischen Missionare, etc.

Walker, F. On some Insects collected in Madagascar by Mr. J.
Caldwell. Proo, Zool, Soc. 1863; p. 165.

WALLA CE— WILSON. 43

Wallace, Alfred Knssel. 'Ancient Continental Islands : The Mada-
gascar Group.' Chap. xix. pp. 383-420, of 'Island Life : or the Phseno-
mena and Causes of Insular Faunas and Floras,' etc. Three physical
maps. London : 1880.

Waterhouse, Chas. 0. Further Contributions to the knowledge of the
CetouiidaB of Madagascar. Entom, Magazine ; Sept. 1878 ; pp. 84-87.

-^— A third Contribution to the knowledge of the

GetoniidaB of Madagascar. Ann, and Mag, of Nat, Hist. 1879; vol. iv.
5th ser. pp. 74-84.

*Webber, Pere. Grammaire Malgache, r6dige par les Missionaire
catholiques de Madagascar. E6union: 1835; pp. 118.

Wietz, J. K. Kurze unterhaltende und belehrende Beschreibung von
Madjigaskar. 1 826 ; mit 8 Kupfern. Bildet Bd. iv. von Wietz: 'Streif
ziige im Gebeite der Lander- und Yolker-Kunde.' 18 Bdchen. 12 mo
Prag: 1826-1833.

^Wilkinson, Thos. The Trip from Tamatave to the Capital of Mada-
gascar. 1876.

Journey from Tamatave to the French Island-
colony of St. Mary, Madagascar. Proc. Roy. Geog. Soc. 1870 ; vol. xiv.
no. V. pp. 872-377.

(Editor of) Malagasy Public Opinion. (A MS.

Newspaper.) 3 nos. only ; Aug. 26th, Sept. 9th and 23rd, 1882.

— — The Wilkinson Expulsion Case. Port Louis: 1885;

pp. 31.

*Will8, Bey. James. Among the South-east Tribes of Madagascar.
CongrBgationalist ; Oct. 1881.

*Wil80n, Capt. J. C. Notes on the West Coast of Madagascar. Jour.
Roy. Geog, Soc. 1866; vol. xxxvi. pp. 244-246.

APPENDIX.

*Bar0n, Bev. B. Malagasy Plants in the L.M.S. College. Antanina*
rfvo: 1884; 4to, pp. 6.

^BoOthbjt Bichard.t A Breife Discovery or Description of the most
Famous Island of Madagascar or St. Lawrence in Asia neere unto East
India.

With relation of the Healthfulness, Pleasure, Fertility and Wealth
of that Country, comparable if not transcending all tlie Easterne parts
of the World, a very Earthly Paradise ; a most fitting and desirable
place to settle an English Colony and Plantation there, rather than in
any other part's of the known e World.

t On seoond thoughts I thought it would be interesting to give the quaint title*pages
of both Booihby't and Drury*s books in full.

U APi^ElfDTit.

Also the condition of the Natives, there inhabiting, their Affability,
Habit, Weapons, and Manner of living, the, plenty and cheapnease of
Food, Flesh, Fish, and Fowle, Oringes, and Lemonds, Amber-Greeoe,
Gold, Tortle-Shels, and Drugs and manj other Oommod^ties fit for trade
and commerce, to be had and gottedi there at cheaper Bates than in
India or else- where.

Also trading from Port to Fort all India and Asia over, and the
great profit gained thereby ; The chief est place in the World to inndi
men by Trade, to and from India, Persia, Moco, Achine, Ohina and
other rich Easteme Kingdoms. It being the fittest place for a Magaane
or Store-house of Trade between Europe and Asia, farre exceeding all
other Plantations in America or elsewhere.

Also the excellent meanes and accommodation to fit the planters there,
with all iieedfull and superfluous for back and belly (out of India neeze
adjacent, at one fourth of the price, and cheapeit than it will cost in
England ; yea, Fat Bullocks, Sheep, Goats, Swine, Poultry, Bioe (and
Wheat and Barley reasonable, etc.) exceeding cheape, for the value d
12 pence or one shilling English, will purchase or buy of the Natives as
much as 5, 6, 7 pounds or more in England, in this famous Island at
their first arrivall, which no other country hath afforded.

By Eichard Boothby, Merchant. London : Printed by E. G. for John
Hardesty at the Signe of the Black-Spread Eagle in Duck-lane, 1646.

Bnrn, General. Memoirs [including travels in Madagascar] ; toI. iL
Before 1822. (Exact title, date, etc. ?)

Codine, J. Memoire geographique sur le mer des Indes. 8vo, Paris:
1868.

Cruize through the Mozambique Channel. Bemarks on the West
Coast of Madagascar. Nautical Magazine ; 1849; pp. t338, 399.

Cnst, Kobt. Needham, J. P. Madagascar. Slavery and Christianity*
Mission Life; vol. iv. 1883 ; pp. 193-200.

Die Beyolkebung von Madagascar. Z. d» G»8, f, Erdk. vii. 1872 ;
p. 274.

Die Enolische Gesandtschaft bei dem Kronungsfeste in Madagascar.
Ausland; 1863; no. 12.

Die Fraxzosisohe Kolonisationsversuche in Madagascar. - O$ogr*
Mitth. 1856 ; p. 157.

Droits de douane etablis par Eadama. Nouv, Ann, des Voy. 1829 ; 2me
ser. t. xi. p. 379.

Drury, Bobert Madagascar: or Eobert Drury*s Journal, during
Fifteen Years Captivity on that Island. Containing

I.— His Voyage to the East Indies, and short Stay there.

II. —An Account of the Shipwreck of the Degrade on the Island of
Madagascar, the Murder of Captain Younge and his Ship's Company^
except Admiral Beiubo's Son, and some few Others, who escap'd th^
Hands of the barbarous Natives.

III.— His being taken into Captivity, hard Usage, Marriage, and
Variety of Fortune.

APPENDIX. 4J

rV. — His Travels through the Island, and Description of it ; as to its
Situation, Product, Manufactures, Commodities, etc.

v.— TheNature of the Peoi)le, tiieir Customs, Wars, Religion, and
Policy : As also, The Conferences Between the Author and some of their
Chiefs, oonoeming the Christian and Their Beligion.

Yl.— His'Rddetnption from thence by Capt. Mackett, Commander of
the Prince of ^ale^i in the East India Company's Seryice ; pis Arrival
to England and Second Voyage thither.

YIl. — A Vocabulary of ike Madagascar Language.

The Whole is a Eaithful Narrative of Matters of Fact, interspersed
with Variety of surprising Incidents, and illustrated with a Sheet Map of
Madagascar, and Cuts.

Written by Himself, digested into Order, and now published at the
Kequest of his Friends. London : Printed, and Sold by W. Meadows,
at me An^el in Comhill ; T. Marshall at the Bible in Newgate-street ; T.
Worrall at the Judge* s Head in Fleet street ; and by the Author, at
Old Horn's Coffee-House in Birchin Lane. Mdooxxix. [Price bound Six
Shillings.]

EiNE FBANZOBiscHE Expedition gegen die Nordwestkiiste Madagas-
ear's. Ausland ; 1860 ; no. 28.

d'EsoampSy Henry. Histoire et g^ographie de Madagascar. (Date, etc. ?)

Enousohb Missionare in der Bay Vohemare. Ausland; 1865; no. 25.

*Flageollet, Abbe A. See Hamilton.

*0eofEroyf Lislet. Voyage a la baye de Saint Luce. Ann, des Voy. 1808.

C^inndemannt — • Madagascar. Missioneatlas ; i. 3, nos. 17 u 18. Maps.

Lafitan, Fere Jos. Fr. Histoire des d6couvertes et conquetes des Por-
tugais dans le Nouveau-Monde. Paris : 1734.

*de La Haye. Journal du voyage des Grandes Indes, avec

description dxacte de toutes les villas, ports, etc. in-12. Paris : 1698.

Leguevel, — . Notice g6ographique et commerciale sur Madagascar.
BM. Soc. Giog. 1834; 2m ser. t. x. p. 58.

Loarer, — . Bapport commercial sur la cote or. d'Afrique. Paris : 1851.

'S'ao^uart, Pere Chas. Lettres in6dits de ~, pretre de la Mission

i Mada^scar,'du fort Dauphin ; observations de Tauteur dans Tile de
Madagascar. Manuscrit, bibliotheque du Mans, no. 187; 1850.

Vayarette, Pere F. F. Dom. Fern. An account of the Empire of China
-••... and other Kingdoms, and several Voyages. (In Spanish.) In
Ohurchill^s Collection of Voyages and Travels;* vol. i. 1732.

♦Page, Th. Journal d'une station dans I'ocean Indien. Rev, des Deux
Sondes; Nov. 15, 1849.

Panliat, Louis. Madagascar. (Exact title, date, etc. ?)

Projet de voyage du docteur Akerman 4 Madagascar. Bull, Soc, Giog.
1834; 2me s^. t. x. p. 58.

ZxjB G^Bchichte von Madagascar. Ausland ; 1872 -^ no, ^^^.

46 A MADAGASCAR BIBLIOGRAPHT.

PART IK

ARRANGED CHRONOLOGICALLY ACCORDING
TO THE SUBJECTS TREATED OF*

1.— MADAaASOAB aENERALLT.

Marco Folo. ^Concerning the Island of Madeigascar/ In Travels.' 14ih Gent*

Goth, Arthuaius. *J)e Insula Madagascar.* In ^Hist. Indise Orientalis. 1608,

Mier. Megiserm. Beschreibiing uberanfz Mechtigen und Weitberhiimbten Liflol
Madagascar. 1609. (In part translated into English, 1877.)

Zindachot. Histoire de la Navigation de . 1638.

Hamond. A Paradox : Proving the Inhabitants of the Island called Madagascar or
St. Lawrence to be the happiest People in the World. 1640. Also in *Harl. Mlso.' 18M.

Madagascar, the Richest and most Frvitfvll Island in the World. 1648,

Boothby. A brief e Discovery or Description of ..... • Madagascar. 1646.

Morisot, Relation du voyage de Fran9ois Cauohe k Madagascar. 1661.

Sieur de Flacourt, Histoire de la Grande Isle Madagascar. 1661.

Du Bois. Les Voyages fait par aux iles DaupmnS on Ma^gasoar, eto. 1674.

Soticku de Rennefort. Memoires pour servir k I'histoire des Indes Orientales. 1688.

Dellon. A Voyage to the East Indies : Madagascar and Mascareigpne, etc. 1698.

Bemuaio, Discorso d'un gran Gapitano sopra di San Lorenzo, l7th Cmit. (P)

Rbyse van het Oostindisch Schip Bameveld, in tMaar 1719.

D^-ury, Robert Drury's Journal during Fifteen Years' Gaptivitj. 1729.

Brjke, Allemeuste Nachricht von Madagascar. 1748.

Benyowski, Voyage et Memoires de . 1791. Also in English and GkmiaiL

Mochon, Voyages a Madagascar, k Maroc et aux Indes Orientides. 1791.

A Voyage to Madagascar and the East Indies. (Transl. of preoeding.) 179S.

Rondeaux, Memoire sur Madagascar. 1803.

Chev. de Frobenille, Histoire de Madagascar ; ou Memoires pour servir, eto. 1809.

Chapelier, Fragmens sur Madagascar. 1826.

Copland. A History of the Island of Madagascar. 1822.

Wietz, Kurze unterhaltende und belehrende Beschreibung von Madagaaoar. 18tt*

Griffiths, A History of Madagascar. (In Welsh ; date ?).

Albrand. Madagascar : gouvernement, caract^re et moBurs des Malgaohes. 18S7*

Unienville. Essai sur Madagascar. 1838.

Ml%8, History of Madagascar. 1838.

Leguecel de Laromhe, Voyage k Madagascar et aux Bes Gomores. 1840.

Tyennan and Bennet. Voyages and Travels round the World. 1840.

Guillain, Documents sur I'histoire, etc. de la partie occidentale de Madagaaoar. lM»

Mace Descartes, Histoire et geographic de Madagascar. 1846.

A Resident, Madagascar Past and Present. 1847.

Charlier. Art. *Iles Madagascar, ' eto. in 'L'XJnivers.' 1848.

Hamilton. Abstract of MS. Books and Papers respecting Madagascar. 1860.

Tardieu and Vdisse. Ai*t. 'Madagascar,' in *Encyclop6die Modeme.' 1863.

Dramard. Madagascar: geographie, population, commerce. Rev. deVOrimU; 13H*

miis. Art. 'Madagascar' in 'Encyclupsedia Britannica. 1857.

— - — Three Visits to Madagascar. 1859.

Sachot. Critique on Ellis's 'Three Visits.' Rev, Europ, 1869.

Barbie du Bocage. Madagascar : possession fran^aise depuis 1642. 1859.

Sachot. Les Voyajtes k Madagascar du docteur William Ellis. 1860.

Pfeiffer. Reise iiach Madagascar. 1861. (Also in English. 1861.)

* It will be seen that in this Second Part, the titles of books, papers, eto. are jfiw^ ^
the briefest form : the full title and other particulars being given in greater deiau ia ^
JFirst Part of the Bibliography.

I

POLITICAL HISTORY, COLONIZATION, ETC. 47

•ICiDXOASOAB : "Esqtusses ^6ographiques, historiques, politdques. 1861.

Zaeaille, Coxmaisanoe de Madagascar. 1863.

8uekat4^, Voyages d'Ida PfeifPer : — ^Madagascar. Twr du Monde ; 1863.

Saehot^ Madagascar et les MadScasses. 1864.

McL^o^. Madagascar and its People. 1865.

Oliv^T'^ Madagascar and the Malagasy. 1866.

Sihr9^^ Madagascar and its People : i^Totes of a Four Years' residence. 1870.

Madagascar et ses Habitans. (Transl. of preceding.) 1873.

Ora/n^M^dAer, Madagascar. Bull, Soe, Geoff, 1871.

Madagascar. Bull, 800, Geoff, 1872.

Uuffe^ Madagascar. Am, all. Welt, 1872.

Bo>rr<>^^^. Letters on Madagascar, in The Mauritius Gazette, 1873.

Blan^^ard. L' He de Madagascar. 1876. And in Bev. des Deux Mondes; IS7 5,

UuU^^9^. Twelve Months in Madagascar. 1875.

Sihr^^^ G, CouainSf Baroftj Sibree and Baron. (Editors of) Antanllnariyo Annual.

76-1384.

0rar^€^€dier, Histoire Physique, Naturelle et Politique de Madagascar. 1875 (in

•ogresa^.

Out^^^-^t, Madagascar. Za Nature; 1876.
J>ahl^^ Madagaskar og dets Beboere. 1867 and 1877.
Siif^^* The (^at African Island : Chapters on Madagascar. 1880.
— - — • Madagascar : Qeographie, Naturgeschichte, etc. (Transl. of preceding.) 1881.
OKv^v*. On and off Duty. Madagascar and the Mascarene Islands. Hampshire
Wegra^h and Sussex Chron, 1880.
XoMUBtf. Souvenirs de Madagascar. 1881.
SfAirBe^ Madagascar: Land, People, Missions. 1881.

• Art. 'Madagascar* in 'Chambers's Enoydopsedia.' 1882.

— Art. 'Madagascar' in 'Encyclopsedia Britannica.' 1883.

Waleh, Letters on Madagascar, in The Melbourne Arffus ; 1883-1884.

Little, Madagascar: its History and People. 1884.

KsnUn^ Die ostafrikanische Inselwelt. (date P)

^ocquarie. Voyage k Madagascar. 1884.

Siltree and Baron. (Editors of) Reprint of Antananarivo Annual, first 4 nos. 1885.

^vtrope. Etude complete sur Madagascar. 1886.

2.-POLinOAL HISTORY, COLONIZATION, AND COMMERCE.

AooouNT of an 3Sxpedition of the Portuguese to Madagascar. 'Kerr's Coll. of Voy.'

^*^pm^i^. Histoire de I'^tablissement de la Compagnie fran9oise pour le Com-
«>^ des Indes Orientales. 1666.

^^Att de Rennefort. Relation du premier Voyage de la Compagnie des Indes
"njntales en Pisle de Madagascar. 1668.

^laBuente. Compendio de las Histories .... della India Orientale. 1681.

^hu de Bennefort. M^moires pour servir k P histoire des Indes Orientales. 1688.

r^*' y^*fir®8 d®s Indes Orientales, m^l6 de plusieurs histoires curieuses. 1699.

p/^<««. Histoire des d6couvertes des Portugais dans le Nouveau-Monde. 1874.

*JEE8 prSiminaires sur le privilege exclusif de la Compagnie des Indes. 1787.

^^^linot, Essai sur la Transportation comme recompense, etc. 1798.

^«rff. Lestrois&gfes des Colonies, ou leur etat passe, present, et k venir. 1801-10.

^^orpentieT'Cossiffni/, Moyens d' amelioration de colonies, etc. 1803.

^'^^eallier, M^oire relatif k Pile de Madagascar. An xi.

r — ^ Nachrichten von der Insel Madagascar. 1806.

"2?«»a«^«. Voyage k Madagascar en 1802 et 1803. Annates de Voyages ; 1808.

-jj^fttwi. Oriental Commerce. 1813.

^*Uiard. Voyage aux colonies orientales. 1822.

^wpw. Rexnarques faites en 1821-1823 sur . . . Madagascar, etc. 1824.

^*«w<m. Histoire des Revolutions de Madagascar, depuis 1642, etc. 1833.
^^^heyre. Relation de Texpedition ,,,.k Madagascar, pour la reprise de posses-
"^ des ^bliflsements fran<;ais dans cette ile. 1830.

^^^KW/. Notice g^ographique et commerciale sur Madi. Bull, Soc, Geog. V^*^^.

48 ftflZITipAL ff{^^CU^r, CQZgj^^ATjgjIf^

Duperre, Precis sur les etablissements form^ k Madagasowr. 1836.

Roussin, Notices stadstiques sur les colonies franqaifi^s: ]ta4Agaaoiur. 1340.

Memoike siur Madagascar, ^evtte de V Orient ; 1843.

Roche, t>e8 interSts fran9ais ...... lo long de la odte d'A^iiqi^. JK^. fg VOr. Iftt.

Laeerdant, Colonization de Madagiaacar. 1844.

..lit

Rotnain-Desfosaes, Rapport sur le combat a Tamatave, 15 Join 1845^ ^fiff• CMm*
1845 (P). . r Tn.^TT"

Jourdain, Expedition [k Madagascar] de 1829. Rev, tfe VOr. 1846.

Dboits de la France sur rUe de Madagascar. Rev, de Vdr, 1846.

France sur Madr. ; importance de son occupation, etc. ^0V, dt H^, lf4&

Nossi-Be et Mayotte. Rev. de V Or. lSi6,

Journal des ^venements qui ont eu lieu k Tainatave, 1845. Rev. de VQjr. ^8M.

Brou de Vexela. Voyage k Madagascar et aux ilea Combres. Rev. de VOr, ^^

H. K. de Flaeourt, Note envoy^ par le oonaeU oolong de V^ Boipzion fjqi tk
Louis Fhijippe. Rev, de VOr. ISiT,

Chauvot. Madagascar et la France. 1848.
- lyEacayrac de Lauture. Mayotte, Madagascar et lea tryuisparjb^a. Jtev. d$VOr, }|tt>

Foffe. Journal d'une station dans 1* ocean Indien. Rev', d. Hi Mandee; 1841^.

Guillain. Documents sur Thistoire. .et le commerce de I'Afnqiie OEientaile.'

Commerce de Nossi-B^ et la cdte ouest de Madagaacar. lUv. pjiUm. i. 1 1*

Rappobt d'un capitaine de navire fran^ais sur Madagascar. i«vu» GifhnUUt; Uit

Bona-Chrietave. Note sur Madagascar. Rev. Colon, iy,

Jehenne. lies d'Afrique. Rev. Colon, iv.

De Zastelle. Etablissements fondes k Madagascar. Rev. de VOr. 1851.

Zoarer. Rapport commercial sur la cdte orientale d'jMndue. 1861.

L^ Eaehavennea. Madagascar et Diego Suarez. Rev, de VOr, \^6%.

E^aoBATiON de Madagascar. Rev. Colon. 1853 (P).

Kerhallet. Considerations generales sur Poc^an Lidien. 1853.

Gaalon de Barzay. La question de Madagascar apr^ la queatum de ^'Ozjepjb. 1|M^

Nossi-Be. Rev. Colon. 1866.

Die Franzos. Kolonisationsversuche in Madagaskar. Qeo^r, lifltth. 1856.

The French in Madagascar. Nautical Magazine ;l%b^,

Nossi-Be. Rev. Colon, i. t. 15, 1856 ; t. 16.

Barbaroux. De la Transportation. Apercua aur la colonization p&iUeiitUiE», 1857*

Baitdais, Extract d'un rapport .... sur Madagfaacar. Rep, Colon, zii.

Riaux. Precis sur les etablissements frauQaiaea de Madagaacar.

Labarthe. De la colonization de Madag^ascar. Rev. Orient, et Amsricmns; 1866.

Milhet'Fontarabie. Madagascar. Rev, Algerienne et Coloniale ; 1860.

EnrE franzosiche Expedition gegen die Nordweatkiiate Madagaskar. Au». 18M.

Ruyneau de St. Georges. Madagaacar : Queation politique et maratima. 1860.

Bequet. Madagaacar, son utilite commericale, industrielle, et politiiqiie, et lori
colonisation. Ann. de V Agriculture dee Colonies ; 1861.

Middleton. Report of the British Embassy [to Madagaacar]. 1862. Alio in JIM.
Marat, et Colon. 1862.

Lamacque. Madagascar. Rev. du Monde Colon, 1862.

PrSvost. Madagaacar, son passe, son avenir. 1862.

Brossard de Corbigny. Un voyage k Madagascar. Rev. Marat, et CcUn. 1862.

Collaa et Collin. L*ne de Madagascar et Radiima II. : Avenir de la Ooloniiatinn IMt

Tananabivo. Ein franzosischer Botschafter in . Aueland ; 1862.

Simonin. Les Richesses naturelles de Madagascar. 1863. Alaoin JSmt. Mmtt.d
Colon. 1862.

Liipre. Troia moia de acjour k Madag^ascar. 1863.

CotfPAONiE de Madagascar. Fonci^re, Industrielle et Commeroiale. 1868.

Rapport du Gouvemeur du Oonseil d'/

tion sur la fondation de la Compagnie, et sur la Mission d'Exploratioiii. 1868*
Galoa. La France et Madagascar. Rev. d. B. Mondea ; 1863.
Regnon. Madagascar et le roi Radkma II. 1863.
Crkmaxy. La queation de Madagaacar. 1863.

i^OrAGJSS, EXPLOITATION, AND HYDROGRAPHY. 49

Wdditr<m, J^aaay on Ooloni^ation. Date, etc. P

Dboits de douane 6tablis par Hadama. liouv. Ann. d. Voy, 1829.

Simonin, La mission de Madagascar. Mev, d, D. Mondea ; 1864.

Fbanob and Madagascar. JBrit, Quar, Mev, 1864.

J?//u. Madagascar Beyisited : Events of a Kew Beign^ and Revolution) etc. 1864.

Cav4, Notes snr Madagascar et les Oomores. Jtev, Marat, et Colon, 1867.

Finkehneier, An Act to give Judicial Powers to Consuls of U.S.A. in Madr. 1871.

Grandidier, Le Commerce de Madagascar. Bull. 80c, Geog* 1872.

H18TOISB des Rois d*Imerine. [In Malagasy.] 1873.

Colomb, Madagascar and its Slave Trade ; 'Slave Catching in the Indian Ocean.' 1873.

Groaart. Madagfascar Two Centuries ago. Proposal for a British Plantation.'
ZHwrtMour; 1876.

€h^arel. La France ^ Madagascar. V Exploration ; \%*l*l.

Sihree, The S&kal&va : their Origin, Conquests, and Subjection. Ant, Ann, 1878.

JftfJiMm, Madag^asoar. Correspondence and Beport on Proposed Beads and Tram-
ways beitween Antananarivo and Tamatave and Mojang^. 1880.

BrunaUi, La Francia e I'lnghilterra al Madagascar. An Italian Review, 1882 (P).

Kingdon, Faits en connexion avec les DiiHcult^s fran<;aises h. Madagascar. 1882.

Madaqasoab. [Commercially.] Ckamb, of Commerce Jour, 1882.

Kingdon, Des Belations du G-ouvemement franqais avec celui de Madagascar. 1882.

Breni^r, La question de Madagascar. 1882.

Filagaud, Madagascar, Mozambique, et les Comores. Nouvelle Revue ; 1882. ^

Sibree, What are * 'French Claims" on Madagascar P *Madr. Tracts,' no. i. 1882.

— England, France and Madagascar. Contemp. Rev. 1883.

Cremazy. Notes sur Madagascar. 1883. Also in Rev, Marat, et Colon, 1882.

Gore Jones, Extracts from Beport of Visit to the Queen of Madagascar. 1883.

Fiekengill, French Doings among the Skkalkva andHova. 'Madr. Tracts,' no. ii. 1883.

Lewy, Les Franqais a Madagascar. 1883.

Goodrich, France and the Slave Trade in Madagascar. Nineteenth Century ; 1883.

Valhert. Madagascar et les Missionaires anglaises. Rev, d, B. Mondes ; 1883.

Matthieu, Notes on Madagascar from 1874. Rull. Soc, Geoy, Marseille; ISSS.

CoBBESPOKDENOE respecting the Visit of Hova Envoys to Europe. (Parly.

Papers.) 1883.

Maroel, Nos droits sur Madagascar. Rev. Scientijique ; 1883.

Shaw, The Future Prospects of Madagascar. Contemp. Rev. 1883.

NswBPAFEB Cuttingfs, describing Becent Events in Madagascar. 1883.

Kingutt, Bough Notes from Madagascar. 1883.

]£u>AaA80AB and the United States. 1883.

■ — Histonr of Mr. Q-. A. Shaw's Imprisonment. Chron, L.M,8, Nov. 1883.

Alf^ Smith. The iEVench v, the Lend. Miss. Soc. in Madagascar. Nation. Rev, 1884.

jieehi. A Boyal Kab^. Ant. Ann. 1884.

Oliver, The True Story of the French Dispute in Madagascar. 1885.

Bu$t, Madagascar, la Beine des lies Africaines. 1885 (P).

Shew, Madagascar and France. With some account of the Island, etc. 1885.

SaiUeiu. Nos Droits sur Madagascar., et nos Griefs centre les Hovas, etc. 1886.

Fauliat, Madagascar. Exact title, date, etc. P

3.— VOYAGES, EXPLOBATION, AND HYDBOGBAPHY.

B, Albuquerque, Commentaries do Grande Alfonso d' Albuquerque. 1576.
Stuohu de Rennefort, Beise rach .... Madagascar. In 'Allgemeine Historic.' 1665.
De La Haye, Journal du voyage des Grandes Indes. 1670.

Bverard, A Belation of Three Years' Sufferings upon the Island of Assada, near
Kadagaacar. 1693. Also in 'Churchill's Collect, of Voyages and Travels.' 1732.

Catpeau de Saussay, Voyage a Madagascar. 1722.

^tttarette. An account of China .... and other Biingdoms, and Voyages. In 'Church-
21'8 Collect, of Voyages and Travels.' 1732.

■^ Gentil, Voyage dans les Mers de 1' Inde. 1780.

^neeke, TJeber die Karte von Zanguebar und Madr. Oeog, JEphem, 1801.

^**iet'Geojfroy, Voyage a la baye de Saint Luce, Madagascar. Ann, de Toy, W\^.
^J^nunrtin. Notes sur la bale de St. Augustin, S. O. Madr, Ann, de Vo^. W^^,

50 VOFAGES, EXPLORATION, AND HYDROGRAPHY.

Du Maim, Idee de la odte oooidentale de Madagascar. Ann, de Voy, 1810,

Voyage fait au pays d'Anoaye dans Madagascar. Ann, de Top. 1810. ;

VoTAOBS of the Butch £. India Company. Date, etc. P i

Malte'Bnm. Aper^u des relations sur 1 tie de Madagascar. Ann, d$ Voff, 1810.

Bum, Voyages. Exact title, date, etc. ? '

Buehan. The Loss of the 'Winterton' £. Indiaman ; S.W. Madagascar. 1820.

Frappas. Relation d' un Voyage It Madagascar, etc. Coll, d, Ann, Marat, 1820,

Daperray. Remarques sur 1 archipel nora-est de Madr. Nouv, Ann, de* Vop, 1888.

DaoiTS de douane etablis par Kadama. Houv. Ann, des Toy, 1829.

Fontmiohel, Voyage k Madagascar, pendant 1823 et 1824. Nbuv, Ann, des Toy, 1810,

Freeman, .Journey from Tananarive to Tamatave. Quar, Chron. qfL, M, 8, 1881.

Comtnoilore Owen. Narrative of Voyages to explore the shores of Madr. 1833,

Relation des Voyages du capitaine Owen a Madr. JVbwi'. Ann, des Foy, 1833.

PaojKT de voyage du dooteur Akerman a Madr. Bull, Soe. Geog, 1834.

Moore, Log-book of the *Eliza Scott' during her Voyage to Madagascar. 1838,'30.

E, de FroherviUe. Notice geographical et historique sur I'Ue de Mt^gBSoar. 1831.

Jourdain. Notice sur Pile de Madr., — et Ste. -Marie. Nouv, Ann, des Toy, 1830.

£, de Froberville, Des d^couvertes g^ographiques dans Madr. Bull, Soe. Oeoy, 1844.

Bona'Christave. Notice sur Madagascar. Bull. Soe, Geog, 1844.

Dalmont, Cote occidentale de Madagascar. Ann, Marat, et Colon. 1846.

Jehenne, Reuseignements nautiques sur Nossi-Be, Nossi-Mitsiou, etc. 1847.
. Lloyd, Memoir on Madagascar. [Geography.] Jour, Roy. Geog, Soe, 1849.
^ Cbuizb through the Mozambique Channel, etc. ^aut, Mag, 1849.

Fage. Journal d'une station dans 1' ocean Indien. Mev, d. D, Mondes ; 1849.

Stebipzuoe an der Kiiate von Madagascar. Globus; 1851.

Albrand. Memoire sur la province d' Anossi et le fort Dauphin. Rev, Colon, 1 sfe. xfi.

Depping. Madagascar, d' apr^s le doct. Sigis. Wallace. Nouv, Ann, des Toy, 1858.

Barbie du Socage. Description geographique de Madr. N^ouv, Ann, des Toy, 1859,

Thb Island of Madagascar. Jour. Roy, Geog. Soe, 1862.

Tananabivo, Trip to . Naut. Mag. 1862.

Barbie de Bocage. Notice geographique sur I'ile de Madagascar. Bull, Soe, Gkg, 1861

La bale de Diego-Suarez. Rev, du Monde Colon, 1868.

Oliver, Notes on Madagascar. Proc, Roy. Geog, Soe, 1863.

SoHLAFLi's projectirte Reise nach Madagascar. Geog. Mitth, 1863.

Maurel. Note sur la situation de Vavatoubc, Madagascar. Ann, Hydrog, 1864.

Germain, Reuseignements nautiques sur la cote orient, de Madr. Ann. Hydrog, 1864.

Gunst, Visit to Unexplored Parts of N. Madagascar. Froo, Roy, Geog, Soe, 1865.

Wilson, Notes on the West Coast of Madagascar. Jour, Roy, Geog, Soe, 1866.

Hernandez. Observations sur la cote ouest de Madagascar. Ann, Hydrog, 1866,

Campbell. Exploratory Journey in Madagascar. Church Miss. lutell. 1866.

Rooke, Boat voyage along the E. Co. Lakes of Madagascar. Froo. Roy. Geo. Soe, 1861.

Qrandidier, Notice sur les cOte sud et sud- ouest de Madag. Bull, Soe, Giog. 1867*

Wilkinson, The Trip from Tamatave to the Capital of Mi^gascar. 1867.

Coignet. Excursion sur la cote nord-est de Madagascar. Bull, Soe, Geog, 1867.

Grandidier. Une excursion dans la region australe de Madagascar. 1868.

Lettre au secretaire de la Commission centrale. Bull, Soe, Gieg, I860.

Codine. Memoire geographique sur le mer des Indes. 1868.

Maundrell, A Visit to the N.E. Province of Madagascar. Jour, Roy, Geog, Soe, 1808,

Campbell, Researches in Madagascar. Church Miss, Intell, 1868.

Charnay, Madagascar h, vol d'oiseau. Tour du Monde ; t. x.

A Bird's-eye view of Madagascar. Illust. Travels; 1869. fTrans. ofsbowj

Campbell, Itinerancy in the Betsileo Country, Madagascar. Church Miss, Intell. 180^

Wilkinson, Journey from Tamatave to Ste. -Marie's. Froc, Roy, Geog. Soe, 1870.

Houlding. Notes on the Province of Tanib^, Madagascar. Froc. Roy, Geog, Soe, 187^

Grandidier, Excursion chez les Antanosses emigres. Bull. Soe, Geog, 1872.

Recent Explorations in Madagascar. Illust. Travels ; 1872.

NoTBS sur une partie de la cote est de Madagascar. Ann. Hydrog.' 1872.

Sibree, To Antsihanaka and back. 1874.

Shaw, From Fianarantsoa to Mananjara. 1874.

Mullens. The Central Provinces of Madagascar. Froe, Roy, Geog, Soe, 1876.

Shaw. From Fianarantsoa to Ikongo. 1875.

TOPOdRAPHY, MAPPING. AND PLACE-NAMES. $i

ainge. Visit to Mojang^ and N. W. Coast. Ant. Ann, 1876.
^kersgill. Journey to Ankavkndra and Im^nand^za. Ant. Ann, 1875.
tkw^. The Journey between Antsihknaka and the E. Co. Ant, Ann, 1876.
%r»e, "iRie Journey between Antfflh&naka and the E. Co. Ant, Ann, 1876.
lynard. Journey from Antan^arivo to Mojang^. Froc, Roy, Qeog, Soc, 1876.
Wee, South-east Madagasoar : — ^Tan^la, Taimoro, and Taisaka Provinces. 1876.
Mt. A Visit to Ant6ngodrah6ja and Ambatondraz&ka. Ant, Ann, 1876.
aw. Rough Sketches of a Journey to the Ikbra. Ant, Ann, 1876.
^iellmOomUh, Tour of Exploration in the North of Madagasoar. 1876.

■ — — A Short Cruise on the N.W. Co. of Madagascar. Ant, Ann, 1877.

4llens, Recent Journeys in Madagascar. Froo. Roy, Qeog, Soo. 1877.
aw. The B6t8il6o : Country and People. Ant. Ann. 1877.
illet, Benseignements utiles sur Madagascar. Ports, etc. du odte est. 1877.
mlder. North -east Madagascar. 1877.

jhardaon. Lights and Shadows. [Journey in S.W. Madagascar.] 1877.
iehelor. Notes on the Antankllrana and their Country. Ant. Ann. 1877.
Wee. Hist, of Geographical Knowledge of Madagascar. Proo. Roy. Geog, Soc, 1879.
tUing, Mittheilungen aus dem Tagebuch von Dr. Butenberg. Beutsch Geog,
1879.

• Dr. C. Rutenberg's Reisen in Madagascar. Ohbtis ; 1879.

irk. Home again. [Journey to N.W. Coast.] Friends^ Quar. Exam. 1879.
van. The Bara Land : Country and People. 1881.

The Tanlda : Country and People. 1881.

G^graphical Excursions in S. Cent. Madr. Proe, Roy, Geog, Soc, 1882.

T of the Beaten Track in Madr. [Antank^ana.J Temple Bar ; 1882.

'duhert. Die geographischen Verhaltnisse der insel Madr. V, d, G,f, E,B, 1882.

Uehrandt. West-Miuiagaskar ; ReisesMzze. Z, Q, f, E, B, 1882.

frrit. Trois mois autour de Madr. Bull, Union Qeog, N, de Frame; 1882.

ron. From Amb^tondraz^ka to F^noarivo. Ant, Ann, 1882.

dubert, Im Lande der Voilakertra auf Madr. Globus ; 1882.

ry. Noss-Vey and the S.W. of Madr. Froc, Brit, Assoc, 1883.

iTBAaB zur Eentriss Madagascars. 1883.

B Reise der norwegischen Missionare A. Walen \md P. Nilsen im S.W. Madr.

il, d, Geog. Gesell, zu Jena; 1883, 1884.

M. Journey to M^drits^a and Anonib^. Chron, of L, M, S, 1883.

hie. Geographical Fictions with regard to Madr. Ant. Ann. 1884.

4.— TOPOaRAPHY, MAPPING, AND PLACE-NAMES.

mrarity. Memoir of a Chart of the N.W. Co. of Madr. 1803.
^fi^. Memoir and Notice of a Chart of Madr., etc. 1819.

Analyse critique de la carte de Madr., etc. 1821.

Avezac. Observations sur la nomenclature, etc. des iles et archipels de la mer de

ftgascar. Bull. Soc, Geog. 1847.

'. Daulle, Etat sanitaire de Nossi-B6. Rev, Colon. 2, xiv.

• /. Daulle, Notice topographique, etc. de Mayotte et Nossib^. Nbuv, AnnJ^

9t. 1867.

trnhagen. Ancient Maps of Madr. In 'Geog. esp. d'Urcullu.' Date ?

f^w. On Ankova, and the Royal or Sacred Cities. Froc. Roy, Geog, Soc. 1866.

^pbell. Anddyor4nto : our new Missionary Station in Madr. Ch. Miss. Intell. 1867.

hree. Map of Antau^narivo and Surrounding Country. Chron, L.M.S. 1867.

'««. Villes et Villages Betsileos. Les Missions Cath. 1876.

^<e. Amb&tondraz&ka : the Capital of Antsih§naka. Ant, Ann, 1876.

*»"«. Ifanongo^Lvana : the ancient Seat of the Hova kings. Ant, Ann, 1877.

;-^-- Maps of Madagascar. Ant. Ann. 1877.

^ornery, Avstratr' Andohalo Church, Antananarivo. Chron, L.M.S. 1880.

^ee. Amb^tonak&nga : the Mother Church of Madr. Chron. L.M.S. 1881.

ekersgill. Mojang^ : N.W. Madr. Chron. L.M.S. 1882.

^. The Martyr Memorial Churches of Madr. Quiver ; 1883.

Malagasy Plaoe-Namee. Jour. Roy. Asiat. Soc. 1883.

Antantoarivo ; the Capital of Madr. Sund, at Home ; I8SS^

si PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY, ETC.— BOTANY.

6.— PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY, GEOLOGY, AND METEOROLOGY.

Buekland, Geological Stnioture of Port Louquez, K.E. Ooast. Tram, Qtol* jSkt.
Murehiaon, A Beoent Oonglomerate in Madr. Zond, ^ Edin. Fhihs, Mag, 1831.
Lao de Bitume dans TAmbongou. Rev, Colon, 2, yii.
Deootjvebtb de Lignite k Nossi-Be, etc. Ann, d. Mines; 1864.
LSon, M^t^rologie de Nossi-B4. Bev, Colon. 2, xviii. 1866.
Herland, Essai sur la G6ologie de Kosib^. Ann, d. Mines ; 1866.
Guillemin. Une exploration g^ologique h Madr. Ann, d. Mines; 1866.
Geolooie de Madagascar. Ann. d. Mines ; 6, x.

Toy, Remarks on the Meteorology of Antananarivo, etc. Ant, Ann, 1878.
Sibree. On the Physical Geography and Greology of Madr. Nature ; 1879.
Shaw. Meteorological Observations at Tamatave. Ant. Ann, 1882.
Richardson. Brief Notes on the Rainfall, etc. of Antananarivo. Ant, Ann, 188L
Baron, [Extinct] Volcanoes in Eastern Lnerina. Ant. Ann. 1883.
Hildebrandt. Sketch of Physical Features of Central Madr. Z, O, f, JS, tuB,iA
Parker. On the Geology and Mineralogy of Madr, Natt4re ; 1884,
See also Wallace.

6,— BOTANY.

Du Fetit'Thouars. Histoire des V^g^tanx reoueillis dans leB Has anstnlei k
TAfrique. 1806.

Histoire des plantes d^couvertes k Madr. etc. 1822.

Hihenberg. Voyage k Madr. [Botanical Exploration.^ Nouv. Ann, d, Voy, 182*.

/. D. Hooker. Description of Tangena Tree and Fruit. Botan, Mise, iii.

Flors madagasoariensis fragmentae. Ann. d. Sci. Nat, 4, vi. etc.

BuDDLEiA madagasoariensis ; Poivrea coccinea ; Poindana regia. Bot, Mag. \

J. D. Hooker. Ouvirandra Berniera and other Plants. Li leones Sel, JPkmi, iS.

Anorbouic sesquipedale. GardenerU Chron. 1867.

Meller, An Expedition [Botanical] in Madr. Linn, 8oe, Jour, 'Bot, 1864.

Chatin, Recherches pour servir k rhistoire du Tanguin de Madr. 187)*

Davidson. Account .... of the Madr. Ordeal Poison (Tangena). /. Anat, f Pkjft, 1&

Gamt, The Flora of Madr. Chamb. Jour. 1876.

Sibree. Notes on the Traveller' s-Tree. Ant. Ann. 1877.

Baron. Jottings on some of the Plants of Im^rina. Ant, Ann, 1878. j

Buchenau. Reliquiae Rutenbergianae. I. Botanic. Ab, d,nat, Ver, guBrmm; M»\

J, G. Baker. Plants of Madr. Nature; 1880.

— On a Collection of Ferns made by Mrs. Pool in Madr. Z. 8. J,'Bm HH»

. — On a Collection of Ferns made by Miss Gilpin in Madr. Z.8,J^'B. M"

— On Flowering Plants brought by L. Eitching from Madr. L.8,J,*t. VttL

Montgomery. A Madagascar Upas Tree rMucuna). Leisure Sour ; 1881.
/. G, Baker. On the Natural History [chiefly Botanical] of Madr. Fr^s* M
Assoc, 1881.

Parker. A Malagasy Materia Medica. Pharm, Jour, 1881.

Contribution to Materia Medica. Ant, Ann, 1881.

Baron, Genera of Madr. Plants. Ant, Ann. 1881.

A List of Madr. Plants. Ant. Ann. 1881.

/. G. Baker. Contributions to the Flora of Central Madr. Jour, qf Bot, 1888.

Contributions to the Flora of Madr. L, S, J,'B, 1888.

Clarke, A Complete Synopsis of Species of Cyperus in Madr., eto. L,8,J,'3» l^j
Ridley, New or Rare Monocotyledonous Plants from Madr. L, 8, J.-B. 188t

The Orchids of Madr. L, S. J.-B. 1883.

Baron, Genera of Malagasy Plants. Ant. Ann, 1883.

Radlkofer. Ein Beitrag zur Africanische Flora. Ab. d. n. V, su Bremen; l88t

Baron, New Genera of Malagasy Plants. Ant. Ann. 1884.

Malag^y Plants in the L. M. S. College. 1884.

Ro^e, On a new Genua of Tumeracese from Madr. L, 8, J,-B, 1884. ^,

/. G, Baker, Further Contributions to the Flora of Central Madr. Z,8*J.'i* ^

NATURAL HISTORY.

M

7.— NATURAL HISTORY.

(a) Q-ENEBALLY.

^at. Voyage aux Indes Orientales, etc. 1782.

\T7X & reohercher ^ Madr. Bull. Soc. Qeog, 2, viii.

wlL Insects and Fresh-water Shells from Madr. Froc, ZooL 8oe. 1863.

r. Mammals and Birds collected by Dr. Meller. P. Z. S. 1863.

. On some Insects [and Natural E&story generally] of Madr. P. Z, S. 1863.

n. Notes sur Thistoire naturelle de Madr. Dupre^s *Trois mois en Madr.* 1863.

r. Report on a Collection of Animals from Madr. P. Z, S. 1865.

m. Voyage a Madr. 1866.

jel. Lost of most remarkable Animals and Birds &om Madr. P. Z, S, 1866.

I, Een Blik in Madr. 1867.

I and Schlegel. Recherches sur la Faune de Madr. et ses d6pendances. 1868.

jhard. Histoire naturelle de Madr. Rev. d. D. Mondea ; 1872.

irtleit. Mammals and Birds collected in Madr. P. Z. S. 1876.

t. Animal Life in Madr. Chamh. Jour, 1876.

tee, Madr. and the Mascarene Islands. In 'The Greographical Distribution of

8.' 1876.

irtlett. Second List of Mammals and Birds from Madr. P. Z. S. 1879.

ice. Ancient Continental Islands : The Madr. Group. In ^Island Life.' 1880.

ig. Reliquiae Rutenbergianae. II. Zoologie. Ah. d. naU Ver. zu Bremen; 1881.

i, Mr. A. R. Wallace on the Fauna and Flora of Madr. Ant, Ann. 1881.

t. Natural History Notes. Ant, Ann, 1882,'83,'84.

(b) MA2£HALIA...

Owen, Communication of Paper on the Aye- aye. P. Z, S, 1862.
mier. The Aye-aye. Intell, Observer ; 1862.
The Habits of the Aye-aye. Intell, Obs. 1862.

Otaen. Monograph on the Aye-aye. 1863. Also in Trans. Z, 8", 1866.
. Revision of the Species of the Lemuroid Animals. P. Z, S, 1863.
• Revision of the Genera and Species of Viverrine Animals. P. Z, S, 1864.
rt. Notes on the Crania and Dentition of the Lemuridee. P. Z, S, 1864.
fr. The Mammals of Madr. Quar, Jour, of Sd, 1864.
. Note on a new Species or Variety of Lemur. P. Z, 8. 1867.
ver. On Esophagus of Aye-aye. P. Z. 8. 1869.
'. 8t. Hilaire. On the Aye-aye. Rev, d, D, Mondes ; 1870.

— On the Fanaloka [Ichneumon] of Madr. Ann, d, 8ci, Nat, 2, iv.

On various Species of Galidia and Galidictes. Ann, d. Set, Nat.

f. Notes on Hapalemur simus. F, Z. 8. IS70,

•rt. On Hemicentetes, a new Species of Insectivora. P. Z, 8, 1871.

\e and Mivart^ On the Anatomy of the Lemuridee. Trans. Z. 8, 1872.

f. On the Fossane of D'Aubenton. P. Z. 8. 1872.

nrt. On Lepilemur and Cheirogaleus, and on the Lemuroidea. P. Z, 8, 1873.

ther. Notes on some Mammals from Madr. P. Z, 8, 1876.

0, Notes on Four Species of Lemur. P. Z. 8, 1881.

m. Notes on the Habits of the Aye-aye of Madr. P. Z, 8, 1882.

0, The Ay««ave. Ant, Ann. 1882.

ee. Notes on the Aye«aye of Madr. leisure Sour ; 1883.

(c) BiKDS.

''. Owen» Notes on the Egg and Leg-bones of ^pyomis. P. Z, 8, 1862.

^OBMis de Madr. Nouv, Ann, d, Voy. 1856.

?. 8t, Hilaire, On the Egg and Bones of ^pyomis. Ann, Mag, Nat, Hist, 1857.

^n. On various Species of Tern. Mem, 8oc> d, Strash, ill.

ilmbk Omithologischer Beitrag zur Fauna Madr. 1861.

--^ On a new Bird from Madr. P. Z. 8. 1862.

tvft A new Species of Duck from Madr. P. Z, 8, 1864.

i Mjgfott^* Quar, Jour, tJifSci, 1864.

t9r» A new Bpeoies of Passerine Bird from Madr. P. Z, 8^ lA^hs

54 NATURAL HISTORY.

ffartlaub. On a new G^nus and Species of Bird &om Madr. P. Z, 8, 1866*

Rowley, On the Egg of -^pyomis. P. Z. 8, 1867.

Qumey. Notes on the Birds-of -Prey of Madr., etc. /W«/ 1869.

8harpe, Contributions to the Ornithology of Madr. P. Z, 8, 1870,'71,'72, Jk "!

On a new Muscicapine Bird from Madr. Ibis ; 1870.

On a new Species of Warbler. P. Z. 8. 1877.

Hartlaub, Die Vogel Madagascars und der benachbarten Inselgruppen. 1877.

General Remarks on the Avi-f auna of Madr., etc. Ibis ; 1877.

Habtlaub's Birds of Madr. Nature ; 1877.

Newton. HartlauVs Birds of Madr. Nature; 1877.

8harpe, On a second Species of Dromoeocercns from Madr. P. Z. 8. 1879.

A Note on Heliodilus Soumagnii (an Owl). P. Z, 8. 1879.

Sartlaub, On a new Species of Heron from Moh&mbo. P. Z. 8. 1880.

Orandidier, Histoire naturelle de Madr., vol. xiii. Oiseaiix. 1880.

Cowan. List of Madagascar Birds, with their Native Names. 1881.
Baron. Notes on a few common Madr. Birds. Ant. Ann. 1881.

(d) Beptiles and Fish.

Gra/y. Revision of the Genera and Species of Ohamaeleonidse. P. Z. 8. 1864.
Flay fair. On a Collection of Fishes from Madr. P. Z. 8. 1868.
Gray. On Crocodilus madagascariensis. P. Z. 8. 1874. ^

Gtlnther. Description of four new Species of Chamaeleon from Madr. P. Z. S. iBj

Description of a new Species of ChamsBleon from Madr. A.^M.N.SA^ *

Vaillant. Remarques sur les tortues gigantesques de Ma^. Aead. d. Sci. 188^ '*

{e) MOLLUSOA.

8au88aye. On Madagascar Mollusca. JRev. Zool. 1844.
Tristram. On some Fresh -water Shells from Madr. P. Z. 8. 1863.
8owerhy. On three new Species of Land-shells from Madr. P. Z. 8. 1873.
Adams. Description of new Land-shells from Madr. P. Z. 8. 1876 and 1876.
Angas. Notes on Land and Fresh- water Shells from S. E. Madr. P. Z. 8. IST^

Description of two new Species of Helix from S. E. B^teil^. P. Z. 8. IK^

£. A. 8mith. A Contribution to the MoUuscan Fauna of Madr. P. Z. 8» 18^—
8ganzin, On Madr. Mollusca. Mem. 8oc. d. 8trasb,

(/) Insects and Ceubtaoea.

Klug. Lisecten von Madr. K6n. Acad. d. Wissen. 1832.

Boisduval. Faune entomologique de Madr., etc. : Lepidoptera. 1833.

Audouin et Milne^ Edwards. Sur une espdce nouvelle du genre Eorevine. i0*—
Mm. d'Hist. Nat. 1841.

Lepedopteees de Madr. Bull. 8oc. d^Aeclim. 1866.

Hewitson. List of diurnal Lepidoptera taken in Madr. P. Z. 8, 1863*

Vinson. Arandides des lies de Reunion, Madr., etc. 1863.

Bates. On some Insects collected in Madr. P. Z. 8. 1863.

Walker. On some Insects collected in Madr. P. Z. 8. 1863.

Trimen. The Butterflies of Madr. Quar. Jour. 8ci. 1864.

Lepidopteees de Madr. Ann. 8oc. Entom. 1866.

Tollin. Entomologische Notizen aus dem Tagebuch des zu Madif*, etc* JM*
Kon. Acad. gem. Wissen. zu Erfurt ; 1870.

E. Bartlett. Description of a new Moth. P, Z. 8. 1873.

Butler. Revision of the Gronera Zephronia and Sphserotiierium. P. Z, 8, 187$.^

Thoreil. On some Spiders from Madr., etc. P. Z. 8. 1876.

Butler. On a Collection of Lepidoptera from Madr. Ann. % Mag. ofNai% K%A* 1^-

Description of some new Lepidoptera from Madr. -4. ^ Jfi JlT. JST. WTT

Jacoby. New Species of Phytophagous Coleoptera. P. Z. 8. 18774

Butler. A new Species of Phylloptera from Madr. P. Z. 8. 1878.

Description of a remarkable new Spider from Madr. P. Z. 8* 1878*

Waterhouse. Further Contributions to the Cetoniidee of Madr» MnUm. Mtf* wT

— — A third Contribution to the CetoniideB of Madr. A* fM.If.M* 1^

Butler, Description of new Species of Lepidoptera from Madif* A»^ <^» ^* ^* ^

On a Colleotion of Lepidoptera from Madr. A* ^ M* ^. £• W%

ETHNOLOGY. 55

1

Butler, On some new or little -known Spiders from Madr. P. Z, 8, 1879.

On ArachnidfiB from the Masoarene Islands and Madr. P. Z, S, 1879.

Cowati. Lepidoptera from Madr. A, ^ M, H, H. 1878, 1880.

Bates. A new Eudromus, and three new Species of Lepturidse. Entom, Mag* 1879.

On Eudromus, family Carabidse. intom. Mag, 1879.

Wood^ Mason. Notice of a new Genus of Phasmidse from Madr. A, ^M, N,H. 1879.
Saussure, Etudes sur la famille de Vespides.

8. ETHNOLOGY.
(a) Origin and History op the Malagasy.
Tho^9Z4u, Tableau morale des peuples de Madr. etde £.adama. Bull. Soe. Geog. 1826.

Wietss, Kurze unterhaltende und belehrende Beschreibung von Madr. In *Streif-
«uge im Gebeite der Lander- und Volker-Kunde,* 1826.

ImIc& Lewis. An Account of the Ovahs. Jour. Boy. Geog. Soc. 1835.

Jourdnin. Notice sur les Hovas. Nouv. Ann. d. Voy. 1839.

E. d^ Troherville. Memoii'e sur la race qui habitait I'ile de Madr. avantrarriv^ des
Halais. Bull. Soc. Geog. 1839.

Xo'el^ Kecherches sur les Sakkalava. Bull. Soc. Geog. 1843.
BricA^rd. The Malagasy. In ^Natural History of Man.' 1846.
Mar'timlale. Notice of the B^tsimis^raka. Jour, Indian Arehip, 1850.
Les Soyas. Xouv, Ann. d, Voy, 1856.
Albr^tMnd, Les Madecasses.

Cratjcffurd, Art. *Madagascar.* In *A Descriptive Dictionary of the Indian Islands.' v/
1856.

' On the Malagasy Baces. Broo, Boy. Geog. Soc. 1863.

Oliver, The Hovas and other Tribes of Madr. Jour. Anthrop. Inst, 1868.

Les Hovas et autres tribes charact6ri»tiques de Madr. 1869.

WfM^^e, The Race Elements of the Madecasses. Jour. Anthrop. Inst, 1869.
C5»»»^yojf. On the Early Inhabitants of Madagascar. Cape Mag. 1873.
Seicdl, The Sakalava ; being Notes of a Journey to their Territory. 1875.
2?.-^. Zur Voelkerkunde Madr. Globus ; IS7 6,

^f*^lcns» The Origin and Progress of the People of Madr. Jour, Anthrop, Inst. 1876.
BicHnrdson. Dr. Mullens and the Population of Antananarivo. Ant, Ann, 1876.
Sib^c^^ The Sih^naka and their Country. Ant, Ann, 1877. *

PeiM^^c, The Bez^ozauo or Bush People. Ant, Ann, 1878.
W'iM.Mce, Notes on the Origin of the Malagasy. Jour, Anthrop, Inst, 1881.
Ba>-f^^ TheB^ra. Ant. Ann, 1881.

^^icn. Two Years among the Sakalava. Ant. Ann. 1881, 1882, 1883, and 1884.
^^^le. The Race Elements of the Malagasy, and Guesses at Truth with regard to
^*>«^ Origin, Ant, Ann. 1883.

(b) Manners, Customs, Arts, and Social Life.

Ooii^^ Du oabare et du tanguin. J^ouv, Ann. d. Voy. 1821.
-^' tT'Tvxlle, Vol. * Anthropologic,' in *Voyage de T Astrolabe;* see pp. 241, 243, etc.
l^A^S^^ Busts and Crania. 1833.

Xtfeoyyjfc. Moeurs des Malgaches. Bev. de V Orient ; 1843.

St» J^ohn, Trial by Caiman. Chamb, Bdin. Jour. 1849.

^^9^ Bllis* Madagascar : its Social and Religious Progress. 1863.

^^^^%dson. Tubercular Leprosy in Madagascar. Med. Chirurg, Soc, 1864.

""""■"■ Choreomania: an Historical Sketch, etc. Bdin. Med. Jour. 1867.

— T""* Customs and Curiosities of Madagascar. Sund. Mag, 1873.

^*^hardson» Remarkable Burial Customs among the BetsiUo. Ant, Ann, 1875.
^^^^ell. Remarks on Slavery in Madr. 1876.

^* -^. Cousins, Malagasy Customs: Native Accounts of the Circumcision, etc. 1876.

^^^n^on. Minute of the Madr. Com. of the E. F, M. A. [On Slavery ; see above,

I ^?0 1876.

"**>18», Tlie "Western Ibclra and their Customs. Ant, Ann, 1876.
—;*—*• Oarving, Sculpture, and Burial Memorials of the Bdtsildo. Ant, Ann, 1876.
^^^KwdtOH, T^ltla Customs, Superstitions, and Beliefs. Ant, Ann, 1876 «
SWwt Tbe Bdtflillo : Religious and Social Oustom^. Ant« Ann% \^'\^%

56 PHILOLOGY.

Sibree, Hova Decorative Art. Ant. Ann, 1877.

Cowan. The Stone Elephant at Ambdhis^. Ant. Ann. 1878.

Sibree. Social and Keligious Progress in Madr. Sund. at Some; 1879.

■ Relationships, etc. among the People of Madr. Jour. Anthrop. InsL 1879.

The Arts and Commerce of Madr. Jour. Soc. Arts ; 1880.

Clark. Home Life in Antananarivo. Friends^ Qtcar. Exam. 1881.

Fearse. Customs at Death and Burial among the Silutnaka. Ant. Ann. 1882.

Farker. On Systems of Land Tenure in Madr. JotMr. Anthrop. Inst. 18B3.

On a New Code of Laws for Madr. Jour. Anthrop. Inst. 1883.

Feill. Social Conditions and Prospects of Madr. Jour. Soc. Arts. 1883.
Coat. Madagascar. Slavery and Christianity. Mission Life ; 1883.
Sibree. English Missionaries and Slavery in Madr. Nbncon. ^ Indept. 1883.
Fearse. Medical Mission Work in Madr. by a Non-professioDAl. Ant. Ann. 1884.
Clark. How we Travel in Madagascar. Ant. Ann. 1884.

(c) Folk -LOBE, Proverbs, Superstition, and Idolatbt.

Chansons madeeasses, traduites en franqais. 1787.

Cameron. A Madr. Tale. The Exploits of Ikotofetsy and Im&hak^. Cape Mag. 1866.

W. E, Cousins and Farrett. Malag. Proverbs. 1871.

Malag. Kab^ from the time of Andriknampdinim^rina. 1878.

The Ancient Theism of the Hovas. Ant. Ann. 1876.

Ambondromb^ and its Grhosts. Ant, Ann. 1875.

Sibree. The Burning of the Idol Ramahavkly. Ant. Ann. 1876.

Shaw. The Ghosts of Ambondrombe laid. Awt. Ann. 1876.

Rabezdndrina. Ikotof^tsy sy Lnahaka, sy Tantara Malagasy hafa koa. 1876.

Richardson. Malag. Conundrums. Ant. Ann. 1876.

Publications of the Malag. Folk-lore Society. [In Malagasy.] 1876, 1877.

Marre-de Marin. Ny Rahalahy roa ; Conte Malgache. Rev. Orient, et Amsr. 1877.

Richardson. The Folk-lore of Madagascar. Ant. Ann. 1877.

Wake. Malag. 'Sons of God.* Ant. Ann. 1877.

Dahle. Specimens of Malag. Folk-lore. [In Malagasy.] 1877.

Miss Cameron. Three Madr. Tales. Cape Mag. 1878.

Clemes. Malag. Proverbs. Ant. Ann. 1878.

Richardson. More Folk-lore. Ant. Ann. 1878.

Sibree, Malag. Folk-lore and Popular Superstitions. Folk-lore Record ; 1879.

Some Additional Folk-lore from Madr. Folk-lore Ree. 1881.

Moulder. Madr. and its Proverbs. Ant. Ann, 1881.

Sibree. Oratory, Songs, Legends, and Folk-tales of the Malag. Folk-lore Jowr» 1881

Malag. Folk-tales. Folk-lore Jour. 1884.

Moulder, Proverbial Illustrations of Malag. Life and Character. Ant. Ann. 1884.
Jorgensen. Some Popular Malag. Superstitions. Ant. Ann, 1884.

Moulder, Malag. Proverbs. 'Folk-lore Society's Publications.' 1885 (P).
W, E. Cousins and Farrett, Ny Ohabolan' ny Ntaolo. [Malag, Proverbe.J

1885.

G.—PHILOLOGY.

Moutman, Spraeckende woord-boeck in de Maleysohe ende Madagascarsohe Takft.
1603.

Meemskerk, Voyage. Vooabulaire de la langue parlee dans Tile de St. -Laareat. 1608.

Arthusius, Colloquia Latino -Maleyica et Madagascarica. 1613.

Spildifig, Dialogues in the English and Malaiane Languages. 1614.

Chxlland, Vooabulaire fran9ai8- malgache et malgache-franijais. 1773.

Catechismb abrege en la langue de Madr. 1785 (?).

2>' Urville, Vol. *Philologie* in 'Voyage de I'Astrolabe.* Essai ; Diotionnaire ma*
dekass-franqais ; et Vooabulaire fran^ais-madekass. 1833.

Chapelier, Essai de Grammaire Madekass. (See preceding.) 1833.

Marsden. On the Polynesian or E. Indian Languages. 1834.

F.eeman. A Dictionary of the Malag. Language. Pt. I. EugUsh-Malagasy. 1816.

J)hns. A Dictionary of the Malag. Language. Pt. 11. Malagasy-EnglialK 1S35.

Freeman, General Observations on the Malag. Language. Append, to i5ttif*i
'History of Madagascar.' 1834.

PHILOLOGY. SJ

W, Von Humboldt, On the Madr. Language. In ^Kawisprache.' 1836 — '40.

LiA Lanque Madeoasse comparee k oelle des Foulahs. £ull. Soc. Geog, 1838.

Dalmtmd. Vooabulaire et Grammaire pour les langues Malgaches — Sakalitve et
B^tsunis^ra. [Frenoh-Malag. Vocabulary, Grammar, and Texts.] 1842.

Vooabulaire Malgaohe-Franoais pour S^al&ve et Bdtsimis^a. 1844.

Baker. An Outline of a Grammar of the Malag. Language as spoken by the Hovas.
1845 and 1864.

E, de FroberviUe. Tableau synoptique .... des langues de P Afrique meridionale.
JBuU. Soc, Geoff, 1862.

Crawfurd, Malay Grammar. 1852.

Mieeionairet Catholiques, Dictionnaire Fran9ais-Malgache. 1853.

Qr{fflths, A Grammar of the Malag. Language in the Ankova Dialect. 1854.

M%$»umaire8 Catholiques, Dictionnaire Malgache-Fran9ai8. 1855.

Webber, Grammaire Malgache. 1855.

Sabedrana, etc. English and Malag. Vocabulary, with Sentences. 1863.

Van der Tuuk, Outiines of Grammar of Malag. Lang. Jour. Hoy, Asiat, Soc, 1864.

Keeeler, Introduction to the Language and Literature of Madr. 1870.

Ailloud, Grammaire Malgache. 1872.

Davidton, Dikdonarim-baiko. [Foreign Words used in Malag. In Malagasy.] 1872.

Street, Grammar of the Malag. Language. Orthography. 1873.

JV, E, Cousins, The Translation of the Malag. Bible. 1873.

Concise Introduction to the Study of the Malag. Lang. 1873.

Sewell. Dikdonary Englisy sy Malagasy. [In Malagasy.] 1875.

Deninff. Tbd Malay A&iities of the Malag. Language. Ant, Ann. 1875.

Dujue, The Malay Affinities of the Malag. Language. Ant. Ann. 1875.

Siehardion, Driry's Vocabulary of Malag. words, wiSi Notes. Ant. Ann, 1875.

Street, Remarks on writing Malag. 1876.

I Midag. and English Dictionary : — Letters A. and B. 1876.

Eiehardson, A Critiqiie on *Some Remarks on writing Malag.' 1876.

— — — Malag. *Tonon-kira' and Hymnology. Ant, Ann, 1876.

Marre'de Marin» Gfammaire Malgache. 1876.

— — •— Essai BUT le Malgache, ou Etude comparee, etc. 1876.

- Le Jardin des R^cines Oceaniennes. 1876.

. ■■■ '■■ ■■«'■ Vxycabulaire Francais^Malgache : Exercises et 101 Proverbs. 1876.

— — Bouraha, histoire Malgache, traduite en Franijais. Jottr. Asiat, 1876.

W, E, Cotmns, Words resembling Malag. in Swahili. Ant. Ann. 1876.

Dahle, The 'Infix' in Malag. : a Malayan Feature. Ant. Ann, 1876.

— - — The ibifiuence of the Arabs on the Malag. Language. Ant. Ann. 1876<

Studies in the Malag. Language : — I. Accentuation ; 11. Reduplication. Anii

^nn. 1877.

W. E, Cousins, The Malag. Language. Froc. Fhilol. Soc. 1878.

Ihihle, Studies in the Malag. Lang. : — 11. Inflection of the Verb. Ant, Ann, 1878*

G, Coueins, The Malag. Tassived.' Ant. Ann. 1881.

tfodringUm and Sibree, Resemblances between Malag. Words and Custon^s and those
of Western Polynesia. Ant, Ann. 1882.

Jorgensen. On the Use of the Hyphen in Malag. Ant. Ann. 1882.

Classification of Malag. Consonants. Ant. Ann. 1882.

W, E, Cousins, Marsden on the Malag. Language. Ant. Ann. 1882.

Dahle, Once more on the Malag. Passives.' Atit. Ann* 1883.

Tarher, A Concise Grammar of the Malag. Language. 1883.

Sibree, [Review of] Parker's ^Grammar of the Malag. Language.' Academy ; 1883.

Parker, On the Language and People of Madr. Jom\ Anthrop. Inst. 1883*

Dahle, A Postscript on the Malag. 'Passives.' Ant. Ann. 1883.

Sibree* On Sign and Gesture Language among the Malag. Jour. Anthr. Inst. 1883*

Baron, The [Malag.] Personal Article 'I.' 1883.

Biehardson, Malagasy for Beginners. 1883.

Jorgensen, Want of New Words in Ihe Malag. Language, etc. Ant. Ann, 1884.

Dahle, Studies in the Malag. Language : — IV. The Pronoun. Ant. Ann. 1884.

Jean. Btode oomparative des langues Malgache et Malaise. Public, Soc. 0eog. 1884«

Biehmrieon, A New Malagasy-English Dictionary. 1885.
' lr« jr.'tSbMiiM. Oo&oise Introduction to the Malag. Langu&ge. \lTi^T^^:;^^XL%r\\^^^«

5 8 CHRISTIAN MISSIONS AND RELIGIOUS PROGRESS.

Bibliography.

Boeage, Notice bibliographique. In 'Madr. possession fran^ais, etc.' 1868. '

Cameron and BUeh, Library of Sir Gr. Grey. Philology : — Madr. 1869.

iSibree. Literary Progress in Madr. Trubner^s Lit, ICecord; 1880.

Farreti. Publications of L.M.S. Press ; In 'Ten Years* Review ;* pp. 248-266. 1880.

W, E. Cousins. Old Malag. Books in the British Museum. Ant, Ann, 1881.

Sihree. Malag. Literature and Scientific Research. Acadeiny ; 1883.

W. E. Cousins. Malag. Dictionaries. Ant. Ann. 1884.

10.— CHRISTIAN MISSIONS AND RELIGIOUS PROGRESS.*

Freeman and Johns. A Narrative of the Persecution of the Christians in Hadr. 1840.

Feldner. Das Evangelium auf Madr. 1845.

Dalmont. Memoire sur Madr. Ann. Frop. de la Fox ; 1846.

Nacquart. Lettres iiiedits du fort Dauphin. 1850.

Freeman. Notices of Madr. In *A Tour in S. Africa.* 1851.

Jouen. Le Christianisme a Madr. Rev. de V Orient ; 1852.

Cameron. Short Notices on Madr. 1854.

Madaoasoab. Brit. Quar. Rev, 1859.

Front. Madr. : its Missions and its Martyrs. 1862.

Tananabivo, Lettre de. Ann. de la Frop. de la Fox ; 1862.

Madagascab and its Christianity. Brit. Quar. Rev. 1863.

Rennepont. Madr., I'histoire et les missions. Rev. d. Monde Cath. 1863.

The Gospel in Madr. The English Mission in that Island. 1863.

Die Englische Gesandtschaft bei dem Krontmgsfeste in Madr. Ausland ; 1863.

Mrs. Luke. Christian Missions in Madr. (date, etc. P)

Ryan. Mauritius and Madr. 1864.

Englische Missionare in der Bay Vohemare. Ausland ; 1866.

The Christians of Madr. Edin. Rev. 1867.

Ellis. The Martyr Church : a Record of Christianity in Madr. 1869.

Chxtboh Problems in Madr. Brit. Quar. Rev. 1870.

Jukes. Country Work in Madr. : — Visit to Bdtsil^. 1870.

W. E. Cousins. Brief Review of the L. M. S. Mission in Madr. — 1861-1870. 1871.

Street. Journal of a Visit to the Tanala and Bdtsildo. 1871.

Matthews. Reports of the Vonizongo Mission. 1871-1879.

Mullens. The Norwegian Mission to Madr. 1872.

ZuB G^schichte von Madr. Ausland; 1872.

The Madagascab Mission. Church Miss. Record; 1873.

Grundetnann. Madagascar. Missionsatlas ; i. 3.

W. E, Cousins and Briggs. Proc. of Missionary Conference in Antan^tnaziyo. 1874.

Cameron. Mission Life in Madr. during Early Days of L. M. S. Mission. 1874.

8ec. of Itner. Bist. Com. Minutes of Imdrina District Committee. 1876.

Reports of Imenna District Committee. 1876 ^ i i d '77.

And of Madr. Mission [of L. M. S.] for 1878,*79,*81,*82,*83, and '84.
La Lepboseeie de Ainbouloutara. Les Missions Cath. 1876.
Vue de la Mission de S. Joseph d'Androhibe. Les Miss. Cath. 1876.
Brockway. A Visit to Ambohimanga in the Tankla. Ant. Ann. 1876.
Feake. Reports of the Isoavina District. 1876 e^ seq.

* It has been impossible to include in this Bibliography all papers and articles to be
found in the magazines of the various Missionary Societies which have laboured in Mada-
gascar, or in those of other Societies having no agencies in the island, but in full sympathy
with the work carried on there. A few of the more important articles appearing in these
are, however, given in the lists, both alphabetical and chronological ; but many more will
be found by examining tlie volumes of the following pubhcations: — Chronicle oftkeLomdM
Missionary Society, 1818-1885 ; Juvenile Missionary Magazine^ 1844-1885; NtW9 of Fimait
Missions of L. M. S., quarterly ; Annual Reports of L. M. S., 1818- 1885 ; Church MiuifiM'
ary Intelli(jencer, 18(3.5-1«GU ; Mission field, 18G3-1885 ; Annals of the FropagaHon oftkt

Faith, 1861-1885; Les Missions Catholiqucs, ?-1885; Easier Missioiit-Mofann ; JStamg,

Kirchenzeitung ; Missionsblatt der BrUdergenieinde ; Missiomfreunde ; Audamd; JBertmir
Missiontberickte ; Calmer MismnsblaXt ; Monatsblatter ; flffirinrnir JYnrftfn'rftfin dgr Oifiwrf.
MMonS'AnstaU »u £aUe,

BIOGRAPHY AND FICTION-NEWSPAPERS, ETC. S9

TeoTw* Beports of the Antsih^aka District. 1877 et seq.
Mois, Hindrances to the Progress of the Grospel in Madr. Ant, Ann, 1877.
Juke9 and Lord, A Missionary Tour to the E. Coast. Ant, Ann, 1877.
The Churoh in Madr. : — S. P. G. Mission. 1877 and 1879.
W. E, Comins, Madr. since 1800. Sund. Mag. 1878.
Chregwry, Relinon in Madr. Church Quar, Rev, 1878.

Little, Three Years of Mission Work at Andovoranto, E. Coast, Madr. 1878.
Brtggs, The Madr. Mission [L. M. S.J. A Reply to Recent Criticisms. 1878.
Sibree, Bible Reading and Idol Burning. Sund. at Home ; 1879.
Clark. The Church in Madr. Friends' Qttar. Exam. 1879.
Sibree. A Sunday in Heathen Madr. Sund. at Home ; 1880.

Johnson, Review of Work of Friends' For. Miss. Assoc, in Madr. 1867-1800. 1880.
Briggs, Ten Years' Review of Mission Work in Madr. 1870-1880. [L, M. S.] 1881.
Fickersgill, The Ibdina Mission. [N.W. Madr.] Chron. of L. M. S. 1881.
Clark, The Day of Rest at Antananarivo. Day of Rest ; 1881.
Wills, Among the S. E. Tribes of Madr. Congregationalist ; 1881.
Matthews. Nine Years* Mission Work in Vonizongo, N.W. Madr. 1881.
Sibree, Popular Malagasy Hymns, and Christian Life in Madr. Quiver ; 1882.
Clark, Where we are. [Reli^ous progress in Madr.] Ant. Ann. 1882.
Shaw, A Tour through my District. [E. Coast, Madr.] 1882.
Vaissiere, Histoire de Madr., ses habitants et ses missionaires. 1884.
G, Cousins, Christian Rule in Madr. Sund. Mag. 1884.

Sibree. Antan^arivo: Its Churches and Religious Institutions. Chron. L. M. S, 1884.
W. Wilson. Notes of a Journey in Mandridr&no. 1884.
Matthews, Report of Ambcltonaktlnga District, and Memoir of Raz^ka. 1885.*

11.— BIOGRAPHY AND FICTION.

Davenant, Madagascar, with other Poems. 1648.

Defoe, The King of the Pirates : Captain Avery, the Mock King of Madr. 1719.

Ti-A-nA-M-A^ roi de Madr. Bull. Soc. Geog. 1, iii.

Mrs. Jeffreys. The Widowed Missionary's Journal ; Life of Rev. J. Jeffreys. 1827.

Laverdant, Le roi Radama. Rev, de I* Orient ; 1844.

Maupoint. Madr. et ses deux premiers evdques. 1864.

Ddlton, The Powder Monkeys : Adventures of two Boys in Madr. 1874.

J, Ellis, Life of William EUis, Missionary to the South Seas and Madr. 1874.

Clark, Jos. S. Sewell and his Work in Madr. 1875.

Toy. The late Mr. James Cameron : his Life and Labours. Ant, Ann, 1875.

Teb late Mr. James Cameron of Madr. Cape Mag, 1876.

Auehterlonie, Sir W. Davenant's Poem of 'Madagascar.' Ant. Ann. 1877.

Wake, Notes on 'Davenant' and *Boothby.' Ant, Ann. 1877.

Kingdon, A Malagasy Hero. [Ratrimofolocdina.] Sund. at Home ; 1881.

lUnavitlona 11., Queen of Madr. GirVs Own Paper ; 1884.

Baron, R&nav^ona, the Christian Queen of Madr. Sund. Mag, 1884.
Clark. The late Queen of Madr. Friends^ Quar, Exam, 1884.

12.— NEWSPAPERS AND MISCELLANEOUS.

Street, Ny Gazety Malagasy (monthly). May 1875 — May 1876.

Taeehi. T!)iq Madagascar Times (weekly). 1882 ; in progress. Also issued in Mala-
gasy from Aug. 22, 1885.

Wilkinson. Malagasy Public Opinion. 1882 ; 3 nos. only.

L*A CiiOOHB. (At Tamatave ; French.) 1882 ; in progress.

Ny Gazety Malagasy. (Native Govt. Official Gazette, fortnightly.) June 23, 1883 ;
in progress.

Clark, Ny Fiangonana sy ny Sekoly (monthly). Jan. 1884 ; in progress.

Davidson. Ny British Faramakopia. 1871.

— — Brief Retrospect of the recent History of Lithotomy. 1873.

♦ SeeiiUoiB7/w.*— 'Hist, of Madr.,' 'Three Visits,' * Madr. Revisited-,' SxbTt*. .— ^'^MkJsx,
■ad its People/ 'Great African Island ;' Mullmi t— *Tvc>\ve lsiloTi^\vA Vxi'^«.^x« *; ^^A«

6o A MADAGASCAR BIBLIOGRAPffT.

A LIST OF BOOKS AND OTHER PUBLICA TIONS
IN THE MALAGASY LANGUAGE.

I.— ISSUED FROM THE PRESS OF THE LONDON

MISSIONARY SOCIETY*

[The first printing press brought to Madagascar was that of the L. M. S., in the time <tf
the first estaolishment of its Mission in the island. This was taken up tu the Oapitil in
1826, and from it, as will be seen in these pages, the entire Scriptures, a lai^ Dictionani
and many other valuable books were printed, chiefly under the superintenduice of Mr. &
Baker, who continued to work it until the Mission was finally broken up in 1836. On
the reopening of the country in 1862, another press was set to work ; and it will be hen
seen what it has already done, under the superintendance of Mr. J. Parrett, to prodaoe i
native literature. Its yearly issues from 1870 to 1880 averaged 150,000 oopiei of vanooi
publications.]

1. — The Holy Soriptukbs, Entire oe vs Pabts.

1. A Lesson Sheet, containing Gen. i. 1-23. Antaninarivo :t 1827.

2. Ny Didy Folo. The Ten Commandments. 1827 (?).

3. Ny Filazan-taara no sorata^ny % Jaony, Efa no dikai^ny ho ^mmh-
kova, 1829; pp.404 [The Gospel written by John. Translated into the
Hova language. Revs. D. Jones and D. Griffiths, trans.]

4. Ny teny n* Andriamanitra^ atao hoe, Tesitamenta ^ny Jesoiy Kraiihf
Tompo ^ntsikUf sady Mpamonjy no Mpanavotra, An-Tananarivo : 1880;

p. 378. [The m)rd of God, called the Testament of our Lord Jesus
hrist, both Saviour and Redeemer. Revs. D. Jones and D. OriffiAif

trans. First edition of the complete N. T.]

5. FamakiaU'teny, nalainy tamy ny teny n^ Andriamanitra, hampiana-
rana/ahendrena. 1834 ; pp. 48. [A Reading book of Scripture eztraots.]

6. Without title : — The first part of the Historical Books of the 0. T.
Before 1832; pp. 832.

7. Without title:— The second part of the Historical Books of the
0. T. Before 1832 ; pp. 309.

^ In several oases, as regards some editions of the entire Scriptures and the N. T., sod
certain editions of the Hymn Book and of two or three other books, it will be seen thtt
these were not issued from the Press of the Li M. S. in Madagascar, but were printed for
that Society in London.

t And so in all succeeding issues, except where otherwise stated*

% As the pagination of this Gospel is from p. 133 to p. 172, it seems tery likely that thfl
preceding three Gospels were issued separately, but no copy of them appears to he exttnl
in a separate form. The Gospel of Luke was put to press on the first diay of USSSi : Mi
Kllii*s Hist, ofMadr,, vol ii. p. 391.

E

PuitlCATIONS by THE L. M. S. PJRHSS. 61

8. Ny ieny tif Andriamanitra^ atao hoe^ Salamo any JDavidra. 1832 ;
pp. 82. [The Psalms.]

9. Ny ieny n^Andriamanitra^ atao hoe^ Ohabalana ay ny atao hoe^ ny
Mpiiory teny. 1833; pp. 38. [Proverbs and Ecclesiastes.]

10. "Without title-page : — Fihira^ny Solomona, 1833 ; pp. 5. [Song
of Solomon.]

11. Ny teny n^ Andriamanitra, atao hoe, Isaia. 1830; pp. 62. [Isaiah.]

12. Ny teny n^Andnamanitra, atao hoe, Jeremia, ay ny atao hoe, ny
Fitomany ny. 1834; pp. 63-135. [Jeremiah and Lamentations.]

13. Without title-page : — Ny taratasy Daniely, No date ; pp. 198-217.
[The Book of Daniel. J

14. Without title:— The Prophetical Books of the 0. T. Before
1836 ; pp. 268. [Including the three preceding books.]

15. First edition of the whole Bible in Malagasy : —

•The Word of God called, the
Holy Bible, containing the Old and
New Testaments, Translated from
the Hebrew and Greek languages :
and retranslated into the Madagas-
car language by the Missionariesf
of the "London Missionary Socie-
ty-"—

The paper was given by the

'•British & Foreign Bible Society."
An - tananarivo, Madagascar :
printed at the press of the London
Missionary Society. — 1835.

*Ny Teny vC Andriamanitra, atao
hoe, Baiholy Masina, misy ny Tesu
tamenta Taloha sy Taoriana, Voa-
dikia tamy nyteny Hehirioay Girikia;
ka nafindra ny ny Misionary, avy
amy ny '^London Missionary Socie-
ty, ^^ ho teny Malac/asy, —

Ny taratasy nome^ny ny ^* British Sf
Foreign Bible Society,'*

An-tananarivOf Madagascar: natao
antonta tamy ny poreay ny ny Lon-
don Missionary Society, -'\HS5,
[The above edition includes all the previously issued separate parts
(nos. 6 to 14) and the New Testament (no. 4). It consists 01 1420 pages
8to, in nine different paginations.]

16. Ny Teny n* Andriamanitra, atao hoe, Salamo any Davidra, London :
B. A; F. B. S. 1835 ; 12mo, pp. 154. [The Psalms.]

17. Ny Teny n* Andriamanitra any amy ny Tentamenta Antitra, atao
ho» Jeneaisy, Ohabolany Solomona, Mpitory teny, sy Isaia. London : B. &
F.B.S. 1835 ; 8vo, pp. 229. [Genesis, Proverbs, Ecclesiastes and Isaiah,
reprinted from the first edition (no. 15).]

18. Ny Teny n^ Andriamanitra, atao hoe^ Tesitamenta ny Jesosy Kraisty
Tempo ^ntsika^ sady Mpamonjy no Mpanavotra. 8vo, pp. 377. [New Test. ;
London : no date, but probably before the preceding ; reprinted from
the edition of 1830.]

19. Ny Teny n^ Andriamanitra, atao hoe, Tesitamenta ny Jesosy Kraisty
Tempo ^ntsika, sady Mpamonjy no Mpanavotra, Loudon : B. & F. B. S.
1840 ; 32mo, pp. 672. [New Test., the smallest sized edition yet publish-
ed ; reprinted from the edition of 1830.]

* ^e tlile-pAges are opposite to each other.

t Be?!, D. J01I4M, D. Grifaths, D. Johns, and J. J. Fxeemaiai,

6* BOOKS IN THE MALA GASF LANGUA GE.

20. Ny Teniny ny Fanekem-baovao, milaza any lesio Kirauity^ Mpa"
monjy^ TomponUika, Voa dikiany ny Misionary iamy ny teny OirUsia,
teo am'hoalohany ary voa dtnikia, ka voa hitainy D. Orifflthif ambany ny
anankiray mitandriny ny fandikiany ny Soratra Masina, t&o aoriam.
London : 1855. [The New Test., revised by Bev. D. Oriflfht.]

21. Ny Boky aasany amy ny Fanekena Taloha, Voa dikia tamy ny
teny Hehirio, London: 1858. [First part of 0. T., Gton. to 2 Sam.;
revised by Rev. D. Griffiths.]

22. Ny Boky sasany amy ny Fanekena Taloha, Ny Anjara ILL Lon-
don : 1864. [Third part of 0. T., Psalms to Malachi ; revised by B«?,
D. Griffiths.]

23. Ny Boky sasany amy ny Fanekena Taloha, Ny Anjara II. London ;
1865. [Second part of 0. T., I Kings to Job; revised by Bev. D.
Griffiths ; completed by Herr Knolleke (?).]

24. Ny Baiboly, izany hoe, Ny Soratra Masina rehetra amy ny Fane*
ken-taloha^ sy ny Fanekem-haovao, London : 1865 ; roy. Bvo. [The
whole Bible, including the four preceding portions (nos. 20-23), revised
by Rev. D. Griffiths, assisted by Kev. T. W. Meller, M.A.]

25. Genesis i.-iii., and Exodus i. ii. 1869. [Revised by a oommittee
of L. M. 8. and F. F. M. A. Missionaries.]

26. Ny Soi^atra Masina amy ny Fanekena Vaovao any Jeaoay Kraiaiy
JUpamonjy, Tompontsika. Nadikany ny Misionary amy ny ^^ London Mii'
sionary Society ^ sady nahitsiny no ampiany Fizahan-teny, London:
B. & F. B. 8. 1870 ; cr. 8vo, pp. 529. [New Test., slightly revised, and
with Marginal References.]

27. Ny Filazantsara nosoratany Marika, 1870; 16mo, pp. 56. [GK>8pel
of Mark ; with Mat. v.-vii. ; Lu. xv. ; and John iii. ; based on preeedingi
but partly revised by Mr. J. S. Sewell.]

28. Ny Bokiny ny Salamo, London : B. & F. B. 8. 1870 ; 12mo, pp.
203. [The Psalms, reprinted from Mr. Q-riffiths's revision, no. 22.]

29. Ny Filazantsara no soratany Lioka, London : 6. & F. B. S. 1870 ;
16mo, pp. 117. [Gospel of Luke.]

30. Ny Asany ny Apositoly, London : B. & F. B. 8. 1870 ; 16mo,
pp 112. [Acts of the Apostles.]

31. Ny Episitily Voalohany tamy ny Korintiana, London: B.&F.B.8.
1870 ; 16mo, pp. 44. I Corinthians.]

32. Ny Soratra Masina amy ny Fanekena Vaovao any Jesoty Kraisty
Mpamonjy^ Tompontsika. London : B. & F. B. 8. 1871 ; 16mo, pp. 460.

[New Test., reprinted from no. 26.]

33. Ny Soratra Masina amy ny Fanekena Taloha sy ny Fanekena Vao-
vao. London : B & F. B. 8. 1871 and 1872; 12mo, pp. 1038. [The whole
Bible ; 0. T. chiefly a reprint of the edition of 1835 ; U Chron. to end of
Ps. taken from no. 24 ; the N.T. reprinted from the Marginal Reference
edition. Slightly revised and carried through the press by Rev. R. Toji]

PUBLICATIONS OF THE L. M, S. PRESS. 63

34. Ny Fanekena Vaovao any Jesosy Eraisty^ Tompontstka, Nakam^
hanaarakany paragrafy. 1873; 16ino^p.572. [Paragraph New Test.,
arranged and partly revised by Revs. w. £. Cousins and G. Cousins.]

35. Bevision of the Malagasy Bible; Rev. W. E. Cousins, Chief
Beviser. (o) Gen. i. 1-iii. 24; Ex. xx. 1-17 ; Ps. i.-ii. ; Mat. v. 1-22 ; vi.
9-13. 1874.* [Specimens for first meeting of committee.]

(5) Gen. i.-xx. ; Mat. i.-viii. 28. 1874. (c) Gen. xxi.-xliv. 1875. {d)
Oten. xlv.-Ex. xl. 1876. {e) Matthew. 1876. (/) Leviticus. 1879. {g)
Numbers. 1879. {h) Deuteronomy. 1880. (*) Mark. 1880. {j) Luke
and John 1880. {k) Psalms. 1881. (/) Acts and Eomans. 1881.
(m) I Corinthians to Philemon. 1881. (w) Hebrews to the Revelation.
1882. (0) Matthew and Mark; corrected Reprint. 1882. {p) Joshua
to II Samuel. 1882. {q) I Kings to Esther. 1883. (r) Job to Song
of Solomon. 1884. (») Isaiah. 1884. it) Jeremiah, Lamentations,
and Ezekiel. 1885. {u) Daniel to Malachi ; in the press.

36. Genesisy, Nahitsin^ ny ^'^ Bible Revision Committee^ 1876 ; 16mOy
pp. 132. [Reprinted from no. 31, h to d."]

37. Ny Soratra Masina, dla ny Tesiamenta Taloha ay ny Testamenta
Vaovao. Nadika avy iamy ny teny Hehreo sy Grika. London: B. & F.B.S.
1882 and 1883; 12mo, pp. 1104. [The whole Bible; the N. T. revised
and reprinted from no. 35 ( t,y, / — o) ; the 0. T. revised from Gen. to
Ruth, and reprinted from no. 35 {h — d^f—hM)', Josh, to Ruth taken from
no. 39. Carried through the press by Rev. J. Sibree. Often called the
'Interim Bible ;' it is arranged in paragraphs, and the poetical portions
are printed in parallelisms.]

38. Ny Soratra Masina amy ny Testamenta Vaovao any Jesosy Kristy
Mpamonjy, Tompontsika, London: B. & F. B. S. 1883 ; 16nio, pp. 484.

tThe New Test. ; reprinted from preceding, and carried through the press
)y Revs. J. Sibree and C. T. Price.]

39. — Besides the above editions of the Scriptures, the Chief Reviser
has issued his own proofs of the whole Bible at pretty regular intervals
from Oct. 1873 to Sept. 12, 1884, except during the year 1877 and
parts of 1876 and 1878. These proofs were 284 in number (viz. 64 of the
N.T., and 220 of the O.T.), and of eight pages each=2272 pages.

Scripture References,

Teny Izahana. Scripture References by the Rev. Thomas Chalmers,
D.D. Originally lithographed by Mr. J. Cameron. 1834 ; 16ino, pp. 64.
[Reprinted at Cape Town : 1853 ; 12mo, pp. 34 ; and at Antananarivo :
1876 ; 12mo, pp. viii. and 48.]

Liturgical,

Teny fanao amy ny Fanamhadiany ny Kristiana^ sy ny Fomha mety hatao
amy ny Fandevenana ny Maty^ ary ny Teny mety ho vakina raha misy hatao

* Up to this date the various translations of the Holy Scriptures here given had been
all done (excepting, in part, nos. 25 and 27) by missionaries of the L. M. S. After this
date the various editions of the whole Bible or portions of it have been revised by a Com-
mittee of Delegates appointed by the four Protestant Missionary Societies working in Ma-
dagMoar, the Key. W. £. Cousins, of the L. M. S., being Chief Bevisec.

64 BOOKS IN THE MALAGASY lXnGUa6)S,

BatUa. 1869; 8vo, pp. 26. [Services for Christian Marriafce, for the
Burial of the Dead, and for Baptisms. Translated by Sevs. W. E. and
G. CoTTSiNS from Forms of Service by Eev. E. E. Oonder, M.A.]

Teny mety hovakina amy ny Fandrauana ny Fanasany ny TompOn. Pomf
dinana hatao aloharC ny Fandraisana ny Fanasany ny Tompo, 18^3 ; 8y9,
pp 15. [Passages to be read at the Lord's Supper. QuestionB to be put
before Communion. Arranged by Bevs. J. Sibbxe and O. Ooimim;
questions by Bev. J. Fearse. Three subsequent editionSi containiDg ill
file four Offices in one book.]

2. — Commentaries, Exposition, Theology, etc.

Bev. D. Griffiths (trans). Raheahina manontany. 1858; pp. 171

[James's * Anxious Inquirer.']

Bev. D. Jones, Bamarotafika and others (trans.). Ny Fandehtmm
ny Mpivahiny, 1866 ; pp. 141. [Bunyan's 'Pilgrim's F^gress,' pt.L
Several other editions, previously and subsequently. See next page.]

Bev. B. G. Hartley, M.A. Hevi-teny amy ny Filazanigarany Jfo/Wi
toko i.-x. 1870; pp. 118. [Commentary on Gospel of Matthew, L-x.
With Historical Introduction by Bev. W. E. Cousins. Afterwards, in
1879, completed by Bev. W. Montgomery. 8vo, pp. 274.]

Bev. J. Sibhee. Ny Tantarany Jeaosy Kraisty hatao Fampianannu*
[The Life of Christ arranged as 52 lessons, taken from the Gt)6pel of
Luke, and first given as a four-page supplement to the monthly magaiine
Teny Soa, 1871-73.] Afterwards reprinted under title of

Fianarana avy amy ny Filazanisarany lAoka : dia wf

Tantarany Jesosy Kraisty Tompo, 1875; Svo, pp. 172, [Lessons froa
the Gospel of Luke.]

Various. Filazana ny Boky rehetra ao amy ny Testamenta Fao'sm,
1871 ; 8vo. pp. 133. [Introduction to the Books of the N. T. A second
edition, edited by Bev. J. Sibree, issued in 1874 ; 12mo, pp. 251.]

Bev. G. Cousins. Hermeneotika amy ny Soratra Mastna, 1873 ; ISiiMK
pp. 58. [Scripture Hermeneutics. 2nd ed., 1875 ; 3rd ed., 1877.]

Ny Tantarany Jesosy Kraisty araka ny voaUan ••

amy ny Filazantsara Efatra, Fizarana L 1873; map; 8vo, pp. 117.
[The Life of Jesus Christ. 2nd ed. 1883 ; pp. 152. L. M. S. CoUege.]

Bev. J. Pearse. Hevi-teny amy ny Korintiana Aloha, toko i.-viii, 1878;
8vo, pp. 174. [Commentary on I Cor. i.-viii. Afterwards, in 1881, com-
pleted ; pp. 292.]

Bev. G. Cousins. Hevi-teny amy ny Episitily tamy ny Oalaiitmt*

1874 ; 8vo, pp. 152. [Commentary on the Galatians.]

Bev. B. Briggs. Anatra ahafantarana izay mety hatao amy ny Fitoih
drana ny Finngonana. 1871 ; 12mo, pp. 31. [Advice as to the Oversight of
the Church.]

Bev. J. BiOHARDSON (trans.). Tantara voalaza amy ny Soratra Masum*
1874 ; 12mo, pp. 58. [Scripture Chronology.]

PUBLICATIONS OF THE L. M. S. PRESS. 65

Hbv. 0. F. M0S8. ^^Tandremo ny Tenanao :" Anatra ho any ny Mpi-
tmndrina sy ny Mpitori-teny, etc. 1877 ; 12mo, pp. 36. [''Take heed to
thyself :" Counsel to Pastors, Freaohers, etc.]

— — — — - Ny Fiiandremana ny Fiangonana. 1877 ; 12ino, pp.
84. 2nd ed. 1882 ; pp. 51. [Ohiiroh Oversight.]

Bev. J. SiBBEE (editor). Ny Diksionary amy ny Baiholy. Fizarana I,
^ha^Eks, 1877; 8vo, pp. 148. [Bible Dictionary; vol. i. Second vol.
JBHa-Goz, 1877; pp. 156. In progress to p. 600 (j£(/9an//r.).]

Rev. G. Cousins. Ny Baiholy, sy ny nahazoantaika azy, 1877 ; 8vo, pp.
119. [The Bible, and how we obtained it.]

Rev. R. Toy. Ny Sain* Andriamanitra hita amy ny Asany, 1877; 12mo,
yp. 92. [The Wisdom of God displayed in His Works.]

Rev. C. F. Moss. Ny Fivavahana Kristiana. 1877 ; 12mo, pp. 65.
([The Christian Religion.]

Hevi'teny amy ny hokxny Geneaiay, 1879;'8vo, pp.
176. [Commentary on Genesis.]

Rev. J. A. Hotildee. Bevi-teny amy ny I Ttmoty. 1880 ; 8vo, pp. 64.
Snd ed. 1882. [Commentary on I Timothy.]

Rev. J. Wills. Filazana ny Bohy rehetra ao amy ny Teatamenta Taloha,
1B80 ; 8vo, pp. 318. 2nd ed. 1883. [Introduction to the Old Test.]

Rev. R. Toy. Theology amy ny Testamenta Vaovao, 1880 ; 8vo, pp. 87.
[New. Test. Theology.' L. M. 8. College.]

— Theology Sysfematika, Soteriology, 1880; 8vo, pp. 114.

L M. S. College.

Andeiakony. Fanoroan-kevitra ho any ny Mpitondr a fiangonana, 1882 ;
12mo, pp. 56. [Directions for the Guidance of the Church.]

Rev. G. Cousins. Ny Nanorenan* ny Apositoly ny Fiangonana. Fiza-
nma /. 1882 ; 8vo, pp. 256. [The Founding of the Church by the Apos-
flea. L. M. S. College.].

— — ^— — Ny Sakaizan* ny Mpitori-teny, 1883; 12mo, pp. 122.
Snd ed. 1885. [The Preacher's Friend (Homiletical Manual).]

Yabious. Ny Funoharana nataony Jesosy Kraisty Tompontsika, 1883 ;
S?o, pp. 188. [The Parables of our Lord.]

Sbv. R. Babon (trans.). Ny Fandehanan* ny Mpivahiny. Fizarana II,
1883. [Pilgrim's Progress, 2nd part ; issued with the first part, and
iUnstrated; 8vo, pp. 222.]

Rev. G* Cousins. Dogmatika Kristiana^ na Teohgy Systematika. 1883 ;
8yo, pp. 93. [Christian Dogmatics. L. M. S. College.]

Rev. J. Peabse. Ny hitondran^ ny Fiangonana ny Mpandray disofiton^
dranfena. 1883 ; 12mo, pp. 26. [Church discipline with regard to un-
wortliy Members.]

Rev. T. T. Matthews. Ny Fahasamharana sy ny LalM ny Fanjukany
Je$o$y Kraisty. In the press ; 8vo, pp. 300 (?). [The Blessedness and
: fhe Lawb of the Kingdom of Christ. Homiletical Commentary on the
; Seimon on tlie Mount.]

66 BOOKS IN THE MALAGASV LANGUAGE.

3. — Catechisms, Sobifttjbe Questions, etc.

B£y. D. G-RiFFiTHs. Fanadmana ny Tenin^ Andriamanitra. 1828; IGmo,
pp. 31. [Questions on the Word of God. See Ellis's Hist, of Madr, toL
li. p. 3j91 . Many editions of this Catechism have since been published.]

Bey I). Johns. Ny Anarnny sy ny Fomhany ny Olona lazaina ao awuf
ny Soratra Masina, Before 1833; 16mo, pp.52. [Catechism of Sorip-
ture Characters ; many subsequent editions.]

Bevs. D. Johns and J. J. Freeman (trans.). Fanadinana ny hmntry «y
Soratra Masina, 1833 ; 16mo, pp. 199. [Bussell's Catechism of SoriptuM
Fact and Doctrine.]

Beys. B. Toy and B. G-. Hartley. Fianarana ny Olona %%ay to^htditn
amy ny Batisa sy ny Fanasany ny Tompo. 1865 ; 12mo, pp. 12. nCnstmi^
tion for Candidates for Baptism and the Lord's Supper. Many suDsequent
editions.]

Dr. a. Dayidson (trnns.). Katnkmna Fohifohy nataony ny Ftangonam
ny Mpitori-teny tnny Westminster, Edinburgh: 1869; 8vo, pp. 19.
[Westminster Shorter Catechism.]

Mrs. Q-. Cousins (trans. >. Ny Tantarany Jeiosy Kratsty. Natao fokf
mhahianaranynyAnktzimadinika. 1871; 16mo, pp. 8. [Simple Question!
on the Life of Christ, for Children.]

Fanontaniana amy tty Lioka. 1871 ; 16mo, pp. 40. [Questions on Luke.]

Miss Q-ILPIN. Fanontaniana amy ny Soratra Maiina, Jenesisy, 1871i
16mo, pp. 29. [Questions on Genesis.]

— — -^^— — Fanontaniana amy ny Ekisodoay. 1872 ; 16mo, pp. 31.
[Questions on Exodus.]

Bey. J. A. Houlder (trans ). Fanadinana ny amyny Filazantsara Efatn,
1873 ; 16mo, pp. 66. Map. [Questions on the Four Gospels, by Eev. J.
A. Picton, M.A.]

Miss Cameron. Fanadinana ny aminy Paoly Aposittdy, 1873; IBffl^
pp. 36. [Questions about the Apostle Paul.]

Batsiaroyana. Fanontaniana ny amy ny Baiholy. 1875 ; IBrao, pp. 8.
[Questions on the Bible. Now incorporated with Baptism Catechism']

Miss Gilpin. Fanontaniana ny amy ny Famerman-teny sy Josioa, 1873;
12mo, pp. 19. [Questions on Deuteronomy and Joshua.]

J. Cameron. Lesona nalaina tamy ny Filazantsara Efatra. 1876; I2iii^
pp. 155. [Lessons (in the form of questions) on the Four Gt)8pel8.]

Bey. C. F. Moss. Valin-feny. Nomina tamy ny Soratra J/mm*
1880; l6mo, pp. 31. [Catechism, with Answers in the wordn i'
Scripture.]

Bey. T. T. Matthews f trans.). Ny Katakizina, 1883; 1 Bnio, pp. •'^7.

[The Assembly's Shorter Catechism, with Proofs.]

4. — Sermons, Tracts, etc

Bey. D. .Johns. Ny maha-Tenin* Andriamanitra ny Baiholy,^ 18S3i
pp. 8 (?). [That which makes the Bible the Word of God.]

PUBLICATIONS OF THE L. M. S. PRESS. 67

Bi^y, J, J. Fbeeican. Fanalamhoady vehna. Before 1835. [A
iviiig Saorifioe; Bom. xii. 1.]

J. Oanham. Ny Tntiarany Abirahama. Before 1835; 12mo, pp. 12.
[The History of Abrahama.J

Yabigus. Teny torina; no8. 1 to 6. Before 1835; 12mo, pp. 48.
[Sermons on Numb. x. 29 ;f Matt. xxi. 5 ;t John iii. 16 ;t Prov. xviii.
24 ;t Matt. v. 25 ;t Eocles. xii. l.t]

Ebv. D. Johns. JSiy Hare-mahasoaA Bef. 1835. [True Riches;
Eev. iii. 18.]

Ny Nahafaiesany Kraisty. Bef. 1835. [The Death of Christ.]

Firesahana milaza ny Fahavarezana By ny Fanavotana ny Olombelona,-\
Bef. 1835 ; 16mo, pp. 12. [Conversation on the Fall and Eedemption
of Mankind.]

Ebv. D. Geiffiths (P). Ny Soa mody Loza.jf Bef. 1835 [Good
ehanged to Evil.]

_^_ jVy Lozamody Soa.] Bef. 1835. [Evil changed to

Qood.]

Eev. D. Johns. Ny Ldlan-droa,] Bef. 1835 ; 12mo, pp. 15. [The
Two Paths.]

Eev. J. J. Fbeeman. Ny Anatra aman-Asany ny Funahy Masina,]
Bel 1835 ; pp. 32. [The Compassion and Work of the Holy Spirit ;
ICor. ii. 14. J

E. Baeeb. Josefa^ sady mahantra no mpitamby.f Bef. 1835 ; pp. 6.
[Poor Joseph.]

Eev. J, J. Fbeeman. Ny Menarana Varah%na.\ Bef. 1835; pp. 12
[The Brazen Serpent ; Numb. xxi. 7-9 ; John iii. 14, 15.]

■ Ny Hilaanganany ny Maty.f Bef. 1835. [The Eesurreo-

lion of the Dead ; Acts. xxvi. 8.]

Ebv. D. Gbiffiths. Vava tsy ambina no ahitan-doza,] Bef. 1835.
[The unguarded Mouth a cause of Calamity ; Jer. ii. 19.]

-^— — Ny Tian* Andriamanitra, Bef. 1835. [The Loved of God.]

' Ny Tii'fihemorany ny Marina, \ Bef. 1835. [The Stead-

fastness of the Eighteous ; Heb. x. 38, 39.]

— ^— — — Ny Mangalatra mahafaty^fa ny Mangatuka mahavelona.\
1835 ; 16mo; pp. 12. [Stealing kills, but Asking causes to live ; Lulte
^ziii. 32-43.]

■ Ny Mandoka tena tsy mahaleo ny Manetry tena.f Bef.

1835; 16mo; pp. 12, [Better be Humble than be Boastful.]

Most of the preceding sermons (markedf ) were subsequeiitlj' reprint-
^; in 1871 they were collected together in a volume called Hare-ma-
ioioa (12mo, pp. 204), after the title of the first sermon in the book.

Ebv. D. Gbiffiths (trans.). ^*Izaho no Izy" 1853 ; 12mo, pp. 72.
yit is I ;" by Eev. Newman Hall, LL.B.]

Manatdna any Jesosy. 1853 ; l2mo, pp. 87. ['Come

o Jesius;' by Eev. Newman Hall.]

68 BOOKS IN THE MALAGASY LANOUAOJS.

»r"*«^i^^^^^^^^^^^rt^p^^^^^^*^^^^^»^^^^^^^"«^™^^^B*^F^^^^^

Eev. D. Griffiths (trans.)* Sakaizany ny Mpanota, 1853 ; 12nio, pp.
87. ['Sinner's Friend ;' by J. V. HaU.]

Bay. J. J. Fbeemjln (trans,). Tantarany ny Obelina, 1868 ; 12]bo,
pp. 52. [*Life of Oberlin.']

Yabiotts Filazana ny Nitokanany ny Trano Vato ao Amhatonahmfk
1867; 8vo, pp. 31. [Opening Servioes of the Amb^tonakdnga Memo-
rial Church.]

Bbv. W. E. Cousins. **Rainay I%ay any an-danitra" 1870 ; 16nio, pp.
4. [*'Our Father Who art in Heaven.'']

' ^'Mameld ny helokay.^^ 1870; IBmo, pp. 4. ["?(»■

give us our sins."]

Eev. £. Brioos. Ho aita moa hianao f 1871 ; 16mo, pp. 4. [WliM
are you going ?]

Eev. C. Jttxbs (f). F%h$hahana marina, 1871 ; IBoio, pp. 4. [Im
Eepeutance.]
Two other tracts similar to the preceding ; 1871 ; name, ect. ?

J. 8. Sewell (trans.). Rafitiavana By ny Namany, 1871 ; 16mo, ^
26. [Mr. Loving and his Companions,]

Ny Tantarany Martin Luther, 1871; 12ixio, pp. 71.

[History of Martin Luther.]

Ny Mpiantra ay ny Olona izay tokony hiantrana. 1871 j

12mo, pp. 12. [The Merciful One, and those to whom He shows mezcfi
Matt. viii. 5-7.]

Eev. J. Peabsb. Ny Fanasana nataony ny Mpanjaka, sy ny Olona t^f
nasainy. 1871 ; 12mo, pp. 12. [The King's Feast and the Guests.]

— Ny mpivavaka tsy mahiisi'/o, 1871 ; 12mo ; pp. 11

[The insincere Professor ; Acts viii. 21.]

__ / Namana : Hay niadan^dratsy , 1872 ; 12mOy pp. \%

[The Story of Naaman; 2 Kings v. 1-3.]

/ Namana, TohirC Hay tea aloha, 1872 ; 12mo, pp. 11

[2nd part ; 2 Kings v. 9-12.] i

Famonjena. 1872 ; 12mo, pp. 12. [Salvation ; 1 Thi»

V. 9.]

— — ^^ — Tapaho ny Tdnanao/ Potsiro ny Maionao/ 1872; l2iB<k
pp. II. [Gut off thy Hand ! Pluck out thine Eye ! Matt, xviii. 8, 9.]

■ — Ny Mpandondona ao am^baravarana, 1872; 12mo, pf*
12. [The One knocking at the Door ; Eev. iii. 12.]

— — Ny Tompo sy ny Mpanompony, 1872 ; 12mo, pp. H

[The Master and his Servants ; Matt. xxv. 14, 15, 30.]

— — -^ Andriantiaroa, 1873; 12mo, pp. 14. [Mr. Loving-boA

worlds.

The preceding 9 sermons, with a additional one, were issued in 1871
as a book of pp. 118, under the title of Famonjena, sy izay hakatoamtpk^
azy^ 'Salvation and how we may obtain it.']

Ny Finoana sy ny Soa avy aminy, 1871 ; 16mO| pp. 16. [Taitk ul
its Benefits ; Heb. xi. 6.]

PmUCATlONS OF THE L. M. S. PJiJSSS. 69

Bbt. J. Fbabsb. Anatra hanampy ny Mpandray ny Fanasany ny
Tampo. 1872 ; 12mo, pp. 4. [Advice to Ohuroh Members.]

H. E. Olask. Zavatra mahagaya too an TranO'fnaizina. 1872; 12mOy
pp. 14. [Strange things in a Prison.]

Key. J. Pbabse. Olona manao ahoana no tokony ho Mpandray ny
Wanasany ny Tompof 1872; 12mOy pp. 12. [What kind of people
ihould Communicants be ?]

Various. Tori-teny milaza any Jeiosy Kraisty, 1873; 12mo, pp. 124.
^Sermons on the Life of Christ.]

Ny Sahata : ny Androny ny Tempo. 1873 ; 12mOy pp, 26. [The Sab-
bath: the Lord's Day.]
Three tracts; name and writer? 1875/75 ; 12mOy pp. 4 each.

Ny maharatsy ny fiaotroan-Toaka, 1875 ; 18mo ; pp. 4. [The evils of
Drunkenness.]

Batbema. Ny Asan^ ny Fanahy Maaina. 1876; 12mo, pp. 16. [The
Work of the Holy Spirit.]

Ebv. C. F. Moss. Ny Tantarany Jaona Wikliff$, 1876 ; 12mo, pp.
86. [History of John Wickliffe.]

Bby. T. T. Matthews. TorUteny. 1876 ; 12mo, pp. 24. [Sermon on
S Cor. viii. 9.]

Ny Fivavahana marina, 1876; 12mo, pp.15. [True

Seligion ; Jao. iv. 24.]

Ny Fidin* ny Fanahy. 1877; 12mo, pp. 15. [The Worth

wi the Soul ; Mar. viii. 36.]

■ Ny Ranon* aina. 1877 ,' 12mo, pp. 15. [The Water of

life ; Bev. xxii. 17.]

Ny TenM Andriamaniira. 1877 ; 12mo, pp. 16. [The

"Word of God ; Ps. cxix. 11.]

— .-— —— Ny Fiierahana indray* 1878 ; 12mo, pp. 10. [The new
Birth ; John iii. 3, 7.]

— Tayvoavonjy. 1878; 12mo, pp. 15. [Not saved; Jer.

vHL 20.]

Ny Fierena. 1878 ; 12mo, pp. 16. [The Eefuge ; Isa.

ii.2.]

-^— Ny Teny ampitondrain^ Andriamaniira amy ny Tsara

fiauihy sy ny Ratsy fanahy, 1879 ; 12ino, pp. 16. [Gods' message to the
jEUghteous and to the Wicked ; Isa. iii. 10, 11 .]

■ Ny amy ny Fanavotana nataony Jesosy Kraisty, 1879 ;

12mo, pp. 16. [Scripture teaching as to Eedemption.J

Eev. J. SiBREE (editor). Loha^teny hanampy ny Mpitori-teny, 1877;
12m0) pp» 112* [Fifty Outlines of Sermons.]

— i— Tori-teny, 1877; 12mo, pp. 12. [Sermon on Isa ii. 18.]

f^ Babesihait AKA. Ny amy ny Tori-ieny. 1877 ; 12mo, pp. 15. [About

70 BOOKS IN THE MALAGASY LANGUAGE.

Yabiotts. a Series of Tracts, all 12mo. Ny amirC izay Mahasambafn
ny olona. 1877 ; pp. 8. [True happiness.] Jzaho sy ny Baiboly. 1877;

pp. 4. [I and the Bible.] Ny Fananarana nataon* ny Tomp§,

1877; pp.8. [The Lord's Admonitions.] Ny maha-Tenin* Andm-
manitra ny Baiboly. 1871 ; pp. 15. [Why the Bible is the Word A
God.] Mompera sy ny Baiboly. 1877 ; pp. 8. [The Priest and the
Bible.] Ny Nendra. 1877; pp. 6. [The Small-pox.] Ny Mpa-
nefi'Vy sy ny Alika romotra. 1877; pp. 4. [The Blacksmith and the
mad I)og.] Ny Masomby nahafaty. 1878 ; pp. 7. [The fatal Chaiin.]
Ny Fananam-be tsy mahasambatra. 1878 ; pp. 6. [Great Itiches do
not bring Happiness.] Ny tsy miteny no Odiny. 1879 ; pp. 4. [Sileooe
is the Eemedy.] Besaka mahasoa. 1878; pp. 11. [I^fitable talk.]

Eev. J. EiCHARDsoN. Ny Bara sy ny Tanosy, 1878 ; 12mo, pp. 24
[Travels among the Tanosy Tribes.]

Babesihanaka. Ny Vokatra tsy misy Mpiasa. 1 878 ; 1 2mo, pp. 81
[The Harvest needing Labourers (Eastern and South-eastern Tribee).]
Ny Fanasan^ ny Tompo. 1878 ; 12mo, pp. 16. [The Lord's Supper.]

Eev. J. Pbabse. Ny Fadiny ! Ny Fadiny ! 1880; l2mo, pp. Id.
[The Forbidden thing.]

Vidina tsy azo^fa raha Angatahinu mora fonna. 1881 ; 12iiHS

pp. 12. [Not to be Bought, but given freely if Asked for ; Bom. vi. 83.]

BANAiYOy Evang. Fianarana mitori-teny. 1881 ; 12 mo, pp. li
[Simple Instructions for Preaching.]

Tantarafohy hofamakin^ ny Zazakely, 1881 ; 12mo, pp. 35. [Anec-
dotes for Children.]

Eev. W. E. Cousins. Teny ho any ny Tanora. 1881 ; 16mo, pp.88.
[Words to the Young.]

Eev. C. F, Moss. Tantarany Alfred Lehibe, 1881; 32mo, pp. 81
[History of Alfred the Great. College Lecture.]

Henry VIII. sy ny Beformaaiona tanyEnglanda, 1888;

32mo, pp. 32. [Henry Yin. and the Beformation in England. College
Lecture.]

Eev. J. Peaese. Fanontaniana Zato samy valiana teny Anankiray. 1883;
18mo, pp. 11. [One Hundred Questions answered by One word (Drink).]

— — Zava'bery, 1884 ; 12mo, pp. 10. [Somethiug lost;

Luke XV. 1-10. J

— ■ Valim-pitia. 1884; 12mo, pp. 14. [Beward; BeT.

iii. 21.]

Rev. E. Taylob. Ny Asan^ Andriamanitra, 1885 ; 12mo, pp.- 1^'
[The Work of God ; John ix. 4.]

I

5. — School and Class books.

J. Cameron. Fampianarana ny amy ny Specijic Gravity, Lithog.| l834i
sm. 4to, pp. 32. [Instructions about Specihc Oravity; for work-
people.]

FiBST L. M. S. Mission ABIES. Ny Fototry ny Fianarana, 1BS4 (t|t
i2mo, pp. 24. [Spelling book, with Scripture extracts. Beprinted it

PUBLICATIONS OF THE L. M. S. PRESS. -ji

1862 and subsequently ; afterwards much altered and CHlled Famakian-
tefiy Voalohany (First Beading book), of which many editions and above

" a million copies have been issued.]

FrasT L. M. S. Missionaries. Fanisana, fampianarany ny fomhany ny

. Isa, 1836; 12mo, pp. 52. [Arithmetic; several times reprinted.]

yt Rev. J. Peabsb. Geoyraphy : nany Filazany izao rehetra i%ao, 1867;
IBino, pp. 36.

J. S. Sewell. Gramar a Malagasy, 1868; 12mo, pp. 31. [Malaga-
sy Grammar.]

Lesona amy ny Teny Englisy, Fizarana I, 1870; 12mo,

pp. 56. [English Lesson book ; first part. Several titnes reprinted.]

Vocabulary English sy Malagasy. Hahamora ny Jianarana

teny English. 1870 ; 12mo, pp. 56. [Several times reprinted.]

Vamotjs. Famakian-teny hianarany ny mpianatra ; illustrated. 1870 ;
8vo, pp. 26. [Advanced Beading book.]

— '. Famakian-teny Faharoa. 1870; l6mo, pp. 52. [Second

Reading book ; many editions.]

Louis Street and Andbianaly. Ny Geografy Vaovao hianaruna ny toe-
irany izao tontulo izao, 1870; 12mo, pp. 48. [Geography. Incomplete.]

Rev. W. E. Cousins. Analysis of Sentences^ na Farttpiavaliunu ny Sen^
tensa samihafu. 1871 ; l2mo, pp. 44.

J. 8. Sewell. Lesona amy ny Teny Englisy. Fizarana IL 1871; 12nio,
pp. 95. [English Lesson book ; second part. Several times reprinted.]

J. Camebon. Ay amy ny Geometry, 8pp. photo, diagrams 1872 ;
12mo, pp. 33.

Rev. Q-. Cousins. Gramara Malagasy hianarany ny Malagasy ny fom'
hany ny teniny izayfanao eto Imerina. Fizarana /. 1872 ; l2mo, pp. 70.
[Advanced Malagasy Grammar; first part. Second part, 1874; 12mo,

gp. 67.] Afterwards issued in one volume, enlarged, and with Mr. W. E.
ousius's ^Analysis of Sentences' added to it. 1882 ; 8vo, pp. 141.]

Rev. J. EiCHABDSON. Fianaramarika. Fizarana I. 1873; 16mo; pp.
16. [First Arithmetic. Several times reprinted ; ed. of 1882 pp. 52.]

Fianaramarika: Valiny, Fizarana I, 1873; l6mo,

, pp. 18. [Key to preceding ]

Geografy fohifohy, 1873; 16mo, pp. 76. [Shorter

Geography.]

J. Cameron. Ny amy ny Fandanjana sy ny Ohaira, eto. 1873 ; 8vo,
pp. 8. [Weights and Measures.]

i Ny amy ny Mandanja sy ny Mandrefy^ Mamatra^ etc, 1873 ;

12mo, pp. 8. [A shorter edition of the preceding.]

' Rev. J. Richardson. Geografy. Anarany ny tany sy tandna, etc.
J 1873 (?); 16mo, pp. 36. [Place-names only.]

Rev. G. Cousins. Oramara Malagasy. Nohqfohezina, etc. 1874; 16mo,
pp. 9. [Simpler Malagasy Grammar for Children. Subsequently (1881)
reprinted and enlarged to pp. 45.]

Rev. J. Richardson. Geografy Generaly. 1877; 12mo, pp. 118. [General

72 BOOKS IN THE MALAGASY LANGUAGE.

Beys. G. Cousins and J. Biohasdson. Sy Famaktan-teny EngUih
Voalohany, 1877 ; 12mo, pp. 57. [First English Beading book.]

Dr. Davidson. Chemistry. 1877 (?) ; fsc. 8vo, pp. 249.

Bey. J. BiOHABDSON. Leaona isotra amy ny Hira. Fizarana L 1877;
Svo, pp. 32. [Simple Lessons on Singing (in Sol-fa).]

•—---———— Ny Voron-kely, Fizarana L 1876 ; F'izarana II.
ay III. 1878; 16mo, pp. 8 each. [The Little Bird. Sohool Songs witJi
Sol-fa music]

Miss Dawson. Object Lessons. Proper name, date, etc. ?

Bev. B. Toy. Logika. Fizarana L 1878; Timo, pp. 106. [Logic. Pt. I.]

Bey. J. BiOHASDSON. Hainyon-tsoratra. 1878; 12mo, pp. 8. [Orna-
mental Alphabets.]

Miss Dawson (trans.)- Tantara milaza ny Girika. 1878; 12mo, pp.
146. [History of the Greeks.]

Bey. G. Cousins. Fianarana amy ny Teny Englisy. 1879 ; 8yo, pp. 48.
[English Lessons in Conversation and Speaking.]

Bey. C. F. Moss. Ethika, na Filosofy Moraly. 1880; 12mo, pp. 76.
[Ethics, or Moral Philosophy.]

Rey. J. Peill (trans.). Geography Generaly. 1880; 8vo, pp. 76. L.lif.S.
College. [Trans, of 'Geography, by George GroYe. History Primers.']

Bey. J. A. Houldee. Ny Tantarany Englanda. 1880 ; 12mo, pp. 218.
[History of England.]

Miss Dawson (trans.). Tantarany Roma. 1881 ; 12mo, pp. 144. [HIb*
tory of Borne.]

Vabiotjs. Euclid, hoky L ay IL 1881 (?) ; 12mo, pp. 78.

Ny amy ny Fandaharan-teny. 1883; 8yo, pp. 36. L. M. S. College.
[Elements of Bhetorio, chiefly from Abp. Whateley.]

Bev. T. Capsey, B.A. Algebra. 1885 ; 8vo, pp. 88.

Bey. J. BiCHARDSON and J. C. Thorne. Lektora fohifohy ny amy ny
Fitondrana Sekoly. 1885; 12mo, pp. 45. [Lectures on School Manage-
ment.]

6. — Hymn and Tune books.

First L. M. S. Missionaries. Fihirana nataony hiderana nn^ Andria-
manitra. 1828. [Hymns made for the praising of God. There seems
to be no copy extant of the first edition (of 800 copies) ; but the second
(?) edition, printed at Antananarivo in 1836, consisted of 132 pp. (4500
copies.) Other editions apj^ear to have been printed in England during
the time of the Persecution ; a copy of the fifth edition (London : 1848)
is in Sir George Grey's Library, Cape Town ; it has 160 pp. 32mo, and
contains 168 hymns* The seventh edition (Antananarivo: 1864) has
also 168 hymns, 150pp. The eighth edition (London: 1869) has 181
hymns, 3 indices, and 159 pages; and so also has the ninth editioD«
(London : 1870) which contains some new rhythmical hymns, replacing
U8 manjr ot the old ones.

PVBUCATIom OF TitE L. M. S. FRJSSS. 73

In 1870 a selection of 58 hjmns was made from this hjmn book and
also called Fihirana natao hiderana an' Andriamanitra ; Antananarivo :
16mo, pp. 60, price Id. ; the hymns retaining their old numbers

In 1875 a supplement to the old hymn book was published, 16mo, pp.
112, containing 100 new hymns, all rhythmical, written by English
missionaries and native Malagasy. This was called Fanawpiny and
was edited by Rev. J. Richardson.

In 1879, the hymn book was remodelled by a joint committee of L.M.S.
and F. F. M. A. missionaries, a number of the hymns being omitted,
and several new ones added. This was entitled

Fihirana hiderana arC Andriamanitra^ and contained 247 hymns, 16mo,
p. 216. This is the one now in use, and has been frequently reprinted
in two different sizes.

Ny Fandehanav? ny Mpivahiny, 1874 ; 8vo, pp. 28. [Service of Song.
Farts of the 'Pilgrim's Progress,' interspersed with Hymns and Tunes in
Sol-fa ; arranged by W. Pool.]

Rev. J. RiCHABDsoN. Tiona sy Fihirana mbamy ny Fampianarana tsotra
amy ny Hira, 1875 ; 8vo, pp. xi. and 98. [Tunes and Hymns, together
widi simple Instructions in Singing. 131 liymns with tunes in Sol-fa
notation.]

and Rev. 0. T. Price, Tinna Ela sy Vao mhamy

ny Tononhira mahamety a%y ; natao ho naman* ny Fihirana fanao am-pian-
yonana, 1879; 8vo, pp. 176. [Tunes Old and New, together with the
Hymns appropriate for them. Containing a tune, in Sol-fa notation,
for every one of the 247 hymns in the 1879 Hymn book.]

7. —Miscellaneous.

Pupils op First Missionaries. Angano, Before 1834 ; 12mo, pp. 12.
[13 of iBsop's Fables translated into Malagasy. Reprinted in 1867 and
1875.]

Messrs. Ellis, Cameron, and Tot. Ny Alimanaka amy ny taona 1864.
12ino, pp. 24. [Almanack for 1864, with a Chronology of remarkable
Eyents connected with Madagascar, and names of Members of the
Government.]

__^^— ^y Alimanaka amy ny taona 1865 ; 12mo,

pp. 24; [Almanack, 1865, with a Short History of Madagascar.]

Sec. of Imer. Dist. Com. Ny Alimanaka amy ny taona 1872. 12mo,
pp. 28. [Ulustd. Almanack. For other years issued in sheet form only.]

Db. a. Davidson. Ny Fitandremana ny Tena, 1873 ; Timo, pp. 51.
[The Care of the Body : Pure Water, Fresh Air, etc. etc.]

Ny Fiangonana Isan-enim-holana, [A half-yearly Report of the *Six-
Months' Meeting,' or Congregational Union of the Imerina churches,
from its commencement in 1869 to the present time. This contains the
chairman's address on each occasion and the papers read ; and once a
I year a full list is giten oi the churches, natvv^ ^^^\.ot^ %.\A «^wi%^^^>

74 SOOKS IN THE MALAGASY LAJ^GlfAGM.

and of the monies subscribed for missionary work in the heathen parts
of Madagascar. Averages from 40 to 70 pp. 12aiO.*]

Ny tiangonana Isan-kerinlaona, [A yearly Beport of the 'Teariy
Meeting' or Congregational Union of the Betsil6o Province. For the
last two or three years. Contains the cnairman's address and the papen
read, as well as lists of churches, native pastors and evangelists, and of
monies raised for missionary work. Averages from 40 to 50 pp. l2mo.]

Filazana ny amy ny Z. M, S. College ao Antananarivo, [A yearly
Eeport of the L. M S. College, giving the work of the year, lists of
students, etc. From the opening in 1869 to the present time. Later
years' Eeports average 30 pp. 8vo.]

8 . — Periodicals.

Various Editors. Teny Soa, [*Good Words' ; commenced in Jan.
1866 as a bi-monthly magazine of 20 pp. 8vo, illustrated. From Jan.
1870 it has beau issued as a monthly magazine of 16 pp. Average
monthly circulation, 3000 copies.]

Rev. J. SiBREB (editor). Reprint of Teny Soa for 1866. 1877; pp. H^*

Revs. R. Toy and G. Cousins. Mpanolo-tsaina, [*The Oounsellor'; a

quarterly magazine of 72 or 64 pp. 8vo. Commenced in May 1877;

twelve nos. issued, concluding with Dec. 1880.]

II.— ISSUED FROM THE PRESS OF THE FRIENDS'
• FOREIGN MISSION ASSOCIATION.

[The printing press connected with the Friends' Mission was set to work in 1872 TUtdff
the charge of Mr. A. Kingdon, who continued to superintend its operations until bi>
departure for England in 1879. Since Januuiy 1st, 1883, the printing office b**
been under the care of Mr. J. C. Kingzett. During the first eight years after the pn^*
was set to work, its yearly issues averaged 67,000 copies of various pubHoations.]

1. — ^POBTIONS OF THE HoLY SORTPTXTEBS.

Tantara avy amy ny Soratra Masina, 1874; 12mOy pp. 120. [Th*
Historical portions of the Pentateuch, arranged in chronologioal order by
J. S. Sewell.]

Tantara avy amy ny Soratra Masina, 1874 ; 12mo, pp. 340. [Th*
Historical portions of the Old Test. ; arranged in chronological order by
J. S. Sewell and including the preceding.]

Ny Filazantsara nosoratany Marika, 1876 ; 16mo, pp. 56. [TheGosprf
St. Mark, with other short portions of the New. Test. ; partly revised by
by J. S. Sewell. See p. 62, aw/c.J

Mofom-panahy^ na Tenyfohy avy amy ny Soratra Maaina, 1875 ; 18inO|
pp. 64. [Food for the Soul ; a daily Text-book. J

* Four or five of these Reports have been printed at the F. F. M. A. Presiy tad one «t
two of the College Keports.

PUBLIC AtlON^ OP" tkJS F.F.M.A. PRilSS. 75

Ahi-maitso ho any ny Ondrin* Andriamanitra, 1877; cr. 4to, pp. 62.
rOxeen Pastures for God's Flock. Scripture Selections, arranged by
Miss Dawson.]

Teny nalaina (amy ny Soratra Maaina, izay mety hovakina amy ny Fiva-
vahtsna i$an* Alahady^ etc. etc. 1877; bvo, pp. 32. [Selections from the
Holy Scriptures to be read at the commencement oi Sunday and other
services, etc. etc. ; arranged by Eey. J. Sibbee.]

Rakitry ny Soratra Manina, 1880 ; I2mo, pp. 216. [Dublin Text-book.]

Teny Voafaniina nalaina tamy ny Soratra Masina, 1884 ; 12mo, pp. 32.
[Short texts for Children to be learned by heart, arranged by H. F.
Standing.]

2. — Commentaries, Exposition, Theology, etc.

J. S. Sewell. Ay Tantarany ny Jiosy ay ny Aairiana^ ay ny Bahiloniana
ary ny Efjypitiana. 1873 ; l2mo, pp. 80. [History of the Jews, etc.]

Miss Oilfin (trans.). Ny Tantarany ny Taherinakely tany an-ejitra,
lb73 ; 8vo, pp. 40. [The Story of the Tabernacle ; illustrated.]

H. B. Clabk. Ny Tantarany Paoly Apoaitoliny Jeaosy Kraiaty Tompo,
1874 ; 8vo, pp. 106. [History of the Apostle Paul. With map,]

Ny Mpamonjy, Hevi-teny fohy aady taotra^ avy amy ny

Filazantaara. 1875 ; 12mo, pp. 82. [The Saviour; simple Lessons from
the Gospels. 2nd ed. 1885.]

' — Ny Patriarika : ny Tantarany Abrahama ay laaka ary

Jakoha. 1875 ; 8vo, pp. 180. [The Patriarchs.]

Miss Cameron and Miss Gilpin. Dikaionary Qeograjikaly milaza ny
Tany ay ny Tandna^ etc. 1876 ; 12mo, pp. 73. [A concise Dictionary of
Scripture Geography.]

S. Clemes. Tantaran^ ny Fiangonana Kriatiana, 1876 ; 12mo, pp. 276.
[Church History : first three Centuries.]

H. E. Clabk. Ny Naman^ ny Tompontsika, 1877 ; 8vo, pp. 324. [The
Companions of our Lord : History of the Apostles.]

Ny Tantarany Satnoela ay Saoly ary Davida. 18/7 ; 8vo.

pp. 104. [Histories of Samuel, Saul, and David. 2nd ed. 1883 ; pp. 188.]

F. Rasoamanana (trans.)- ^'y Raharaha ay tiy Taozavatra voalaza ao
amy ny Soratra Maaina. 1878; 12mo, pp. 323. ['The Trades and
Industrial Occupations of the Bible.']

— — — Ny Tantara voalazan^ ny Testamenta Taloha, 1878 ;

12mo, pp. 152. [Old Test. History; trans, from Rev. Dr. Maclear's
Class-book of 0. T. History.]

Rasoamiaramanana (trans.). Ny Tantara voalazafi* ny Testamenta Vaovao.
187B; 12mo, pp. 140. [New Test. History ; trans, from Dr. Maclear's
Class-book of N. T. History. 2iid ed. 1885 ; pp. 135.]

8. Clemes. Lesona avy amy fry Teatamenta Taloha, 1878; 8vo, pp. 177.
[Lessons from the 0. Test.]

Miss Gilpin. Zavatrn lazain^ ny Boky amy ny Hailwl^. 1879 '^ l2\EL<i^
pp. 24. j[Ilie Contents of the books oi ScvVptute. *i.u^ ^^» V^*^^?^

76 BOOKS IN THE MALAGASY LANGUAGE.

Hey. O. Cousins. Saain-teny. 1879; 12iuo, pp. 22. [Preface to Mac-
lear's 0. T. History : Brief Scripture Geography/]

Miss G-DiPiN. Anaran^ ny Tandna ay ny Tany sasany voalaza amy ny
Soraira Masina. 1880; 12nio, pp. 20. [Short Scripture Geography.]

H. E. Clark. Tantarany Paoly Apostoly, 1880; Svo, pp. 134. [Life
of the Apostle Paul.]

■ Tantarany Mosesy sy Josoa. 1881 ; 8vo, pp. 104. [His-
tory of Moses and Joshua. J

Fitarihan-ddlana ho amy ny Mpamonjy. Fizarana L

1884; 12mo, pp. 128. [Lessons from Old Test. History.]

Taniaran^ ny Joda sy ny Israely, Fizarana I, 1885 ; Syo,

pp. 164. [History of Judah and Israel. From Solomon to the Captivity of
Israel.]

3. — Catechisms, Soriptxjbb Questions, etc.

Mrs. G. Cousins (trans.). Ny Tantarany Jesosy Kraisty, 1873; 18mo,
pp. 8. [Catechism on the Life of Christ, for Children.]

Miss Gilpin. Fanontaniana ny ao amy ny Soraira Masina. JenesUy,
1873 ; 16mo, pp. 24. [Questions on Genesis.]

■ Fanontaniana ny ao aminy Bokiny Mosesy, 1873; IGmo,

pp. 34. [Questions on the Pentateuch.]

S. Clemes. Fanontaniana amy ny Filazantsara Efatra. 1874 ; 16mo,
pp. 86. [Questions on the Four Gospels.]

Eev. T. T. Matthews (trans.). Foto-kevitry ny Theologia. 1875 ; 12mo,
pp. 20. [Assembly's Shorter Catechism.]

Eev. C. F. Moss. Valin-teny. 1879 ; 8vo, pp. 30. [Catechism, with
Answers in the words of Scripture.]

Fanontaniana ny amy ny Testamenta Vaovao, 1880 ; 12mo, pp. 20.
[Questions on the N. T.]

Miss Gilpin. Fanontaniana ny amy ny Test. Taloha Mpitsara sy ISa^
moela, 1880 ; 12mo, pp. 20. [Questions on Judges and I Samuel.]

Fanontaniana ny ao amy ny Soratra Masina. 1881 ; 12mo,

pp. 16. [Questions on II Samuel and Kings.]

Mrs. Clark. Fanontaniana ny amy ny Tahernakely, 1881 ; 12mo, pp. 8.

[Questions on the Tabernacle.]

Miss Gilpin. Fanontaniana ny amy ny Asan* ny Apostoly. 1883;
12mo, pp. 24. [Questions on Acts.]

Miss Gilpin. Fanontaniana ny amy ny Mpanjaka^ etc, 1883 ; 12mo,
pp. 32. [Questions on Kings, etc.]

Mrs. Clark. Fanoniayiiana ny amy ny Tantarany Jesosy Kraisty»
1884 ; 12mo, pp. 8. [Questions on the Life of Christ.]

4. — Sermons, Tracts, etc.

J. 8, Sewell (trans.). Rajitiavana sy ny Namany, 1873; pp* 20. [Mr»
Loving and his Companions.]

PUBLICATIONS OF THE F. F. M. A. PRESS. 77

Bi^^iKunMANOA. Ny Fitondran-tena mety ataon^ ny Kristiana, 1873 ; 12mo,
pp. L S2. [Christiaii conduct in Business, etc.]

Rhst^z. W. E. CoxrsiNS. Ny Tokan-iranony ny Kristiana, 1878 ; 12ino,
pp. L ^. [The Christian in Home life.]

J. ^3. Sbwell and others. Ny Ariary Zato sy ny Teny saaany koa, 1873 ;
12mo, pp. 76. [The Hundred Dollars and other Stories (translations).]

— — — — — ^^— Ny amy ny Fombam-pivavahana, 1874; 8vo, pp. 16.
[On lE^orms in Worship.]

H. IE. Olabk. Site/ana Greleta. 1874 ; 12mo, pp. 35. [Life of Ste-
phen. Cbellet.]

J. S. Sbwell. Ny Fieritreretana. 1875 ; 12mo, pp. 17. [The Con-

Bcieixcse.]

BssAT. J. B10HABD8ON (f ). Miia ny rano. 1874 ; 16mo, pp. 8. [Crossing
the XVater.]

V^^xtiqus TRANS. PaliBy Mpanao haholy^ sy ny soratra sasany koa. 1874;
12mo, pp. 96. [Palissy the Potter, and other Stories.]

ff- U. Clark. Ny Fitondran* ny sasany ny Bihiny. 1875 ; 8vo, pp. 4.
[On Oruelty to Animals.]

0"- -A. Shaw. Ny Namanao beventy. 1875 ; 12mo, pp. 4. [Your great
Frieixd; in Bdtsildo dialect.]

■ -: Aia ny Tahotsaf 1875; 12mo, pp. 4. TWhereisthe Fear?

in BStsaSo dialect.]

J- Andriawaivoravelona. Ny Voninahitry ny Mpiaritra. 1875; 12mo,
PP' 1 6. [The Honour of those who Endure.]

'^- IKiNGDON. Madagaskara sy ny Mozamhika, 1875 ; 8vo, pp. 16. [Ma-
dago^oar and the African Slave-trade.]

■^*V. 0. E. Moss. Fanoroan-ddlana ho any ny Kristiana, 1875 ; 12mo,
PP- 12. [The Christian's Guide.]

^^hAnk, Bajosefa, and H. E. Clark (trans.). *'Aiza moa hianao ?" sy
^ '^^^y sasany. 1876; 12mo, pp. 167. [**Where art thou?*' and other
S^^^^xtons by D. L. Moody.]

J- AimRlANAlYORAYELONA. Fomha sy Fanao izay mankarary Finoana.
i87b ; l2mo, pp. 24. [Customs and Practices which weaken Faith.]

™- Basoabcanaka. Ny Volom-borona Fanosoran-tsolika. 1876; 32mo,
PP- ^4. [The Oiled Feather, and other Stories.]

^^^Iss Lawrence (trans.). Lektora ho any ny Ankizy madinika. 1877;
12ixxo, pp. 312-104. [Lectures to Children ; translated from Dr. Todd.]

« • 8. Sewell (?). Ny Fihavananay amy ny Ray iokoa, etc, 1877 ; 8vo,
PP- 35. [Our Fellowship with the Father.]

^A.. KmoDON. William Carey sy ny Namany, 1878; 12mo, pp. 54.
[William Carey and his Companions.]

Ny amy ny Baiboly. 1878 ; 12mo, pp. 96. [Lectures to

Cl^dren on the Bible.]
t^ \ .J. E. and A. K. Marita sy Maria, 1878; l2mo, pp. 12. [Martha and
lliy.]

78 BOOKS IN THE MALAGASY LANGUAGE.

A.KiNGDON. Ny Liona hay mtsakan-ddlana, 1878; 12mOy pp. 24. [Lioni
which stop the Eoad.]

J. 0. Thobite. Tori'teny ho any ny Ankxzy madinika, 1878; l2mo, pp.
20. [A Sermon to Children (Eccles. xii. 1-7).]

F. Basoamanana. Ny Hafatr' Hay Miaramila. 1878 ; 12ino, pp. 10,
[Story from the Franoo-Geruian War.]

Bajaona. Anatra ho any ny Tovolahy. 1879; 12mo, pp. 48. [Advice to
Youths.]

A. KiNGDON. Fanilo ay Fahazavana, 1879; 12mo, pp. 24. [A Lamp
and a Light.]

Rabezandrina sy Rajaonart (trans.). Date? 12mo, pp. 21. [Wordg
of Comfort and Counsel.]

F. Easoamanana. Hay Ooliata, 1880; 12mo, pp. 20. [Temperance
Tract.]

H. E. Clare and others (trans. \ Hery miseho eo amy ny Malemy. 1881;
12mo, pp. 175. [Mr. Moody's Sermons (2nd Series).]

Ny Fahafolon-karena. 1881 ; 12mo, pp. 12. [Tract on

Giving.]

Dr. J. T. Fox. Mmion Medikaly, 1881 ; 12mo, pp. 8. [Medical Mission.]

LeBona (aotsotra amy ny Fahasalamana, 1882 ; 12mo, pp. 65. [Healtih
Primer. 2nd ed. 1884; 8vo, pp. 132.]

Yarioijs. Ny maharatsy ny Fljangajangana. 1882 ; 12mo, pp. 14.
[Tract on Immorality.]

Bey. J. Fearse. Fanontaniana Zato aamy valiana teny Iray, 1883;
16mo, pp. 12. [One Hundred Questions answered by One word (Drink).]

Rev. J. SiBREE. Ny IrirC ny Fiangonana ; ny Mpanampy ny Fiango^
nana; ary ny HerirC ny Fiangonana, 1884; 12m0y pp. 16. [The Need,
the Helper, and the Strength of the Church.]

Rev. W. E. Cousins. Ny Liberty. 1885; 8 vo, pp. 11. [College Lecture.]

5. — School and Class books.

J. S. Sewell. Gramara Malagasy, 1873; 12mo, pp. 28. [Malagasy
Grammar.*]

Various. Fianara-marika, dia nyfomhan^ ny laa. 1873; 12mo, pp. 60.
[Arithmetic]

Falin* ny Fianara-marika. 1873 ; 12mo, pp. 24. [Key to

Arithmetic]

Geography kely. 1873; 12mo, pp. 48. [Smaller Geography.]

K.E.Clark. Geography Ilavoamena. 1873; 12mo, pp. 12. [Penny
Geography. 2nd ed. 1884; pp. 16.]

W. Johnson. Fianara-marika^ FraUio^ etc. 1 874 ; 1 2mo, pp. 86. [Ad-
vanced Arithm etic . ]

* It will be Reen on referring to the List of L. M. S. Publications, that of some the
school-books were printed first at the L. M. S. Press, but were afterwards transferred
to the Friendd' Press as soon as the latter began work. Moat of them have been reprinted
many timeM, aa they are in constant use in tl^e boYiooU.

PUBLICATIONS OF THE F.F,M.A. PRESS. 79

W. JoHifsON. Fo/tV «y Fianara-marika, Fraktio, etc. 1874; I2m0y pp.
88. [Key to preceding.]

J. 8. Sewell. Lesona amy ny Teny Engltsy. Fitarana 7. 1875 ; 12mo,
pp. 72. [English Lesson book, 1st pt.]

L. Stbeet. Ny Oeografi/ Lehihe {Afrika), 1875; 12mo, pp. 126. [A
larger Geography ; Africa.]

Vabiotts. Ny Fianara-marika Voamena, 1875 ; 12mo, pp. 28. [A
Twopenny Arithmetic.]

Valin* ny Fianara-marika Voamena, 1875 ; 12mo, pp. 12.

[Key to preceding.]

. — — ^ Ny Fianara-marika Lasiray. 1875 ; 12m0; pp. 36. [A
Threepenny Arithmetic]

Dr. a. Daytdson. Diksionarim-baiko .* hahalalana ny Teny maro amy
9^ Boky Malagaay itay nalaina tamy ny Firenena hafa. 1875; 12mo, pp.
80. [Dictionary of Foreign Words used in Malagasy.]

Eev. J. HiOHAKDSON. Ny Laldm-piovan^ ny teny Enylisy, 1875; 12mo,
pp.31. [Laws of Inflection in the English language. 2nd ed. 1878.]

J. 8. Sewell. Diksionary Englisy ny Malagasy ho any izay mianatra
^y Englisy. 1875; 12mo, pp. 879. [English-Malagasy Dictionary, for
Halap;a8y students]

Bev. R. Toy. Geography Physikaly^ na Fila%ana ny amy ny toetry ny
fany, etc. etc. 1876; 12mo, pp. 176. [Physical Geography, with lith.
illustrations by Ebv. J. Sibebe. 2nd ed. 1878.]

Vaeiotts. Valin* ny Fianara-marika Lasiray, 1876; 12mo, pp. 24.
[Key to Threepenny Arithmetic]

Kev. J. A. HoTJLDER. A Brief History of England, 1876 ; 8vo, pp. 36.
[^ith Malagasy notes.]

Vahioxts. Diksionary Geografikaly. 1876 ; 8vo, pp. 74. [A Geogra-
pWcal Dictionary.]

J' S. Sewell (editor). Poema sy Fihirana Engltsy. 1876; 12mo,
PP- 84. [English Poems and Hymns for native students.]

Hev. a. Smith. Marika an-tsaina, 1877; 14mo, pp. 20. [Mental
Arithmetic.]

Ffl/tV ny Marika an-tsaina. 1877; 12mo, pp. 20.

[?«y to preceding.]

G. A. Shaw and T. Lord. Algebra. 1877 ; 8vo, pp. 48. 2nd ed. en-
"'ged, in the press.

^•^ Valin^ ny Algebra, 1877 ; 8vo, pp. 12.

[?«y to preceding.]

Bev. R. Toy. Astronomy. 1877 ; 12mo, pp. 108. [With lith. illns-
taitions. 2nd ed. 1885.]

Lesona ny amy ny Zava-manan^ aina. 1877. [Lessons on Animals;
w»n sheet.]

A. KmGBON {?). Lesona Famakian-teny. 1878 ; 12mo, pp. 16. [Reading
lesBons : -Natural History.]

8o BOOKS IN THE MALAGASY LANGUAGE.

J. S. Sewell. Vokabolartf Engliay &y Malagasy, 1880 ; 8yo, pp. 7-"

English and Malagasy Vooabulary.]

S. Clemes. Physics, 1881 ; Timo, pp. 120. With lith. illuatrationB.

H. E. Olabs (?). Fanontaniana ny amy ny Geografy Ilavoatnena. 18S0
12mo, pp. 14. [Questions on the Penny Geograpliy.J

W. Johnson. Lesona Englisy IL 1880 ; 12mo, pp. 136. [Englui
Lesson book, 2nd pt.]

J. G. Thoene. Ny Mamaki-teny, etc, 1880 ; 8yo, pp« 8. [Leasonioi
Teaching.]

Ny Fi/ehezan-tsekoly, 1881 ; 8vo, pp. 8. [Lessons oi

School Management.]

Eev. R. Baron. Botany. 1882 ; 8vo, pp. 170. [With lith. illustratioai
L. M. S. College.]

H. F. Standing. Lesona amyny Kemtstry, 1883; 8vo, pp. 94. [Leaswi
in Chemistry (illustrated). 2nd ed. 1885.]

Ny Fomba Fampianarana. In the press ; 8yo, pfi

120 (?). [The Theory and Practice of Teaching (illustrated).]

6. — Hymn and Tune books, bto.

W. Pool. Tiona mety hatao eo an-Trano fiangonana^ 1873; 12mo, ppi
80. [Tunes for public Worship ; in Sol-fa notation.]

Anthems mety hatao eo an- Trano Jiang onana. 1873 ; 12mo, ^

44. [12 Anthems for public Worship ; in Sol-fa.]

Fihirana sy Tiona, 1874; 8vo, pp. 8. [Hymns and Tunes,]

Fihirana mety hatao ao amy ny Sekoly, 1874 ; 12mo, pp. 26. [Hyn*
(22) for Schools, selected from the L. M. S. Hymn book. J

Fihirana mety hatao ao am-piangonana sy ao an-Tranon'tsekoly^ arji f*
an-Tokan-trano, 1876 ; 32mo, pp. 84. [Hymns (127) for Churoh, 8ohooli
and Home.]

Ny Taniarany Samoela misy Hira mifanelanelana. 1877; 8vo, pp. ^'
[The History of Samuel ; a Service of Song, with Sol-fa tunes.]

Fihirana kely, 1879 ; 24mo, pp. 42. [A small Hymn book.]

Hira voafantina. 1880 ; 8vo, pp. 50. [Selected Hymns with Tunes.]

Fihirana hideran^ ny Ankizy madinika an^ Andriamanitra. Date (^

32mo, pp. 52. 3rd ed. 1885. [Hymns (63) from the L.M.8. Hymn book.]
In addition to the above, numerous hymns have been printed f*

Sunday School and other Anniversaries, Church openings, etc., and mtfj

hyiuns in large type for simultaneous learning.

7. — Miscellaneous, including Pekiodioals.

H. E. Clabk. Diary Malagasy, fcp. 12mo, averaging pp. 80. [A
Malagasy Almanack and Diary, with a variety of useful imormation;
yearly from 1874.]

Various. Vary tondrahan-Tantely . fol. pp. 4. [Rice mixed with Honey;
an illustrated Paper, with engravings from 'The British Workman^
12 nos., published at irregular intervals from 1874 to end of 1877.]

PUBLICATIONS OF THE F, F. M. A. PXFSS. it

li. Street (editor). Oazefy Malagasy, fol. pp. 4. [Malagasy Gazette ;
a monthly Newspaper, issued from May 1875 to June 1876.]

Alimanaka. 12mo, pp. 32. [Almanack for 1877.]

8. Olemes. Isan-kerintaonaf 1877; 12mo, pp.200. [Malagasy Annual,
irith lith. illustrations.]

' — — and A. Kingdon. Isan-keriniaona, 1878 ; 12mo, pp. 218.

[Malagasy Annual, with lith. illustrations.]

A. KiwGDON, F. Rasoamanana. iVy Sakaizan^ ny Ankizy madinika,
fop. 4to, pp. 16. [The Children's Friend ; a monthly illustrated Maga-
zine J from Jan. 1878 to the present time.]

F. Basoamanaka (trans.). Ambara-pankany amy ny Dokotera, 1878;
y 12mo, pp. 94. [Until the Doctor comes. Simple directions for the
Treatment of Diseases.]

H. E. Olaek. Ny Fiangonana sy ny Sekoly, 4 to, pp. 8 to 12. [The
Ohurch and the School ; a monthly Newspaper, for the promotion of
. Belig^on and Education; commenced Jan. lo, 1884. In the issues of
this publication for 1885, a 'History of Christianity in Madagascar' is
being given.]

8. — ^Lithography.
The following Maps for Schools have been produced at this Press : —

XiUTope, Asia, Africa, America, Madagascar, Canaan, and Palestine.
And the following Maps /or Book illustration : —

liake Itasy, S. E. Madagascar, N. E. Madagascar, S, W. Madagascar,
F. F. M. A. District in Imerina, Tandla Province, Bdra Province, To An-
T^ndra and back, the Polar Eegions, Palestine, and Jerusalem.

Also very many Illustrations for Medical works, Science hand-books,
Periodicals, etc., almost all of them drawn by native youths.

rn.— ISSUED BY THE MEDICAL MISSION.

Db. AiVDBEW Davidson (trans.). Ny British Farmakopia, Ampiany
^ 9^ Fanafody fanao amy ny Analakely Hospitaly, 1871 ; 8vo, pp. 47.* [The
I Kitish Pharmacopoeia, together with the Dispensary practice at the An^-
F likay Hospital.]

• Ny amy ny Fampivelomana, 1873 ; 12mo, pp.

^3. [Midwifery, with lith. illustrations.]

" Ny Fomha fandinihana ny Toetry ny Marary.

\ ^ 874 ; 8vo, pp. 4. [The means to be used to discover the Condition of
AeSick.] .

■ ■ Aretina sy ny Fanasitranana. 1876 ; 8vo, pp.

^%, [Diseases and their Cure ; with 22 lith. page illustrations.]

**- —

r

r * Thj» work was printed at a sma]l private press belonging to the Medical Miffsion at
^^jilfijrffy. An subsequent works have, however, been printed, and their illustrative
viignuni, «to. produced, at the F.F.^H.A, J^ress.

82 BOOKS IN THE MALAGASY LANGUAGE.

Dk. Andbew Davidson, l^herapeutikay na ny Asan* ny Fanafody. 1877
8vo, pp. 228. [Therapeutics, or the Action of Medicine.]

Db. J. Tbegblles Fox. Lesona amy ny Anatomy, Ny Library Medikal^^
Analakely, vol. i. 1883 ; 8vo, pp. 82. [Lessons in Anatomy ; in progress.}:.^

Fomha fizahana Marary, Ny Lib. Med, v<d*

iii. 1883; 8vo, pp. 32. [The Examination of the Sick ; in progress.]

— Fiarovana ny Tazo, Lektora KUnikaly, no I

Ny Lib, Med, Analakely, 1883; 8vo, pp. 20. [Precautions against Ma-
larial Fever. Clinical Lectures, no. I.J

• I

— ^— — •— Ny amy ny Matra, etc-rr^Lekiora Klinikaly Sor-

gikaly, Ny Lib, M$d, Analakely, vol. v. 1884; 8vo, pp. 48. [Oonceru-
ing Wounds, etc. Surgical Clinical Lecture.]

■■■■ . HiBmorrahagy Traumatika, Lektpra Klinikaly,

no, IL Ny Lib. Med, Analakely, 1883: 8vo, pp. 16. [Hoemoryhage
from Wounds. Olinioal Lectures, no» 11.]

IV.— ISSUED BY THE NOEWEGIAN LUTHEEAN MISSION.*

[The printing press of the Norwegian Missionary Society began to work at the dose of
the year 1877, and was at first under the charge of the Rev. L. Dahle, but for the lait
three years has been superintended by the Kev. S. E. Jorgensen. For some time the
work done was very inconsiderable and consisted chiefly of school books, but for the last
two vears other and larger books have been issued. The largest annual issue of boob
was in 1884, and amounted to 39,400 copies of various publications.]

1. — LiTTJBGioAL, Exposition, Theology, etc.

Katekisme kely {any) Br, M, Luther. Stavanger: 1871 ; 16mo, pp. 40.
[Luther's shorter Catechism.]

Perikopa amy ny Fiangonana Lutheria. 1873; 12mo, pp. 152, [Collects,
Epistles, and Gospels for the Tear. F. F. M. A. Press.]

Bey. M. Boege^. Tantara avy amy ny Soratra Masina. 1874 ; 12mo,
pp. 154. [Scripture Narratives in abbreviated form. F. F. M. A.]

Fihirana, 1874; 12mo, pp. 58. [Hymn book; 50 hymns. Fom
subsequent editions ; 5th ed. 1883; 139 hymns. F. F. M. A.]

Bey. L. Dahle (trans.). Foto-pianarana. 1877; 12mo, pp. 105. [Ohrifl-
tian Doctrine : 10 Commandments, Creed, etc., translated from Dr. £.
Pontoppidan. F.F.M. A.]

Ny Konfesiona Augustana^ dia ny Filazam-pinoana Lu-

therana. 1877 ; 12mo, pp. 15. [The Augsburg Confession of Faith.]

Ny Ritoaly, 1878; 8vo, pp. 20. [The Lutheran Service book. Offices
for Baptism, Confirmation, Absolution, the Lord's Supper, Marriage,
Burials, etc.]

* It will be seen that many of the publications of this Mission have been printed at the
PreBB of the F. F. M. A., and some at that of the L. M, S. ; th« N. M. 3. Press being still
on a amaller acaJe than those of these t^o '&iL\i6noTi!^,

PUBLICATIONS OF THE N. M. S. PRESS. 8J

Bey. L. Dahlb. Vavaka hatao eo an'trano, 1879; ISmo, pp. 171.
[Family Prayers.]

■ — — - Ny Filaharam-pamonjena, 1880 ; 12mo, pp. 12. [The

way of Salyation.]

'— Nt/ Foto-kevitry ny Fampianaram-pamonjena, 1880;

12mo, pp. 10. [Outlines of the plan of Salvation.]

Hona sy Fihirana (Sol-fa J. 1881 ; 8vo, pp. 64. [Tunes and Hymns.]

Rbv. SxEULAii^D. Fialan-tsasatra, Taniara madinika mahqfinaritra, l^S4 ;
12mo, pp. 104. [Best. A pleasant little Story.]

Katekisma, na Foto-pianarana kely. 1883 ; 16, pp. 24. [Luther's Cate-
chism.]

I Hey. L. Dahle. Arkeologia Biblikaly. 1885 ; 12ino, pp. 158. [Biblical
j Arohseology : Jewish Worship, Eitual, etc.]

! Ekv. S. E. Jokgensen. JNy Tantaran^ ny Fiangonana, 1885 ; 8vo, pp.
h 249, [Church History, from the Apostles to xix. Cent. L. M. S. Press.]

Rev. Nygaabd (trans.). Fanoroan-ddlana ho any ny Kristiana, 1885 ;
12oi6, pp. 124. [Eules for the Christian Life ; from Luther.]

Rkv. L. Dahle. Doymatika. In the press ; 8vo, pp. 300 (?). [Dog-
Mtics.l

Eev. 8. E. JoRGENSEN. Theohgia pastoraly. In the press; 12mo, pp.
100(?). [Pastoral Theology.]

— Ny Epistola, HevUteny hanampy ny Mpitory

^y. 1885 ; 16mo, pp. 236. [The Epistles. Expositions for the help of
Reachers.]

2. — School books, etc.

^^/makian-teny {Taloha). [Elementary Eeading book.]

^omakian-teny ( Faovao) J, [First Readiag book.]

^^makian-teny ( Vaovao) II. [Second Keading book.]

^^. 8. E. JouGENSEN. Gramalika, 1880; 12mo, pp. 20. [Grammar.]

Sbv. Dr. Borchgrevink (trans.J. Geogra/y, 1882 ; 12mo, pp. 82.
[ftom Prof. Ed. Erslev.]

Geografy Fohi/ohy. 1882; 12mo, pp. 48. [Shorter Geography.]

^y Mpamangy. Sm. 4to, pp. 8. [*The Visitor,* a monthly Magazine,
from July, 1882 ; in progress.]

Bev. L. Dahle. Ny Patriotisma, 1882; 12mo, pp. 16. [Patriotism.
L M. 8. College Lecture.]

Bbv. S. E. Jorgensen* Ortografia Malagasy, na Fitaipika ny amy ny
fi^ratrany teny Malagasy, 1883; 12qio, pp. 15. [Malagasy Orthogra-
pky, or Rules for writing Malagasy.]

Yarioxts. Ny Sekoly Elementary ay ny Raharahany. 8vo, pp. 133.
[Skmentarjr Schools and their Work.]

84 BOOKS IN THE MALAGASr LANGUAGE.

v.— ISSUED BY THE OHUEOH MISSIONARY SOCIETY AND
THE SOCIETY FOR THE PROPAGATION OP THE OOSPilti.

[The printing press of the Church of England Mission (S.P.G.) b^an -wbrk in ISfli^
anjl has been under the charge successively of Miss Harrisi Key. A. Smith, and Kev. E. 0.
Me Mahon.]

1. — LiTTJBGICAL.

Ny Ftvavahana amy ny Maraina sy ny Hariva^ ny Salimo, etc, tic,
London: 1864; l8ino, pp. 494. [Common Prayer-book of the EngM
Church ; translated by Ret. E. Bakeb, formerly Mission Printer to the

L.M.S.]

Ny Fanaovana ny Batisa ny Zazakely mihariharyy etc. Port IjOtus^
1872 ; 16mo, pp. 21. [Office for the Public Baptism of Infants.]

Ny Filaharany ny Fivavaha-marain-tsy hariva^ sy ny Litany, etc
Barnstaple: date? 12mo, pp. 24. [The Order of Morning and
Evening Prayer, and the Litany, according to the Usage of the ^urch
in Madagascar.]

Boky Ftvavahana. S. P. G. Press:* 1877; 16mo, pp. 422. [The
English Church Service-book in full. 2nd ed., revised, 1882 ; 12ino,
pp. 468.]

Ny Fanamasinana Trano fiangonana. 1882; pp. 12. [Service for
consecrating a Church.]

Service at laying Foundation stone of Cathedral. 1883 ; pp. 10.

Ny Fihirana voatendry hatao amy ny Ftvavahana Maraina sy Harion
isan-andro mbamy ny Salamo voatendry hatao amy ny Andro Festa Lehibe.
P.P. M. A. Press : 1883; 8vo, pp. 31. [The Canticles for Daily Service,
together with the proper Psalms for the Great Festivals.]

Eoharistika, 1884 ; pp. 58. [Holy Commion Service, with pray en
adapted, on opposite pages ; compiled by Rev. G* H* Smith, M. AT]

Ftvavahana Hariva atao ao an-trano. 1884; 12mo, pp. 12. [The
Compline Service, translated by Rev. G. H. Smith, M»A.]

Ftvavahana atao amy ny Zoma Masina. 1884 ; pp. 8* [Good Friday
Services.]

Ny Salamony Davida voalahatra hihiraina isamholana, F.P.M.A.
Press: 1884; 8vo ; pp. 131. [The Psalms pointed for Chanting in the
Daily Service throughout the Month.]

Fivavahana Maraina sy Sariva. 1885 ; 32mo, pp. 52. [Morning and
Evening Prayer.]

Salamo. 1885 ; 32mo, pp. 24. [The Psalms pointed for Dally Use.
Reprinted from preceding.]

.Vy Kolekta, Epistola^ sy Fitazantsara. 1885 ; 32nlo, pp. 232. [CollectSi
Epistles, and Gospels, revised from the Prayer*book of 1882.]

d*^.j^^^kai

n t i i r ■ ' !■ ■ iii i. f 11 ii i nm n i tm W

^ And BO ia f ub«equeut issues, except Yrhete otVi«rN9\%« %\tw^^d.«

PUBLICATIONS OF THE S. P. G, PRESS. 85

2. — Theology, Catechisms, etc.

^y Tn/ mahamety ny Famporafesana. L.M.S. Press: 1871 ; 12mOy
pp.12. [The Evils of Polygamy.]

Ny Laldna ntfanekeny ny Konisily tao Andovoranto^ hitondrany ny Fian'
gmana, F.F.M.A. Press : 1873; 16ino, pp. 7. [Laws agreed upon at
the Council at Andovordnto, for the Guidance of the Church.]

Fihirafia, 1876. [Hymns by various writers.]

Ny Filazan-kevitry ny Symholum, atao hoe koa ny Credo fArtikoly voalo-
ham/J. F.F.M.A. Press: 1878 (?) ; 12mo, pp. 98. [Bp. Pearson on the
ftrwd, Ist Art. ; trans, by Rev. F. A. Gregory, M.A.]

Ny Filazan-kevitry ny Symbolum^ atao hoe ny Credo fArtikoly faharoa,)
1879 ; 12mOy pp. 259. [Bp. Pearson on the Creed, 2nd Art. ; trans, by
. fixT. A. Smith. The translation of the above, as far as Art. vi. (pp.
872) by Mb. Gregory, is being preceded with and is now in the press.]

Fmnpianarana fohifohy amy ny Konfirmatio. 1879; l2mo, pp. 16*
* [Brief Instructions for Confirmation.]

Katekisman^ ny Ekklesia. 1882 ; pp. 17. [Church Catechism.]

Katekisma, 1883 ; 32mo, pp. 24. [Catechism, trans, by Mrs. Kes-

lUL-CoBNISH.]

Hira. 1885; 32mo, pp. 160. [Hymns; revised and enlarged edi-
tion.]

Teofilo Anglikana. 1885 ; 8vo, pp. 70. [Theophilus Anglicanus, Ist
pwt; trans, by Rev. G. H. Smith, M.A.]

Bp. Harold Browne on the xxxix Articles, trans, by Rev. P. A.
fiuBOBYy M.A., is in the press, completed up to Art. xxii. sm. 4to,
ff* 312.

3. ~ School books, etc.

BokyFaharoa. L.M.S. Press: 1871; 12mo, pp. 39. [Second Reading
l^k; illustd., trans, by Miss Laurence.]

^«wna. 1877; 12mo, pp. 64. [Reading book, by Miss Laurence.]

^yMpiaro. Sm. 4to, pp. 16. [*The Guardian,' a quarterly Maga-
ane.]

Aknanaka. 1884 and 1885 ; 12mo, pp. 28. [Trans, of *The Churchman's
Almanack.']

UNISSUED FROM THE ROMAN CATHOLIC MISSION

PRESS.

Ny Fandaisany ny Tsaiky Malagasy, Bourbon : 1852; 12mo, pp. 180.
[Saoed Hymns, chiefly in Coast dialect.]

VmnkazO'mpanahy alolo-ndry zanak^ i Mary amy ny Reny Malala ndreo,
myny velana Hiahia, 18mo, pp. 32. TThe Rosary; devotions in French.
and llalagasy for the Month of Mary.]

86 BOOKS IN THE MALAGASY LANGUAGK^

Tantara milaza 7iy Fitondran-lena sy ny Asa natao ny izareo Olo-matina
na lahy na vavy. Bourbon : 1860 ; 12nio, pp. 83. [Liyes of the Saints.]

Ny Filazana ny zavatra natao ny sy namhara ny iJeso-Kristy, Soiirboni
1860; 12mo, pp. 272. TLife and Words of Jesus Christ. The Gospel'
History in a continuous TN^arrative.]

Hevero tsara ny teni-anatra, aminy ity taratasy ity, fa hamptala anas
aminy fahotana sy hatnpihavana anao aminy Zanahary ny Jihevera^ nao azy.
1861 ; 12m0y pp. 230. [Consider well the Admonitions in this book, for
th^ consideration of them will turn you away from sin and recomale you
td Q-od. Another ed., with different title,- in 1876 ; pp. 119.]

Hirajivavahana nampitovfny antony sy hevt^ny aminy Finocma ny ny FitHh
vahand aminy Religio Katolika Romana, 1863 ; 12mo, pp. 188. [Hymns
for Public Worship .]

Ny Eglizy. 1863 ; 12mo, pp. 30. [Catechism on the Church.]

Katesizy kely, 1863 : 18mo, pp. 24. [Shorter Catechism.]

Katesizy, Ny Fampianarana Kristiana^ etc. Beunion: 1865; l^nui,,
pp. 136. [Catechism of the True Faith. J

Hira sady filalaovana no famporisihana ho aminy hatsaram-panahy*
1867 ; 18mo, pp. 39. [Moral Songs.]

Ny Fety ny Masina Mary^ na filazana ny hevitry ny Eglizy ny andrt
sasany hankalazany ny Kristiana ny reny ny Jeso-Krizty, 1808; IBinOy
pp. 120. [The Feast of Saint Mary, etc.]

Fanamasinana ny Andro aminy fivavahana Kristiana KataKka, 1806;
12mo, pp. xviii. 422. [Office of the Mass.]

Volany ny Fo Masiny Jeso^Kristy^ dia filazana izay Antony sy JffevHrf
ny ivavnhany ny Kristiana aminy fo ny Jeso, 1869 ; t6mov PP- 1'27.'
[Month of the Sacred Heart of Jesus.]

Volany ny M.-D. Josef a, 1870; 16mo, pp. 111. [Month of St. Joseph.]

Epitrasy Evanjily aminy isan^ Alahady, 1870 ; 18mo, pp. 112. [Epis-
tles and Q-ospels for every Sunday.]

Tantara ny Eglizy izay ahitana ny nanorenany JesO'Kristy: ny Ej/Uny*
1871 ; 12mo, pp. 165. [History of the Church as founded hy Jesus
Christ.]

Teny fohifohy milaza ny Tantara Masina* 12mo, pp. .7L [Spitome of

Bible History, including the Apocrypha.]

Theologia fohifohy no soratany Canisius voa dika ho teny Malagasy,
187^; 16 mo, pp. 119. [Theology of Canisius, translated into MalagSUy.]

Resaka. 1874-79; cr. 8vo. [Conversations; a monthly controversial
Magazine.]

Ihntara masina fohifohy^ izany hoe, Filazana ny zavatra maUuta indrindra
amy ny fanjakany ny Jody, 1871; 16mo, pp. 84. [Short; sacred StoffUM-
from Jewish history.]

Dinika and-Ratiahavana mian>akavy. 1875 ; 8vo, pp. vii. .237. [Mis-
ceJIanies, from Resaka,']

PUBLICATIONS OF THE R. C. PRESS. 87

Mounjely Maniny Jeso-Kristy no soratany M,'D, Matio, 1876 ; 12iiiOy
;pp. 106. [The Gospel of St. Matthew, with controversial Notes.]

Fianarana any Jeso-Krtsty, 1877; 32mo, pp. 411. [Thos. a Kempis's
Imitatioii of Clmst ; two or three editions ; Ist in I860.]

Evanf'ely amy ny UarC Aiahady no soratany ny R^P. 1878 ; 8yo, pp.
•528. [Studies on the Gospels for every Sunday.]

SonUra Masina Tohia. 1878 ; 16mo, pp. 36. [The Book of Tobit.]

Soraira Manna ny Makaheo, 12mo, pp. 156. [The Books of Macoa-

1)688.] .

Soratra Manna Jodita. 1878 ; 16mo, pp. 44. [The Book of Judith.]

Loha-teny. 8vo, pp. 453. [Notes on the Gospels and Acts.]

Evanjely amy ny tsan* Alahudy, 1879; 16aio, pp. 104. [The Gospels
for every Sunday.]

FUatana fohifohy ny tantara ny Jeso-Kristy Tempo ntsika, 1879; 16niOy
J?p. 230. [A short 'History of Jesus Christ.]

Eitafivavahana Katolika. 1879; l6mo, pp. 251. [Sacred Hymns.]

Hwa fivavahana, 16mo, pp. 60. [Sacred Songs, Prayers and Hymn^,]

Manuel petit de piM d V usage des Slaves, (Malagasy.) 1879; 12 mo,
ip. 176.

Thitara ny Apotra ny Jeso-Kristy sy ny Olo-masina sasany. 1879;
I61D0; pp. 667. [Lives of the Apostles and of some of the Saints.]

KiUkisy ny fampianarana ny fivavahana marina, 1880; 8vo, pp. 126.
[QtlechiBm on the teaching of tibie true Faith*]

iVy Volany Mary natokana hanomezam-honinahitra ny, Reny n* Andriama"
*i^ 1^0 ; 32mo, pp. 152. [The Month of Mary, for giving honour
to the Mother' of Ood. 1st ed. 1866.]

School books, sto.

^^wloguesJrangaiS'Malyaches composis par les missionaires Catholiques,
IWO; 870, pp. 80.

^marana ho any izay vao mianatra mamaky teny, 1879; 16mo, pp.
[KrBt Beading book.]

lura voalohamy ny fianara-marika, 1878 ; 12mo, pp. 123. [First
Arithmetio.]

TaratasyJiandoAa-mianatra. 1879 ; 16mo, pp. 46. [FirstiLesson book.]

88 BOOKS IN THE MALAGAS F LANGUAGE.

YII.— PPESS OF THE '*MADAGASCAE TIMES."

A. Tacchi (trans.). Ny Taozavatra^ ny Varotra sy ny Harena, 1885 J-
4to. [Manufactures, Trade and Wealth. In progress.]

' Ny Diplomatika, 4to, 3 vols, of 300 to 400 pp. each. [Partly

translated from 'Guide Diplomatique' of le Baron Charles de Martens.
In progress.]

. Eilazana ny Famba Fandaharam-panjakana any England^

1885 ; 4to, pp. 38. [Account of Government Offices and Officials iit
England.]

— (ed.). The Madagascar Times , in Malagasy. A weekly

Newspaper, 4to, pp. 8. Commenced Saturday, Aug. 22nd, 1885.

TOI.— PEE8S OF H.M. THE QUEEN OF MADAGASOAE.

This press, commenced on 11th Nov. 1869, is chiefly employed in the printing'
of Government papers ; and when a proclamation (kahdryj is made about any public
business, or any new laws are promulgated, these are also printed at the Queen*s pren.
Among ihe latter mjiy be enumerated the following, as most important : —

Proclamation freeing the Mozambique Slaves ; 20 Jime, 1877 ; 870,^
pp. 8.

Proclamation reorganizing the Army; 26 March, 1879; 8vo, pp. 12.

Proclamation forming a Cabinet Ministry, and announcing New Ooder
of Laws, which are given in full ; 29 March, 1881 ; 8vo, pp. 80.

Besides the above, since the commencement of the French war, seyeral 'Ked-boolcs'*
(s=Blue-books) have been issued, giving copies of Official Correspondence in the Mala-
gasy and French or Malagasy and English Languages, and full reports of the Negociations-
which have been carried on between the Plenipotentiaries of the Malagasy and the
French Governments. Of the last report of these abortive attempts to find grounds^
of agreement, the following is the title : —

Filazana ny Firaharahana nifanaovan* ny Governmentany Madagascar
sy ny Manawpahefana Frantsay ao Toamasina^ tamy ny fanelanelanam^
pisakaizany M. J9. Maigrot, Consul ny Mpanjakany Italy y hatramy ny 13^
Jona ka hatramy ny 17 Aogosta^ 1885. 1885 ; fol. pp. 43. [Report of
Negociations between the Malagasy Government and French Commis-
sioners at Tamatave, through the friendly mediation of M. D. Maigrot,
Consul of the King of Italy, June 13th— Aug. 1 7th, 1885.]

A Government Gazette, called Ny Gazety Malagasy f 4to, pp. 8), commen-
ced June 23rd, 1883, is issued fortnightly.

'^x

ADHMifiDA ET GORktGEkbA. 89

ADDENDA ET COEEIGENDA.
Bibliography, Part I.

Borchgrevink, Eev. Dr. Ghr. En kortf attet Oversigt over Madagascar,
dets Folk og Mission. 6 Foredag af . Kristiania : 1885 ; 8vo, pp. 126.

Correspondence respecting the proposed appointment of a Bishop in
Madagascar. (Parliamentary Paper.) London : 1873 ; fol. pp. 7.

respecting the Affairs of Madagascar. [Commence-
ment of Franco-Malagasy war; Mr. Shaw's Imprisonment; etc. etc.]
(Parliamentary Paper.) Africa. No. 1. (1884.) fol. pp. 69,

Part II. — Physical Geography, etc.

Gtandidier. Les canaux et lagunes sur la cote est de Madr. Aead,
d. Sci, 1885.

Pilaqaud. On the Trajectory of a Cyclone ; N.E. Co. of Madr. Acad.

d. Set.' lass.

Christian Missions, etc,

Madagascar. Historical Sketches. Missionary Series. [S.P.G] 1880.
Work of the Friends' Foreign Mission. The Friend, 1880.

Books in Malagasy. Publications of L.M.S» Press.

T Matthews, Eev. T. T. (editor.) Ay Anjaran-jaza, [*The Children^
J' Portion ;' a quarterly illustrated Magazine of 4 pp. sm. 4to ; Malagasy
r branch of Children's Bible Union ; 8 nos. issued.]

Page 8. For ChaUvety read Chauvot,

14. ,, Buperray, L, O*, read Duperriy L, /.

24. Art. Little^s ^Madagascar, its History and People;' add 1884*

25. Art. ^¥ac^wflnV« * Voyage d Madagascar ;' add 1884*

26. Art. Matthews* 8 *Nine years' Mission work ;' for 1871,
read 1881.

28. Art. Mullens* s ^Origin and Progress of People of Madagas^
car;' for 1871, read 1877*

Art. *A Madagascar Upas Tree' should be placed higher
up, under Eev. W. Montgomery's name.

30. For Outaletf read Oustalet,

37. Art. Shaw's ^Madagascar and France'; for 1884, read 1885.

45. Orundemann, 'Madagascar ;' add IB6T «

f9

if

9f
»9

99 *f

99
>9

90

A MADAGASCAR BIBLiOGRAPtiy.

LIST OF MAPS OF MADAGASCAR,

[Many of the maps in the following list (chiefly the earlier ones, gfiven here amply
as 'Madr.') are not separate maps of the island, but show it either on a globe, or oa
a map of the World or of Africa. I have thought it well, however, to include thflse^
as they sliew what was known, or conjectured, about Madagascar at the date
given therewith. Some of the early maps are extremely curious, evidently drawn
entirely from imagination, as they represent Madagascar as a small island sitiiatoi
together with Zanzibar, which is given as the same size (or rather larger), in the midstof
the Southern Indian Ocean. For further information as to maps of Madagascar, see
Antananarivo Annual^ no. iii. 1877, pp. 11-16, and The Great African Island^ pp. 15-21.
For a list of several of the earlier maps I am indebted to the courtesy of the eminent
French traveller and naturalist M. Alfred G-randidier, and for others to M. Barbi6 dn
Booage's ^iO^Madagaicar, possession /rang aise depuis 1642.]

Martin Behaim. Madr. and Zanzibar ;
shewn in S. Indian Ocean, south of
*Tapropana.' 1492.

Juan de la Cosa. Madr. and Zanzibar ;
in S. Ind. Ocean ; Madr. to north of Zan-
zibar. 1500.

Ruich. Madr. 1508.

Filestrina. Madr. 1511.

Bordom, Madr. 1528.

Diego Rihera. Madr. 1529.

Roselli. Madr. 1532.

Antonio Salamanca: Madr. 1532.

Senri II. Madr. 1542.

Munster. Madr. 1544.

Sebastian Cabot. Madr. 1544.

Tramezini* Madr. 1554.

Somem. Madr. 1558.

Author (?). S. Lorenzo. Q-iven in Brit.
Mus. Catalogue as "Venice : 1560,*' but
probably of earlier date.

Lazaro Luiz. Madr. 1563.

Giacomo di Gastaldi. Isola de San Lo-
renzo. Venice : 1564.

Berteli. Madr. 1567.

Mercator. Madr. Duisbourg : 1569.

Ortelius. Madr. 1570.

Fernam Vas Dourado. Madr. Goas 1571.

Author (?). Isle de Madr. ov de S.
Lavrent. In British Museum. No date,
but probably about 1570.

Sannto. Madr. 1.388.

Gysbert. Madr. 1599.

Andrea Vavassore, Madr. XVIth Cent.

Hond'ms. 1607.

MegiserHs, Madr. In 'Beschreibung
uberanfz,' etc. 1609.

iindschott C6te d'Afrique et Insula S.
Laurentii. In 'Histoire de la Navigation
de— / 1638.

Caiwhe, Madr. ou Saint Laufent. In
*E.elation du voyage,' etc. 1651.

Sanson. Madr. 1656.

Flacourt. (a) Madr. ou Isle St. Lat*
reus; (b) L' Islet ou Fort d'Anossi; (<)
Carte de Carcanossi, Valine d'Ambone,
etc. ; {d) Le Fort Davphin ; {$) Carte
de risle Ste. Marie, du pays de Uhalen-
boule, Sahauch et adiacens. 1661. [The
first of these maps of Flacourt was repro*
duced in several French works of ti*
17th century, whose names it has beet
thought unnecessary to give here.] ^

BuvaL Madr. 1666.

Sanson Jils. Madr. 1667.

Grossin. Madr., shewing French poB'
sessions, 17th century. In MaroeVt ^o^
Droits sur Madr.' 1883.

Thornton. Madr. About 1700.

Delisle. Madr. 1722. ^

Robert. Ancienne Carte Topogpraph^^
que de I'lsle de Madr. 1727. MS. ; giT«»'^
in Rochon*8 'Voyage k Madr.' 1791*

Drurg. Madr. 1729.

Danville. Madr. 1749.

Bellin. Madr. 1765.

Dapres de ManfieVillette. Macli*. 17 1^^

Bengowski. Madr. ; Plan of Looi^^
bourg, Antongil Bay. In 'Voyages ^^
Memoires.' 1791.

Reinecke. Madr., including* Flan d^
Port de Tintingue ; Plan du Port Louirt^
He Ste -Marie. Weimar i 1801*

Inveraritg. N. "VV. Coast of Madr. \x^
'Collection of Nautical Memoirs.' 1803.

Lislet'Geoffroy. Madr. andN.E* Arohi^
pelago of Mauritius. In 'Memoir and No-
tice explanatory of a Chart of Xadr/ tte«
1819.

MAPS OF MADAGASCAR.

91

Copland, Madr. In *A History of Ma-
dagascar.' 1822.

TTieland. Madr. "Weimar : 1827.
Fattmier. Flan de la bale de Tama-
tave. 1829.

Brue, Madr. 1831.
Capt, Owen, Many Charts of Coasts
of 3iadr. In 'Voyages to explore the
Shores of ....Madagascar,' etc. 1833.

Dupont and Gamier, (a) Plan de la bale
de Vohemar ; (b) 2 Plans de 1' entree de la
liaie de Vohemar. 1833.

Gamier, Plan de la baie de Di^go-
Chiarej!. 1833.

illia, Madr. Cameron, Plan of Anta-
B&nariYO. Both in <Hist. of Madr.' 1838.

DatMsy, Canal de Mozambiq^ue et Madr.
1838. After Owen,

Jteguevel de Lacomhe. Madr. 1840. Chief-
ly after LisleUGeoffroy,

Jehenne, IJne partie de la c6te N.Q.
diQ Madr., comprennant Nossi-B6, Nossi-
Oumba, Nossi-PalietNossi-Mitsiou. 1841.

. Plan de la baie de Bavatoub6,

odte N.O. de Madr. 1841.

Berard, C6te N.O. de Madr. 1842.

Laverdant, Madr. In 'Colonization de
Madagascar.' 1844.

Caramon, Madr. In *Histoire de I'etab-
lissement fran^ais de Madr.,' etc. 1845.

Guillain, La partie occidentale de Madr.
In ^Documents sur I'histoire . . . . de Mada-
gasoar,' etc. 1846.

Mace Descartes, Madr. In 'Histoire et
g^ographie de Madagascar.' 1846.

Blummthal. Madr. divisee en 19 pro-
Tinces, etc. 1846.

Chamot. Madr. In 'Madagasear et la
France.' 1848.

Guillain. Plan de la baie de Rigny . 1848.

Bolle and Lefebvre, Plan du port Leven.
1849.

Lloyd. Madr. In Proc, Roy, Geog, Soc,
1849.

and Arrowsmith, Madr. 1860.

Barzay. Madr. In 'La question de
Ifajdagascar.' 1866.

Serland, Carte g6ologique de N6ssi-
Be. Ann, des Mines : 1856.

Bllis, Madr. In *Three Visits to Mada-
gascar.' 1858.

Dufour. Hes d'Afrique, comprenant
Madr. etc. 1868.

Malte Brun. Madr. Inset map of Diego
Suarez Bay. In Socage'' a *Madr. posses-
sion francjais,' etc. 1859.

Bona Christave, Madr. 1860.

Stanford. Madr. (Islands of the In-
dian Ocean.) 1860 (?).

Laoaille. Madr. In 'Connaissanoe de
Madr.' 1863.

Chamay, C6tes est et nord de Madr.
Anciens etablissements fran9ais. 1864.

Bobiquet. Madr. 1866.

MacLeod, Madr. In 'Madagascar and
its People.' 1866.

Oliver, Route from Tamatave to An-
tananarivo ; and Section. In 'Madagas-
car and the Malagasy.' 1866.

Grandidier, C6tes S. et S.O. de Madr. ;
with C6te N.E. de Madr. by Coignet,
Bull, Soc. Geog. 1867.

Sibree. Country round Antananarivo.
Chron, L.M.8. 1867.

Grundemann, (a) Madr. ; (b) Ank6va,
B^t^nira^na and Tamatave, Imlrina, and
Antananarivo. In 'Missions- Atlas.' 1867.

Pollen. La partie N.O. de Madr. In
'Recherches sur la Faune de Madagascar,'
etc. 1868.

Author (?). Central Madr. Chron, of
L.M.S. 1870.

Sibree. Madr. In 'Madagascar and its
People.' 1870.

Kessler, Madr. In 'Introd. to Lang,
and Literat. of Madr.' 1870.

Grandidier, Esquisse d'une Carte de
I'HedeMadr. Bull. Soc. Geog. ^ 1871.

Riviere Anoulahine, S.O.

Madr. Bull. Soc. GSog. 1872.

Trois Cartes de Madr. Bull.

Soc. Geog. 1872.

Cameron. Central Imlrina, with Dis-
tricts of the L.M.S. Mission. (MS.) 1873.

Sibree. Antsihknaka Prov. (MS.) 1874.

Sewell. Friends' Mission District. In
'Annual Report of F.F.M.A.' 1876.

Mullens. Central Provinces of Madr. In
'Twelve Months in Madagascar.' ^ 1876.

Sewell. Sketch-map and Sections of
Journey to Ankavandra (Mavohazo). In
'The S^kalglva.' 1875.

Johnson. Lake Itksihknaka. Ant, Ann.
1875.

Grandidier. Several Maps shewing Ha-
bitats of different species of Lemuridae
and of Birds in Madr. In 'Histoire phy-
sique . . . . de Madagascar.' 1875 -'80.

Sibree. Part of the S. E. Provinces of
Madr. In 'South-east Madagascar.' 1876.

Valley of the River Mknanara.

(MS.) 1876.

Houlder. Sketch-map of N.E. Madr. In
'North-east Madagascar.' 1876.

Shaw. Portions of B^tsil^ and Bkra
Provinces. (MS.) 1876.

Kestell' Cornish. North Madr.^In 'Jou-
rnal of a Tour of Exploration,' tc. 1876.

Richardson. Amb6himandr6so to St.
Augustine's Bay. In 'Lights and Sha-
dows: or Chequered experiences among
. . . .HeatJieii Trl\»^; «^, V^1\ .

9*

MAPS OF MADAGASCAR.

Mullens, South-east Madr. and the
Ib&ra Country. Jour. It, G, 8, 1877. [After
Sibreey Shaw, and Richardson.]

Johnson. West Central Madr. : Friends'
Mission District. 1877.

Skrin-t&niny Madr. 1877. 2nd

edition, corrected, 1882.

Mullens. Madagascar from the latest
Surveys. 1878. [The largest map of the
island (7*0 + 3-6) yet issued.]

Sibree. Physical Sketch-map of Madr.
Proc. Hoy. Geoff. Soc. 1879. Also in *The
Great African Island.' 1880.

Physical Sketch-map of Madr.

Nature; 1879.

Ethnographical Sketch-map of

Madr. In *The Great African Island/
1880.

Wallace. 2 Physical Maps of Indian
Ocean and the Madagascar Group. In
^Island Life.' 1880.

Buchenau. Der Nordlich TheUe von
Madr. zur Ubersicht von Rutenberg's
Reisen. Deutsche Geog. Blatt. 1880.

Johnson, [a) Mission Map of Madr. (i)
Map of Mission Districts, Imerina. In
'Review of Work of F.F.M.A.' 1880.

Grandidier. Esquisse d'une Carte du
Province d' Imerina. 1880.

Sibree. Missionary Map of Madr. In
*Madr. : Land, People, Missions.' 1881.

Coivan. Sketch-map of the Bkra Pro-
vince. In 'The BOra Land,' etc. 1881,

Cowan. Sketch-mil^ of Part of 4ia
South-east Province of Madr. (Tanila.)
In 'The Tan^: Oountrj and People.*
1881.

S. E. Provinces of Madr. : TV

nkla, B^tsil^oandBara. Froc.H.G.S. IMl.
[Including the two preoedinff maps.]

Sibree. Madr. In 'Enoyclopeedia firi-
tannica,' 9th ed. 1883.

Missionary Hap of Antanftna*

rivo. Chron. L.M.S. 1884.

Shaw. Madr. In 'Madagaaoar ai4
France.' 1884.

Grandidier. Madr. 1884.

Laillet. Madr. (MS.) Scale 1 : 666,666.
Following for N. Coasts, French obtfti;
for S. Coasts, English charts; Intoriff
chiefly after Mullens' s large map. 8^
Geog. Paris : 1884.

little. Madr. In 'Madagaaoar, tti
History and People.' 1884.

Oliver. Madr., shewing French daiiw
and Ports bombarded. In ^The True Sfaay
of the IVench Dispute,' etc. 1885.

[In addition to the above, thert tn
also a number of Charts of the coast of
Madagascar published by the EngM
Admiralty and by the French Marine De-
partment (and also doubtless by tihs
naval authorities of other nations) ; but I
have been unable to get a complete list d
them. They are being continually cor-
rected and improved.]

TRtJBNER'S

(Cental $r iLin9ttt2tte ^ul^licattons;*

JL OA-TA-XjOO-TJE

or

BOOKS, PERTODICALS, AND SERIALS,

ON THE

^imxjf, lLan0ua0e0, laeltgions, ^ntipitte^, Uttera^
ture, ann ^eogtapl)? of tbe Cast,

J.NI) KINDRED SUBJECTS.

PUBLISHED BT

TI^tJEnSTEie/ <5c OO,

LONDON:

TEObNEE & CO., 67 AHD 69, LUDGATE HILL.

1884.

CONTENTS.

••• ••• ••• ••• ••• ••• ••• ••!

••• ••• •*•

*•• ••• ••• ••• ••• ••!

••• ••• ••• •••

• •• ••• •*• ••• ••• ••• ••• ««« „a ,aa

Triibner's Oriental Series

Serials and Periodicals

Archaeology, Ethnography, Geography, History, Law, Literature, Nomiamatics
Travels

The Religions of the East

Comparative Philology (Polyglots)...

Grammars, Dictionaries, Texts, and Translations : —

PAGE

•«• .*. •.• ••• •••

••• ••• ••• •••

••• ••• ••• ••• ••• ••• ••• •••

• • ••• ...

... ..•

... •••

.• •••

.• •••

•• •••

.• •••

• • ••!

• • •••

••• •••

• ••

••• •••

••• •«. ••• •.•

.••
.•• ••• •••

... ... •..

Accad — V, Assyrian

African Languages ...

American Languages

Anglo-Saxon

Arabic

Assamese

Assyrian

Australian Languages

Aztek— V. American Lang. ...

Babylonian — v, Assyrian ...

Basque

Bengali ...

Brahoe ...

Braj BhaJt&— f. Hindi ...

Burmese

Celtic — V. Keltic

Chaldaic — v, Assyrian

Chinese (for books on and in
Pidgin -English see under
this heading)

Choctaw — V. American Lang.

Coptic — V, Egyptian

v/orcan •.• •«• ... •.. t.«

Cornish — V.Keltic

Cree ) — v. American Lan-

Creole ( guages

Cuneiform— v. Assjrrian

Dutch (Pennsylvania) ... .*.

Egyptian

English — Early and Modern
English and Dialects

Frisian

Gaelic— V. Keltic

Gaudian

German (Old)

Gipsy

\jrOiniC ... •• ... ••* *••

Greek (Modern and Classic) ..
Gujarati ...
Gurmukhi
Hawaiian. .

XACDrCW ••• ••• ••• ••• •••

Hidatsa — v, American Lang.

Hindi

Hindustani

••• ... .••

... ... ...

... •*•

.*• ... *•*

... ..•

... ...

... ... ... ...

42
43
44
45
46
47
49

49
49
49

49

60

55

... * - •

•»• •••

... ••• ••• .••

80
66

57
69

69
69
69
70
70
70
70
70
71

72

72

«•• ••• ... ... •••

••• ••• ... ... •••

... •••
ili
••. ...

... .* •

b,Gaelic

••• ••. ... ...

••• ... .*•

«•• .••

••• ••• ••• •••

••• ••• ••• ••• •.•

••• ... .*• ••'

••• ... •.• ••'

••• ••• ... ••'

••• ..• *•• *•* ••• ■•<

••• •• •.• ... ..• ••'

••• ••• *.• ... ••• ••'

*•• ••• *•• ... ... ••*

••• ••'

*•• .•• •*• •.. ... ••'

.•• ... ... ••'

••«

...

...

...

Icelandic

Japanese ...

Irish — V, Keltic

Kamilaroi — see Australian Lang. ..

Kanarese...

Kayathi ...

Keltic(Cornish,GaeUc, Welsh, Irish)

Konkani ...

Libyan ...

Mahratta (Marathi)

Malagasy ...

Malay

Malayalim

Maori

Oriya — V. Uriya

Pali ...

Pazand

Peguan

Pehlvi

Pennsylvania Dutch

Persian

Pidgin- English

Prakrit

Pukshto (Pakkhto, Pashto) —

Punjabi — v, Gurmukhi ^

Quichua — v. American Language^

Roumanian

Russian

Samaritan

Samoan ... ,^

Sanskrit •••

Shan

Sindhi

Sinhalese ...

Suabili ...

Syriac

Tamil

Telugu

Tibetan

Turki

Turkish

Umbrian

Urdu — V. Hindustani
u nya ... ... ...

Welsh— v. Keltic

h.OB

3
6

20
31
38

JIOB

73
74

• «.

••• ...

*• • ••• ...

... ...

••• ••• .*• •••

•••

•.•

••• •••

• •• ••• ••• ... ... **

••• ••• ••• ••• •*• •*

••• ••• ••• ••• ••

... ... ... ... ••• **

... ••• ••• ... ... •*

.*• .•• ••• ... ••• •*

... ••• ... • . ... •*

... ••• ••• .•• ... •■

••• .•• ... ... ••'

•••

...

••• ..• •.• ... ...

••• •..

••• •••

76

76

76

76

76

76

77

77

77

77

77

79

79

79

80

80

82

82

82

82
83
83
83
83
. 93
93
. 93
. 94
. 94
94
95
95
96
96
96

96

... •*• ... •••

J

TRUBNER'S ORIENTAL SERIES.

** A knowledge of tbe commonplace, at least, of Oriental literature, philosophy,
and religion is as necessarr to tbe general reader of the present day as an acquaint-
ance with the Latin and Greek clasiBics was a generation or so ago. Immense strides
have been made within the present century in these branches of learning ; Sanscrit
has been brought within the ran^e of accurate philology, and its invaluable ancient
literature thoroughly inyestigated ; the language and sacred books of the Zoroastrians
have been laid bare ; Egyptian, Assyrian, and other records of the remote past have
been deciphered, and a group of scholars speak of still more recondite Accadian and
Hittite monuments ; but the results of all the scholarship that has been deyoted to
these subjects have been almost inaccessible to the public because they were contained
for the most part in learned or eiqpensiye works, or scattered throughout the numbers
<^ scientific periodicals. Messrs. Trubner & Co., in a spirit oi enterprise which
does them infinite credit, have detecmined to supply the constantly-increasing want,
and to give in a popular, or, at least, a comprehensive form, all this mass of know-
ledge to the woilcL"^ Times.

THE FOLLaWIKG WOBKS AJtE HOW BXABY.

Post 8vo. cloth, uniformly bound.

ESSATS OK TSR SaCEED LANGTJiLGE, WbIXXNGS, AKD HeLIGIOlBT of
THB Parsis. By Martik Havo, Ph.D.. late Professor of Sanskrit and Com-
parative Philology at the University of Munich. Edited and enlarged by Dr.
E. W. Wbst. To which is also added a Biographical Memoir of the late Dr.
Hang, by Prof. Evans. Third Edition, pp. zlviii. and 428. 1884. 16«.

Texts f&om the Bubdhist Canon, commonly known as Dhamma-
pada. With accompanying Narratives. Translated from the Chinese by S.
6eal, B.A., Professor of Chinese, University College, London, pp. viiL and 176.
1878. 7«. 6rf.

The Histoey of Indian Liteeatube. By Albreght Wekeb.

Translated from the German by J. Mann, M.A., and T. Zaohariab, Ph.D.,
with the sanction of the Author. Second Edition, pp. zxiii. 860. 1882. 10«. 6S.

A Sketch ov The Modebn LANGVAeEs of the East Indies. By

RoBEBT CusT. Accompanied by Two Language Maps. pp. ziL and 198.
1878. 12«.

The BiETH of the Wae GK)d. A Poem by KIlidIsa. Translated

from the Sanskrit into English Verse. By Ralph T. H. Grifpith, M.A.,
Principal of Benares College. Second Edition, pp. xii.-116. 1879. 68,

A Classical Dictionabt of Hindu Mythology and History,
GEOoaAPHT AND LITERATURE. By JoHN D0W6ON, M.R.A.S., late Professor
in tbe Staff College, pp. six. and 412. 1879. 16«.

Selections from the Xoban. With a Comuentaby. Translated by
the late Edward William Lane, Author of an ** Arabic-Elnglish Lexicon," etc.
A New Edition, Revised, with an Introduction on the History and Develop-
ment of Islam, especially with reference to India. By Stanley Lane Poole.
pp. cxii.andl76. 1879. 9».

Hetbical Translations from Sanskrit "Wbitebs. With an Intro-
duction, many Prose Versions, and Parallel Passages from Classical Authors.
By J. MuiR, C.I.E., D.C.L. pp. xliv. and 376. 1879. 14«.

4 Linguistic Publications of Trubner ^ Co.f

MoDEEN India Ain) the Indtu^s. Being a Series of Impressions, Notes,
and Essays. By Monier Williams, D.C.L., Hon. LL.D. of the UnWersity
of Calcutta, Hon. Member of the Bombay Asiatic Society, Boden Professor of
Sanskrit in the University of Oxford. Third Edition. Revised and augmented
by considerable additions, pp. 866. With map. 1879. 14«.

Miscellaneous Essays belating to Indian Subjects. By Bbian
HovoHTON Hodgson, F.R.S., late of the Bengal Civil Service, etc., etc
2 vols. pp. viii. and 406, and viiL and 348. 1880. 28«.

The Life ob Legend of Gaudama, the Buddha of the Burmese. With
Annotations, The Ways to Neibban, and Notice on the Phongyies or Burmese
Monks. By the Right Reverend P. Bioandet, Bishop of Ramatha, Vicar
Apostolic of Ava and Pegu. Third Edition, 2 vols. pp. zx. and 268, and viii.
and 326. 1880. 21«.

The Gulistan; or, Bose Gfirdea of Shekh Mushliu'd-din Sadi of
Shiraz. Translated for the first time into Prose and Verse, with a Prefiace,
and a Life of the Author, from the Atish Kadah, by £. B. Eastwick, F. R.S.,
M.R.A.S., etc. Second Edition, pp. zxvi. and 244. 1880. 10«. %d.

Chinese Buddhism. A Volume of Sketches, Historical and Critical.
By J. Edkins, D.D., Author of "China's Place in Philology,'* •* ReUgion in
China,'' etc., etc. pp. xxvi. and 454. 1880. 18«.

The HiSTOBr of Esabhaddon (Son of Sennachebib) Kino of As-
syria, B.C. 681-668. Translated from the Cuneiform Inscriptions upon
Cylinders and Tablets in the British Museum Collection, with the A ssy rian
text. Together with Original Texts, a Grammatical Analysis of each Word,
Explanations of the Ideographs by Extracts from the Bi-Lingual Syllabaries,
and list of Epooyms, etc. By E. A. Budge, B.A., M.R.A.S., etc. pp. xii. and
164. 1880. 10«. M.

A Talmudic Miscellany; or, One Thousand and One Extracts from
the Talmud, the MidraBhim, and the Kabbalah. Compiled and Translated by
P. J. Hershon. With a Preface bj the Rev. F. W. Fabrab, D.D., Canon of
Westminster. With Notes and Copious Indexes, pp. xxviii. and 362. 1880. 14«.

Buddhist Bibth Stobtes ; or, Jataka Tales. The oldest collection of
Folk-lore extant : being the Jatakattbavannana, for the first time edited in the
original Pali, by V. Fausboll, and translated by T. W. Rhys Davids. Trans-
lation. Vol. I. pp. cxvi. and 348. 1880. 18«.

The Classical Poetbt of the Japanese. By Basil Chambebladt,
Author of "Teigio Henkaku, Ichiran," pp. xii. and 228. 1880. la, 6d,

Linguistic and Obtental Essays. Written from the year 1846-1878.
By R. CvsT, Author of ** The Modem Languages of the East Indies." pp. xii.
and 484. 1880. 18«.

The Mesnevi. (Usually known as the Mesneviyi Sherif, or Holy
Mesnevi) of Mevlana (our Lord) Jelalu'd-Din Muhammed er-Rtlmf . Book I.
Together with some account of the Life and Acts of the Author, of his Ancestors,
and of his Descendants. Illustrated by a Selection of Characteristic Anecdotes,
as Collected by their Historian, Mevlana Shemsu'd-Din Ahmed el Eflaki, el
'ArifT. Translated and the Poetry Versified in English. By J. W. Redhousb,
M.R.A.S. pp. XV. and 136, v. and 290. 1881. 21».

Eastebn Pbovebbs and Emblems, Illustrating Old Truths. By the
Rev. J. Long, Member of the Bengal Asiatic Society, F.R.G.S. pp. xvi. and
280. 1881. 64.

Indian Poetbt. Containing a New Edition of ** The Indian Song of
Songs,*' from the Sanskrit of the "Gita Govinda*' of Jayadeva ; Two Books
from " the Iliad of India" (Mahabharata) ; and other Oriental Poems. Third
Edition. Bj Edwin Aknold, M.A., C.S.I., Author of** The Light of Asia,"
etc. pp. yiii. and 270. 1884. Is. 6d,

57 and 59^ Ludgate Hilly London^ JS.C. 5

HiNDTj Philosopht. The Sankhya Karika of Iswara Krishna. An
Exposition of ttue System of Kapila. With an Appendix on the Nyaya and
Yaiseshika Systems. By Jojsn Dayies, M.A. (Cantab.). M.R.A.S. pp. viii.
and 152. 1881. 6«.

The Beligioi9:s of India. By A. Babth. Authorised Transla-
tion by Rev. J. Wood. pp. 336. 1881. 16».

A Manual op Hindu Pantheism. The Yedantasara. Translated
with Copious Annotations, by Major G. A. Jacob, Bombay Staff Corps ;
Inspector of Army Schools. With a Preface by E. B.. Cowell, M.A., Pro-
fessor of Sanskrit in. the University of Cambridge, pp. x. and 129, 1881. 6«.

The Quateains of Omae KhaytIm. Translated by E. H. "Whinfield,
M. A., late of H.M. Bengal Civil Service, pp.96. 1881. 5«.

The Mi^ op Mencjius ; or. Political Economy founded upon Moral
Philosophy. A Systematic Digest of the Doctrine of the Chinese Philosopher
Hencius. Translated from the Original Text, and Classified with Comments
and Explanations. By the Eev. Ernst Faber, Rhenish Mission Society.
Translated (ron^ the German with Additional Notes, by the Rev. A. B.
Hutchinson, C.M.S., Hong-Kong. pp. xvi. and 294. 1881. 10«. 6d.

TSUNI-IIGOAM, THE SUPBEME BeINO OF THE KhOI-KhOI, By ThEO-

PHILU& Haun, Ph.D., Custodian of the Grey CollecticHi, Cape Town, etc. pp.
xii. and 154. 1881. Is. 6^.

YusEP AND ZuLAizHA. A Pooffl by Jami. Translated from the Persian
into English Verse. By Ralph T. H. Griffith, pp. xiv. and 304. 1882.
Sa, 6d.

The Indian Ehpiee : its History, People, and Products* By W. "W.
HuNTEE, C .I.E., LL.D. pp. 568. With Map. 1882. 16«.

A CoMPEEHENSiVE CoMMENTAEY TO THE QuRAN : Comprising Sale's
Translation and Preliminary Discourse, with Additional Notes and Emendations.
Toi^ether with a complete Index to the Text, Preliminary Discourse, ami
Notes. By Rev. E. M. Whebut, M.A., Lodiana. Vol. I. ppv xii. and 392.
1882. 10«. 6d,

COMPAEATITE HiSTOEY OF THE EGYPTIAN AND MbSOPOTAMTAN ReLIGIOSS.
By C. p. Tiele. Egypt, Babel-Assur, Yemen, Harran, Phoenicia, Israel.
Vol. I. History of the Egyptian Religion. Translated from the Butch, with the
co-operation of the Author, by Jambs Ballingal. pp^ xxiv.-230, 1882. 7«. Qd,

The Sabta-Daesana-Samgraha ; or Review of the different Systems of
Hindu Philosophy. By Madhava Acharya. Translated by E. B. Cowell
M.A., Cambridge; and A. E. Gough, M.A., Calcutta. pp.xii.-282. 1882. 10a. 6d.

Tibetan Tales, Derived from Indian Sources. Translated from the
Tibetan of the Kah-Gyur. By F. Anton von Schibfneb. Done into English
from the German, with an Introduction, by W. B. S. Ealston, M.A. pp.
lxvi.-368. 1882. 14«.

I.TNQUI8TIC Essays. By Gael Abel, Ph.Dr. pp. viii.-266. 1882. 9«.

CoMTKirrs. — Language as the Expression of National Modes of Thought— The Conception of
Lore in sonaie Ancient and Modem Languages— The English Verbs of Command— The discrimi-
nation of Synonyms— Philological Methodet— The Connection between Dictionary and Grammar
— The Poflsibility of a Common Literary Language for the Slave Nations Coptic Intensification
— ^The Origin of Language— The Order and Position of Words in the Latin Sentence.

HxETDu Philosophy. The Bhagavad Gita or the Sacred Lay. A
Sanskrit Philosophical Poem. Translated, with Notes, by John Davies, M.A.
(Cantab.) M.B.A.S. pp. vi.-208. 1882. 9s. ed.

The Peolosophy of the TJpanishads and Ancient Indian Metaphysics.
By A. E. GouoH, M.A. Calcutta. Pp. xxiv.-268. 1882. 9«.

6 Linguistic Publications of Trubner 8( Co.,

TIdanavaega : A Collection of Yerses from the Buddhist Canon. Com-
piled by Dharmatbata. Being the Northern Buddhist Version of Dham-
mapada. Translated from the Tibetan of Bkah-h gyn r, with Notes and Extracts
from the Commentary of Pradjnavannan) by "W. w. Bockhill. Pp. XTi.»224.
1883. 9«.

A HisTOET 01* BiTRMA. Inclading Burma Proper, Pegu, Taungra,
Tenasserim, and Arakan. From l^e Eariiest Time to Ihe End of the Pirst
War with British India. By Lieut. -General Sir Abthxjr P. Phatks,
G.C.M.G., K.C.S.I., C.B., &c. pp. xii and 312, with Maps and Plan,
1883. Us.

The Quatrain^s op Ohas KhayyIm. The Persian Text, with an
English Terse Translation. By E. H. W&infield, M.A., late of the Bengal
Civil Service, pp. xxxii. and 336. 1883. 10<. 6d.

A Sketch of the Mobemt Languages op Afbica. By R. W. Cust.
Accompanied by a Language Map. By E. G. Ravbntstein. Two YoIb.
pp. XVI.-288, viii.-278, with Thirty-one Autetype Portraits. 1883. 25«.

Outlines of the History of Ekligion to the Spread of the Ukivbesal
Belioions. By Prof. C. P^ Tielb, Translated from the Dutch by J. Estlin
Gabpenter, M.A., with the Author's assistance. Third Edition, pp. xx.
and 250. 1884. 7«. Qd.

Beligion in China ; containing a brief Account of the Three BeligiouB
of the Chinese ; with Observations on the Prospects of Christian Conversion
amongst that People. By Joseph Edkins, D.D., Peking. Third Edition,
pp. xvi. and 260, 1884. 7a. 6d.

THE FOLLOWING WOBES ABE IN PBEFABATION^—

MaNAYA-DHARMA-CasTRA ; OF, Laws of Mann. A new Translation,

with Introduction, Notes, etc. By A. C. Bcjrnell, Ph.D., CLE.
Oriental Religions in their Relation to Universal Religion. By

Samuel Johnson. Second Section — ^China. In Two Volumes.
Bttddhist Records of the Western World. Being the Si-tu-ki by

HwEN Thsang. Translated from the original Chinese, with Introduction,

Index, etc. By Samcel Beal, Trinity College, Cambridge; Profesaor of

Chinese, University College, London. In Two Vols.
The Six Jewels of the Law. With Pali Texts and English Trans-

latioo. By R. Morris, LL.D.
The Aphorisms of the Sankhta Phtdosopht of Xapila. With Illns-

trative Extracts from the Commentaries. By the late J. B. Ballanttme.

Second Edition, Edited by Fitzetiward Hall

A Comparative History of the Egyptian and Mesopotamian Rsligioks.
By Dr. C. P. Tiele. In two Volumes. Vol. II. History of the Assyrian
Beligion. Translated from the Dutch, with the Assistance of the Author, by
James Ballinoal.

SERIALS AND PERIODICALS.

Asiatic Society of Great Britain and Ireland. — Journal of ths

BoYAL Asiatic Society of 6k eat Britain and Ireland, from the Com-
mencement to 1863. First Series, complete in 20 Vols. 8t6., with many Platea,
Price £10; or, in Single Numbers, as follows: — Nos. 1 to 14, 6«. each; No. 15,
2 Parts, 49. each ; No. 16, 2 Parts, 4«. each ; No. 17, 2 Parts, 4». each ; No.
18, 6». These 18 Numbers form Vols. I. to IX.— Vol. X., Part 1, o.p. ;
Part 2, 68. ; Part 8, 5*.— Vol. XI., Part 1, 6». ; Part 2 not published. — VoL
XII., 2 Parts, 6«. each.—Vol. XIII., 2 Parts, 6». each.— Vol. XIV., Part 1.
68. ; Part 2 not published.— Vol. XV., Part 1, 6*. ; Part 2, with 3 Maps, £2 2«.
—Vol. XVI., 2 Parts, 6«. each.— Vol. XVII., 2 Parts, 6«. each.—Vol. XVIII.,
2 Parts, 6». each.—Vol. XIX., Parts 1 to 4, 16«.— Vol. XX., Parts 1 and 2, 4<.
each. Part 8, 7«. 6d»

67 and 59, Ludgate Hill, London, E.C. 7

Asiatic Soeiety. — Jottrnai. op the Eoyal Asiatic Societt of Geeat
Britain and Ireland. New Series, Vol. I. In Two Parts, pp. !▼. and
490, lewed. 1864-5. 16«.

CoNTXMTfi. — I. yajra-olihedik&, tbe "Kin Kong King," or Diamond Sdtra. Translated from
Uie Chinese by the Kev. S. Beal, Chaplain, R.N. — II. Tbe Pfiramit6-hridaya Sdtra, or, in Chinese,
"Mo ho-pd-ye-poolo-mih-to-sin-king," i.e. "The Great P&ramit& Heart Stitra." Translated
ttoxD. the Chinese by the Bev. 8. Beal, Chaplain, II.N. — III. On the Preservation of National
Literatore in the East. By Colonel F. J. Ooldsmid. — IV. On the Agrieultaral, Commercial,
Financial, and Military Statistics of Ceylon. By E. R. Power, Esq. — V. Contributions to a
Knowledge of the Vedic Theogony and Mythology. By J. Muir, D.C.L., LL.D. — VI. A Tabular
List of Original Works and Translations, published by the late Dutch Ooyemment of Ceylon at
their Printing Press at Colombo. Compiled by Mr. Mat. P. J. Ondaatje, of Colombo. — VII
Assyrian and Hebrew Chronology compared, with a view of showing the extent to which the
Hebrew Chronology of Ussher must be modified, in conformity with the Assyrian Canon. By
J. W. Bosanquet, Esq. — VIII. On the existing Dictionaries of the Malay Language. By Dr.
H. N. Yan der Tuuk. — IX. Bilingual Readings : Cuneiform and Phoenician. Notes on some
Tablets in the British Museum, containing Bilingual Legends (Assyrian and Phoenician). By
Major-Oeneral SirH.Rawlinson, K.C.B., Director R.A.S.— X. Translations of Three Copper-plate
Inscriptions of the Fourth Century a.d., and Notices of the Ch&lukya and Gurjjara Dynasties
By Professor J . Dowson, Staff College, Sandhurst. — XI. Yama and the Doctrine of a Future
me, according to the Rig-Ysgur-, and Atharva-Vedas. By J. Muir, Esq., D.C.L., LL.D.— XII.
On tiie Jyotisha Obsenration of the Place of the Colures, and the Date derivable from it. By
William D. Whitney, Esq., Professor of Sanskrit in Yale College, New Haven, U.S. — Note on
the preceding Article. By Sir Edward Colebrooke, Bart., M.P., President R.A.S.— XIII. Pro-
gress of the Vedic Religion towards Abstract Conceptions of the Deity. By J. Muir, Esq.,
D.C.L., LL.D. — XIV. Brief Notes on the Age and Authenticity of the Work of Aryabhata,
Yar&hamihira, Brahmagupta, Bhattotpala, and Bh&skarftch&rya. By Dr. Bh&u Ddjt, Hono-
rary Member B.A.S.— XY. Outlines of a Grammar of the Malagasy Language. By H. N. Van
der Tank. — ^XVI. On the Identity of Xandrames and Krananda. By Edward Thomas, Esq.

Vol. II. In Two Parts, pp. 622, sewed. 1866-7. 16».

Contents. — ^I. Contributions to a Knowledge of Vedic Theogony and Mythology. No. 2.
By J. Muir, Esq. —II. Miscellaneous Hymns from the Rig- and Atharva-Vedas. By J. Muir,
Esq. — III. Five hundred questions on the Social Condition of the Natives of Bengal. By the
Bev. J. Long.— lY. Short account of the Malay Manuscripts belonging to tbe Royal Asiatic
Society. By Dr. H. N. van der Tuuk.— V. Translation of the Amit&bha Sfltra from the Chinese.
By the Rev. S. Beal, Chaplain Royal Navy.— VI. The initial coinage of Bengal. By Edward
Tnomas, Esq. — VII. Specimens of an Assyrian Dictionary. By Edwin Norris, Esq.— VIIL On
the Relations of the Priests to the other classes of Indian Society in the Vedic age By J. Mnir,
Esq.— IX. On the Interpretation of the Veda. By the same. — X. An attempt to Translate
from the Chinese a work known as the Confessional Services of the great compassionate Kwan
Tin, possessing 1000 hands and 1000 eyes. By the Rev. S. Beal, Chaplain Roval Navy.
— XI. The Hymns of the Gaupiyanas and the Legend of King Asam&ti. By Pro/essor Max
Huller, M.A., Honorary Member Royal Asiatic Society.— XII. Specimen Chapters of an Assyrian
Grammar. By the Rev. E. Hincks, D. D., Honorary Member Royal Asiatic Society.

Vol. III. In Two Parts, pp. 516, sewed. With Photograph. 1868. 22«.

CoNTSNTS. — ^I. Contributions towards a Glossary of the Assjnrian Language. By H. F. Talbot.
— ^11. Remarks on the Indo-Chinese Alphabets. By Dr. A. Bastian.— III. The poetry of
Mohamed Rabadan, Arragonese. By the Hon. H. £. J. Stanley.— IV. Catalogue of the Oriental
Manuscripts in the Library of Kind's College, Cambridge. By Edward Henry Palmer, B.A-,
Scholar of St. John's College, Cambridge ; Member of the Royal Asiatic Society , Membre de la
Soci^t^ Asiatique de Paris. — V. Description of the Amravati Tope in Guntur. By J. Fergnsson,
Esq., F.R.8.— VI. Remarks on Prof. Brockhaus* edition of the Kathfisarit-Rigara, Lambaka IX.
XVIIl. By Dr. H. Eem, Professor of Sanskrit in the University of Leyden.— VII. The source
of Colebrooke's Essay ** On the Duties of a Faithful Hindu Widow." By Fitzedward Hall, Esq.,
If.A., D.C.L. Oxon. Supplement : Further detail of proofs that Colebrooke's Essay, " On the
Duties of a Faithful Hindu Widow," was not indebted to the Vivadabhangarnava. By Fitz-
edward Hall, Esq.— VIII. The Sixth Hymn of the First Book of the Rig Veda. By Professor
Max MUller, M.A. Hon. M.R.A.S. — IX. Sassanian Inscriptions. By E. Thomas, Esq.— X. Ac-
count of an Embassy from Morocco to Spain in 1690 and 1691. By the Hon. H. E. J. Stanlev. —
XI. The Poetry of Mohamed Rabadan, of Arragon. By the Hon. H. E. J. Stanley.— All.
Materials for the ffistory of India for the Six Hundred Years of Mohammadan rule, previous to
the Foundation of the British Indian Empire. By Major W. Nassau Lees, LL.D., Ph.D. — XIII.
A Few Words concerning the Hill people inhabiting the Forests of the Cochin State. By
Captain G. £. Ftyer, Madras Staff Corps, M.R.A.S.— XIV. Notes on the Bhojpurt Dialect of
Hindi, spoken in Western Bebar. By John Beames, Esq., B.C.S., Magistrate of Chumparun.

Vol. IV. In Two Parts, pp. 621, sewed. 1869-70. 16«.

CoNTKNTS. — I. Contribution towards a Glossary of the Assyrian Language. By H. F. Talbot.
Part II.— II. On Indian Chronology. By J. Pergusson, Esq., F.R.8.— III. The Poetry ol
Mohamed Rabadan of Arragon. By the Hon. H. E. J. Stanley.— IV. On the Magar Language
of NepaL By John Beames, Esq., B.C.S.— V. Contributions to the Knowledge of Parsee Lite-
rature. By Edward Sachau, Ph.D.— VI. Illustrations of the Lamaist System in Tibet, drawn
ftom Chinese Sources. By Wm. Frederick Mayers, Esq., of H.B.M. Consular Service, China.—-

8 Linguistic Publications of Trubner S[ Co.,

m. Kbnddaka P&tha, a P&Ii Text, with a Translation and Notes. By B. C. Childen,.late of
the Cevlon Civil Senrice.— YIII. An Endeavour to elucidate Bashiduddin's Geographical Notioet
of India. By Col. H. Tale, C.B.— IX. Sassanian Inscriptions explahied hy the Pahlavt of the
Pirsls. By E. W. West, Esq.— X. Some Account of the Senhyfl Pagoda at MengOn, near the
Burmese Capital, in a Memorandum by Capt. E. H. Sladan, Politieal Agent at Mandal6; with
Remarks on the Subject hy Col. Henry Yule, C.B^— XI. The Brhat-Sanhiti ; or, Complete
S^tem of Natural Astrology of Var&ha-Mihira. Translated fW>m Sanskrit into English hyDr.
H. Kern. -XII. The Mohammedan Law of Evidence, and its influenee on the AdminiBtrati<m of
Justice in India. By N. B. E. Baillie, Esq.— XIII. The Mohammedan Law of Evidence in eon-
neotion with the Administration of Justice to Foreigners. By N. B. E. Baillie, Esq.— XIV. A
Translation of a Baotrian P&li Inscription. By Prof. J. Dowson.— XV. Indo-Parthian Coiiu
By £. Thomas, Esq.

Vol. v. In Two Parts, pp. 463, sewed. With 10 foil-page and folding Plates.
1871-2. 18*.6rf.

CoMTXMTS.— I. Two J&takas. The original P&li Text, with an English Translation. By V.
FausbSll.— II. On an Ancient Buddhist Inscription at Keu-yung kwan, in North China. Bv A.
Wylie.— III. The Brhat SanhitH ; or. Complete System of Natural Astrology of Var&ha-Mihira
Translated from Sanskrit into English by Dr. H. Kern.— IV. The Pongol Festival in Southern
India. By Charles E. Gover.- V. The Poetry of Mohamed BAbadan, of Arragon. By the Bight
Hon. Lord Stanley of Alderley.— VI. Essay on the Creed and Customs of the Jangama. By
Charles P. Brown.— VII. On Malabar, Coromandel, Quilon, etc. By C. P. Brown.— VIIL On
the Treatment of the Nexus in the Neo-Aryan Languages of India. By John Beames, B.C.S.—
IX. Some Bemarks on the Great Tope at S&nchi. By the Bev. S. Beal.— X. Ancient Inaoriptioas
from Mathura. Translated by Professor J. Dowson.— Note to the Mathura Inscriptiona. By
Hajor-Oeneral A. Cunningham.— XI. Specimen of a Translation of the Adi Oranth. By Dr.
Ernest Trumpp.— XII. Notes on Dhammapada, with Special Beference to the Question of Nir-
T&na. By B. C. Childers, late of the Ceylon Civil Service.— XIII. The Brhat-Sanhitft ; or.
Complete System of Natural Astrology of Varftha^mihira. Translated from Sanskrit into English
by Dr. H. Kern.— XIV. On the Origin of the Buddhist Arthakathfts. By the Mudliar L. ComriUa
Vijasinha, Government Interpreter to the Batnapura Court, Ceylon. With an Introduction by
B. C. Childers, late of the Ceylon Civil Service.— XV. The Poetry of Mohamed Babadan, of
Arragon. By the Bight Hon. Lord Stanley of Alderley.— XVI. Proverbia Communia Svriaca.
By Captain B. F. Burton.- -XVII. Notes on an Ancient Indian Vase, with an Account of the En-

f raving thereupon. By Charles Home, M.B.A.S., late of the Bengal Civil Service.— XVIII.
be Bhar Tribe. Bv the Bev. M. A. Sherring, LL.D., Benares. Communicated by C. Home,
M.B.A.S., late B.C.S.— XIX. Of Jihad in Mohammedan Law, and its application to British
India. By N. B. E. Baillie.— XX. Comments on Becent Pehlvi Decipherments. With an Inci-
dental Sketch of the Derivation of Aryan Alphabets. And Contributions to the Early History
and Geography of Tabaristfin. Illustrated by Coins. By E. Thomas, F.B.S.

Vol. YI., Part 1, pp. 212, sewed, with two plates and a map. 1872. B9.

CoNTKNTS. — The Ishmaelites, and the Arabic Tribes who Conquered their Country. By A.
Sprenger.— A Brief Account of Four Arabic Works on the History and Geography of Arabia.
By Captain S. B. Miles.— On the Methods of Disposbig of the Dead at Llassa, Thibet, etc. By
Charles Home, late B.C.S. The Brhat-Sanhit&.; or, Complete System of Natural Astrology of
Var&ha-mihira, Translated fh)m Sanskrit into English by Dr. H. Kem.— Notes on Hwen
Thsang's Account of the Principalities of Tokhfiristftn, in which some Previous Geomphical
Identifications are Beconsidered. By Colonel Yule, C.B.— The Campaign of JSlius GaUus in
Arabia. By A. Sprenger.— An Account of Jerusalem, Translated for the late Sir H. M. Elliot
from the Persian Text of N&sir ibn Khnsrtl's Safan&mah by the late M^jor A. B. Fuller.— The
Poetry of Mohamed Babadan, of Arragon. By the Bight Hon. Lord Stanley of Alderley.

Vol. YI., Part II., pp. 213 to 400 and Ixxxiv., sewed. Illustrated with a Map,
Plates, and Woodcuts. 1873. Ss.

CoiTTBNTS. - On Hiouen-Thsang's Journey from Patna to Ballabhi. By James Fergusson,
D.C.L., F.B.S. - Northern Buddhism. [Note from Colonel H. Yule, addressed to the Secretary.]
—Hwen Th8ang»s Account of the Principalities of TokhArist&n, etc. By Colonel H. Yule, C.B. —
The Brhat-SaAhit&; or. Complete System of Natural Astrology of VarlLha-mihira. Translated
from Sanskrit into English by Dr. H. Kem.— The Initial Comage of Bengal, under the Early
Muhammadan Conquerors. Part II. Embracing the preliminaiy period between a.h. 614-6S4
(a.d. 1217-1236-7). By Edward Thomas, F.B.S.— The Legend of Dipafikara Buddha. Translated
from the Chinese (and intended to illustrate Plates xxtx. and l., *Tree and Serpent Worship ').
By S. Beal.— Note on Art. IX., antd pp. 218-274, on Hiouen-Thsang's Journey fh>m Patna to
Ballabhi. By James Fergusson D.G.L., F.B.S.— Contributions towards a Glossary of the
Assyrian Language. By H. F. Talbot.

Yol. YII., Part I., pp. 170 and 24, sewed. With a plate. 1874. 8*.

Contents. — The Upasampadd'Kammav&cdf being the Buddhist Manual of the Form and
Manner of Ordering of Priests and Deacons. The P&li Text, with a Translation and Notes.
By J. F. Dickson, B.A., sometime Student of Christ Church, Oxford, now of the Ceylon Civil
Service.— Notes on the Megalithic Monuments of tiie Coimbatore District, Madras. By M. J.
Walhouse, late Madras C.S. — Notes on the Sinhalese Language. No. I. On the Formation of
the Plural of Neuter Nouns. By B. C. Childers, late of the Ceylon Civil Service.— The Pali
Text of the Mnhdparinibb&na Sutfa and Commentary, with a Translation. By B. C. Childer««
late of the Ceylon Civil Service.— The Brihat-Sanhit& ; or, Complete System of Natural Astrolo^

67 and 59, Ludgate Hill, Lonaon, E.G. 9

of yariha-mihira. Translated from Sanskrit into English by Dr. H. Kern.— Note on the
Yalley of Choombi. By Dr. A. Campbell, late Superintendent of Darjeeling.— The Name of the
Twelfth Imftm on the Coinage of Egypt. By H. Sauvaire and Stanley Lane Poole.-— Thre
Inscriptions of Par&krama B&bu the Great from Pulastipura, Ceylon (date circa 1180 a.v.). By
T. W. Rhys Davids.— Of the Kharftj or Muhammadan Land Tax ; its Application to British
India, and Effect on the Tenure of Land. By N. B. E. Baillie.— Appendix : A Specimen of a
Syriao Yerglon of the Kalilah wa-Dimnah, with an English Translation. By W. Wright.

Vol. VII., Part II., pp. 191 to 394, sewed. With seven plates and a map. 1875. 8»

CoHTBHTS.— Slgiri, the Lion Rock, near Pulastipura, Ceylon ; and the Thirty-ninth Chapter
of the Mah&vamsa. By T. W. Rhys Davids.— The Northern Frontagers of China. Part I.
The Origlnee of the Mongols. By H. H. Howorth.— Inedited Arabic Coins. By Stanley Lan-
Poole.— Notice on the Dln&rs of the Abbasside Dynasty. By Edward Thomas Rogers.— The
Northern Frontagers of China. Part II. The Origines of the Manchus. By H. H. Howorth.
—Notes on the Old Mongolian Capital of Shangtu. By S. W. Bushell, B.Sc, M.D.— Orientel
Proverbs in their Relations to Folklore, History, Sociology ; with Suggestions for their Collec-
tion, Interpretation, Publication. By the Rev. J. Long.- Two Old Simhalese Inscriptions. The
Sahasa Malla Inscription, date 1200 a.d., and the Ruwanweeli Dagaba Inscription, date 1191 a.d.
Text, Translation, and Notes. By T. W. Rhys Davids. -Notes on a Bactrian Pali Inscription
and the Samvat Era. By Prof. J. Dowson.— Note on a Jade Drinking Vessel of the Emperor
Jahingfr. By Edward Thomas, F.R.S.

Vol. VIII., Part I., pp. 166, sewed, with three plates and a plan. 1876. 8».

Contents. — Catalogue of Buddhist Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Possession of the Royal
Asiatic Society (Hodgson Collection). By Professors E. B. Cowell and J. Eggeling.— On the
Ruins of Slgiri in Ceylon. By T. H. Blakesley, Esq., Public Works Department, Ceylon.— The
P4timokkha, bemg the Buddhist Office of the Confession of Prieste. The Pali Text, with a
Tianalation, and Notes. By J. F. Dickson, M.A., sometime Student of Christ Church, Oxford,
now of the Ceylon Civil Service.— Notes on the Sinhalese Language. No. 2. Proofs of the
Sanakritic Origin of Sinhalese. By R. C. Childers, late of the Ceylon Civil Service.

Vol. VIII., Part II., pp. 167-308, sewed. 1876. %8,

CoNTJBNTS.— An Account of the Island of Bali. By R. Friederich.— The Pali Text of the Mah&-
narinibb&na Sutta and Commentary, with a Translation. By R. C. Childers, late of the Ceylon
Civil Service.— The Northern Frontagers of China. Part III. The Kara Khitai. By H. H.
Howorth.— Inedited Arabic Coins. II. By Stanley Lane Poole.— On the Form of Government
under the Native Sovereigns of Ceylon. By A. de Silva Ekan&yaka, Mudaliyar of the Depart-
ment of Public Instruction, Ceylon.

Vol. IX., Part I., pp. 156, sewed, with a plate. 1877. 8«.

CoirrBNTS.— Bactrian Coins and Indian Dates. By E. Thomas, F.R.S.— The Tenses of the
Assyrian Verb. By the Rev. A. H. Sayce, M.A. — An Account of the Island of Bali. By R.
Friedericb (continued from Vol. VIII. n.s. p. 218).— On Ruins in Makran. By Major Mockler.
—Inedited Arabic Coins. III. By Stanley Lane Poole,— Further Note on a Bactrian Pali Inscrip-
tion and the Samvat Era. By Prof. J. Dowson. — Notes on Persian Beldchistan. From the
Fenian of Mirza Mehdy Kh&n. By A. H. Schindler.

Vol IX., Part II., pp. 292, sewed, with three plates. 1877. 10«. 6^. .

CoiVTBNTB.— The Early Faith of Asoka. By E. Thomas, F.R.S.— The Northern Frontagers
of China. Part II. The Manchus (Supplementary Notice). By H. H. Howorth.— The Northern
Frontagers of China. Part IV. The Kin or Golden Tatars. By H. H. Howorth. -On a Treatise
on Weights and Measures by Eliyd, Archbishop of Nistbfn. By M. H. Sauvaire.— On Imperial
and other Titles. By Si** T. E. Colebrooke, Bart., M.P.— Affinities of the Dialects of the Chepang
and Kusundah Tribes of Nip&l with those of the Hill Tribes of Arracan. By Captain C. J. F.
Forbes F.R.G.S., M.A.S. Bengal, etc.— Notes on Some Antiquities found m a Mound near
Damghan. By A. H. Schindler.

Vol. X., Part I., pp. 166, sewed, with two plates and a map. 1878. 8«.

CosiTBWTS.— On the Non-Aryan Languages of India. By E. L. Brandreth, Esq.— A Dialogue
<m the Vedantic Conception of Brahma. By Pramad& D&sa Mittra, late Officiating Professor of
Anglo-Sanskrit, Government College, Benares.- An Account of the Island of Bali. By R.
Friederich (continued from Vol. IX. N. S. p. 120).— Unpublished Glass Weights and Measures.
By Edward Thomas Rogers.— China vi& Tibet. By S. C. Boulger.- Notes and Recollections on
Tea Cultivation in Kumaon and Garhwdl. By J. H. Batten, F.R.G.S., Bengal Civil Service
Setired, formerly Commissioner of Kumaon.

Vol. X., Part II., pp. 146, sewed. 1878. 6«.

CeNTKNTB.— Note on Pliny's Geography of the East Coast of Arabia. By Major-General
8. B. Miles, Bombay Staff Corp«. The Maldive Islands ; with a Vocabulary taken from Francois
Pyrard de Laval, 1602—1607. By A. Gray, late of the Ceylon Civil Service.— On Tibeto-Burman
Languages. By Captain C. J. F. S. Forbes, of the Burmese Civil Service Commission.— Burmese
Transliteratiim. By H. L. St. Barbe, Esq., Resident at Mandelay.— On the Connexion of the
M&18 of Pegpi with the Koles of Central India. By Captain C. J. F. S. Forbes, of the Burmese
ClTil Commission. — Studies on the Comparative Grammar of the Semitic Languages, with
Special Reference to Assyrian. By Paul Haupt. The Oldest Semitic Verb-Form.— Arab Metro-
logy. II. El-Djabarty. Bjr M. H. Sauvaire.— The Migrations and Early History of the White
Huns ; principally from Chinese Sources. By Thomas W. Kingsmill.

VoL X., Part III., pp. 204, sewed. 1878. 8a.

C o MT KK TB.— On the Hill Canton of S&lfir,— the most Easterly Settlement of the Turk Race.

lO Linguistic Publications of Triibner ^ Co.^

By Robert B. Shaw. -Geologioul Notes on the River Indus. By Griffin W.Tyse, B.A., M.R.A.8.»
etc.. Executive Engineer P.W.D. Panjab.— Educational Literature for Japanese Women. By
Basil Hall Chamberlain, Esq., M.R.A.S.— On tbe Natural Phenomenon Known in the East by
the Names Sub-hi-Kazib, etc., etc. By J. W. Redhouse, M.R.A.8., Hon. Memb. R.S.L.^-On
a Chinese Version of the S&nkhya K&rik&, etc., found among the Buddhist Books comprising
the Trii)itaka and two other works. Bv the Rev. Samuel Beal, M.A. — The Rook-out Pmygian
Inscriptions at Doganlu. By Edward Thomas, F.R.3. — Index.

Vol. XI., Part. I., pp. 128, sewed, with seven illustrations. 1879. 5«.

Cov TENTS.— On the Position of Women in the East in the Olden Time. By Edward Thomas,
F.R.S.— Notice of the Scholars who have Contributed to the Extension of our Knowledge of the
Languages of British India during the last Thirty Tears. By Robert N. Cust, Hon. Librarian
R.A.S.— Ancient Arabic Poetry: its Genuineness and Authenticity. By Sir William Muir, K.C.S.I.,
LL.D.— Note on Manrique's Mission and the Catholics in the time of 8h&h Jah&n. By H. G.
Keene, Esq.— On Sandhi in Pali. By the late R. C. Ghilders. — On Arabic Amulets and Mottoes.
By E. T. Rogers, M.R.A.S.

Vol. XI., Part II., pp. 266, sewed, with map and plate. 1879. 7». td.

CoiTTENTS.— On the Identification of Places on tbe Makran Coast mentioned by Arrian, Ptolemy,
and Marcian. By Major E. Mockler. — On the Proper Names of the Mohammadans. By Sir T.
£. Colebrooke, Bart., M.P. — Principles of Composition in Chinese, as deduced from the Written
Characters, hy the Rev. Dr. Legge. On the Identification of the Portrait of Chosroes II. among
the Paintings in the Caves at Ajanta. By James Fergusson, Vice-President.— A Specimen of
the Zoongee for Zurngee) Dialect of a Tribe of Nagaa, bordering on the Valley of Assam,
between tbe Dikho and Desoi R vers, embracing over Forty Villages. By the Rev. Mr. dark

Vol. XI. Part III. pp. 104, cxxiv. 16, sewed. 1879. 8».

Contents.— The Gaurian compared with the Romance Languages. Part I. By E. L.
Brandreth.— Dialects of Colloquial Arabic. By E. T. Rogers. — A Comparative Study of the
Japanese and Korean Languages. By W. G. Aston.— Index.

Vol. XII. Part I. pp. 152, sewed, with Tahle. 1880. 6».

CoNTBNTs.— On '• The Most Comely Names," i.e. the Laudatory Epithets, or the Titles of Praine,
bestowed on God in the Qur'fln or by Muslim Writers. By J . W. Redhouse, M.R.A.S., Hon. Mem.
R.S.L., etc. — Notes on a newly-discovered Clay Cylinder of Cyrus the Great. By Major-General
Sir H. C. Rawlinson, K.C.B., President and Director of the Royal Asiatic Society.- Note on
Hiouen-Thsang's Dhanakacheka. By Robert Sewell, M.C.S., M.R.A.S. — Remarks bv Mr.
Fergusson on Mr. Sewell's Paper.— A Treatise on Weights and Measures. By Eliyd, Archbishop
of Nistbfu. By H. Sauvaire. (Supplement to Vol. IX.. pp. 291-313)- On the Age of the
Ajantfi Caves. By RSjendral&la Mitra Rai Bahadur, C.I.E., LL.D., and Hon. Member of the
Royal Asiatic Society.— Notes on Babu RdjendralA Mitra's Paper on the Age of the Caves at
Ajantfi. By James Fergusson, V.P., D.C.L., F.R.S.

Vol. XII. Part II. pp. 182, sewed, with map and plate. 1880. 6«.

Contents.— On Sanskrit Texts Discovered in Japan. By Professor F. Max Mflller. — Extracts
from Report on the Islands and Antiquities of Bahrein. By Captain Durand. Followed by Notes
by Major-General Sir H. C. Rawlinnon, K.C.B., F.R.S.. President and Director of the Royal
Asiatic Sooiety. — Notes on the Locality and Population of the Tribes dwelling between the Brah-
maputra and Ningthi Rivers. By the late G. H. Damant, M.A., M.R. A.S., Political Officer, N&ga
Hills.— On the Saka, Samvat, ana Gupta Eras. A Supplement to his Paper on Indian Chronology.
By James Fergusson, D.C.L., F.R.S,, F.P.R.A.S.— The Megba-SQtra. By Cecil Bendall, Fellow
of Gonville and Caius College, Cambridge. — Historical and ArchsBological Notes on a Journey
in South-Westem Persia, 1877-1878. By A, Houtum-Schindler.— Identification of the '• Fal?e
Dawn " of the M uslims with the ** Zodiacal Light " of Europeans. By J. W. Redhouse, M.R. A.8.,
Hon. Member R.S.L.

Vol. XII. Part III. pp. 100, sewed, 1880. 4*.

Contents. — The Gauriun compared with the Romance Languages. Part II. By E. L.
Brandreth.— The Uzbeg Epos. By Arminius Vamb^ry.- On the Separate Edicts at Dhauli and
Jaugada. By Prof. Kern.— Grammatical Sketch of the Kakhyen Language. By Rev. J. N.
Cushing.— Notes on the Libyan Languages, in a Letter addressed to R. N. Cust, ^sq., by Prof.
F. W. Newman.

Vol. XII. Part IV. pp. 152, with 8 plates. 1880. 8».

Contents.— The Early History of Tibet, itom Chinese Sources. By S. W. Bushell, M.D.—
Notes on some Inedited Coins from a Collection made in Persia during the Tears 1877-79. By
Guy Le Strange, M.R.A.S.— Buddhist NirvJlna and the Noble Eightfold Path. By Oscar
Frankfurter, Ph.D.— Index.— Annual Report, 1880.

VoL XIII. Part I. pp. 120, sewed. 1881. 5».

Contents.— Indian Theistic Reformers. By Professor Monier Williams, C.I.E., D.C.L.— Notes
on the Kawi Language and Literature. By Dr. H. N. Van der Tnuk. — The Invention of the
Indian Alphabet. By John Dowson, M.R.A.S. Tbe Nirvana of the Northern Buddhists. By
the Rev. J. Edkins, D.D.— An Account of the Malay **Chiri,'* a Sanskrit Formula. By W. E.
Maxwell, M.K.A.S.

Vol. XIII. Part II. pp. 170, with Map and 2 Plates. 1881. 8«.

Contents.- The Northern Frontagers of China. Part V. The Khitai or Khitans. By H. H.
Ho worth, F.S.A.— On the Identification of Nagarahara, with reference to the Travels of Hiouen-

57 and 59^ Ludgate Hilly London, KC. 11

Thsanflr. By W. Simpson, F.K.G.S.—Hinda Law at Madras. By J. H. Nelson, M.A., Madras
Chril Servioe.— On the Proper Names of the Mohammedans. By Sir T. E. Colebrooke, Bart., M .P.
—Supplement to the Paper on Indian Theistic Reformers, published in the January Number
of thu Journal. By Prof. Monier Williams, CLE.

Vol. Xni. Part III. pp. 178, with plate. 1881. 7#. 6d.

C0NTBKT8. — The Avftr Language. By C. Graham.— Otucasian Nationalities. By M. A.
Morrison.— Translation of the Markandeya Purana. Books VII., VIII. By the Rev. B.
H. Wortham.— Lettre k M. Stanley Lane Poole sur quelques monnaies orien tales raresou incites
de la Collection de M . Ch . de 1* Eclui>e. Par H . 'Sauvaire. —Aryan M y thology in M alay Traditions.
By W. E. Maxwell, Colonial Civil Service.— The Koi, a Southern Tribe of the Gond. By the
BeT. J. Cain, Missionary.— On the Duty which Mohammedans cin Britioh India owe, on the
Principles of their own Law, to the Government of the Country. By N. B. E. Baillie.— The
L-Poem of the Arabs, by Shanfara. Re-arranged and translated by J. W. Redhouse, M.R.A.S.

Vol. Xin. Part IV. pp. 130, cxxxvi 16, with 3 plates. 1881. 10«. 6rf.

C0KTRKT8.— On the Andaman Islands and the Andamanese. By M. Y. Portman, M.R.A.S. —
Notes on Marco Polo's Itinerary in Southern Persia. By A. Houtum-Schindler.— Two Malay
Myths : The Princess of the Foam, and the Raja of Bamboo. By W. £. Maxwell, M.U.A.S.—
The Epoch of the Guptas. By E. Thomas, F. K ,S.— Two Chinese-Buddhist Inscriptions found at
Buddha Gaya. By the Rev. S. Beal. With 2 Plates.— A Sanskrit Ode addressed to the Congress
of Orientalists at Berlin. By Rama Dasa Sena, the Zemindar of Berhampore. With a Transla-
tion by Mr. Shyami^i Krishnavarma, of Balliol College.— Supplement to a paper, ** On the Duty
which BCahommedans in British India owe, on the Principals of their own Law, to the Govern-
ment of the Country." By N. B. E. Baillie, M.R.A.S.— Index.

Vol. XrV. Part I. pp. 124, with 4 plates. 1882, 6«.

CoMTKMTs.— The Apology of Al Kindy : An Essay on its Age and Authorship. By Sir W
Muir, K.C.S.I., LL.D. — The Poet Pampa. By L. Rice.— On a Coin of Shams ud DunyS, wa ud
Din Mabmiid Shfth. ByO. J. Rodgers, M.R.A^., Amritsar.— Note on PI. xxviii. fig. 1, of Mr.
Fergosson's **Tree and Serpent Worship," 2nd Edition. By S. Beal, Professor of Chinese,
London University.— On the present state of Mongolian Researches. By Prof. B. Julg, in a
Letter to R. N. Cust, Esq., Hon. Sec. R.A.S.— A Sculptured Toipe on an Old Stone at Dras,
Ladak. By W. Simpson, F.R.G.S. — Sanskrit Ode addreosed to the Fifth International Congress
of Orientalists assembled at Berlin, September, 1881. By the Lady Pandit Rama-bai, of Silchar,
Kachar, Assam. With a Translation by Professor Monier Williams, CLE. —The Intercourse of
China with Eastern Turkestan and'tbe Adjacent Countries in the Second Century b.c. By T. W^
Kingsmin. — Suggestions on the Formation of the Semitic Tenses. A Comparative and Critical
Study. By G. Bertin, M.R.A.S.— On a Lolo MS. written on Satin. By M. Terrien de La
Couperie.

VoL XIV. Part II. pp. 164, with three plates. 1882. 7«. 6d.

Contents. — On Tartar and Turk. By S. W. Kokjlle, Ph.D.— Notice of the Scholars who have
Omtributed to the Extension of our Knowledge of the Languages of Africa. By R. N. Cust,
Hon. Sec. R.A.S.— Grammatical Sketch of the Hauoa Language. By the Rev. J. F. Schon,
F.R.G.S.,— Buddhist Saint Worship. By A. Lillie, M.R.A;S.— GleaningH from the Arabic. By
H. W. Freeland, M.A., M.R.A.S.— Al Kahirah and its Gates.— By H. C. Kay, M.A., M.R.A.S.—
Bow the Mah&bh&rata begins. By Edwin Arnold, C^.I., M.R.A,S.— Arab Metrology. IV.
Ed-Dahaby. By M. H. Sauvaire.

Vol. XIV. Part III. pp. 208, with 8 plates. 1882. 8a.

CoHTSNTS. — The Vaishnava Religion, with special reference to the Sikshfl-patrl of the
Hodem Sect called Sv&mi-N&r&yana. By Monier Williams, CLE., D.C.L —Further Notes on
the Apology of Al-Kindy. By Sir W. M«ir, K.C.8.I., D.C.L., LL.D.— The Buddhist Caves of
Afghanistan By W. Simpson.- The Identification of the Sculptured Tope at Sanchi. By W.
Simpson.- On the Genealogy of Modem Numerals. By Sir E. C. Bayley, K.C.S.I., CLE.
— The Cuneiform Inscriptions of Van, deciphered and translated. By A. H. Sayce.

Vol. XIV. Part IV. pp. 330, clii. 1882. 14«.

CoKTKNTs. — The Cuneiform Inscriptions of Van, Deciphered and Translated. By A. H. Sayce.
— Sanskrit Text of the Siksha-Patrl of the Svami-N&rayana Sect. Edited and Translated by
Prof. M. Williams, CLE., D.C.L. —The Succesbors of the biljaks in Asia Minor. By S. L. Poole.
—The Oldest Book of the Chinese {The Yh-King) and its Authors. By T. de la Couperie,
M.R.A.D.

Vol XV. Part I. pp. 134, with 2 plates. 1883. 6«.

CoHTEHTS.— On the Genealogy of Modern Numerals. Part TI. Simplification of the Ancient
Indian Numeration. By Sir E. C. Bayley, K.C.S.I., CLE.— Parthian and Indo-Sassanian Coins.
By E. Thomas, F.R.S. — On the Early HistoricsA Relations between Phrygia and Cappadocia.
By W. M. Bamsay.

Vol. XV. Part II. pp. 158, with 6 tables. 1883. 5*.

OoicTBirTB. — The Tattva-muktavall of Gauda-pAm^andachakravartin. Edited and Trans-
Ittted by Professor E. B. Cowell.— Two Modern Sanskrit slokas. Communicated by Prof. E. B.
(>»well. — Malagasy Place-Names. By the Rev. James Sibree, jun. — The Namakk&ra, with
Translation and Commentary. By H. L. St. Barbe. — Chinese Laws and Customs. By
Cluristopher Gardner.— The Oldest Book of the Chinese (the Yh-King) and its Authors
(eontbaiied}. By Terrien de LaCouperie.— Gleanings from the Arabict By H. W: Freeland.

12 Linguistic Publications of Triibner f Co.f

Vol. XV. Part III. pp. 62-cxl. 1889. 6«.

CoNTKMTs.— Early Kamada Authors. By Lewis Rice.— On Two Questions of Japanese
Arch8Bology. By Basil Hall Chamberlain, M.R.A.8.— Two Sites named by Hiouen-Ttasangr in
the 10th Book of the Si-yu-ki. By the Rev. ff. Beal.— Two Early Sources of Mongol Histoir.
By H. n. Howorth, F.S.A., M.Rj^.S.-*-Proceedings of tke Sixtieth Anniversary Meeting of the
Society, held on the 2Ist of May, 1883.

Vol. XV. Part IV. pp. 140-iv.-20, withplate. 1883. 6#.

Contents.— The Rivers of the Vedas, and How the Aryans Entered India. By Edward
Thomas, F.R.S.— Suggestions on the Voice-Formation of tbe Semitic Verb. A Comparative and
Critical Study. ByG Bertin, M.R.A.S.— The Buddhism of Ceylon. By Arthur LilUe, M.R.A.8.
—The Northern Frontagers of China. Part VI. Hia or Tangut. By fi. H. Howortii, F.S.A.,
M.R.A.S. — Index. — List of Members.

Vol. XVI. Part I. pp. 138, with 2 plates. 1884. 7«.

COMTENTS.— The story of Devasmitft. Translated from the Kath& Sarit S&gara, Tar&nga 13,
Sloka 54, by the Rev. B. Hale Wortham, M.R.A.S.— Fuj^hs in the Sntlej Valley, Himalayas.
By William Simpson, F.RG.S.^ Hon. Associate R.I.B.A.— On some New Discoveries in Southern
India. B? Robert Sewell, M.R.A.S., Madras Civil Service.— On the Importance to Great
Britain of the Study of Arabic. By Habib Anthony Salmon^, M.R.A.S.— Grammatical Note
on the Gwamba Lang^uage in South Africa. By Paul Berthoud, Missionary of the Canton de
Vaud, Switzerland, stationed at Vald^zia, Spelonken, Transvaal. (Prepared at the request
of Mr. R. N. Cust, Hon. Secretary.)— Dialect of Tribes of the Hindu Khush, from Colond
Biddulph's Work on the subject (corrected).— Grammatical Note on the Simndnf Dialect
of the Persian Language. By the Rev. James Bai'sett, American Missionary, Tabriz. (Com-
munieated by Mr. R. N. Cust, Hon. Secretary.)

Asiatic Society. — Transactions of the Royal Asiatic Society op

Great Britain and Ireland. Complete in 3 vols. 4to., 80 Plates of Fac-
simileS) etc., cloth. London, 18*27 to 1835. Pablished at £9 5s. ; redaced to
£5 5s,
The above contains contributions by Professor Wilson, G. C. Haughton, Davis, Morrison,
Colebrooke, Humboldt, Dom, Grotefend, Eind other eminent Oriental scholars.

Asiatic Society of Bengal. — Journal of the Asiatic Society of

Bengal. Edited by the Honorary Secretaries. 8vo. 8 numbers per annom,
48. each number.

Asiatic Society of Bengal. — Proceedings of the Asiatic Socibty

OF Bengal. Published Monthly. Is. each number.

Asiatic Society of Beng^. — Journal of the Asiatic Society op

Bengal. A Complete Set from the beginning in 1832 to the end of 1878,
being Vols. 1 to 47. Proceedings of the same Society, from the commencement
in 1865 to 1878. A set quite complete. Calcutta, 1832 to 1878. Extremely
scarce. £100.

Asiatic Society. — Bombay Branch. — Journal of the Bombay Branch

OP the Royal Asiatic Society. Nos. 1 to 35 in 8vo. with many plates.
A complete set. Extremely scarce. Bombay, 1844-78. j^lS 10«.

Asiatic Society of Bombay. — The Journal of the Bombay Branch

OF THE Royal Asiatic Sucibiy. Edited by the Secretary. Nos. 1 to 35

7s. 6d. to lOs. 6d. each number. Several Numbers are out of print.

No. 36, Vol. XIV., 1879, pp. 163 and XTiii., with plates. 10«. 64.

No. 37, Vol. XIV., 1880, pp. 104 and xxiii., with plates. 10». 6rf.

No. 38, Vol. XIV., 1880, pp. 172 and vi., with plate. 7«. 6d.

No. 39, Vol. XV., 1881, pp. 150, with plate. 58.

Ko. 40, Vol. XV., 1882, pp. 176, with plates. 9s.

No. 41, Vol. XVL, 1883, pp. 129. Is. 6d.

Asiatic Society. — Ceylon Branch. — Journal of the Ceylon Branch

OF THE Royal Asiatic Society (Colombo). Part for 1845. 8vo. pp. 120,

sewed. Prite 7». 6rf.

CoNTBNTS :— On Buddhism. No. 1. By the Rev. D. J. Gogerly.- General Obseryations on
the Translated Ceylonese Literature. Bv W. Knighton, Esq.— On the Eleroenu of tbe Voioe
in reference to tbe Roman and Singalese Alphabets. By the Rer. J. C. Macvioar.— On the 8uttt
of Crime in Ceylon. —By the Hon. J. Stiirk.— Account of some Ancient Coins. By 8. C. Chilly,
Esq.— Remarks on the Collection of Statistical Information in Ceylon. By John Capper, Esq.—
On Buddhism. No 2. By the BeT. D. J. Uogerly.

57 and 59^ Ludgate Hill, London, E. C. 13

1846. Syo. pp. 17<>, sewed. Price 7«. 6^.

Ck>KTKNT8 : — On Buddhism. By the Rev. D. J. Gogprly.— The Sixth Chapter of the Timva-
thayur Purana, translated with Notes. By 8. Casie Chitty, Esq.— The Discourse on the Minor
Besults of Conduct, or the Discourse Addressed to Suhba. By the Rev. D. J. Gogerly.— On the
State of Crime in Ceylon. By the Hon Mr. J. Stark. — ^The Langua^ and Literature of the
Bingalese. By the Rev. S. Hardy.— The Education Establishment of the Dutch in Ceylon. By
the Rev. J. D. Palm.— An Account of the Dutch Church in Ceylon. By the Rev. J. D. Palm. —
Notes on some Experiments in Electro- Agriculture. By J. Capper, Esq.— Singalo Wada, trans-
lated by the Rev. D. J. Gogerly.— On Colouring Matter Discovered m the husk of the Cocoa Nut.
By Dr. R. Oygax.

1847-48. 8vo. pp. 221, sewed. Price 7«. 6<f.

CoMTBirrs :— On the Mineralogy of Ceylon. By Dr. R. Gygax. — An Account of the Dutch
Church in Ceylon. By the Rev. J. D. Palm.— On the History of Jaifna, from the Earliest Period
to the Dutch ConqueHt. By S. C. Chitty.— The Rise and Fall of the Calany Oanga, from 1843
to 1S46. By J. C^pper.*-The Discoiurse respecting Ratapala. Translated by the Rev. D. J.
Gogerly.— (hi the Manufacture of Salt in the Chilaw and Putlam Districts. By A. O. Brodie. —
A Royal Grant engraved on a Copper Plate. Translated, with Notes. By the Rev. D. J.
Oogeriy. — On some of the Coins. Ajicient and Modem, of Ceylon. By the Hon. Mr. J. Stark. —
Notes on the Climate and Salubrity of Putlam. By A. O. Brodie.— The Revenue and Expendi-
ture of the Dutch Government in Ceylon, during the last years of their Administration. By
J. Capper.— On Buddhism. By the Rev. D. J. Gogerly.

1853-55. 3 parts. Bvo. pp. 46 and 101, sewed. Price £1.

CoNTKNTS OF Part I. :— Buddhism : Chariya Pitaka. By the Rev. D. J. Gogerlv.— The Laws
of the Buddhist Priesthood. By the Rev. D. J. Gogerly. To be continued.— Stati»tical
Account of the Districts of Chilaw and Putlam, North Western Province. By A. O. Brodie,
Esq. — Rock Inscription at Grooroo Godde Wihare, in the Magool Korle, Seven Korles. By A. O.
fooidie, Esq.— Catalogue of Ceylon Birds. By E. F. Kelaar^ Esq., and £. L. Layard, Esq. (To
be continued. )

Contents of Part II. Price 7«. 6</.

Catalogue of Cejlon Birds. By E. F. Kelaart, Esq., and E. L. Layard.— Notes on some of the
Forms of Salutations and Address known among the Singalese. By the Hon. Mr. J. Stark. —
Rock Inscriptiuns. By A. O. Brodie, Esq.— On the Veddhas of Bintenne. B^ the Rev. J.
Giliings.— Rock Inscription at Piramanenkandel. By S. C. Chitty, Esq.— Analysis of the Great
Histwical Poem of the Moors, entitled Surah. By 8. C. Chitty, JSsq. (To be continued).

Contents of Part III. 8vo. pp. 150. Price 7«. 6d.

Analyris of the Great Historical Poem of the Moors, entitled Surah. By S. C. Chitty, Esq.
(Concluded). — Description of New or little known Species of Reptiles found in Ceylon. By
£. F. Kelaart.- The Laws of the Buddhist Priesthood By the Rev. D. J. Gogerly. (To be
oontinu^) .—Ceylon Omithologv. By £. F. Kelaart.— Some Account of the Rodiyas, with a
Spedmeu of their Language. By S. C. Chitty, Esq. — Rock Inscriptions in the North- Western
Province. By A. O. Brodie, Esq.

1865-6. 8vo. pp. xi. and 184. Price 7«. M,

GoiiTBiiTS :— On Demonology and Witchcraft in Ceylon. By Dandris de Silva Gooneratne
KodUar. — The First Discourse Delivered by Buddha. By the Rev. D. J. Gogerly. Pootoor
Wen. — On the Air Breathing Fish of Ceylon. By Barcroft Boake, B.A. (Vice President
Asiatlo Society, Ceylon).— On the Origin of the Sinhalese Language. By J. D'Alwis, Assistant
Beeretary.— A Few Remarks on the Poisonous Properties of the Calotropis Gigantea, etc. By
W. C. Ondaa^ie, Eoq., Colonial Assistant Surgeon. -On the Crocodiles of Ceylon. By Barcron
Boiske, Vice-President, Asiatic Society, Ceylon.— Native Medicinal Oils.

1867-70. Part I. 8vo. pp. 150. Price 10».

CoMTtNTS :— On the Origin of the Sinhalese Language. By James De Alwis. — A Lecture on
Buddhism. By the Rev. D. J. Gogerly.— Description of two Birds new to the recorded Fauna
of Ceylon. By H. Nevil. — Description of a New Genus and Five New Species of Marine Uni-
valves from the Southern Province, Ceylon. By G. Nevill. — A Brief Notice of Robert Knox and
hia Companions in Captivity in Kandy fur the space of Twenty Years, dincovered among the
Dutch Records preserved in the Colonial Secretary's OfB^ce, Colombo. By J. R. Blake.

1867-70. Part II. Bvo. pp. xl. and 45. Price 7». 6d.

Comnrrs : — Summary of the Contents of the First Book in the Buddhist Canon, called the
Fttz^ika Booik.— By the Rev. S. Coles.— Pir^ika Book— No. l.-P&r^ika Book— No. 2.

1871-72. 8vo. pp. 66 and xixiv. Price 7«. 6d.

G01ITBNT8 :— Extracts from a Memoir left by the Dutch Governor, Thomas Van Rhee, to his
soeoeMor, Governor Gerris de Heer, 1697. Translated from the Dutch Records preserved in the
C(doaial Secretariat at Colombo. By R. A. van Cuylenberg, Government Record Keeper. — The
Food Statistics of Ceylon. By J. Capper.— Specimens of Sinhalese Proverbs. By L. de Zoysa,
MndaUyar, Chief 'L*ran8lator of Government. — Ceylon Reptiles : being a preliminary Catalogue
of the Reptiles found in, or supposed to be in Ceylon, compiled from various authorities. By
W. Ferguson.— On an IniMSription at Doudra. No. 2. By T. W. Rhys Davids, Esq.

14 Linguistic Publications of Triibner ^ Co.,

1873. Part I. 8vo. pp. 79. Price 7». 6rf.

CoMTXNTS :— On Oath and Ordeal. By Bertram Fulke HartBhome.— Notes on Prinochfhis
Yineend. By W. V. Legrffe.— The Sports and Games of the Singhalese. By Leopold Ladovici.—
On Miracles. By J. De Alwis.— On the Ooourrence of Scolopax Rnstioola and Gallinago Scolo-
pjtoinain Ceylon. By W. V. Legge.— Transcript and Translation of an Ancient Ck>pper-plat«
Sonnas. By Mudliyar Louis de Zoysa, Chief Translator to OoTemment.

1874. Part I. 8¥0. pp.94. Prtce 7». 6d,

Contents t—Description of a supposed Nev Genus of Ceylon, Batraohians. By W. Ferguson.
—Notes on the Identity of Piyadasi and Asoka. By Mudaliyar Louis de Zoysa, Chief Translator
to Government.— On the Island Distribution of the Birds in the Society's Museum. By W.
Yinoent Legge. Brand Marks on Oattle. By J. De Al wis.— Notes on the Oceurrenoe of a rare
Eagle new to Ceylon; and other interesting or rare bkds. By S« Bligh, Esq., Kotmal^.-
Extracts fi'om the Records of the Dutch Government in Ceylon. By B. van Cuylenberg, Esq.—
The Stature of Gotama Buddha. By J. De Alwis.

1879. ^o. pp. 58v Price 5«.

ComrxNTS.— Notes on Ancient Sinhalese Inscriptions.— On the Pireparation and Mounting ef
Insects for the Binoocdar Microscope. — Notes on Neophron Puenopterus (Savigny) from
Nuwara Eliya.— On the Climate of Dimbula.— Note on the supposed cause of the existence of
Patanas or Grass Lands of the Mountain Zone of Ceylon.

1880. Part I. 8vo. pp. 90. Priee Ss,

GoNTBNTS.— Text andTiranslation of the Inscription of Mahindelll. at Mihintale. — Gloeeary.—
A Paper on the Vedic and Buddhistic Polities.— Customs and Ceremonies connected with the
Paddi Cultivation.— Gramineae, or Grasses Indigenous to or Growing in Ceylon.

1880. Part 11. 8yo. pp. 48. Priee 5».

CoNTVNTS.— Gramineae, or Grasses Indigenous to or Growing in Ceylon.— Translation of two
Jatakas.— On the supposed Origin of Tamana, Nuwara, Tambapanni and Taprobane.— The Bocks
and Minerals of Ceylon.

1881. Vol. VII. Part I. (No. 23.) 8vo. pp. 56. Price 5«.

CoMTKKTS.— Hindu Astronomy : as compared with the European Science. By S. Mervin. —
Sculptures at Horana. By J. G. Smither.— Gold. By A. C. Dixon.— Specimens of Sinhalese
Proverbs. By L. De Zoysa.— Ceylon Bee Culture. By 8. Jayatilaka.— A Short Account of the
Principal Religious Ceremonies observed by the Kandyans of Ceylon. By C. J. &. Le
Mesurier.- Yalentyn's Account of Adam's Peak. By A. Spense Moss.

1881. Vol. VII. Part II. (No. 24.) 8vo. pp. 162. Price 5<*

Contents.— The Ancient Emporium of Kalah, etc., with Notes on Fa-Hian's Account of
Ceylon. By H. Nevill.— The Sinhalese Observance of the Kal&wa. By L. NelL— Note on the
Origin of the VeddAs, with Specimens of their Songs and Charms. Bv L. de Zoysa.- A Hdniyam
Image. By L. Nell.— Note on the Mir& Kantiri Festival of the Muhammadans. By A. T.
Sham-ud-did,- Tericulture in Ceylon. By J. L. Vanderstraaten.- Sinhidese Omens. By S.
Jayatilaka.

1882. Extra Number. 8yo. pp. 60. Price 6s.

Contents.— Ibu Batuta in the Maldives and Ceylon. Translated fh>m the French of M. M.
Defremery and Sanguinetti. By A. Gray.

Asiatio Society (North China Branch). — Joxtenal of the Nobth

China Branch op the Royal Asiatic Society. Old Series, 4 numbers, and
New Series. Parts 1 to 12. The following^ numbers are sold separately :
Old Series— No. II. May, 1859, pp. 145 to 256, No. III. December, 1859,
pp. 257 to 368. 7». 6d. each. Vol. II. No. I. September, 1860, pp. 128. Vs.Sd.

New Series — No. I. December, 1864, pp. 174. 7«. 6rf. No. II. December,
1865, pp. 187, with maps. 7«. 6d. No. III. December, 1866, pp. 121. 9«.
No. IV. December, 1867, pp 266. 10». 6d. No. VI. for 1869 and 1870, pp.
zv. and 200. 7«. Qd. No. VII. for 1871 and 1872, pp. iz. and 260. 1U«.
No. VIII. pp. lii. and 187. 10«. 6d. No. IX. pp. xxziii. and 219. lOt. 6d.
No. X. pp. xu. and 324 and 279. il U. No. XI. (1877) pp. xvi. and 184.
10». 6rf. No. XII. (1878) pp. 337, with many maps. £1 1». No. XIII.
(1879) pp. vi. and 132, with plates, 10«. 6d. No. XIV. (1879) pp. XTi.-64, with
plates, 4«. No. XV. (1880) pp. xliii. and 316, with plates, 15s. No. XVI.
(1881) pp. 248. 12«. ed. No. XVII. (1882) pp. 246 with plates. 12t. 6rf.

57 and 59, Ludgate Hilly London^ E.C. 15

Asiatic Society of Japan. — Traitsactions of the Asiatic Society

OF Japan. Vol. I. From SOth October, 1872, to 9th October, 1873. 8vo.
pp. 110, with plates. 1874. Vol. II. From 22nd October, 1873, to 15th
July, 1874. 8vo. pp. 249. 1874. Vol. III. Part I. From 16th July, 1874,
to December, 1874, 1876. Vol. III. Part II. From 13th January, 1876, to
30th June, 1876. Vol. IV. From 20th October, 1875, to 12th July, 1876.
Vol. V. Part I. From 25th October, 1876, to 27th June, 1877. Vol. V. Pari
II. (A. Summary of the Japanese Penal Codes. By J. H. Longford.) Vol.
VI. Part I. pp. 190. Vol. VI. Part II. From 9th February. 1878. to 27th
April, 1878. Vol. VI. Part III. From 25th May, 1878, to 22nd May, 1879.
7«. 6rf. each Part.— Vol. VII. Part I. (Milne's Journey across Europe and
Asia.) 5».— Vol. VII. Part II. March, 1879. 5a.— Vol. VII. Part III. June,
1879. 7». 64. Vol. VII. Part IV. November, 1879. 10«. 6rf. Vol.VIII.
Part I. February, 1880. 7*. 6rf. Vol. VIII. Part II. May, 1880. 7». 6rf.
Vol. VIII. Part. III. October, 1880. 10*. 6rf. Vol. VIII. Part IV.
December, 1880. 6». Vol. IX. Part I. February, 1881. la. ed.

Asiatic Society. — Straits Branch.— Joxtbnal of the Stbaits Beanch

OF THE Royal Asiatic Society. No. 1. 8vo. pp. 130, sewed, 3 folded

Maps and 1 Plate. July, 1878. Price 9«.

CoifTKKn.— Inaugural Address of the President. By the Yen. Archdeacon Hose, M.i.~
Di8tribati<m of Minerals in Sarawak. By A. Hart Everett. — Breeding Pearls. By N. B.
Dennys, Ph.D. — Dialects of the Melanesian Tribes of the Malay Peninsula. By M. de Mikluho-
Haclay. — Malay Spelling in English. Report of Government Committee (reprinted). — Geography
of the Malay Peninsula. Part I. By A. M. Skinner.— Chinese Secret Societies. Part 1. By
W. A. Piokering.— Malay Proverbs. Part. I. By W. E. Maxwell.— The Snake-eating
Hamadryad. By N.B. Dennys, Ph.D.— Gatta Peroha. ByH.I Murton.— Miscellaneous Notices.

No. 2. 8vo. pp. 130, 2 Plates, sewed. December, 1879. Price 9«.

CoHTKSTs:— The Song of the Dyak Head-feast. By Rev. J. Perham.— Malay Proverbs. Partll.
By £. W. Maxwell.— A Malay Nantch. By F. A. Swettenham. - Pidgin English. By N. B.
Dennys, Ph.D.— The Founding of Singapore. By Sir T. S. Raffles.— Notes on Two Perak
Manuscripts. By W. £. Maxwell.— The Metalliferous Formation of the Peninsula. By D. D.
Daly .~ Suggestions regarding a new Malay Dictionary. By the Hon. C. J. Irving.— Ethnological
Excursions in the Malay Peninsula. By N. von Mikluho-Maclay.— Miscellaneous Notices.

No. 3. 8vo. pp. iv. and 146, sewed. Price 9«.

CoRTBKTB : — Chinese Secret Societies, bv W. A. Pickering.— Malay Proverbs, Part III., by W,
E. Maxwell.— Notes on Gutta Percha, by "P. W. Burbidge, W. H. Treacher, H. J. Murton.— The
Biaritfane Code of the Malays, reprinted from a translation by Sir S. Raffles. — A Trip to Gunong
Bumut, by D. F. A. Her vey.— Caves at Sungei Batu in Selangor, by D. D. Daly.— Geography
of Aching, translated from the German by Dr. Beiber.— Account of a Naturalist's Visit to Selan-

for, by A. J. Hornady.— Miscellaneous Notices : Geographical Notes, Routes f^om Selangor to
ahang. Mr. Deane*8 Survey Report, A Tiger's Wake, Breeding Pearls, The Maritime Code, and
Sir f riLaffles* Meteorological Returns.

No. 4. 8yo. pp. xxY. and 65, sewed. Price 9«.
CONTBKTS.— list of Members.— Proceedings, General Meeting.— Annual Meeting. — Council's
Annual Report for 1879. — Treasurer's Report for 1879.— President's Address.— Reception of
Professor Nordenskjold.— The Marine Code. By Sir S. Raffles.— About Kinta. By H. W. C.
Leech. — Aboat Shin and Bemam. By H. W. Leech.— The Aboriginal Tribes of Perak. By
W. E. Maxwell.— The Vernacular Press in the Straits. By E. W. Birch.— On the Guliga of
Bocneo. By A. H. Everett — On the name ** Sumatra."— A Correction.

No. 5. 8vo. pp. 160, sewed. Price 9*.

CoNTCifTS. — Selesilah (Book of the Descent) of the Rajas of Bruni. By H. Low. — Notes to
IMtto.— History of the Sultins of Bruni.— List of the Mahomedan Sovereigns of Bruni.— Historic
TaUet. — Acheh. By G. P. Talson.— From Perak to Shin and down the Shin and Bemam Rivers.
By P. A. Swettenham.— A Contribution to Malayan Bibliography. By N. B. Dennys.— Compa-
rative Yocabulary of some of the Wild Tribes inhabiting the Malayan Peninsula, Borneo, etc. —
The Tiger in Borneo. By A. H. Everett.

No. 6. 8vo. pp. 133, with 7 Photographic Plates, sewed. Price 9a.

CoKTBrra.— Some Account of the Independent Native States of the Malay Peninsula. Part I.
By F. A. Swettenham.— The Ruins of Boro Burdur in Java. By the Ven. Archdeacon G. F. Hose.
A Contribution to Malayan Bibliography. By N. B. Dennys.— Report on the Exploration of the
caves of Borneo. By A. H. Everett.— Introductory Remarks. By J. Evans.— Notes on the
Report.— Notes on the Collection of Bones. By G. Bush.— A Sea-Dyak Tradition of the
jjeinge and Consequent Events. By the Rev. J. Perham.— The Comparative Vocabulary.

No. 7. 8vo. pp. xvi. and 92. With a Map, sewed. Price 9*.
Comrsirrs. — Some account of the Mining Districts of Lower Perah. By J. Errington de la
Ckoix.— Folklore of the Malays. By W. £. Maxwell — Notes on the Rainfall of Singapore. By
J. Ji li. Wheatley. — Journal of a Voyage through the Straits of Malacca on an Expedition to
the Molueca Islands. By Captain W. C. Lennon.

16 Linguistic Publications of Thlbner f Co.f

No. 8. 8yo. pp. 66. With a Map. sewed. Price 9«.

CoNTEifTs.— The Endau and its Tributaries. By D. F A. Hervey.— Itinerary from Singapore
to the Source of the Sembrong and up the Madek.— Petara, or Sea Dyak Qods. By the Bev. J.
Perham.— Klouwang and its Caves, West Coast of Atchin. Translated by D. F. A. HOTvey. —
Miscellaneous Notes : Varieties of •*Getah" and ••Rotan."— The" Ipoh" Tree, Perak.— Com-
parative Vocabulary.

No. 9. Svo. pp. xxii. and 172. "With three Coloured Plates, sewed. Price 12».

CoNTKNTS.- Journey on Foot to the Patani Frontier in 1876. By W. E. Maxwell. —Probable
Origin of the Hill Tribes of Formosa. By John Dodd— History of Perak from Native Sources.
Bv W. E Maxwell.— Malayan Ornithology. By Captain H. R. Kelham.— On the Transliteration
of Malay in the Roman Character. By W. E. Maxwell.— Kota Glanggi, Pahang. By W.
Cameron.-- Natural History Notes. By N. B. Denny s.— Statement of Hi^i of the Madek Ali.—
Pantang Eapur of the Madek Jakun.— Stone from Batu Pahat.— Rainfall at Lankat, Sumatra.

No. 10. Svo. pp. XV. and 117, sewed. Price 9#.

CoNTBiTTs.— Journal of a Trip from Sarawak to Meri. Bv N. DeniMm.— The Mentra Tradi.
tions. By the Hon. D. F. A. Hervey.— Probable Origin of the Hill Tribes of Formosa. By J-
Dodd.— Sea Dyak Religion. By the Rev. J. Perham.— The Dutch in Perak. By W. E. Max-
well. — Outline History of the British Connection with Malaya. By the Hon. A. M. Skinner.—
Extracts from Journals of the Soci^t^ de Geographie of Paris.— Memorandum on Malay Trana-
literation. — The Chiri. — Register of Rainfall.

No. 11. Svo. pp. 170. With a Map, sewed. Price 9«.

Contents. — Malayan Ornithology. By Captain H. R. Kelham.— Malay Proverbs. By the
Hon. W. E. Maxwell. — The Pigmies. Translated by J. Errington de la Croix. — On the Patani,
By W. Cameron.— Latah. By H. A. O'Brien.— The Java System. By the Hon. A. M. Skinner.
— B4tu K6dok.— Prigi Acheh. — Dutch Occupation of the Dindings, etc.

American Oriental Society. — Journal op the American Oriental

Society. Vols. I. to X. and Vol. XII. (all published). Svo. Boston and
New Haven, 1849 toT 1881. A complete set. Very rare. £14.

Volumes 2 to 5 and 8 to 10 and 12 may be had separately at £1 1». each.

Anthropological Society of London, Memoirs reap before the, 1863-

1864. 8yo., pp. 542, cloth. 2l«.

Anthropological Society of London, Memoirs read before the, 1865-

1866. Vol. II. 8yo., pp. z. 464, cloth. 21«.

Anthropological Institute of Great Britain and Ireland (The Journal

of the). Published Quarterly. 8vo. sewed.

Biblical Archseology, Society of. — Transactions of the. Svo. Vol. I.

Part. I., 12«. ^d. Vol. I., Part II., Via. 6d, (this part cannot be sold
separately, or otherwise than with the complete sets). Vols. II. and III.,
2 parts, 10«. 6rf. each. Vol. IV., 2 parts, 12«. 6d. each. Vol. V., Part. I., 16*. •
Part. II., 12«. ed, VoL VI., 2 parts, 12«. 6d. each.

Bibliotheca Indica. A Collection of Oriental VTorks published by

the Asiatic Society of Bengal. Old Series. Fasc. 1 to 247. New Series.
Fasc. 1 to 493. (Special List of Contents and prices to be had on application.)

Browning Society's Papers (The).— 1881-4. Part I. 8vo. pp. 116,

wrapper. 10«.

Browning. — Bibliography of Robert Browning from 1833-81. Part
II. pp. 142. 10«. Part III. pp. 168. 10». Part IV. pp. 148. 10#.

Calcutta Eeview (The). — Published Quarterly. Price 8«. 6d, per
number.

Calcutta Eeview. — A Complete Set fbom the CoMMENCEMEirr xr-

1844 to 1882. Vols 1. to 76, or Numbers 1 to 140. A fine clean copy.
Calcutta, 1844-82. Index to the first fifty volumes of the Calcutta Beview,
2 parts. (Calcutta, 1873). Nos. 39 and 40 have never been published. £66.
Complete sets are of great rarity.

Calcutta Beview (Selections from the). — Crown 8vo. sewed. Nos. 1.
to 32. 68, each.

67 and 59, Ludgate Hill, London, E.G. 17

CSambridge Philological Society (TransactioDs of the). — ^Yol. I. From

1872 to 1880. 8to. pp. xvi. and 420, wrapper. 1881. 15«.
CoNisNTa — Preface.~The Work of a Philological booiety. J. P. Postgate.— Transaotions of
the Cambridge Philological Society from 1872 to 1879.— TraDsactions for 1879-1880.— Keviews
— ^Appendix.

Vol. II. for 1881 and 1882. 8vo. pp. viii.-286, wrapper, 1883. 12«.

Cambridge Philological Society(FroceediDg8of the). — Parts I and II.

1882. 1*. 6rf. ; Parts III. 1*.
China Beview; or, IN'otes and Queries on the Far East. Published

bi-monthly. 4to. Sabscription £1 1 0«. per volume.

Chinese Recorder and Missionary Journal. — Shanghai. Subscription

per volume (of 6 parts) 1 5«.

A eomplete set from tbe beginning. Vols. 1 to 10. 8vo. Foochow and
Shanghai, 1861-1879. £9.
Containing important contributions on Chinese Philology, Mythology, and Geography, by
Edldne, Giles. Bretschneider, Scarborough, etc. The earlier volumes are out of print.

Chrysanthemum (The). — A Monthly Magazine for Japan and the Far
East. Vol. I. and II., complete. Bound £1 U. Subscription £1 per volume.

Oeographieal Society of Bombay.— Joubnal and Tbansactions. a

complete set. 19 vols. 8vo. Numerous Plates and Maps, some coloured.

Bombay, 1844-70. £\Q 10«.

An important Periodical, containing grammatical sketches of several languages and dialects,
as well as the most valuable contributions on tbe Natural Sciences of India Since 1871 tbe
above is amalgamated with the ** Journal of the Bombay Branch of the Boyal Asiatic Society.*'

Indian Antiquary (The). — A Journal of Oriental Research in Archaeo-
logy, History, Literature, Languages, Philosophy, Religion, Folklore, etc.
Edited by James Burgess, M.R.A.S., F.R.G.S. 4to. Published 12 numbers
peranuum. Subscription ji^2. A complete set. Vols. 1 to 11. ^^28 10$. (The
earlier volumes are out of print.)

Indian Archipelago and Eastern Asia, Journal of the. — Edited by

J. R Logan, of Pinang. 9 vols. Singapore, 184-7-55. New Series. Vols.
I. to IV. Part I, (all published), 1856-59. A complete set in 13 vols. 8vo.
with manj plates. £'60,
VoL I. of the New Series consists of 2 parts; Vol. II. of 4 parts; Vol. III. of
Not 1 (never completed), and of Vol. IV. also only one number was
published.
A few eopies remain of several volumes that may b€ had separately.

Japan, Transactions of the Seismological Society of, Vol. I. Parts i.
and ii. April-June, 1880. 10s. 6rf. Vol. II. July-December, 1880. 6*.
VoL III. January-December, 1881. 10*. 6rf. Vol. IV. January- June. 1882. 9*.

literatiira, Boyal Society of. — See under ** Royal."

Madras Journal of Literature and Science. — Puhlished by the

Committe of the Madras Literary Society and Auxiliary Royal Asiatic Society,

and edited by Mokbis, Cole, and Brown. A complete set of the Three Series

(being Vols. I. to XVI., First Series; Vols. XVII. to XXII. Second Series;

Vol. XXIII. Third Series, 2 Numbers, no more published). A fine copy,

Ulifonvly bound in 23 vols. With numerous plates, half calf. Madras,

1834-66. if42.

Bqaally searoe and important. On all South-Indian topics, especially those relating to
Natural History and Science, Public Works and Industry, this Periodical is an unrivalled
authority.

Madras Journal of Literature and Science. 1878. (I. Volume of

the Fourth Series.) Edited by Gustav Oppert, Ph.D. 8vo. pp. vi. and 234,

andzlvii. with 2 plates. 1879. 10«. ^d.

Coirn»>T8.- I. On the Classification of Languages. By Dr. G. Oppert.— U. On the Oanga
Kings. By Lewis Bice.

2

18 Linguistic Publioations of Trubner ^ Co.,

Madras Journal of Literature and Science for the Year 1879.

Edited by Gustav Oppert, Ph.D., Professor of Sanskrit, Presidency Collep:e,
Madras ; Telugu Translator to Government, etc. Sto. sewed, pp. 318. 10«. 6d,

Oxientalia Antiqua. — See page 28.

Pandit (The). — A Monthly Journal of the Benares Collej?e, devoted to
Sanskrit Literature. Old Series. 10 vols. 1866-1876. New Series, vols. 1 to 6.
1876-1879. £i 4«. per volume.

Fai^jah Notes and ftueries. A Monthly Periodical devoted to the

Systematic Collection of Authentic Notes and Scraps of information regarding
the Country and the People. Edited by Captain B. C. Tbmplb, etc. 4to.
Subscription per annum. 10«.

Peking Gazette.— Translations of the Peking Gazette for 1872, 1873,
1874. 1875, 1876, 1877, and 1878. 8to. cloth. 10«. erf. each.

Philological Society (Transactions of The). A Complete Set, in-
cluding the Proceedings of the Philological Society for the years 1842-1853.
6 vols. The Philological Society's Transactions, 1854 to 1876. 16 vols. The
Philological Society's Extra Volumes. 9 vols. In all 30 vols. 8vo. £19 13«. 6rf.

Proceedings (The) of the Philological Society 1842-1853. 6 vols. 8vo. £3.
Transactions of the Philological Society, 1854-1876. 15 vols. 8vo. £10 16«.

*»♦ The Volumes for 1867, 1868-9, 1870-2, and 1873-4, are only to be had in
complete sets, as above.

Separate Volumes,

For 1854: containing papers by Rev. J. "W. Blakesley, Rev. T. 0. Cockayne,
Rev. J. Davies, Dr. J. W. Donaldson, Dr. Theod. Goldstiicker, Prof. T. Hewitt
Key, J. M. Kemble, Dr. R. G. Latham, J. M. Ludlow, Hensleigh Wedgwood,
etc. 8vo. cl. £1 Is,

For 1855 : with papers by Dr. Carl Abel, Dr. W. Bleek, Rev. Jno. Davies. Miss
A. Gurney, Jas. tenneay. Prof. T. H. Key, Dr. R. G. Latham, Henry Maiden,
W. Ridley, Thos. Watts, Hensleigh Wedgwood, etc. In 4 parts. 8vo. £1 1».

*-j* Kamilaroi Language of Australia, by W. Ridley ; and False Etymologies, by
H. Wedgwood, separately. 1«.

For 1856-7 : with papers by Prof. Aufrecht, Herbert Coleridge, Lewis Kr. Daa,
M. de Haan, W. C. Jourdain, James Kennedy, Prof. Key, Dr. G. Latham, J. M.
Ludlow, Rev. J. J. 8. Perowne, Hensleigh Wedgwood, R. F. Weymouth, Jos.
Yates, etc. 7 parts. 8vo. (The Papers relating to the Society's Dictionary
are omitted.) £1 Is. each volume.

For 1858: including the volume of Early English Poems, Lives of the Saints,
edited from MSS. by F. J. Furnivall; and papers by Em. Adams, Prof.
Aufrecht, Herbert Coleridge, Rev. Francis Crawford, M. de Haan Hettema,
Dr. R. G. Latham, Dr. Lottner, etc. 8vo. cl. 12«.

For 1859 : with papers by Dr. E. Adams, Prof. Aufrecht, Herb. Coleridge, F. J.
Furnivall, Prof. T. H. Key, Dr. C. Lottner, Prof. De Morgan, F. Pulszky,
Hensleigh Wedgwood, etc. 8vo. cl. 12«.

For 1860-1 : including The Play of the Sacrament; and Pascon agan Arlnth, the
Passion of our Lord, in Cornish and English, both from MSS., edited by Dr.
Whitley Stokes ; and papers by Dr. £. Adams, T. F. Barham, Rev. Derwent
Coleridge, Herbert Coleridee, Sir John F. Davis, Danby P. Fry, Prof. T. H.
Key, Dr. C. Lottner, Bishop Thirlwall, Hensleigh Wedgwood, R. F. Wey-
mouth, etc. 8vo. cl. 12«.

For 1862-3 : with papers by C. B. Cayley, D. P. Fry, Prof. Key, H. Maiden,
Rich. Morris, F. W. Newman, Robert Peacock, Hensleigh Wedgwood, R. F.
Weymouth, etc. 8vo. el. 12«.

57 and 59, Ludgate Hill, Londotiy E.C* 19

For 1864 : containing 1. Manning*s (Jas ) Inquiry into the Character and Origin
of the Possessive Augment in English, etc. ; 2. "Newman's (Francis W.) Text of
the Iguvine Inscriptions, ¥rith Interlinear Latin Translation; 3. Barnes's (Dr.
W.) Grammar and Glossary of the Dorset Dialect ; 4. Gwreans An Bys — The
Creation: a Cornish Mystery, Cornish and English, with Notes by Whitley
Stokes, etc. 8vo. cl. 12$.

*»* Separately : Manning's Inquiry, 3«. — ^Newman's Iguvine Inscription, 3*.—
Stokes's Gwteans An Bys, 8s.

For 1865 : including Wheatley's (H. B.) Dictionary of Reduplicated "Words in the
English Language; and papers by Prof. Aufrecht, Ed. Brock, C. B. Cayley,
Bev. A. J. Church, Prof. T. H. Key, Rev. E. H. Enowles, Prof. H. Maiden,
Hon. G. P. Marsh, John Rhys, Guthbrand Yigfosson, Hensleigh Wedgwood, H.
B. Wheatley^ etc. 8vo. cl. 12*.

For 1866 : including 1. Gre^or's (Rev. Walter) Banffshire Dialect, with Glossary
of Words omitted by Jamieson ; 2. Edmondston's (T.) Glossary of the Shetland
Dialect ; and papers by Prof. Cassal, C. B. Cayley, Danby P. Fry, Prof. T. H
Key, Guthbrand Yigfosson, Hensleigh Wedgwood, etc. 8vo. cL 12«.

♦,* The Volumes for 1867, 1868-9, 1870-2, and 1873-4, are out of print.
Besides contributions in the shape of valuable and interesting papers, the volume for
1867 also includes: 1. Peacock's (Rob. B.) Glossary of the Hundred of Lonsdale;
and 2. EUis (A. J..) On- Palseotype representing Spoken Sounds; and on the
Diphthong " Oy." The volume for 1868-9—1. Ellis's (A. J.) Onlv English
Proclamation of Henry III. in Oct. 1258 ; to which are added *' The Cuckoo's Song
and " The Prisoner's Prayer," Lyrics of the XIII. Century, with Glossary ; and 2.
Stokes's rWhitley) Cornish Glossary, That for 1870-2—1. Murray's (Jas. A. H.)
Dialect of the Southern Counties of Scotland,^ with a liaguistical map. That for
1873-4— Sweet's (U.) History of English Sounds.

For 1876-6: containing the Rev. Richard Morris (President), Fourth and Fifth
Annual Addresses. 1. -Some Sources of Aryan Mythology by E. L. Brandreth;
2. 0. B. Cayley on Certain Italian Diminutives ; '3. Changes made by four
yoong Children in Pronouncing English Words, by Jas. M. Menzies ; 4. The
Manx Language, by H . Jenner ; 5. The Dialect of West Somerset, by F; T.
Elworthy ; 6. English Metre, by Prof. J. B. Mayor ; 7. Words, Logic, and
Grammar, by H. Sweet; 8. The Russian Language and its Dialects, by W. R.
•Morfill ; 9. Relics of the Cornish Language m Mount's Bny, by H. Jenner.

10. Dialects and Prehistoric Forms of Old English. By Henry Sweet, Esq. ;

11. On the Dialects of Monmouthshire, Herefordshire, Worcestershire,
Gloucestershire, Berkshire, Oxfordshire, South Warwickshire, South North-
amptonshire, Buckinghamshire, Hertfordshire, Middlesex, and Surrey, with a
New Classification of the English Dialects. By Prince Louis Lucien Bonaparte
(with Two Maps), Index, etc. Part I., 6». ; Part I L, 6«. ; Part III., Is,

For 1877 8-9: containing the President's (Henry Sweet, Esq.) Sixth, Seventh, and
(Dr. J. A. H. Murray) Eighth Annual Addresses. 1. Accadian Phonology, by
Professor A. H. Sayce ; 2. On HereHX\6, There in Chaucer, by Dr. R. Weymouth ;
S. The Grammar of the Dialect of West Somerset, by F. T. Elworthy, Esq. ;
4. English Metre, by Professor J. B. Mayor; 5. The Malagasy Language, by
the Rev. W. E. Cousins; 6. The Anglo-Cymric Score, by A. J. Ellis, Esq.,
F.R.S. 7. Sounds and Forms of Spoken Swedish, by Henry Sweet, Esq.; 8.
Russian Pronunciation, by Henry Sweet, Esq. Index, etc. Part I., Zs. ;
Part II., la. Part III. 8s.

For 1880-81: containing the President's (Dr. J. A. Murray) Ninth Annual
Address. 1. Remarks on some Phonetic Laws in Persian, by Prof. Charles
Bieu, Ph.D. ; 2. On Portuguese Simple Sounds, compared with those of
Spanish, Italian, French, English, etc., bv H.I.H. Prince L. L. Bonapsirte ;
8. The Middle Voice in Virgil's ^neid, Book VI., by Benjamin Dawson, B.A. ;
4. On a Difficulty in Russian Grammar, by C. B. Cayley ; 5. The Polabes,
by W. R. Morfill, M.A. ; 6. Notes on the Makua Language, by Rev. Chauncy

BO Linguistic Publications of TrUiner 8^ Co,,

Maples, M.A. ; 7. On the Distribution of English Place Names, by Walter B.
Browne, M.A. ; 8. J)mre, "To Give"; and t'I>ere "To Put," by Prof.
Postdate, M.A. ; 9. On som Differences between the Speech ov Edinboro' and
London, by T. B. Sprague, M.A. ; 10. Ninth Annual Address of the President
(Dr. J. A. H. Murray) and Reports; 11. Sound-Notation, by H. Sweet, M.A. ;
12 On Gender, by E. L. Brandreth ; 13. Tenth Annual Address of the Presi-
dent, (A. J. EUis, B.A.) and Reports; 14. Distribution of Place-Names in the
Scottish Lowlands, by W. R. Browne, M.A. ; 16. Some Latin and Greek
Etymologies, and the change of X to ^ in Latin, by J. P. Postgate, M.A.
Supplement; Proceedings; Appendixes, etc.; 16. Notes on the n of an, etc.
in the Authorized and Revised Versions of the Bible. By B. Dawson, B.A.
17. Notes on Translations of the New Testament. By B. Dawson, B. A.; 18
The Simple Sounds of all the. Living Slavonic Languages compared with those
of the Principal Neo-Latin and Germano- Scandinavian Tongues By H.I. H.
Prince L -L. Bonaparte ; 19. On the Romonsch or Rhsetian Languages in the
Grisons and Tirol. By R. Martineau, M.A. — A Rou^h List of English "Words
found in Anglo-French, especially during the Thirteenth and Fourteenth
Centuries ; with numerous References. By the Rev. "W. W. Skeat, M.A. ;
The Oxford MS. of the only English Proclamation of Henry III., 18 October,
1258. By the Rev. W. W. Skeat, MA. ; and Errata in A. J. Ellis's copy of
the onlv English Proclamation of Henry III., in Phil. Trans. 1869. Part I. ;
Postscript to Prince L.-L. Bonaparte's Paper on Neuter Neo-Latin Substantives ;
Index ; Errata in Mr. Sweet's Paper on Sound Notation ; List of Members.
Parti. 12*, Part II. 8*. Part III. 7«.

For 1882-3-4: 1. Eleventh Annual Address of the President to the Philological
Society, delivered at the Anniversary Meeting, Friday. 19th May, 1882. By
A. J. Ellis, B.A., etc. ; Obituary of Dr. J. Muir and Mr. H. Nicol. By the
President ; On the Work of the Philological Society. By the President ; Re-
ports ; Conclusion. By the President. 2. Some Latin Etymologies. By
Prof. Postgate, M.A. Initial Mutations in the Living Celtic, Basque, Sardinian,
and Italian Dialects. By H. I. H. Prince Louis-Lucien Bonaparte. Spoken
Portuguese. By H. Sweet, M.A. The Bosworth-Toller Anglo-Saxon Dictionary.
By J. Piatt, iun.. Esq. The Etymology of " Surround." By the Rev. Prof.
Skeat. Old En^ish Verbs in -egan and their Subsequent History By Dr. J. A.
H. Murray. Words connected with the Vine in Latin and the Neo-Latin
Dialects. By H I. H. Prince Louis-Lucien Bonaparte. Names of European
Reptiles in me Living Neo-Latin Languages. By H. I. H. Prince Louis-
Lucien Bonaparte. Appendices I. and II. Monthly Abstracts for the Session
1882-3. Parti. 10«. Part II. 10«.

The Society^ Extra Volumes,

Early English Volume, 1862-64>, containing*. 1. Liber Cure Cocorum, a.d. e,
1440. -2. Ilampole's (Richard Rolle) Pricke of Conscience, a.d. e. 1340.—
8. The Castell off Love, a.d. e, 1320. 8vo. cloth. 1865. £\,

Or separately : Liber Cure Cocorum, Edited by Rich. Morris, 3«. ; Hampole's
(Rolle) Pricke of Conscience, edited by Rich. Morris, 12*. ; and The Castell off
Love, edited by Dr. R. F. Weymouth, 6«.

Dan Michel's Ayenbite of Inwyt, or Remorse of Conscience, in the Kentish
Dialect, a.d. 1340. From the Autograph MS. in Brit. Mus. Edited with
Introduction, Marginal Interpretations, and Glossarial Index, by Richard
Morris. 8vo. cloth. 1866. 12«.

Levins's (Peter, a.d. 1570) Manipulus Yoeabulorum : a Rhyming Dictionary of
the English Language. With an Alphabetical Index by U. B. Wheatley. 8vo.
cloth. 1867. 16«.

Skeat's (Rev. W. W.) Mceso-Gothio Glossary, with an Introduction, an Outline of
Moeso-Gothic Grammar, and a List of Anglo-Saxon and old and modem Eng-
lish Words etymologically oonneeted with Moeso-Gothic. 1868. &vo. d, 9*

67 and 59, Ludgate Hill^ London, JE.C. 21

Ellis (A. J.) on Early English Pronunciation , with especial Reference to
Shakspere and Chaucer : containing an Investigation of the Correspondence of
Writing with Speech in England from the Anglo-Saxon Period to the Present
Day, etc. 4 parts. 8vo. 1869-76. £2.

Mediaeval Greek Texts: A Collection of the Earliest Compositions in Vulgu:
Greek, prior to a.d. 1600. With Prolegomena and Critical Notes by W.
Wagner. Part I. Seven Poems, three of which appear for the first time.
1870. Svo. 10#. 6d,

Poona Sary^janik Sabha, Journal of the. Edited by S. H. Chip-

LONKAB. Published quarterly. 3^. each number.

Boyal Society of Literature of the United Kingdom (Transactions

of The). First Series, 6 Parts in 3 Vols., 4to., Plates; 1827-39. Second
Series, 11 Vols, or 33 Parts. 8to., Plates; 184^3-82. A complete set, as far
[ as published, £10 lOs, Very scarce. The first series of this important
series of contributions of many of the most eminent men of the day has long
been out of print and is very scarce. Of the Second Series, Vol. I.-lY.,
each containing three parts, are quite out of print, and can only be had in
the complete series, noticed above. Three Numbers, price 4«. 6d. each, form
a Tolume. The price of the volume complete, bound in cloth, is 13$. 6^.

Separate FuUieattons.

I. Fasti Monastici Aeyi Saxon ici : or an Alphabetical List of the Heads of
Religious Houses in England previous to the Normao Conquest, to which is
prefixed a Chronological Catalogue of Contemporary Foundations. By Waxteb,
DB O&AT BiscH. Royal 8vo. doth. 1872. 7s, M.

II. Li Chantabi di Lancellotto ; a Troubadour's Poem of the XIV. Cent.
Edited from a MS. in the possession of the Royal Society of Literature, by
Walter de Gray Bibch. Royal 8vo. clothl 1874. 7*.

III. Inquisitio Comitatus Cantabbioiensis, nunc primum, d Manuscripto
nnico in Bibliothecd Cottoniensi asservato, typis mandata : subjicitur Inquisitio
Eliensis: cura N. £. S. A. Hamilton. Royal 4to. With map and 3 facsimiles.
1876. £2 28.

lY. A Commonplace-Book of John Milton. Reproduced by the autotype
process from the original MS. in the possession of Sir Fred. U. Graham, Bart.,
of Netherby Hall. With an Introduction by A. J. Horwood. Sq. folio.
Only one hundred copies printed. 1876. £2 2 j^

y. Ohkonioon Ad;e de Usk, a.d. 1377-1404. Edited, with a Translation and
Notes, by Ed. Maunde Thompson. Royal 8vo. 1876. 10«. 6d,

Syro-Egyptian Society. — Original Papers read before the Syro-
Egyptian Society of London. Volume I. Part 1. 8vo. sewed, 2 plates and a
map, pp. 144. tis. 6d.

lenmle. — The Legends op the Panjab. By Captain R. C. Temple,
&ngal Staff Corps, F.G.S., etc. Crown Svo. Nos. 1-4, wrappers. 2s, each.

Theosophist (The). A Monthly Journal devoted to Oriental Phi-
losophy, Art, Literature, and Occultism; embracing Mesmerism, Spiritu<lism,.
and other Secret Sciences. Conducted by H. P. Blavatsky. 4to. Subscription
per annum £1 .

Trnbner's American, European and Oriental Literary Record. —

A Register of the most important works published in North and South
America, in India, China, Europe, and the British Colonies ; with occasional
Notes on German, Dutch, Danish, French, etc., books. 4to. In Monthly
Numbers. Subscription os. per annum, or 6d. per number. A complete set,
Nof. 1 to 142. London, 1855 to 1879. i^l2 V2s,

28 Linffuistic Publications of Trubner ^ Co.^

ArchaBology, Ethnography, Geography, History, Law,
Literature, Numismatics, and Travels.

Abel. — Slavic and Latin. Ilchester Lectures on Comparative Lexico-
graphy. Delivered at the Taylor Institution, Oxford. By Cabl Abel, Ph.D.
PostSvo. pp. viii.-124, cloth. 1883. bf,

Abel. — Linguistic Essays. See Tnibner's Oriental Series, p. 6.

Ali. — The Peoposeo Political, Legal and Social Eeforms nr thb
Ottoman Empire and other Mohammedan States^ By MouLAvf CherXgh Alt,
H.H. the Nizam's- Civil Service Demy Svo. cloth-, pp. liv-.-184. 1883. 8«.

Arnold. — Indian Idylls. From the Sanskrit of the Mahibharata. By
Edwin Arnold, C.S.I., Author of " The Light of Asia," etc. Post 8vo. cloth,
pp. xii.-282. 1883. 7». 6<f.

Baden-Powell. — A Manual of the Jueispkttdence for Forest

Officers : heing a Treatise on the Forest Law, and- those branches of the general
Civil and Crtrainal Law which are connected with Forest Administration ; with
a comparative Notice of the Chief Continental Law& By B. H. Baden-
PowELL, of the Bengal Civil Service. Svo. half -bound, pp. xxii-554.
1882. Ua,

Baden-Powell. — A Manual op the Land Revenue Systems and Land
Tenures of British India. By B. H. Baden-Powell, of the Bengal Civil
Service (Primarily intended rs a Text- Book for the use of Officers of the
Forest Service.) Crown Svo. half-bound, pp. xii.-TSS. 1882. 12«.

Badley. — Indian Missionary Eecord and Memorial Volume. By
the Rev. B. H. Badley, of the Ameriean Methodiat Mission. New Edition.
Svo. cloth. [In Preparation].

Balfour. — Waifs and Strays from the Far East. See p. 50.

Balfour. — Tbe Divine Classic of Nan-Hua. See page 50.

Beke. — ^The late Drv Charles Beee's Discoveries of Sinai in Arabia

and in Midian. With Portrait, Geological, Botanical, and Conchological Re-
ports, Plans, Map, and 13 Wood Engravings. Edited by his Widow. Boy. Svo.
pp. xz. and 606, cloth. 1S7S.. ?S«. Morocco, £2 IO5.

Bellew. — From the Indus to the Tigris: a Narrative of a Journey

through the Countries of Balochistan, Afghanistan, Khorassan, and Iran, in
1872 ; together with a Synoptical Grammar and Vocabulary of the Brahoe
Language, and a Record ot the Meteorological Observations and Altitudes on
the March from the Indus to the Tigris. By H. W. Bellew, C.S.I., Surgeon
Bengal Staff Corps, Author of *^ A Journal of a Mission to Afghanistan in
1857-58,*' and ^* A Grammar and Dictionary of the Pukkhto Language."
Demy Svo. cloth, pp. viii. and 496. 1874. 14*.

Bellew. — Kashmir and Kashgar. A N'arrative of the Journey of the
Embasy to Kashgar in 1873-74. By H. W. Belhew, C.S.I. Demy Svo. cloth,
pp. xxxii. and 420. 1875. 16«.

Bellew — The Races of Afghanistan. Being a Brief Account of
the Principal Nations inhabiting that Country. By Surgeon-Major H. W.
Bellew, C.S.L, late on Special Political Duty at Kabul. Crown Svo. pp. 124,
cloth. 1880. 7«. ^d,

Beveridge. — The District of Baearganj ; its History and Statistics.
By H. Bevebidoe, B.C.S. Svo. cloth, pp. xx. and 460. 1876. 21«.

. 57 and 59, Ludgate SilU London^ E. C. 28

Bibliofheca Orientalis: or, a Complete List of Books, Pamphlets,

Essays, and Journals, published in France, Germany, England, and the
Colonies, on the History and the Geography, the Religions, the Antiquities,.
Literature, and Languages of the Bast. Edited by Cha.rles Friedbbici.
Part I., 1876, sewed, pp. 86, 28. ed. Part II., 1877, pp. 100, 3$. 6d. Part
III., 1878, 3«. 6rf. Part IV., 1879, 3*. 6d. Part V., 1880. 3«.

Biddulph. — Tribes op the Hindoo Koosh. By Major J. Biddulph,
B.S.C., Political Officer at Gilgit. 8vo. pp. 340, cloth. 1880. 16s.

Bleek. — Kernaed the Fox in South Africa ; or, Hottentot Fables
and Tales. See page 42.

BloGhinann. — School Geography of India and British Bxtrmah. By

H. Blochmann, M.A. 12mo. wrapper, pp. vi. and 100. 28. 6d,

Bombay Code, The. — Consisting of the Unrepealed Bombay Regula-
tions, Acts of the Supreme Council, relating solely to Bombay, and Acts of the
Governor of Bombay in Conncil. With Chronological Table. Koyal 8vo. pp.
ixiv.— 774, cloth 1880. £1 1«.

Bombay. — Gazetteer of the Bombay Presidency. Demy 8Vo. half-
bonnd. Vol. II., 14*. Vols. III.-VII., X., XI., XII., XIV., XVI. 8«. each.

Bretscbneider. — Notes on Chinese Medieval Trayellers to the
West. By E. Bretschneider, M.D. Demy 8vo. sd., pp. 130. 5s,

Bretscbneider. — On the Kn^owledoe Possessed by the Ancient

Chinbse of the Arabs and Arabian Colonies, and other Western Coun-
tries mentioned in Chinese Books. By £. Bkethchn eider, M.D., Physician
of the Russian Legation at Peking. 8vo. pp. 28, sewed. 1871. 1«.

Bretschneider. — Notices of the Medieval Geography and History

OP Central and Western Asia. Drawn from Chinese and Mongol Writings,
and Compared with the Observations of Western Authors in the Middle Ages.
By E. Bretschneider, M.D. 8vo. sewed, pp. 233, with two Maps. 1876. 12«. 6d,

Bretschneider. — Archjsolooical and Historical Hesearches on
Pexino and its Environs. By E. Bretschneider, M.D., Physician to the
Russian Legation at Peking. Imp. 8yo. sewed, pp. 61, with 4 Maps. 1876. 5«.

Bretschneider. — Botanioon Sinicum. l^otes on Chinese Botany, from
Native and Western Sources. By E. Bretschneider, M.D. Crown 8vo. pp.
228, wrapper. 1882. 10$. 6d,

Budge. — Assyrian Texts. See p. 47.

Budge. — History or Ksarhaddon. See Triibner's Oriental Series, p. 4.

Biihler. — ^Eleven Land-Grants of the Chaulukyas of Anhilvad.
A Contribntion to the History of Gigar£it. By G. Buuler. 16mo. sewed,
pp. 126, with Facsimile. 3«. 6d,

Burgess. — Archjsological Survey of Western India. By James
Burgess, LL.D., etc., etc. Vol. 1. Report of the First Season's Operations
in the Belgslm and Kaladgi Districts. Jan. to May, 1874. With 56 photo-
graphs and lith. plates. Koyal 4to. pp. viii. and 45. 1875. £2 2s,
Vol. 2. Report of the Second Season's Operations. Report on the Antiquities of
K&thidwid and Kachh. 1874-5. With Map, Inscriptions, Photographs, etc.
Boy. 4to. half bound, pp. x. and 242. 1876. £3 3«.

YoL 3. Report of the Third Season's Operations. 1875-76. Report on the
Antiquities in the Bidar and Aurangabad District. Royal 4to. lialf bound
pp. Tiii. and 138, with 66 photographic and lithographic plates. 1878. £2 2«.

Vols. 4. and 6. Reports on the Buddhist Cave Temples and their Inscriptions ;
and the Elura Cave Temples and the Brahmanical and Jaina Caves in Western
India : containing Views, Plans, Sections, and Elevations of Facades of Cave
Temples ; Drawings of Architectural and Mythological Sculptures ; Facsimiles

24 Linguistic Publications of Truhner Sf Co.^

of Inscriptions, etc. ; with Descriptiye and Explanatory Text, and Translati- n,
of Inscriptions, etc. Royal 4to. X.-140 and Tiii.-90, half morocco, gilt tops
with 165 Plates and Woodcnts. 1883. £6 6«.

Burgess. — The Rock Temples of Eltjba ok Vekul. A Handbook for
Visitors. By J. Burgess. 8to. 3«. 6<f., or with Twelve Photographs, 9«. ^d.

Burgess. — The Eock Temples op Elephanta Described and Illustrated
with Plans and Drawings. By J. Burgess. 8to. cloth, pp. 80, with drawings,
price 68. ; or with Thirteen Photographs, price £1.

Bumell. — Elements of South Indian Paljeogkapht. From the

Fourth to the Seventeenth Century a.d. By A. C. Burnell. Second Corrected
and Enlarged Edition, 35 Plates and Map. 4to. pp. ziv. and 148. 1878.
£2 12«. ^d.

Carletti. — ^History of the Conquest of Tunis. Translated by J. T.

Carletti. Crown 8vo. cloth, pp. 40. 1883. 2«. 6rf.

Carpenter. — The Last Days in England of the Eajah Eamhohxtn

EoT. By Mary Carpenter, of Bristol. With Five Illustrations. Svo. pp.
272, cloth. 79. ^d.

Cesnola. — The Histoey. Teeasuees, and Antiquities op Salamis,
IN THE Island of Cyprus. By A. P. Di Cesnola, F.S.A. With an
Introduction by S. Birch, Esq., D C.L., LL.D., F.S.A., Keeper of the
Egyptian and Oriental Antiquities in the British Museum. With upwards of
Seven Hundred Illustrations and Map of Ancient Cyprus. Boyal 8vo. pp.
xlviii.-326, cloth, 1882. £1 11*. 6rf.

Chamberlain. — Japanese Poetey. See " Triibner's Oriental Series,"

page 4.

Chattopadhyaya. — The Tatras; or the Popular Dramas of Bengal.

PostSvo. pp. 60, wrapper. 1882. 2*.

Clarke. — The English Stations in the Hill Regions of India : their
Value and Importance, with some Statistics of their Produce and Trade. By
Hyde Clarke, V.P.S.S, Post 8vo. paper, pp. 48. 1881. 1«.

Colebrooke. — The Life and Miscellaneous Essays of Henkt Thokas

CoLEBROoKF. In 3 vols. Demy 8vo. cloth. 1878. Vol.1. The Biography by
his Son, Sir T. E. Colebrooke, Bart., M.P. With Portrait and Map. pp. Jiii.
and 492. 14«. Vols. II. and III. The Essays. A New Edition, with Notes
by E. B. CowELL, Professor of Sanskrit in the University of Cambridge,
pp. xvi.-644, and X.-520. 28*.

Crawford. — Kecollections of Travels in New Zealand and Austeaija.
By J. C. Crawford, F.G.8., Resident Ma^strate, Wellinjifton, etc., etc. With
Maps and Illustrations. 8vo. cloth, pp. xvi. and 468. 1880. 18«.

Cuimingliam. — Coepus Inscbiptionum Indicarum. Vol. I. Inscrip-
tions of Asoka. Prepared by Alexander CvNNiifOHAM, C.S.I., etc. 4to.
cloth, pp. xiv. 142 and vi., with 31 plate". 1879. '62s,

CTmningham. — The Stupa of Bhabhut. A Buddhist Monument,

ornamented with numerous Sculptures illustrative of Buddhist I^egend and
History in the third century B.C. By Alrxander Cuxninoham, C.S.I., C.I.K.,
Director>General Archseolog'cal Survey of India, etc. Royal 4to. cloth, gilt,
pp. viii. and 144, with 51 Photographs and Lithographic Plates. 1879. £3 ^8,

Cunningham. — The Ancient Geogeapht of India. I. The Buddhist

Period, including the Campaigns of Alexander, and the Travels of Hwen-Thsang.
By Alexander Cunningham, Major-General, Royal Engineers (Bengal Re-
tired). With thirteen Maps. 8vo. pp. xx. 590, cloth. 1870. 28«.

Cunningham. — Aech^ological Sukvet of India. Reports, made

during the years 18G2-1882. By A. Cunningham, S.I., Major-General,
etc. With Maps and Plates. Vols. 1 to 15. 8vo. cloth. 10<. and 12«. each.*

57 and 69, Ludgate Hilly London^ E.G. 26

Ciut. — PiCTiJBES OF Iin)iAN LiPE. Sketched with the Pen from 1852
to 1881. By R. N. Cust, late of H.M. Indian Civil Service, and Hon. Sec.
to the Boyal Asiatic Society. Crown 8vo. cloth, pp. x. and 346. 1881. Is. 6d.

Gust. — East Indian Languages. See ** Triihner's Oriental Series,"
p»ge 3.

Ciut. — Languages op Afeica. See ''Triibner's Oriental Series,"
page 6.

Cost. — Linguistic and Oeiental Essays. See " Triibner's Oriental
Series,'* page 4.

Dalton. — Desceiptite Ethnology op Bengal. By Edward Tuitb

Dalton, G.S.I. , Colonel, Bengal Staff Corps, etc. Illustrated by Lithograph
Portraits copied from Photographs. 3i Lithograph Plates. 4to. half- calf,
pp. 34U. £6 6f .

Da Cimha. — Notes on the History and Antiquities op Chaul and

Bassein. By J Gbhson da Cunha, M.RC.S. and L.M. Eng., etc. 8vo.
cloth, pp. xvi. and 262. With 17 photographs, 9 plates and a map. £1 5s.

Da Gnnlia. — Contributions to the Study op I ndo- Portuguese Numis-
matics. By J. G. Da Cunha, M.R.C.S., e c. Crown 8v<». stitched in wrapper.
Fasc. I. pp. 18, with 1 plate; Fasc. II. pp. 16, with 1 plate, each 2s. 6d.

Das. — The Indian Ryot, Land Tax, Permanent Settlement, and the
Famine. Chiefly compiled by Abhay Chahan Das. Post 8vo. cloth, pp.
iv..662. 1881. 12«

Davids. — Coins, btc, op Ceylon. See *'Numismata Orientala," Vol.
I. Part VL

Dennys. — China and Japan. A complete Guide to the Open Ports of

those countries, together with Pekin, Yeddo, Hong Eong, and Macao; forming
a Guide Book and Vade Mecum for Travellers, Merchants, and Residents in
general; with 56 Maps and Plans. By W. F. Mayers, F. K.G.S. H.M.'s
Consular Sendee; N. B. Dennys, late H.M.'s Consular Service; and
0. Kino, Lieut. Royal Marine Artillery. Edited by N. B. Dennts.
8vo. pp. 600, cloth. £2 2s.

Dowsoo. — Dictionary of Hindu Mythology, etc. See " Triibner's
Oriental Series," page 3.

Duncan. — Geography op India, comprising a Descriptive Outline of
all India, and a Detailed Geographical, Commercial, Social, and Political Ac-
count of each of its Provinces. With Historical I^otes. By George Duncan.
Tenth Edition (Revised and Corrected to date from the latest Official Infor-
mation). 18mo. limp cloth, pp. viii. and 182. 1880. Is. 6d.

Egerton. — An Illustkated Handbook op Indian A ems ; being a
Classified and Descriptive Catalogue of the Arms exhibi'ed at the India
Museum ; with an Introductory Sketch of the Military History of India. By
iheHon.W. EoEaTON,M.A.,M.P. 4to. sewed, pp. viii. and 162. 1880. 2s. 6d.

Elliot. — ^Memoirs on the Histoey, Folklore, and Distribution of
THK Races of the Nobtii Westfkn Provinces of India ; being an
mmplified Edition of the original Supplementary Glossary of Indian Terms.
By the late Sir Henby M. Elliot, K.C.B., of the Hon. E. India Co.'s B.C.S.
Kdited, revised, and re-arranged, by John Beames, M.R.A.S., B.C.S., etc.;
In 2 vols, demy 8vo., pp. zx., 370, and 396, cloth. With two Plates, and four
coloured Maps. 1869. 36&>.

Elliot. — The History op India, as told by its own Historians. The
Muhammadan Period. Complete in Eight Vols. Edited from the Posthumous
Papers of the late Sir H. M. Elliot, K.C.B., E. India Co.'s B.C.8., by
Prof. J. Dow80N,M.R.A.S., Staff College, Sandhurst. 8vo. cloth. 1867-1877.

26 Linguistic Publications of Trubner if Co.,

Vol.I.pp xxzii.and542. £4 4*.— Vol. II. pp. x. and 580. 18«.— Vol. III. pp. xii.
and 627. 24«.— Vol. IV. pp. x. and 563. 21*.— Vol. V. pp. xii. and 576. 21*.
—Vol. VI. pp. yiii. and 574. 21*.— Vol. VII. pp. viii. and 674. 21*.—
Vol. VIII. pp. xxzii., 444, and Izviii. 2is, Complete sets, £8 8*.

Farley. — Egypt, Cypeus, and Asiatic Tuekey. By J. L. Faelet,

Author of ** J'he Resources of Turkey," etc. Demy 8to. cL, pp. zvi.-270. 1878.
10*. 6d.

Featherman. — The Social Histoey of the Races of Mankhtd, VoL

V. The Aramaeans. By A. Feathebman. To be completed in about Tea
Volumes. 8vo. cloth, pp. xvii. and €64. 1881. £1 1*.

Fenton.— Eaely Hebeew Life : a Study in Sociology. By Johx
Fenton. 8vo. cloth, pp. XMV. and J 02. 1880. 5*.

Fergusson and Burgess. — The Gate Temples of India. By James
Fehousson, D.C.L., F.R.S., and James Burgess, F.R.G.S. Imp. Sto. half
bound, pp. XX. and 536, with 98 Plates. £2 2*.

Fergusson. — Teee and Seepent Woeship ; or, Illustrations of Mytho-
logy and Art in India in the First and Fourth Centuries after Christ. From
the Sculptures of the Buddhist Topes at SancWi and Amravati. Second
Edition, revised, corrected and in gr«at part re- written. By J. Fekousson,
D.C.L., F.R.S., M.R.AS., etc. 4to. half bound pp. xvi. and 276, with 101
plates. 1873. £6 5*.

Fornander — An Account of the Polynesian Race : Its Origin and

Migration, and the Ancient History of the Hawaiian People to the Times of
Kamehameha I. By A. Furnander, Circuit Judge of the Island of Miui,
H.I. Post 8vo. cloth. Vol. I., pp. xvi. and 248. 1877. 7*. 6rf. Vol. II.,
pp. viii. and 400, cloth. 1880. 10*. 6d^

Forsyth. — Repoet of a Mission to Yaekund in 1873, under Command
of Sir T. D. Forsyth, K.C.S I., C.B., Bengal Ciyil Service, with Historical
and Geographical Information regarding the Possessions of the Ameer of
Yarkund. With 45 Photographs, 4 Lithographic Plates, and a large Folding
Map of Eastern Turkestan. 4to. cloth, pp. iv. and 573. £5 5*.

Gardner. — Pabxhian Coinage. See **!Numismata Orientalia. Vol. I.
Part V.

Garrett. — ^A Classical Diction aet of India, illustrative of the My-
thology, Philosophy, Literature, Antiquities, Arts, Manners, Customs, etc., of
the Hindus. By John Garrktt. 8vo. pp. z. and 798. cloth. 28s.

Garrett. — Supplement to the above Classical Dictionaby of India.
By JOHN Garrett, Director of Public Instructional Mysore. 8?o. cloth, pp.
ItiO. 7*. 6d,

Gazetteer of the Central Provinces of India. Edited by Charles

Gkant, Secretary to the Chief (Commissioner of the Central Provinces. Second
Edition. With a very large folding Map of the Central Provinces of India.
Demy 8vo. pp. clvii. and 582, cloth. 1870. £1 4*.

Geiger. — Conteibutions to the Histoey of the Development op the

Human Race. Lectures and Dissertations by Lazarus Geiobk. Translated
from the German by David Asher, Fh.D. Post 8vo. cloth, pp. x. and 156.
1880. 6*.

Goldstiicker. — On the Deficiencies in the Present Administbation

OF Hindu Law; being a paper read at the Meeting of the East India As-
sociation on the 8th June, 18/0. By Tubodok GoldstUckrr, Professor of
Sanskrit in University College, London, bcc. Demy 8vo. pp. 66, sewed. It. 6d.

Gover. — 1 he Folk-Songs of Southern India. By Charles E. (joveb.
8vo. pp. xxiii. and 2\)9, cloth. 1872. 10*. iid.

57 and bb, Ludgate Hill, London, E. C. 27

Oriffin. — ^The Rajas op the Punjab. Being the History of the Prin-
cipal States in the Punjab, and their Political Relations with the British Govern-
ment. By Lbpel H . Griffin, Bengal Ciyil Service ; Under Secretary to the
Goyemment of the Punjab, Author of " The Punjab Chiefs/' etc. Second
edition. Royal 8vo., pp. xiv. and 630. 1873. 2\s.

€3riffi8. — ^The Mikado's Empike. Book I. History of Japan from
660 B.C. to 1872 A.D. Book II. Personal Experiences, Observations, and
Studies in Japan, 1870-74. By W. E. Griffis. Illustrated. Second Edition.
8vo. pp. 626, cloth. 1883. £1.

Growse. — Mathuha : A District Memoir. By F. S. Geowse, B.C.S.,
M.A., Ozon, C.I.G., Fellow of the Calcutta University. Second Edition.
lUnstrated, Revised, and Enlarged. 4to. boards, pp. zxiv. and 520. 1880. 42«.

Sahn. — TsunillGoam. See Triibner's Oriental Series, page ;">.

Sead. — Coinage of Ltdia and Peesia. See ** Numismata Orientalia."
Vol. I, Part III.

Hebrew lateratore Society. See page 71.

Hodgson. — Essays on i:he Languages, Literatuee, and Keugion
OF Nepal and Tibet ; together with farther Papers on the Geography,
Ethnology, and Commerce of those Countries. By fi. H. Hodoson, late
British Minister at Nep&l. Royal 8yo. cloth, pp.288 1874. 14«.

Hodgson. — ^Essays on Indian Subjects. See **Triibner's Oriental
Series," p. 4.

Hunter. — ^Thb Imperial Gazetteer op India. By "W. "W. Huntep,

C.I.E., LL-D., Director- General of Statistics to the Government of India.

Pablished by Command of the Secretary of State for India. 9 vols. 8vo.

half morocco. 1881.
** A great work has been unoBtcntationsly carried on for the last twelve years in India, the
importance of which it is impossible to exaggerate. This is nothing less than a complete
statistical ftnrvev of the entire British Empire in Hindostan. . . . "^'e have said enough to show
that the * Imperial Gazetteer ' is no mere dry collection of statistics ; it is a treasury from which
the politician and economist may draw countless stoces of valuable information, and into which
the general reader can dip with the certainty of always finding something both to interest and
iBStmct YAm.'*— Timet.

Hnnter. — A Statistical Account of Bengal. ByW. W. Huntee, B.A.,

LL.D. Director- General of Statistics to the Government of India.
toim yo\k.

X. DSrjding, Jalp&igurf and Kuch Behar
XI. Patnfi and Kfiran. I State.

XII. Gayfi and Shdhdbfid.

XIII. Tirhut and Chanipfiran.

XIV. BhS'galpur and Santfil Fargan&s.
XV. Monghyr and Pumiah.

XVI. Ilaz&rib&gh and Lohdrdagfi.
XVII. Singbhflm, Chutifi, N&gpur Tributory

States and M&nbhdm.
XVIII. Cuttack and Balasor.
XIX. Purl, andOrissa Tributary States.
XX. Fisheries, Botany, and General Index

Published by command of the Government of India. In 20 Vols. 8vo. half-
morocco. £5.

Hunter. — A Statistical Account of Assam. By "W. W. Huntee,

BjL, LL.D., C.I.E., Director-General of Statistics to the Government of
India, etc. 2 vols. 8vo. half morocco, pp. 420 and 490, with Two Maps.
1879. 10*.
Hnnter. — ^Famine Aspects of Bengal Disteicts. A System of Famine
Warnings. By W. W. Hunter, B.A., LL.D. Crown : vo. cloth, pp. 216. 1874.

Hnnter. — The Indian Musalmans. By "W. "W. Huntee, B.A., LL.D.,

Director-General of Statistics to the Government of India, etc., Author of *'The
Annals of Hural Bengal," etc. Third Edition. 8vo. cloth, pp. 219. 1876.
10s. 6d.

I. 94 Parffantffl and Sondarhans.
II. Nadiya fnd Jessor.
III. Midnapar, Hdglf and Honrah.
IV. BardwAn, Birbhdm and Bfinkm-&.
Y. Dacca, BAkarganj Farfdpur and Mai-

mansinh.
YI. Chittagong Uill Tracts, Chittngong,
No&khftlf , Tipperah, and Hill Tipperah
State.
Til. If ddah, Rangpor and Dinfijpor.
THL RiyshAhr and BogrA.
IX. M orshidihid and P&bn&.

28 Linguistic Publications of Ih^ubner §• Ci>.*,

Hunter. — An Account op the Bbitish Settlement op Adsv

in Arabia. Compiled by Captain F. M. Huntbb, F.K.G.S., F.R.A.S.,
Assistant Political Resident, Aden. Demy 8vo. balf-morocco, pp. xii.-232.

1877. 7«. U,

Hunter. — A beief histoey op the Indian People. By W. W.

Hunter, C.I.E., LL.D. Crown 8vo. pp. 222 with map, cloth. 1883. 3». 6<J.

Hnnter. — Indian Empire. See Triibner's Oriental Series, page 5.

Japan. — Map op Nippon (Japan) : Compiled from Native Maps, and
the Notes of recent Travellers. By R. H. Brunton, M.I C.E., F.R.G.S.
1880. In 4 sheets, 21«. ; roller, varnished, £1 Il«. 6J. ; Folded, in case,
£1 5«. Qd.

Juvenalis SatirsB. — ^With a Literal English Prose Translation and
and Notes. By J. D. Lewis, M.A. Second, Revised, and considerably
Enlarged Edition. 2 Vols, post 8vo. pp. xii.-230, and 400, cloth. 1882. 12*.

Leitner. — Sinin-I-Islam. Being a Sketch of the History and

Literature of Muhammadanism and their place in Universal History. For tks
use of Maulvis, By 6. W. Leitnbr. Part I. The Early History of Arabia
to thd fall of the Abassides. 8vo. sewed. Lahore. 6«.

Leitner. — Histoey op Indigenous Education in the Pan jab sings
Annexation, and in 1882. By G. W. Lbitneh, LL.D., late on special duty
with the Education Commission appointed by the Government of Inma. Fcap.
folio, pp. 588, paper boards. 1883. £5.

Leland.— FusANo ; or, the Discovery of America by Chinese Buddhist
Priests in the Fifth Century. By Cbables G. Leland. Crown 8vo. cloth, pp.
xix. and212. 1875. Is.^d.

Leland. — The Gypsies. See page 69.

Leonowens. — The Romance op Siamese Haeem Lipe. By Mrs. Anna

H. Leonowens, Author of "The English Governess at the Siamese Court.**
With 17 Illustrations, principally from Photographs, by the permission of J.
Thomson, Esq. Crown 8vo. doth, pp. viii. and 278. 1873. 14«.

Leonowens. — The English Goteeness at the Siamese Ooubt :

being Recollections of six years in the Royal Palace at Bangkok. By Anna
Hakribtte Lrono<vens. With Illustrations from Photographs presented to
the Author by the King of Siam. 8vo. cloth, pp. x. and 332. 1870 ]2«.

Lillie. — Buddha and Eaelx Buddhism. See page 05.

Long. — Eastern Proverbs and Emblems. See Triibner's Oriental
Seiies, page 4.

Linde. — Tea in India, A Sketch, Index, and Register of the Tea

Industry in India, published together with a Map of all the Tea Districts, ete.
By F. Linde, Surveyor, Compiler of a Map of the Tea Localities of Assam,
etc. Folio, wrapper, pp. xxii.-30, map mounted and in cloth boards. 1879. 63^.

McCrindle. — The Commerce and Navigation of the ErythraBan Sea.
Being a Translation of the Periplus Maris Erythraei, by an Anonymous Writer,
and of Arrian*s Account of the Voyage of Nearkhos, from the Mouth of the
Indus to the Head of the Persian Q\Af. With Introduction, Commentary,
Notes, and Index. Post 8vo. cloth, pp. !▼. and 238. 1879. 7$. 6</.

McCrindle. — Ancient India as Desceibed by Megasthenes and

Arrian. Being a Translation of the Fragments of the Indika of Megasthenes
collected by Dr. Schwanberk, and of the First Part of the Indika of Arrian.
By J. W. McCrindle, M.A., Principal of the Government College, Patna,
etc. With Introduction, Notes, and Map of Ancient India. Post 8vo. cloth,
pp. xii.-224. 1677. 7«. Qd.

57 and 59, Ludgate HilU London, E.C, S9

McCrindla. — Asciest India as described by Ktesias, the Knidian,
being a fcranslation of the abridgment of his *■* Indica," by Photios, and the
fragments of that work preseryed in other writers. By J. W. McCrindle,
M.A., M.R.A.S. With Introduction , Notes, and Index. 8vo. cloth, pp. viii.
—104. 1882. 6«.

Kadden. — Coins op the Jews. See ** Numismata Orientalia." Vol. II.

Kalleson. — Essays and Lectttees on Indian Histoeical Subjects. By-
Colonel 6. B. Malleson, C.S.I. Second Issue. Crown 8yo. cloth, pp. 348.
1876. 6*.

Markham. — ^The Naebatiyes of the Mission of George Bogle,

H.C.S., to the Teshu Lama, and of the Journey of Thomas Maimmg to Lhasa.
Edited, with Notes and Introduction, and lives of Mr. Bogle and Mr. Manning,
by Clements R. Mabkham, C.B., F.R.S. Second Edition. Demy Bto., with
Maps and Illustrations, pp. clxi. 314, cl. 1879. 21«.

■anden's Nnmismata Orientalia. New International Edition.

See under Numismata Orientalia.
Xatihewft. — Ethnology and Philology of the Hidatsa Indians.

By Washington Matthews, Assistant Surgeon, U.S. Army. Contents: —
Ethnography, Philology, Grammar, Dictionary, and English- Hidatsa Voca-
bulary. Svo. cloth. £1 lU. Qd.

Xayen. — Treaties between the Empire of China and Foreign Powers.
Together with Regulations for the Conduct of Foreign Trades. By W. F.
Matess, Chinese Secretary to H. B. M.'s Legation at Peking. 8yo. pp. yiii.
225 and li. 1877. Cloth £2.

Mayerft. — Cbina and Japan. See Dennys.

■ayen. — The Chinese Government. A Manual of Chinese Titles,
categorically arranged and explained, with an Appendix. By W. F. Mayers.
Roy. 8vo. cloth, pp. viii.- 160. 1878. £1 10s.

Metcalfe. — The Englishman and the Scandinavian ; or, a Comparison
of Anglo-Saxon and Old Norse Literature. By Fkedehick Metcalfe. M.A.,
Fellow of Lincoln College, Oxford ; Translator of *' Gallus " and " ( haricles ; "
and Author of ** The Oxonian in Iceland. Post 8vo. cloth, pp. 612. 1880. 18*.

Kitra. — The Antiquities of Oeissa. By Kajendealala Mitea.

Pufilished under Orders of the Goyernment of India. Folio, cloth. Vol. I.
pp. 180. With a Map and 36 Plates. 1876. £6 6«. Vol. II. pp. vi. and 178.
1880. £4 4«.

Ktra — Bttddha Gaya ; the Hermitage of Sakya Muni. By Rajen-
DBALALA MiTKA, LL.D., C.I.E. 4to. cloth, pp. xvi. and 258, with 51 plates.
1878. £3.

Kitra. — ^The Sanskrit Buddhist Liteeatuee of I^epal. By Eajendea-
LALA MiTBA, LL.D., C.I.E. 8vo. cloth, pp. xlviii.-340. 1882. 12«. 6rf.

Koor. — The Hindu Pantheon. By Edward Moor, F.R.S. A new

edition, with additional Plates, Condensed and Annotated by the Rey. W. O.
Simpson. 8vo. cloth, pp. xiii. and 401, with 62 Plates. 1864. £3,

■orris. — A Descriptive and Historical Account of the Godavery
District in the Presidency of Madras By Henky Morris, formerly of the
Madras Ciyil Seryice. Author of a "History of India for Use in Schools*'
and other works. 8yo. cloth (with a map), pp. xii. and 390. 1878. lis.

■filler. — Ancient Inscriptions in Ceylon. By Dr. Edward Miiller.
9 VoIb. Text, crown 8yo., pp. 220, cloth and plates, oblong folio, cloth.
1883. 2l8.

30 Linguistic Publications of Trubner ^ Co.,

Notes, EouoH, of Joueneys roade in the years 1868, 1869, 1870, 1871,
1872, 1873. in Syria, down the Tiflpris, India, Kashmir, Cejlon, Japan, Mon-
golia, Siberia, the United States, the Sandwich Islands, and Aostralasia.
Demj 8vo. pp. 624, cloth. 1875. 14«.

Numismata Orientalia. — The International Nxthishata Oblbntalia.

Edited by £dward Thomas, F.R.S., etc. Vol. I. Illustrated with 20 Plates
and a Map. Royal 4to. cloth. 1878. £3 ia«. 6cL

Also in 6 Parts sold separately, viz. : —

Part T. — Ancient Indian Weights. By E. Thomas, F.R.S., etc Royal 4to. sewed,
pp. 84, with a Plate and a Map of the iodia of Mann. 9s, 6d.

Part II. — Coins of the Urtuki Tarkamans. By Stanley Lanb Pools, Corpus
Cbristi College Oxford. Royal 4to. sewed, pp. 44, with 6 Plates. 9s,

Part III. The Coinage of Lydia and Persia, from the Earliest Times to the Fall
of the Dynasty of the Achaemenids. By Barclay V. Head, Assistant-
Keeper of Coins, British Museum. Royal 4to. sewed, pp. yiii. and 56, with
three Autotype Plates. lOs. 6d,

Part lY. The Coins of the Tnluni Dynasty. By Edwabb Thomas Roobbs.
Royal 4to. sewed, pp. iv. and 22, and 1 Plate. 5s,

Part V. The Parthian Coinage. By Perct Gabdnbr, M.A. Royal 4to. sewed,
pp. iv. and 65, with 8 Autotype Plates. \Ss,

Part VI. On the Ancient Coins and Measures of Ceylon. With a Discussion of
the Ceylon Date of the Buddha's Death. By T. W. Rhys Davids, Barrister .
at>Law, late of the Ceylon Civil Service. Royal 4to. sewed, pp. 60, with Plate-
lOa.

Numismata Orientalia. — Vol. H. Coins op the Jews. Being a History

of the Jewis)! Coinage and Money in the Old and New Testaments. By F&bdbhiok
W. Madden, M.R.A.S., Member of the Numismatic Society of London,
Secretary of the Brighton College, etc., etc. With 279 woodcuts and a plate
of alphaoets. Royal 4to. sewed, pp. xii. and 330. 1881. £2.
Or as a separate volume, cloth. £2 28.

Numismata Orientalia. — ^Vol III. Part I. The Coins of Arakan, of

Pegu, and op Burma. By Lieut. -General Sir Arthur Phayrb, C.B.,
K.C.S.I., G.C.M.G., late Commissioner of British Burma. Royal 4to., pp.
viii. and 48, with 6 Autotype Illustrations, sewed. 1882. Ss, 6d,

Olcott. — A Buddhist Catechism, according to the Canon of the Southern
Church. By Colonel H. S. Olcott, President of the Theosophical Society.
24mo. pp. 32, wrapper. 1881. Is.

Oppert. — On the Ancient Commerce op India. : A Lecture. By Dr.
G. Oppert. 8vo. paper, 50 pp. 1879. 1«.

Oppert.— Contributions to the History op Southern India. Part I.
Inscriptions. By Dr. G. Oppert. 8vo. paper, pp. vi and 74, with a Plate.

1882. is.

Orientalia Antiqua ; or Documents and Eesearches relating to

the History of the Writings, Languages, and Arts op the East.
Edited by Terrikn de La Couperie, M.R.A.S., etc., etc. Fcap. 4to. pp. 96,
with 14 Plates, wrapper. Part I. pro Vol. I., complete in 6 parts, price 30«.

Osbum. — The Monumental History of Egypt, as recorded on the

Ruins of her Temples, Palaces, and Tombs. By William Obburn. Illustrated
with Maps, Plates, etc. 2 vols. 8vo. pp. xii. and 161 ; vii. and 643, cloth.

£2 '2s, Out of print.

Vol. I.— From the Clolonization of the Valley to the Visit of the Patriarch Abram.
Vol. II.— From the Visit of Abram to the Exodus.

67 and 59, Ludgate Hilly London^ E.C. 31

Palestine. — Memoirs of the Survey of Western Palestine. Edited by
W. Besant, M.A., and E. H. Palmkr, M.A., under the Direction of the
Committee of tl.e Palestine Exploration Fund. Complete in Seven Volumes.
Demy 4to. cloth, with a Portfolio of Plans, and large scale Map. Second Issue.
Price Twenty Guineas.

Palmer.— Egtptia.n Chhonicles, with a harmony of Sacred and
Egyptian Chronology, and an Appendix on Babylonian and Assyrian Antiquities.
By William Palmer, M.A.,and late Fellow of Magdalen College, Oxford.
2 yds.. 8vo. cloth, pp. Ixxir. and 428, and viii. and 636. 1861. 1^.

PatelL — CowASJEE Patell*s Cheonology, containing corresponding
Dates of the different Eras used by Christians, Jews, Greeks, Hind(is,
Mohamedans, Parsees, Chinese, Japanese, etc. By Cowasjeb Sorabjeb
Patell. 4to.pp. viii. and 184, cloth. 50<.

Fatb^a-Vakya, or Niti-Sastra. Moral Maxims extracted from the
"writings of Oriental Philosophers. Corrected, Paraphrased, and Translated
into English. By A. D. A. Wijayasinha. Foolscap 8vo. sewed, pp. yiii. and
54. Cmombo, 1881. 8«.

Paton. — A History of the Egyptian Revolution, from the Period of
the Mamelukes to the Death of Mohammed AH ; from Arab and European
Memoirs, Oral Tradition, and Local Research. By A. A. Paton. Second
Edition. 2 toIs. demy 8vo. cloth, pp. zii. and 395, viii. and 446. 1870. ?«. 6^.

Ffonndes. — ^Fu So Mimi Bukuro. — A Budget op Japanese Notes.

By Gapt. Pfoundes, of Yokohama. 8vo. sewed, pp. 184. ?«. 6^.
Phayre. — Coins of Abakan, etc. See " ]S[iimismata Orientalia."
Vol. III. Parti.

Piry. — Lb Saint Edit. Litteratttee Chinoise. See page 36.

Playfair. — The Cities and Towns op China. A Geographical Diction-
ary by G. M. H. Playfaib, of Her Majesty's Consular Service in Chin<». 8vo.
doth, pp. 606. 1879. 2o».

Poole. — Coins op the TJbtitk:£ TtjukumIns. See '* ITumismata Ori-
entalia." Vol. I. Part II.

Poole. — ^A Scheme op Mohammadan Dynasties During the Khalipate.
By S. L. Poole, B.A. Oxon., M.R. A.S., Author of " Selections from the Koran/
etc. 8to. sewed, pp. 8, with a plate. 1880. 2s,

Poole. — An Index to Periodical Literature. By W. F. Poole,
L1i.D., Librarian of the Chicajjo Public Jjibrary. Third Edition, brought
down to January, 1882. Koyul 8vo. pp. xxviii. and 1442, cloth. 1883.
£3 13«. ^d. Wrappers, £3 10«.

Balrton. — Tibetan Tales. See Triibner's Oriental Series, page 5.

Bam Baz. — Essay on the Architecture of the Hindus. By Ram Raz,

Native Judge and Magistrate of Bangalore. With 48 plates. 4to. pp. ziv. and
64, sewed. London, 1834. £1 2«.

Bavenstein. — The Russians on the Amur ; its Discovery, Conquest,
mod Colonization, with a Description of the Country, its Inhabitants, Produc*
tions, and Commercial Capabilities, and Personal Accounts of Hussian 1 ravel-
len. By E. G. Ravknstrin, F.R.G.S. With 4 tinted Lithographs and 3
Maps. 8vo. cloth, pp. duO. 1861. 15.

Baverty* — Notes on Afghanistan and Part op Baluchistan, Geo-
firaphioal, Ethnographical, and Uistorical. By Major H. G. Eaveuty, Bombay
Srative Infantry (Retired). Fcap. folio, wrapper. Sections I. and II. pp. 98.
1880. 2«. Section III. pp. vi. and 218. 1881. bs.

Bice. — Mysore Inscriptions. Translated for the Government by
Lewis Rice. 8vo. pp. vii. 336, and xxx. With a Frontispiece and Map.
Bangalore, 1879. £1 10«.

32 Linguistic Publications of Truhner 8f Oo.^

Soe and ¥TjeT. — Tkavels m India m the 8EVEirnsBin:H Centuht.

By Sir Thomas Rob and Dr. John Frybr. Reprinted from the '* Calcutta
Weekly Englisbman." 8vo. cloth, pp. 474. 1873. 7«. 6d.

Sogers. — Coins op the Tulxjni Dynasty. See "Numismata Ori-

entalia." Vol. I. Part. IV.

Soutledge. — English Rule and Native Opinion in India. From

Motes taken in the years 1870>74. By Jambs Routlbdob. Post Byo.
cloth, pp. 344. 1878. 10«. 6d.

ScMefiier. — Tibetan Tales. See Triibner's Oriental Series, page 6.

ScMagintweit. — Glossary of Geographical Terms fuom India akb

TiBKT, with Native Transcription and Transliteration. By Hbrmann db
Schlaointweit. Forming^, with a *' Route Book of the Western Himalaya,
Tibet, and Turkistan/'the Third Volume of H., A., and R. de Schlaointweit's
''Resultsof a Scientific Mission to India and High Asia.'* With an Atlas in
imperial folio, of Maps, Panoramas, and Views. Royal 4to., pp. zxiy. and
293. 1863. £4.

Sewell. — Report on the Amaratati Tope, and Excavations on its Site
in 1877. By Robert Seweli., of the Madras C. S., etc. With four plates.
Royal 4to. pp. 70, boards. 1880. Ss.

Sewell. — Arch-eological Survey of Southern India. Lists of the
Antiquarian Remains in the Presidency of Madras. Compiled under the Orders
of GuTernment, Robert Sewell, H.M.'8 Madras Civil Service, Member of
the Royal Asiatic Society of Great Britain Hud Ireland, and of the Asiatic
Society of Bengal. Vol. I., 4to. pp. xii-326, Ixii , cloth. 1882. 20«.

Sherring. — Hindu Tribes and Castes as represented in Benares. By
the Rev. M. A. Sherrino. With Illustrations. 4to. Cloth. Vol. I. pp. xxiy.
and 408. 1872. Now £6 6«. Vol. II. pp. Izviu. and 376. 1879. £2 8«.
VoL HI. pp. xii. and 336. 1881. £1 I2s.

Sherring — The Sacred City of the Hindus. An Account of
Benares in Ancient and Modern Times. By the Rev. M. A. Sherbing, M.A.,
LL.D. ; and Prefaced with an Introduction by Fitzbdward Hall, Esq., D.C.L.
8vo. cloth, pp. xxxvi. and 388, with numerous full-page illustrations. 1868. 21«.

Sibree. — The Great African Island. Chapters on Madagascar. A
Popular Account of Recent Researches in the Physical Geography, Geologr,
and Exploration of the Country, and its Natural History and Botany, and in
the Origin and Division, Customs and Language, Superstitions, Folk- Lore and
Religious Belief, and Practices of the Different Tribes. Together with lllat-
trations of Scripture and Early Church History, from Native Statists and
Missionary Experience. By the Rev. Jas. Sibrbb, jun., F.R.G.S., of the
London Missionary Society, etc. Demy 8vo. cloth, with Maps and Illus-
trations, pp. zii. and 372. 1880. 12«.

Smith. — Contributions towards the Materia Medica and Natural
History of China. For the use of Medical Missionaries and Native Medical
Students. By F. Porter Smith, M.B. London, Medical Missionary in
Central China. Imp. 4to. cloth, pp. viii. and 240. 1870. £1 Is,

Strangford. — Original Letters and Papers of the late Viscouht

Stranoford, upon Philological and Kindred Subjects. Edited byViBCOUNTBSS
Stranofokd. Post 8vo. cloth, pp. xxii. and 284. 1878. V2»» M.

Thomas. — Ancient Indian Weights. See Numismata Orientalia."

Vol. I. Part I.
Thomas. — Comments on Kecent Pehlvi Decipherments. "With an

Incidental Sketch of the Derivation of Aryan Alphabets, and contributions to
the Early History and Geography of Tabaristkn. Illustrated by Coins. By
Edward Thomas, F.R.S. 8vo. pp. 5(>, and 2 plates, cloth, sewed. 1872. 8«. 6<f.
Thomas. — Sassanian Coins. Communicated to the Numismatic Society
of London. By E. Thomas, F. K.S. Two parts. With S Plates and a Wood*
cut. 12mo, sewed, pp. 43. 5<.

57 and 59, Ludgate Sill, London, E.C. 83

Thomas. — Jainism ; or, The Early Paith of Asoka. With Illustrations
of tbe Ancient Religions of the East, from the Pantheon of the I ndo- Scythians.
To which is added a Notice on Bactrian Coins and Indian Dates. By Edward
Thomas, F.R.S. 8vo. pp. viii., 24 and 82. With two Autotype Plates and
Woodcuts. ^8, 6d,

Thomas. — ^Records of the Gttpta Dynasty. Illustrated by Inscrip-
tions, Written History, Local Tradition and Coins. To which is added a
Chapter on the Arabs in Sind. By Edward Thomas, F.R.S. Folio, with a
Plate, handsomely bound in cloth, pp. iv. and 64. 1876. Price 14«.

Thomas. — The Chronicles of the PathIn Kings of Dehli. Illus-
trated by Coins, Inscriptions, and other Antiquarian Remains. By Edward
Thomas, F.R.S.,]ate of the Bast India Company's Bengal Civil Service. With
numerous Copperplates and Woodcuts. Demy 8vo. cloth, pp. zziy. and 467
1871. £1 88.

Thomas. — The Reventte Resotjeces of the Mughal Empire in India,

from A.D. 1593 to a.d. 1707. A Supplement to *^The Chronicles of thePath^n
Kings of Delhi." By Edward Thomas, F.R.S. Demy 8vo., pp. 60, cloth.
3«. 6d.

Thorbum. — BanniJ ; or, Our Afghan Frontier. By 8. S. Thoeburn,
I.C.S., Settlement Officer of the Bannd District. Svo. cloth, pp. x. and 480.
1876. 18«.

Vaughan. — The Manners and Customs of the Chinese of the
Straits Settlements. By J. D. Yauohan, Barrister-at-Law, Advocate and
Solicitor of the Supreme Court of the Straits Settlements. 8yo. pp. iy.-120.
boards. 1879. 7«. 6d,

Watson. — Index to the Native and Scientific Names of Indian and
other Eastern Economic Plants and Products, originally prepared
under the authority of the Secretary of State for India in Council. By John
Forbes Watson, M.A., M.D., F.L.S., F.R.A.S., etc., Reporter on the
Products of India. Imperial 8to., cloth, pp. 650. 1868. £l lis, 6d.

Wedgwood. — Contested Etymologies in the Dictionary of the Rev.
W. "W. Skeat. By Hensleigh Wedgwood. Crown 8vo. cloth, pp. viii.-194.
1882. 68,

Wheeler. — The Histoet of India from the Earliest Ages. By J.
Talboys Wheeler, Assistant Secretary to the Government of India in the
Poreign Department, etc. etc. Demy 8vo. cl. 1867-1881.
YoL 1. The Vedic Period and the Maha Bharata. pp. Ixzv. and 576. £3 lOs,
Yd. II., The Ramayana and the Brahmanic Period, pp. Ixxxviii. and 680, with
two Maps. 21«. Vol. III. Hindu, Buddhist, Brahmanical Revival, pp. 484,
with two maps. 18«. Vol. IV. Part I. Mussulman Rule. pp. xxxii. and 3*20.
14«. Yol. IV. Part II. Moghul Empire — Aurangzeb. pp. xxviii. and 28 U. 12«.

Wheeler. — Early Kecords of British India. A History of the
English Settlement in India, as told in the Government Records, the works of
old travellers and other contemporary Documents, from the earliest period
down to the rise of British Power in India. By J. Talbots Wheeler.
Royal 8vo. cloth, pp. xxxiL and 392. 1878. 15^.

Williams. — ^Modern India and the Indians. See Triibner's Oriental
Series, p. 4.

Wise. — Commentary on the Hindu System of Medici ntk. By T. A.

Wise, M.D., Bengal Medical Service. 8vo., pp. xx. and 432, cloth. 78, dd.

Wise. — Review of the History of Medicine. By Thomas A.
WiSB, M.p. 2 vols. 8vo. cloth. Vol. I., pp. xcviii. and 397; Vol. II.,
pp. 674. iO<.

84 Linguistic Publications of Trubner 8f Co.

THE RELIGIONS OF THE EAST.

Adi Granth (The) ; or, The Holt ScurprimEs of the Sikhs, trans-
lated from the original Gurmukhi, with Introductory Essays, by Dr. Eknbst
Trumpp, Professor Regius of Oriental Languages at the Uniyersity of Munich,
etc. Roy. 8vo. cloth, pp. 866. £'1 12«. 6^.

Alabaster. — The Wheel op the Law : Buddhism illustrated from

Siamese Sources by the Modern Baddhist, a Life of Buddha, and an account of
the Phrabat. By Henry Alabaster, Interpreter of H.M. Consulate-General
in Siam. Demy dvo. pp. Iviii. and 324, cloth. 1871. 14«.

Amberley. — Air Analysis of Eelioioxts Belief. By Viscount

Ambekley. 2 vols. 8yo. cI., pp. xvi. 496 and 512. J 876. S0«.

Apastambfya Dharma Sutram. — Afhobisms of the Sacbed Laws op

the Hindus, by Apastamba. Edited, with a Translation and Notes, by G. Biihler.
By order of the Government of Bombay. 2 parts. 8vo. cloth, 1868-71.
£\ 4«. M.

Arnold. — The Light of Asia ; or, The Great Kenunciation (Maha-
bhinishkramana). Being the Life and Teaching of Gautama, Prince of India,
and Founder of Buddhism (as told by an Indian Buddhist). By Edwin Arnold,
M.A., F.R.G.S., etc. Cheap Edition. Omwn 8vo. parchment, pp. xvi. and
238. 1882. 2s. Qd. Library Edition, post 8vo. cloth. 7*. Qd,

Arnold. — Indian Poetey. See ** Triibner's Oriental Series," page 4.

Arnold. — Peakls op the Paith; or, Islam's Rosary. Being the
Ninety-nine Beautiful Names of Allah (Asma-el-*Husna). With Comments in
Verse from various Oriental sources as made by an Indian Mussulman. By
Edwin Arnold, M.A., C.S.I., Author of " The Li^ht of Asia," etc. Second
Edition. Crown 8vo. cloth, pp. xvi.-320. 1883. 7«. 6rf.

Banerjea. — The Aeian Witness, or the Testimony of Arian Scriptures
in corroboration of Biblical History and the Rudiments of Christian Doctrine.
Including Dissertations on the Onginal Home and Early Adventures of Indo-
Arians. By the Rev. K. M. Banerjea. 8vo. sewed, pp. xviii. and 236. Ss. %d.

Barth. — Religions op India. See **Triibner's Oriental Series,"
page 4.

Beal. — Teavels of Pah Hian and Sung-Ytjn, Buddhist Pilgrims
from China to India (400 a. d. and 518 a.d.) Translated A:om the Chinese,
by S. Beal (B.A. Trinity College, Cambridge), a Chaplain in Her Majesty'g
Fleet, a Member of the Royal Asiatic Society, and Author of a Translatiou of
the Pratimoksha and the Amithaba SQtra from the Chinese. Crown 8yo. pp.
Ixziii. and 210, cloth, ornamental, with a coloured map. Out of print.

Beal. — A. Catena op Buddhist Scriptures pbom the Chinese. By S.

Beal, B. A., Trinity College, Cambridge; a Chaplain in Her Majesty's Fleets
etc. 8vo. cloth, pp. ziv. and 436. 1871. 15«.

Beal. — The Romantic Legend of Sakhya Buddha. Prom the
Chinese-Sanscrit by the Rev. Samuel Beal, Author of << Buddhist Pilgrims,*'
etc. Crown 8vo. cloth, pp. 400. 1875. 12s.

Beal. — The Dhammapada. See **Triibner's Oriental Series," page 3.

Beal. — Abstract op Foue Lectures on Buddhist Literatube in China,
Delivered at University College, London. By Samuel Beal. Demy 8vo.
cloth, pp. 208. 1882. 10«. M.

Bigandet. — Gaudama, the Buddha of the Burmese. See "Triibner's

Oriental Series," page 4.

Brockie. — Indian Philosophy. Introductory Paper. By "William
Buockie, Author of '* A Day in the Land of Scott," etc., etc. 8vo. pp. 26,
sewed. 1872. (ad.

67 and 59, Ludgate Hill, London, E.G. 35

Brown. — Thb Debyishes ; or, Obiental SpiRmrALisM. By John P.

Brown, Secretary and Dragoman of the Legation of the United States of
Amenca at Constantinople. With twenty-fonr Illustrations. 8vo. cloth,
pp. viii. and 415. 14«.

Buddha and Early Buddhism. — See under Lillie, page 33.
CSallaway. — The Eelioiovs System op the Amaztjlv.

Part I. — ^Unknlankuln ; or» the Tradition of Creation as existing among the

Amaznluand other Tribes of South Africa, in their own words, with a translation

into English, and Notes. By the Uev. Canon Callaway, M.D. Sto. pp. 128,

sewed. 1868. 4«.
Part II. — Amatongo; or. Ancestor Worship, as existing among the Amazalu, in

their own words, with a translation into English, and Notes. By the Key.

Canon Callaway, M.D. 1869. 8vo. pp. 197, sewed. 1869. 4«.
Part III. — Izinyanga Zokubula ; or^ Divination, as existing among the Amazalu, in

their own words. With a translation into English, and Nutes. By the Rer.

Canon Callaway, M.D. 8vo. pp. 160, sewed. 1870. 4«.
Part IV. — Abatakati, or Medical Magic and Witchcraft, ftvo. pp. 40, sewed. 1«. 6rf,

Chalmers. — The OEionf of the Chinese; an Attempt to Trace the
connection of the Chinese with Western Nations in their Religion, Superstitions
Arts, Language, and Traditions. By John CuALitEBS, A.M. Foolscap 8yo.
cloth, pp. 78. 5«.

Clarke. — Ten Gbeat Bblioions : an Essay in Comparative Theology.
1)« James Fbbeman Clarke. 8vo. cloth, pp. x. and 528. 1871. 15«.

Qarke. — Ten Great Eeligions. Part II. A Comparison of All
Beligions. By J. F. Clarke. Demy 8To.,.pp. xz.Yiii.-414, cloth. 1883. 10«. 6^.

Clarke. — Sbepbnt and Siva Wobship, -and Mythology in Central

America, Africa and Asia. By Htde Clarkr, Esq. 8vo. sewed. Is.

Conway. — The SACiiED Anthology. A Book of Ethnical Scriptures.
Collected and edited by M. D. Conwat. 5th edition. Demy 8vo. cloth,
pp. xvi. and 480. 1876. 12«.

Coom4ra Swamy. — The DathIvansa ; or, the History of the Tooth-
Relic of Gotama Buddha. The Pali Text and its Translation into English,
with Notes. By Sir M. CoomAra Swamy, Mudeli&r. Demy 8yo. cloth, pp.
174. 1874. 10#. 6rf.

Coomdra Swamy. — The DathIvansa ; or, the History of the Tooth-
Kelic of Gotama Buddha. English Translation only. With Notes. Demy
Svo. eloth, pp. 100. 1874. 6«.

Coom^ra Swamy. — Stjtta NipIta ; or, the Dialogues and Discourses
of Gotama Buddha. Translated from the Pali, with Introduction and Notes.
By Sir M. Coomaba Swamt. Cr. 8yo. cloth, pp. xxxvi. and 160. 1874. 6«.

Ceran. — Extracts feom the Coran in the Original, with English

RBSDEonfO. Compiled hy Sir William Muir, E.C.S.I., LL.D., Author of
the '*Iife of Mahomet." Crown 8to. cloth, pp. 58. 1880. 3«. ^d,

CowelL — The Sarva Darsana Samgraha. See ^'Triibner's Oriental
Series," p. 6.

ClUUliiigliam. — The Bhilsa Topes ; or, Buddhist Monuments of Central
India : comprising a brief Historical Sketch of the Rise, Progress, and Decline
of Buddhism ; with an Account of the Opening and Examination of the various
Groapa of Topes around Bhilsa. By Brev.- Major Alexander Cunningham,
Bengal Engineers. Illustrated with thirty- three Plates. 8vo. pp. zzxyi. ;i7 U,
eloth. 1854. £1 2$.

Ba Cunha. — Memoir on the History op the Tooth-Relic of Ceylon ;

with an Essay on the Life and System of Gautama Buddha. By J. Gek^on
DA Cunha. 8yo. cloth, pp. ziv. and 70. With 4 photographs and cutd. Ts\ 6d»

86 Linguistic Publications of Trubner 4r Co.^

Davids. — Buddhist Bieth Stoeies. See Triibner's Oriental Series,'*
page 4.

Davies. — Hindu Philosophy. See Triibner's Oriental Series," page 5.

Dowson. — DicTioNAET OP HiNDTi MYTHOLOGY, ETC. See Trubnor's
Oriental Series," page 4.

Dickson. — The PaTiMOiKHA, being the Buddhist Office of the Con-
fession of Priesto. The Pali Text, with a Translation, and Notes, by J. F.
DicxsoN, M.A 8vo. sd., pp. 69. 28,

Edkins. — Chinese Buddhism. See "Triibner's Oriental Series,"

page 4.
EdkiBS.— Eeligion in China, See " Triibner's Oriental Series," p. 6.

Eitel. — Handbook poe the Student op Chinese Bttddhism. By the

Rev. E. J. EiTBL, L. M. S, Crown 8vo. cloth, pp. viii. and 224. 1870. 18#.
EiteL — Buddhism: its Historical, Theoretical, and Popular Aspects.
In Three Lectures. By Rev. E. i. Eitel, M.A. Ph.D. Second Edition.
Demy 8vo. sewed, pp. 130. 1873. 5«.

Examination (Candid) of Theism. — ^By Physicus. Post 8vo. cloth, pp.

zviii. and 198. 1878. 7». ^d,

Faber. — A systematical Digest op the Docteines op Confucius,

according to the Analects, Great Learning, and Doctrinb of the Mean.
^ with an Introduction on the Authorities m)on Confucius and Confucianism.

By Ernst Faber, Rhenish Missionary. Translated from the German by P.

G, yon Mollendorff. 8vo. sewed, pp. viii. and 131. 1876. 12». 6rf.
Faber. — Introduction to the Science op Chinese Religion. A Critique

of Max Miiller and other Auhors. By the Rev. Ernst Fabbk, Rhenish

Missionary in Canton. Crown 8vo. stitched in ¥rrapper, pp. xii. and 154. 1880.

7». 6rf.
Faber. — The Mind op Mencius; See '* Triibner's Oriental Series," p. 4.
Oiles. — Recced op the Buddhist Kingdoms. Translated from the

Chinese by H. A. Giles, of H.M. Consular Service. 8vo. sewed, pp.

x.-l*29. 5«.
Oouffb. — The Philosophy op the TJpanishads. See "Triibner^s

Oriental Series," p. 6.
Oubematis. — ^Zoological Mythology; or, the Legends of Animals.

By Anoelo db Gubbrnatis, Professor of Sanskrit and Comparative Literature

in the Instituto di Studii Superior! e di Perfezionamento at Florence, etc. In

2 vols. 8vo. pp. xxvi. and 432, vii. and 442. 28«.

Onlshan I. Raz : The Mystic Rose Garden op Sa'd ud din Mahmitd
Shabistari. The Persian Text, with an English Translation and Notes, chiefly
from the Commentary of Muhammed Bin Yahya Lahiji. By £. H. Whinfield,
M.A., late of U.M.B.C.S. 4to. cloth, pp. xvi. 94 and 60. 1880. I0<. M,

Hardy. — Christianity and Buddhism Compared. By the late Est.
R. Spbncb Hakdy, Hon. Member Royal Asiatic Society. 8vo. sd. pp. 138. 6<.

Hang. — The Paesis. See ** Triibner's Oriental Series," p. 3.

Hang. — The Ajtarkya Brahmanam of the Rig Veda : containing the

Earliest Speculations of the Brahmans on the meaning of the Sacrificial Prayers
and on the Origin, Performance, and Sense of the Rites of the Vedic Religion.
Edited, Translated, and Explained by MARriN Hauo, Ph.D., Superintendent of
Sanskrit Studies in the Poona College* etc., etc. In 2 Vols. Crown 8vo.
Vol. I. Contents, Sanskrit Text, with Prefiu^, Introductory Essay, and a Map
of the Sacrificial Compound at the Soma Sacrifice, pp. 312. Vol. ll. Transla-
tion with Notes, pp. 544. £2 2s,

Hawken. — Upa-Sastra : Comments, Linguistic and Doctrinal, on
Sacred and Mythic Literature. By J. D. Uawkbn. Svo. cloth, pp. viii. -288.

67 and 59, Ludgate Hill, London, E.G. 87

Henhon. — A Talmttdic Misgellaitt. See *' Triibner's Oriental
Series,'' p. 4.

Hodgson. — Essays belathtg to Iitdian Sxtbjects. See '^ Triibner's
Oriental Series/' p. 4.

Inman. — Aixciknt Pagan and Modebn Chbistian Syvbolism Exposes

AND Explained. By T&omas }nma.n, M.D. Second Edition. With lllastra-
tions. Demy 8vo. cloth, pp. xl. and 148. 1874. 78. 6d,

Johnson. — Oriental Religions and their Relation to Universal Reli-
gion. By Samuel Johnson. First Section — India. In 2 Volumes, post 8yo.
doth. pp. 408 and 402. 21«

Jonmal of the Ceylon Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society. — For

Papers on Bnddbism contained in it, see page 11.

Kistner. — Bttddha and his Doctrines. A Bibliographical Essay. By
Otto Kistner. Imperial Sto., pp. iy. and 32, sewed. 2^. 6d,

Koran (The) ; commonly called The Alcoran of Mohammed. Trans-
lated into English inMnediately from the original Arabic. By Georoe Sale,
Gent. To which is prefixed the Life of Mohammed. Grown Bto. cloth, pp. 472. 7s,

Koran. — Arabic text. Lithographed in Oudh. Foolscap 8yo. pp.
602. sewed. Lucknow, a.h. 1295 (1877). 9«.

lane. — The Koran. See " Triibner's Oriental Series," p. 3.

LegffO. — Confucianism in Relation to Christianity. A Paper read
before the Missionury Conference in Shanghai, on May 1), 1877. By Rev.
James Lbooe, B.D. 8to. sewed, pp. 12. 1877. Is, 6d,

Legge. — The Life and Teachings of Confucius. With Explanatory
Notes. By Jambs Lbgob, B J). Fifth Edition. Crown 8vo. cloth^ pp. vi.
and 338. 1877. 10«. 6d.

Legge. — The Life and Works op Mencius. With Essays and Kotes.
By Jambs Legge. Grown 8vo. cloth, pp. 402. 1875. 12».

Legge. — Chinese Classics, v. under ** Chinese,*' p. 51.

Leigh. — ^The Religion of the World. By H. Stone Leigh. 12mo.

pp. xii. 66, cloth. 1869. 2«. 6d,

LQlie. — ^Buddha and Early Buddhism. By Authur LiixiEflate Regi-
meiit of Lucknow). With numerous Illustrations drawn on Wood by the
Aathor. Post 8yo. cloth, pp. 356. 1881. 7s. 6d.

K'datehie. — Confucian Cosmogony. A Translation (with the
Chinese Text opposite) of Section 49 (Treatise on Cosmogony) of the " Com-
plete Works" of the Philosopher Choo-Poo-Tze. With Explanatory Notes by
the Rev. Th. M'Clatchie, M.A. Small 4to. pp. xviii. and 162. 1874. 128. ed.

Kill. — ^Thb Indian Saint; or, Buddha and Buddhism. — A Sketch
Historical and Critical. By C. B. B. Mills. 8to. cl., pp. 192. 7s. 6d.

Ultra.— Bttddha Gaya, the Hermitage of Sakya Muni. By Rajen-
d&alala Mitra, LL.B., G.I.E. 4to. eloth, pp. xvi. and 258, with 51 Plates.
1878. £3.

Knhaninied. — The Life of Muhammed. Based on Muhammed Ibn

Ithak. By Abd El Malik Ibn Hisham. Edited by Dr. Ferdinand Wusten-
FBLD. The Arabic Text. 8vo. pp. 1026, sewed. Price 2\8, Introduction,
Notes, and Index in German. 8vo. pp. Ixxii. and 266, sewed. 78. 6d, Each
part sold separately.

The text based on the Manuscripts of the Berlin, Leipsic, Gotha and Leyden Libraries, has
been earelUly lerised by the learned editor, and printed with the utmost exactness.

S8 Linguiatie Publications of Trubner 8f Co.,

teiiller. — The Hymns op the Eig Yeda in the Samhita and Pada

Texts. Reprinted from the Editio Princept by F. Max Muller, M.A.
Herobre 6tranher de Tlnstitut de France, etc. Second Edition. With the
two texts on parallel pages. 2 vols., Svo, pp, 800-828, stitched in wrapper.
1877. £1 Us.

lEnir. — Tbanslations feom the SANSKmrr. See " Triibner's Oriental
Series," p. 3.

Mnir.-^OBicuNAL Sanskkit Texts — v. under Sanskrit*

Muir.— ExTHACTS peom the Ookan. In the Original, with English
rendering. Compiled by Sir William Muir, K.C.S.I., LL.D., Author of
*' The Life of Mahomet." Crown 8yo, pp. viii. and 64, cloth. 1880. 3«. 6d.

Miiller. — The Sacred Hymns of the Brahmins, as preserved to us

in the oldest collection of religious poetry, the Rig- Yeda -Sanhita, translated and
explained. By F. Max MUller, M.A., Fellow of All Souls* College ; Professor
of Comparative Philology at Oxford. Volume I. Hymns to the Idaruts or
the Storm Gods. 8vo. pp clii. and 264. 12«. 6d,

Hiiller. — Lectuee on Buddhist Nihilism. By E. Max MiiixEB,

M.A., Professor of Comparative Philology in the University of Oxford ; Mem-
ber of the French Institute, etc. Delivered before the General Meeting of the
Association of German Philologists, at Kiel, 28th September, 1869. (Translated
from the German.) Sewed. 1869. U.

Miiller. — KiG Yeda Samhita and Pada Texts. See page 89.
Newman.— Hebrew Theism. By E. W. Newman. Royal Svo. stiff

wrappers, pp. viii. and 172. 1874. 4«. <6<f.

Piry. — Le Saint Edit, t^TUBB de Litterattjbe Chinoise. Preparee
par A. Th^ophilb Piry, du Service des Douanes Maritimes de Chine. 4to.
pp. XX. and 320, cloth. 1879. 21«.

Prianlx. — Qu^stiones Mosaics; or, the first part of the Book of

Genesis compared with the remains of ancient religions. By Osmond de
Beauvoir Priaulx. 8vo. pp. viii. and 548, cloth. 12«.

Bedhouse. — The Mesnxjvi. See *' Triibner's Oriental Series," p. 4.

Big- Veda Sanhita. — A Collection of Ancient Hindu Htmns. Con-
stituting the First Ashtaka, or Book of the Rig-veda ; the oldest authority for
the religious and social institutions of the Hindus. Translated from the Original
Sanskrit by the late H. H. Wilson^ M.A. 2nd Ed., with a Postscript by
Dr. FiTZEDWARD Hall. Vol. I. Svo. cloth, pp. Hi. and 348, price 21*.

Big-Veda Sanhita. — A Collection of Ancient Hindu Hymns, constitut-
ing the Fifth to Eighth Ashtakae, or books of the Rig-Veda, the oldest
Authority for the Religious and Social Institutions of the Hindus. Translated
from the Original Sanskrit by the late Horace Hayman Wilson, M.A.,
F.R.S., etc. Edited by E. B. Cowell, M.A., Principal of the CaleotU
Sanskrit College. Vol. IV., 8vo., pp. 214, cloth. 14«.
A few copies of Vols. II. and III. still left. [ Vols. V. and VI. in the iV«M,

Sacred Books (The) of the East. Translated by various Oriental

Scholars, and Edited by F. Max Miiller. All 8vo. cloth.
Vol. I. The Upanishads. Translated by F. Max Miiller. Part 1. The Kh&n-
dogya-Upanishad. The Talavak&ra-Upanishad. The Aitareya-^ranyaka.
The Kaushttaki-Brdhmana-Upanishad and the VEgasansyi-Samhitd-Upaniahad.
pp. xii. and 320. 10«. 6d.

Vol. 11. The Sacred Laws of the Aryas, as taught in the Schools of Apastamba,
Gautama. Vasishtha, and Baudhayana. Translated by Georg fiiihler. Part I.
Apastamba and Gautama, pp. ix. and 312. Itt79. iOs. 6d,

67 and 59, Ludgate Hill, London, E.G. 89

Vol. III. The Sacred Books of Chioa. The Texts of Confacianism. Translated

bv James Leg^. Part I. The Shd King. The Religious Portions of the Shih

King The Hsi^o King. pp. xxzii. and 492. 1879. 12«. ^d.
Vol. IV. The Zend-Avesta. Part I. The Vendtdad. Translated by James

Barmesteter. pp. civ. and 240. 10«. %d.
Vol. V. Pahlavi Texts. Part I. The Bundahis, Bahman Yast, and ShSyast-la-

Shayast. Translated by E. W. West. pp. Ixxiv. and 438. 12«. 6rf.
Vol. VI. The Qur'an. Part I. Translated by E. H. Palmer, pp. cxx. and

268, cloth. 109. 6^.
Vol. VII. The Institutes of Vishnu. Translated by Julius Jolly, pp. xl. and

316. 10«. %d.
Vol. VIII. The Bhagavadgita with other extracts from the Mahabharata.

Translated by Kashinath Trunbak Telang. pp. 446. 10a. 6rf.
Vol. IX. The Qur*an. Part II. Translated by E. H. Palmer, pp. x. and 362.

lOa. &d.
Vol. X. The Suttanipata, etc. Translated by V. Fausboll. pp. Ivi. and 224»

10«. %d.
Vol. XI. The Mahaparinibbana Sutta. The Teyigga Sutta. The Mahasudassana

Sutta. The Dharama-Kakkappavattana Sutta. Translated by T. W, Rhys

Bands, pp. xlyiii.-320. 10«. 6^.
Vol. XII. The Satnpatha-Brahraana. Translated by Prof. Eggeling. Vol. I.

pp. xlviii. and 456. lis. 6d.
Vol. XIII. The Patimokkha. Translated by T. W, Rhys Bavids. The Maha-

▼agga. Part I. Translated by Br. H. Oldenoerg. pp. xxxviii. and 360. 10«. 6d.
VoL aIV. The Sacred LaiBs of the Aryas, as taught in the Schools of Vasishtha

and Baudhayana. Translated by Prof. Georg Buhler.
Vol. XV. The Upanishads. Part II. Translated by F. Max Miiller. [In preparation
Vol. XVI. The Yl King. Translated by James Legge. pp. xxii. and 448. 10«. 6d,
Vol. XVII. The Mahavagga. Part II. Translated by T. W. Rhys Davids, and

Br. H. Oldenberg.
Vol. XVIII. The Badistan-r Btnlk and Mainy6-i Khard. Pahlavi Texts. Part

II. Translated by E. W. West.
Vol. XIX. The Fo-sho-hing-tsan-king. Translated by Samuel Beal.
VoL XX. The Yayu-Purana. Translated by Prof. Bhandarkar, of Elphinstone

College, Bombay.
Vol. XXI. The Saddharma-pundarJka. Translated by Prof. Kern.
Vol. XXII. The Akaranga-Sutra. Translated by Prof. Jacobi.

Schlagintweit. — Buddhism in Tibet. Illustrated by Literary Docu-
ments and Objects of Religious Worship. With an Account of the Buddhist
Systems preceding it in India. By Emil Schlagintweit, LL.D. With a
Folio Atlas of 20 Plates, and 20 Tables of Native Prints in the Text. Royal
8vo., pp. xxiv. and 404. £2 28.

Sell. — The Faith of Islam. By the Rev. E. Sell, Fellow of the
University of Madras. Demy 8vo. cloth, pp. xiv. and 270. 1880. 6». 6rf.

Sell. — Ihn-i-Tajwid ; or, Art of Reading the Quran. By the Rev.

E. Sell, B.D. Svo., pp. 48, wrappers. 1882. 2«. 6d,
Sherring. — The Hindoo Pilgrims. By the Rev. M. A. Shereing,

Fcap. 8vo. cloth, pp. vi. and 1 25. 58.

Singh. — Sakhee Book ; or, the Description of Gooroo Gobind Singh's
Religion and Doctrines, translated from Gooroo Mukhi into Hindi, and after-
wards into English. By Sirdar Attar Singh, Chief of Bhadoar. With the
Author's photograph. 8to. pp. xviii. and 205. Benares, 1873. 15«.

Sinnett. — The Occult World. By A. P. Sinnett, President of the
Simla Eclectic Theosophical Society. Third Edition. Fcap. 8yo., pp. xiv. and
140, cloth. 1883. Zs. 6d,

Sinnett. — Esoteric Buddhism. By A. P. Sinitett, Author of the
*' Occult World," President of the Simla Eclectic Theosophical Society. Third
Edition. Crown 8yo., pp. zx. and 216, cloth. 1881. 7«. 6d,

40 Linguistic Publications of Tr&bner 8f Co.,

IJyed Ahmad. — A. Sebies of Essays on the Life of Mohammed, and

Subjects sabsidiary thereto. By Sted Ahmad Khan Bahados, C.S.I. , Aatbor
of the ** Mohammedan Commentary on the Holy Bible/* Honorary Member of
the Royal Asiatic Society, and Life Honorary Secretary to the Allygurh Scien-
tific Society. 8vo. pp. 532, with 4 Genealogical Tables, 2 Maps, and a Coloured
Plate, handsomely bound in cloth. £1 lOs,

Thomas. — Jaivibm. See page 28.

Tiele — OurLnrEs of the Histoet of Eeligion'. See "Triibner's

Oriental Series,*' page 6.
Tiele. — ^History of Egyptian Eeligion. See Triibner's Oriental Series,

page 6.

Tishnu-Pnrana (The) ; a System of Hindu Mythology and Tradition.
Translated from the original Sanskrit, and Illustrated by Notes derived chiefly
from other Pur&^as. By the late H. H. Wilson, M. A., F.R.S., Boden Pro-
fessor of Sanskrit in the University of Oxford, etc., etc. Edited by Fitzbdward
Hall. In 6 vols. 8vo. Vol. I. pp. cxl. and 200: Vol. II. pp. 343 ; Vol. III.,
pp. 34-8; Vol IV. pp. 346, cloth; Vol. V.Part I. pp. 39*2, cloth. 10*. 6d. each.
Vol. v., Part 2, containing the Index, compiled by F. HalL Svo. cloth, pp. 268.

128,

Wake. — The Evolution op Moralitt. Being a History of the
Development of Moral Culture. By 0. Staniland Wake, author of
** Chapters on Man," etc. Two vols. 8yo. cloth, pp. xyI. and 506, xii. and 474.
2U.

Wherry. — Commentary on the Quran. See Triibner's Oriental Series,
page 5.

WiLson. — Works of the late Hobace Hatmak Wilson, M.A., F.R.S.,

Member of the Royal Asiatic Societies of Calcutta and Paris, and of the Oriental
Soc. of Germany, etc., and Boden Prof, of Sanskrit in the University of Oxford,
Vols I. and II. Essats and Lbcturks chiefly on the Religion of the Hindus,
by the late H. H. Wilson, M.A., F.R.S., etc. Collected and edited by Dr.
Reinhold Rost. 2 vols, cloth, pp. ziii. and 399, yI. and 416. 21«.

COMPAEATIVE PHILOLOGY.

POLYGLOTS.

Beames. — Outlines op Indian Philology. With a Map, showing the
Distribution of the Indian Languages. By John Bbambs. Second enlarged and
rerised edition. Crown Svo. cloth, pp. Tiii. and 96. 1868. 5«.

Beames. — A Compaiutitk Grammar of the Modern Aryan Languages

OP Inma (to wit), Hindi, Panjabi, Sindhi, Gujarati. Marathi, Uriya, and
Bengali. By John Bbames. Bengal C.S., M.R.A.S., &c. 8to. cloth. Vol.
1. On Sounds, pp. xvi. and S(»0. 1872. 16«. Vol. II. The Noun and the
Pronoun, pp. xii. and 348. 1875. 16«. Vol III. The Verb. pp. xiL and
Slti. 1879. 169.

Bellows. — English Oitline VocABrLARY, for the use of Students of the

Chinese, Japaneto, and other Languages. Arranged by John Bellows. With
Notes on the writing of Chinese with Roman Letters. By Professor Sumxbrs,
Kinf*a College, London. Crown Sto., pp. 6 and S68, cloth. 6«.

Bellows. — OrrusE Dictionart,forthe use op Missionaries, Explorers,
and Students of Lanruace. By Max MiiLLUt, M.A..,TaTlorian Professor in the
University of Oxford, nith an Introduction on the proper use of the ordinary
English .^Inhabet in transcribing Foreign Langunges. The Vocabulary compiled
by JoBM B&LLowa. Crown 8vo« Liap Morocco, pp. xxxi. and dee. 7$. $d

57 and 69, Ludgate Hill, London, E.G. 41

Caldwell. — A Comparative Gbamhae op the IteAviDiAir, ob Soitth-

IvDiAN Family of Lanouaoes. By the Rev. K. Caldwell, LL.D. A
Second, corrected, and enlarged Edition. Bemy 8vo. pp. 805. 1875. 28«.

Calligaris. — Lb Compagnon de Totjs, ou Dictionnairb Poltglotte.

ParleColonel Louis Calltoakis, Grand Ofl5cier,etc. (French—Latin — Italian —
Spanish — Portuguese — German — English — Modern Greek — Arabic — Turkish.)
2 Yols. 4to., pp. 1157 and 746. Turin. £4^ 4<.

Campbell. — Specimens op the Languages op India, including Tribes
of Bengal, the Central Provinces, and the Eastern Frontier. By Sir G.
Campbell, M. P. Folio, paper, pp. 308. 1874. £11U. 6^.

Clarke. — Kbsearches in Pee-histoeic and Peoto-histoetc Compaea-

TiTB Philology, Mythology, and ARCHiSOLOOY, in connexion with the
Origin of Culture in America and the Accad or Sumerian Families. By Hyde
Clarke. Demy 8vo. sewed, pp. xi. and 74. 1875. 2«. M,

Cust. — Languages op the East Indies. See Triibner's Oriental
Series," page 3.

Donse. — Gbimm's Law ; A Study : or, Hints towards an Explanation
of the so-called ** Lautverschiebun^." To which are added some Remarks on
the Primitive Indo-European JT, and several Appendices. By T. Lb Makchant
Douse. 8vo. cloth, pp. xvi. and 230. lO^. 6^.

Dwight. — MoDEEN Philology : Its Discovery, History, and Influence*
New edition, with Maps, Tabular Views, and an Index. By Benjamin W
DwiGHT. In two vols. cr. 8vo. cloth. First series, pp. 360 ; second seriesy
pp. xi. and 554. £\,

Edkins. — China's Place in Philology. An Attempt to show tbat the

Languages of Europe and Asia have a Common Origin. By the Rev. Joseph
Edkins. Crown 8vo. cloth, pp. xxiii. and 403. I0«. Qd.

lis. — Eteuscan Numeeals. By Robeet Ellis, B.D. 8vo. sewed,
pp. 52. 2<. %d.

Ellis. — ^Thb Asiatic Affinities op the Old Italians. By Robeet

Ellis, B.D., Fellow of St. John's College, Cambridge, and author of " Ancient
Routes between Italy and Gaul." Crown 8vo. pp. iv. 156, cloth. 1870. 5«.

Ellis. — On NuiTEEALs, as Signs of Primeval Unity among Mankind.
By Robert Ellis, B.D., Late t'ellow of St. John's College, Cambridge.
Demy 8vo. cloth, pp. viii. and 94. 3«. Ge^.

EUis. — Peeuvia Scythica. The Quicbua Language of Peru: its
derivation from Central Asia with the American languages in general, and with
the Taranian and Iberian languages of the Old World, including the Basque,
the Lycian, and the Pre-Aryan language of Etruria. By Robekt Ellis, B.D.
Svo. doth, pp. xii. and 219. 1875. 6«.

En glinh and Welsh Languages. — The Influence of the English and

Welsh Languages upon each other, exhibited in the Vocabularies of the two
Tongues. Intended to suggest the importance to Philologers,. Antiquaries,
Ethnographers, and others, of giving due attention to the Celtic Branch of the
Indo-Germanic Family of Languages. Square, pp. 30, sewed. 1869. la.

Geiger. — Contributions to the History of the Detelopment of the
Human Race. Lectures and Dissertations. By Lazarus Geigek. Translated
from the Second German Edition by David Asher, Ph.D. Post 8vo. cloth,
pp. X. and 156. 1880. 6«.

43 Linguistic Publications of Trubner t^ Oo.

Qrej. — Handbook op Apricak, Austbaliajt, and Polynesian Phi-
lology, as represented in Che Library of His Excellency Sir George Grey,
K.O.B., Her Majesty's High Commissioner of the Gape Colony. Classed,
Annotated, and Edited by Sir Geokge Grey and Dr. H. I. Bleek.

Vol. I. Part I.— South Africa. 8vo. pp. 186. 20».

Tol. I. Part 2.~Africa (North of the Tropic of Capricorn). 8yo. pp. 70. it.

Tol. I. Part 3.— Madagascar. 8vo. pp. 24. 2<.

Vol. II. Part 1. — Australia. Bvo. pp. iv. and 44. ia.

Tol. II. Part 2.— Papuan Langruages of the Loyalty Islands and New Hebrides, compris-
ing those of the Islands of Nengone, Lifu, Aneitum, Tana, and
others. 8to. p. 12. Is,

Tol. II. Fart S.>-Fiji Islands and Rotuma (with Supplement to Part II., Papuan Lan-
guages, and Part I., Australia). 8vo. no. 34. 2ff.

Tol. II. Part 4.~New Zealand, the Chatham Islands, and Auckland Islands. 8yo. pp.

76. 7s.

Tol. II. Part 4 {eontiniMtion). — Polynesia and Borneo. 8vo. pp. 77-154. 7s,

Tol. III. Part 1.— Manuscripts and Incunables. 8vo. pp. Yiii. and 24. 2f.

Tol. IT. Part 1.— Early Printed Books. England. 8to. pp. Yi. and 266. 12«.

Oubematis. — Zoological Mythology; or, the Legends of Animals.

By Anoelo db Gxtbeunatis, Professor of Sanskrit and Comparative Literature
in the Institute di Studii iSuperiori e di Perfezionamento at Florence, etc. In
2 Tols. 8vo. pp. xxxvi. and 432, yii. and 442. 289.

Hoernle. — A Compabative Grammar op the Gaudian Language, with
Special Reference to the Eastern Hindi. Accompanied by a Language Map,
and a Table of Alphabets. By A. F. B. Hoernle. Demy Svo. pp. 474.
1880. 18«.

Hunter. — A ComparatiTe Dictionary of the Non- Aryan Languages of
India and High Asia. With a Dissertation, Political and Linguistic, on the
Aboriginal Races. By W. W. Hunter, B A., M.R.A.S., Hon. Fell. Ethnol.
Soc, Author of the "Annals of Rural Bengal,*' of H.M.'s Civil Service.
Being a Lexicon of 144 Languages, illustrating Turanian Speech. Compiled
from the Hodgson Lists, Government Archives, and Original MSS., arranged
w^ th Prefaces and Indices in English, French, G-erman, Rossian, and Latin.
L arge 4to. cloth, toned paper, pp. 230. 1869. 42«.

Kilgour. — The Hebrew or Iberian Race, including the Pelasgians,
the Phenicians, the Jews, the British, and others. By Henrt Kiloour. Svo.
sewed, pp. 76. 1872. 2s. 6d,

March. — A Comparatite Grammar op the Anglo-Saxon Language;

in which its forms are illustrated by those of the Sanskrit, Greek, Latin,
Gothic, Old Saxon, Old Friesic, Old Norse, and Old Higli-Qerman. By
Francis A. March, LL.D. Demy 8vo. cloth, pp. xi. and 253. 1877. lOs,

Notley. — A Comparatite Grammar of the French, Italian, Spanish,
AND PouTUGUESE LANGUAGES. By EowiN A. NoTLBT. Crown oblong Svo.
cloth, pp. XV. and 396. 7«. 6d,

Oppert. — On the Clasaification of Languages. A Contribution to Com-
parative Philology. By Dr. G. Oppert. 8vo. paper, pp. vi. and 146. 1879. 7s.6d.

Oriental Congress. — Report of the Proceedings of the Second Interna-
tional Congress of Orientalists held in London, 1874. Roy. 8vo. paper, pp. 76. 6s,

Oriental Congress. — Transactions of the Second Session of the
International Congress of Orientalists, held in London in September,
1874. Edited by Kobert K, Douglas, Honorary Secretary. Demy 8vo.
oloth, pp. viii. and 456. 2U.

Pezzi. — Aryan Philology, according to the most recent Researches
(Glottologia Aria Recentissima), Remarks Historical and Critical By
DoMENico Pezzi, Membro della Facolta de Filosofia e lettere della R.
Universit. di Torino. Translated by E. S. Roberts, M.A., Fellow and Tator
of Gonville and Cains College. Crown 8vo. cloth, pp. xvi. and 199. 6«.

57 and 59 Ludgate Hill^ London^ E,C. 43

gayce. — An Assyrian Grammar for Comparative Purposes. By A. H.
Satob, M.A. 12ino. cloth, pp. xti. and 188. 1872. 7«. ^d,

Sayce. — The Peinciples op Comparative Philology. By A. H.
Satcb, Fellow and Tutor of Qaeen's College, Oxford. Second £dition. Gr.
8yo. cl., pp. xzxii. and 416. IO9. M,

ScMeiclier. — CoMPEin)iTJM op the Comparative Grammar op the lin)0-
Europran, Sanskrit, Grbek, and Latin Languages. By August
Schleicher. Translated from the German by H. Bendall, B.A.* Chr.
Coll. Camb. 8vo. cloth. Part L Grammar, pp. 184. 1874. 7«. Qd,
Part II, Morphology, pp. viii. and 104. 1877. 6*.

Singer. — Grammar of the Htjngariabt Language simplipied. By
Ignatius Sinobh. Crown 8yo. cloth, pp. vi.-88. 1882.

Trubner's Collection of Simplified Grammars of the principal Asiatic

AND European Languages. Edited by Reinhold Host, LL.D., Ph.D.
Crown 8vo. cloth, nniformly bound.

I. — Hindnstani, Persian, and Arabic. By the late E. H. Palmer, M.A.

Pp. 112. 58.
II. — Hungarian. By I. Singer, of Buda-Pesth. Pp. vi. and 88. 4«. ^d.
III.— Basque. By W. Van Eys. Pp. xii. and 52. 3«. 6rf.
lY. —Malagasy. By G. W. Parker. Pp. 66. 6«.
v.— Modem Greek. By E. M. Geldart, M.A. Pp. 68. 2*. 6rf.
YI. — Roumanian. By M. Torceanu. Pp. viii. and 72. 5«.
VII. — ^Tibetan. By tf. A. Jaschke. Pp. viii. «nd 104. 6».
VIII.— Danish. By E. C. Ott^. Pp. viii. and 66. 2». 6<f.

IX.— Turkish. By J. W. Redhouse. Pp. xii. and 204. 10s. 6rf.

Trubner*8 Catalogue of Dictionaries and Grammars of the Principal

Languages and Dialects of the World. Considerably enlarged and revised, with

an Alphabetical Index. A Guide for Students and Booksellers. Second Edition,

8yo. pp. viii. and 170, cloth. 1882, 5^,

*«* The first edition, consisting of ^ pp., contained 1,100 titles; t&e new edition consists of
170 pp., and contains 8,000 titles.

Tmmpp. — Gbamkab of the Pasto, or Language of the Afghans, com-
pared with the Iranian and North-Indian Idioms. By Dr. Ernest Trump p.
8vo. sewed, pp. xvi. and 412. 21 9.

Weber. — Indian Litebatuee. See " Triihner's Oriental Series," p. 3.

WedgfWOOd. — On the Origin of Language. By Hensleigh Wedgwood,
late Fellow of Christ's College, Cambridge. Feap. 8vo. pp. 172, cloth. 3«. 6</.

Whitney. — Language and its Study, "vrith especial reference to the
Indo-European Family of Languages. Se\en Lectures by W. D. Whitney,
Professor of Sanskrit, and Instructor in Modern Languages in Yale College.
Edited with Introduction, Notes, Tables of Declension and Conjugation,
Grimm's Law with Illustration, and an Index, by the Rev. R. Morris, M.A.,
LL.D. Second Edition. Cr. 8vo. cl., pp. xxii. and 318. 1881. 5s,

\ — ^Language and the Study of Language : Twelve Lectures
on the Principles of Linguistic Science. By W. D. Whitney. Fourth Edition,
sng^ented by an Analysis. Crown 8vo. cloth, pp. xii. and d04. 1884. 10«. 6^.

Whitney. — Oeiental and Linguistic Studies. By W. D. Whitney,

Or. 8vo. cL 1874. Pp. x. and 418. Us.
First Series. The Veda ; the Avesta ; the Science of Language.
Second Series. — The East and West — Religion and Mythology — Orthography and

Phonology — Hindd Astronomy. Pp. 446. 12«.

44 Linguistic Publicatiom of Truhn^r 8[ Co.

GRAMMARS, DICTIOIfARIES, TEXTS,
AlfD TRAIfSLATIONS.

AFRICAN LANGUAGES.
Bleek. — A Compabatite Geammab op Sottth African Languages. By

W. H. I. Bleek, Ph.D. Volume I. 1. Phonology. II. The Concord.
Section 1. The Noun. 8yo. pp. zzzti. and 322, cloth. 1869. £\ 16«.

Bleek. — ^A Bbief Account of Bushman Polk Loee and other Texts.

By W. H. I. Blbbk, Ph.D., etc., etc. Folio sd., pp. 21. 1876. 2«. 6rf.
Bleek. — Eeynabd the Fox in South Africa; or, Hottentot Fables.

Translated from the Original Manuscript in Sir George Grey's Library.
By Dr. W. H. I. Bleek, Librarian to the Grey Library, Cape Town, Cape
of Good Hope. Post. 8to., pp. zxxi. and 94, cloth. 1864. S«. 6<f.

Callaway. — Izinganekwanb, Nensumansumane, Nezindaba, Zabantu

(Nursery Tales, Traditions, and Histories of the Zulus). In their own words,
with a Translation into English, and Notes. By the Rev. Henry Callaway,
M.D. Volume I., 8vo. pp. xiv. and ^78, cloth. Natal, 1866 and 1867. 16«.

Callaway. — The Religious System of the Amazulu.

Part L — Unkulunkulu; or, the Tradition of Creation as existing among the
Amazuluand other Tribes of South Africa,in their own words, with a translation
into English, and Notes. By the Rey. Canon Callaway, M.D. 8vo. pp. 128,
sewed. 1868. 4s.

Part II. — Amatongo; or. Ancestor Worship, as existing among the Amazulu, in

their own words, with a translation into English, and Notes. By the Rev.

Canon Callaway, M.D. 1869. 8vo. pp. 1 27. sewed. 1869. 4«.
Part III. — Izinyanga Zokubula ; or, Divination, as existing among the Amazuln, in

their own words. With a Translation into English, and Notes. By the £ev.

Canon Callaway, M.D. 8vo. pp. 160, sewed. 1870. 4«.
Part lY.—Abatakati, or Medical Magic and Witchcraft. 8yo. pp. 40, sewed. 1«. %d.

Christaller. — A Dictionary, English, Tshi, (Asante), Akra ; Tshi

(Chwee), comprising as dialects Ak&n (Astint^, Ak^m, Aknap^m, etc.) and
F&nt^ ; Akra (Accra), connected with Adangme ; Gold Coast, West Africa.
Enyiresi, Twi ne* K^kran I Enlisi, Otstii ke Ga

nsem - asekyere - nhoroa. I wiemui - a%i§itsom«j- wolo.

By the Kev. J. G. Chuistallbb,, Rev. C. W. Looheb, Rev. J. Zimmesmann.
16 mo. 7ff. ^d,

Christaller. — A Grammar of the Asante and Fante Language, called

Tshi (Chwee, Twi) : based on the Akuapem Dialect, with reference to the
other (Akan and Fante) Dialects. By Rev. J. G. Chkistallek. 8vo. pp.
xxiv. and 203. 1875. 10«. iid,

Christaller. — Dictionary of the Asante and Fante Language, called
Tshi (Chwee Twi). With a Grammatical Intr(»duction and Appendices on the
Geography of tlie Gold Coast, and other Subjects. By Rev. J. G. Chbibtaxlbr.
Demy 8vo. pp. xxviii. and 672, cloth. 1882. £1 6#.

Cast. — Sketch of the Modern Languages of Africa. See " Triibner's
Oriental Series,'* page 6.

.57 and 59, Ludgate Hill, London, E.C. * 45

Sohne. — The Yovjl Gospels ts Zulxj. By the Rev. J. L. DoniirE,

Missionary to the American Board, C.F.M. 8vo. pp. 208,cloth. Pietermaritz-
barg, 1866. 5«.

Dohne. — A Zulu-Kapib Diction abt, etymologically explained, with

copious lllnstrations and examples, preceded by an introduction on the Zulu-
Kafir Language. By the Rev. J. L. Dohne. Royal 8yo. pp. xlii. and 418,
sewed. Cape Town, 1857. 2U.

Grey. — Handbook of African, Australian, and Polynesian Phi-
lology, as represented in the Library of His Excellency Sir George Grey,
K.C.B., Her Majesty's High Commissioner of the Cape Colony. Classed,
Annotated, Hud Edited by Sir George Grey and Dr. H. 1. Blbbk.

Vol. I. Part 1— South Afriea. 8vo. pp. 186. 20«.

Vol, I. Part 2 —Africa (North of the Tropic of Capricorn). 8yo. pp. 70. 4«.

VoL I. Part 3.— Madagascar. 8vo. pp. 24. ba.

Vol. II. Part 1. — Australia. 8vo. pp. iv. and 44.

Yd. II. Part 2. — Papuan Lanf^uages of the Loyalty Islands and New Hebrides, compris-
ing those of the Islands of Neagone, Lifu, Aneitum, Tana, and
others. 8vo. pp. 12. 1«.

VoL II. Part 3.— Fiji Islands and Rotuma (with Supplement to Part II , Papuan Lan-
guages, and Part I., Australia). 8yo. pp. 34. 2«.

Yol. II. Part 4.— New Zealand, the Chatham Islands, and Auckland Islands. Sro. pp.

76. 7«.

Vol. II. Fart 4 (eon/tnt»af ion).— Polynesia and Borneo. 8vo. pp. 77-154. 7«.

VoL III. Part 1. —Manuscripts and Incunables. 8vo. pp. viii. and 24. 2«.

Vol. IV. Part 1.— Early Printed Books. England. 8vo. pp. vi. and 266. 12«.

Orout. — The Isizulu : a Grammar of the Zulu Language ; accompanied
with an Historical Introduction, also with an Appendix. By Rev. Lewis Groct.
8yo. pp. lii. and 432, cloth. 2U.

Hahn. — ^Tsuni-||Goam. See Triibner's Oriental Series, page 5.

Krapf. — DicTioNAEY of the Suahili Language. Compiled by the
Kev. Dr. L. Krapp, Missionary of the Church Missionary Society in East
Africa. With an Appendix, containing an Outline of a Suahili Grammar.
Boyal 8yo. cloth, pp. xi.-434. 1882. 30«.

Steere. — Shoet Specimens of the Vocabularies of Theee Un-
published African Languages (Oindo, Zaramo, and Angazidja). Collected
by Edward Steers, LL.D. 12mo. pp. 20. 6^.

Steere. — Collections for a Handbook of the Ntamwf^i Language,
as spoken at Unyanyembe. By Edward Steers, LL.D. Fcap. cloth, pp. lOO.
It. 6<;.

TindalL — A Grammar and Yocabulary of the N'amaqua-Hottentot

Langvagb. By Henry Tindall, Wesleyan Missionary. 8vo. pp. 124, sewed. 6*.

Zulu Isaga; That is, Proverbs, or Out-of the- Way Sayings of the
Zulus. Collected, Translated, and interpreted by a Zulu Missionary. Crown
8fO. pp. iy. and 32, sewed. 2«. ^d,. With Appendix, pp. iv. and 60, sewed. 3«.

AMERICAN LANGUAGES.
Byington. — Grammar of the Choctaw Language. By the Rev. Cyrus

Btinoton. Kdited from the Original MSSS. in Library of the American
Philosophical Society, by D. G. Brinton, M.D. Cr. 8vo. sewed, pp. 66. la, 6d,

Ellis. — Perdtia Scythica. The Quichua Language of Peru : its
derivation from Central Asia with the American languages in general, and with
the Turanian and Iberian languages of the Old World, including the Basque,
the Lycian, and the Pre- Aryan language of Etruria. By Kobekt Ellis, B.D.
8yo. doth, pp. zii. and 219. 1876. 6ff.

46 Linguistic Publicatiana of Trubner 8f Co.

Howse. — A Grahvab op the Cree Languaoe. "With which is com-
bined an analysis of the Chippeway Dialect. By Joseph Howsb, Esq.,
F.R.G.S. 8vo. pp. XX. and 324, cloth. 7s. 6d.

Karkham. — Ollanta: A Drama in the Qdtohtta JjAhtquame. Text,

Translation, and Introdaction, By Clements R. Makkbam, F.R.G.S. Grown
8yo., pp. 128, cloth. 7s, 6d,

Matthews. — Ethnology and Philologt op the Hidatsa Indians.
By Washington Matthews, Assistant Surgeon, U.S. Army. 8to. cloth.
£1 11«. ed.
Contents : • Ethnography, Philology, Grammar, Dictionary, and Engiish-Hidatsa Yocaholary.

Nodal. — Los YiNcuLos db Ollanta t Cdsi-Kcutllor. Draka en

QuiCHUA. Obra Compilada y Espurgada con la Version Castellana al Frente
de su 'I esto por el Dr. Jose Fernandez Nodal, Abogado de los Tribunalet
de Justicia de la Rep(iblica del Per(i. Bajo los Auspicios de la Redentora
Sociedad de Fil&ntropos para Mejoror la Suerte de los Aborijenes Peruanos.
Roy. 8vo. bds. pp. 70. 1874. 7*. 6d,

Nodal. — Elementos de GbamAtica Quichua 6 Idioha de los Yncas.

fiajo los Auspicios de la Redentora, Sociedad de Fil&ntropos para mejorar la
suerte de los Aborijenes Peruanos. Por el Dr. Josb Fernandez Nodal,
Abogado de los Tribunales de Justicia de la Repiiblica del Per(i. Royal 8?o.
cloth, pp. xvi. and 441. Appendix, pp. 9. £1 Is.

Ollanta; A Drama in the Quichua Langdaob. See under Markham

and under Nodal.

Pimentel. — Cuadro descriptivo t comparativo db las Lengxjas

IndIobnas de Mexico, o Tratado de Filologia Mexicana. Par Francisco
Pimentel. 2 Edicion unica completa. 3 volsume Svo. Mexieoy 1875.
£2 2s.

Thomas. — The Theory and Practice op Creole Grammar. By J. J-
Thomas. Port of Spain (Trinidad), 1869. 1 yoI. 8vo. bds. pp. viii. and 135. 12«.

ANGLO-SAXON.

March. — A Comparative Grammar op the Anglo-Saxon Language ;

in which its forni8 are illustrated by those of the Sanskrit, Greek, Latin, Gothic,
Old Saxon, Old Friesic, Old Norse, and Old High-German. By Fuamcie A.
March, LL.D. Demy 8vo. cloth, pp. xi. and 253. 1877. 10#.

Bask. — A Grammar op the Anglo-Saxon Tongue. From the Danish

of Erasmus Rask, Professor of Literary History in, and Librarian to, the
University of Copenhagen, etc. By Benjamin Thokpb. Third edition,
corrected and improved, with Plate. Post 8yo. cloth, pp. yL and 192. i879.
bs. 6d,

Wright. — ^Anglo-Saxon and Old-English Vocabularies, Illustrating
the Condition and Manners of our Forefathers, as well as the History of the
Forms of Elementary Education, and of the Languages spoken in this Island
from the Tenth Century to the Fifteenth. Editedf by Thomas Wright, Esq.,
M.A., F.S.A., etc. Second Edition, edited, coUattd, and corrected by Richard
WuLCKER. llnt/u press

57 and 59, Ludgate Hill, London, E.G. 47

ARABIC.
Ahlwardt. — The DivIns of the Six Ancient Arabic Poets, Ennabiga,

'Antara, Tarafa, Zuhair, 'Algama, and Imruolgais ; chiefly according to the
MSS. of Paris, Gotha, and Leyden, and the collection of their Fragments : with
a complete list of the various readings of the Text. Edited by W. AhlwakdT,
8vo. pp. XXX. 340, sewed. 1870. 12«.

Alif Lallat wa Lailat. — The Arabian Nights. 4 vols. 4to. pp. 495,

493,442, 434. Cairo, a.h. 1279 (1862). £Z Zs,

This celebrated Edition of the Arabian Nights is now, for the first time, offered at a price
which makes it accessible to Scholars of limited means.

Athar-nl-Adhar — Traces op Centuries; or, Geographical and Historical
Arabic Dictionary, by Sblim Khuri and Sslim Sh-hade. Geographical
Parte I. to IV., Historical Parts I. and II. 4to. pp. 788 and 884. Price
7». 6rf. each part. [In course of ptMieation,

Badger. — ^An English- Arabic Lexicon, in whicli the equivalents for
English words and Idiomatic Sentences are rendered into literary and colioquial
Aribic. By Georob Percy Badger, D.C.L. 4to. cloth, pp. xii. and 1248.
1880. £4.

Butnu-al-Bust&ny. — ujj\xji\ iy\^ c-.?li^ An Arabic Encylopsedia

of Universal Knowledge, by Butrus-al-Bustant, the celebrated compiler
of Mohit ul Mohit (U . A\ L*.s^), and Katr el Mohit iy..JL\ ij).

This work wUl be completed in from 12 to 15 Vols., of which Vols. I. to VII.
are ready, Vol. I. contains letter \ to C— >1 ; Vol. II. ^->1 t° jl; Vol. III.
j] to c\ Vol. IV. cl to ufl Vol. V. li to ^ Vol. VI b to j»-. Vol.
Yll.j^ to /^O, Small folio, cloth, pp. 800 each. £1 Us. 6d, per Vol.

Cotton. — Arabic PaiiiER. Consisting of 180 Short Sentences contain-
ing 30 Primary Words prepared according to the Vocal System of Studying
Language. By General Sir Arthur Cotton, K.C.S.I. Cr. 8yo. cloth, pp.
38. 2«.

Hassonn. — The Diwan of Hatim Tai. An Old Arabic Poet of the
Sixth Oentary of the Christian Era. Edited by R. Hassoun. With lUastra-
tions. 4to. pp. 43. 30. 6^.

Jand, Mnlla. — Salaman TJ Absal. An Allegorical Romance; being
one of the Seven Poems entitled the Haft Aurang of M uUa JumT, now first
edited from the Collation of Eight Manuscripts in the Library of the India
Hoase, and in private collections, with various readings, by Forbes
Faloonbk, M.A., M.R.A.S. 4to. cloth, pp. 92. 1850. 7s, td.

Koran (The). Arabic text, lithographed in Oudh, a.h. 1284 (1867).
16mo. pp. 942. 9«.

Xoran (The) ; commonly called The Alcoran of Mohammed.
Translated into English imtnediately from the original Arabic. By George
Sale, Gent. To which is prefixed the Life of Mohammed. Crown 8vo. cloth,
pp. 472. Is,

Xoran. — Extracts from the Coran in the Original, with English
Kenderino. Compiled by Sir William Muir, K.C.S.I., LL.D., Author of
the "Life of Mahomet.'* Crown 8vo. pp. 58, cloth. 1880. 3*. 6d.

Ko-ran (Selections from the). — See " Triibner's Oriental Series." p. 3.

Leitner. — ^Introduction to a Philosophical Grammar of Arabic.
Being an Attempt to Discover a Few Simple Principles in Arabic Grammar.
By G. W. LsiTNBR. 8vo. sewed, pp. 52 Lahore, 4«.

48 Linguistic Publications of Triibner 8f Co.

Morley. — A Descriptite Catalootte of the Histomcal Manitsckipts

in the Arabic and Persian Languages preserved in the Library of the Royal
Asiatic Society of Great Britain and Ireland. By William H. Moklbt,
M.R.A.S. 8vo. pp. Tiii. and 160, sewed. London, 1854. 2«. 6d,

Hnhammed. — The Life of MuHAiniED. Eased on Muhammed Ibn

Ishak. By A.bd El Malik Ibn Hisham. Edited by Dr. Ferdinand WiisTSN-
FBLD. The Arabic Text. Sto. pp. 1026, sewed. Price 21«. Introduction,
Notes, and Index in German. Sto. pp. Ixxii. and 266, sewed. 7». 6d, Each
part sold separately.

The text based on the Manuscripts of the Berlin, Lelpsic, Gotha and Leyden Libraries, hat
been carefully revised by the learned editor, and printed with the utmost exactness.

Newman. — A Handbook of Modeen Ababic, consisting of a Practical
Grammar, with numerous Examples, Dialogues, and Newspaper Extracts, in a
European Type. By F. W. Newman, Emeritus Professor of University
College, London ; formerly Fellow of Balliol College, Oxford. Post 8to. pp.
XX. and 192, cloth. 1866. 6«.

Newman. — A Dictionary of Modebn A basic — 1. Anglo- Arabic

Dictionary. 2. Anglo-Arabic Vocabulary. 3. Arabo-English Dictionary. By
F. W. Nbwman, Emeritus Professor of University College, London. In 2
vols, crown Bvo., pp. xvi. and S76~464, cloth. £1 1«.

Palmer. — The Song of the Eeed; and other Pieces. By E. H.

Palmer, M.A., Cambridge. Crown Svo. cloth, pp. 208. 1876. 5«.

Among the Contents will be found translations from Hafiz, fh)m Omer el KhelyAm, and
from other Persian as well as Arabic poets.

Palmer. — Hindustani, Persian, and Arabic Grammar Simplified.
B. E. H. Palmer. M.A., Professor of Arabic at the University of Cambridge,
and Examiner in Hindustani for H.M. Civil Service Commissioners. Crown 8vo.
pp. viii.-104, cloth. 1882. 6s,

Sogers. — Notice on the Dinars of the Abbasside Dynasty. By
Edward Thomas Rogers, late H.M. Consul, Cairo. 8vo. pp. 44, with a
Map and four Autotype Plates. 6s,

Sohemeil. — El Mitbtaker; or, First Born. (In Arabic, printed at
Beyrout). Containing Five Comedies, called Comedies of Fiction, on Hopes
and Judgments, in Twenty-six Poems of 1092 Verses, showing the Seven Stages
of Life, from man's conception unto his death and bnrial. By £min Ibbahim
ScHEMEiL. In one volume, 4to. pp. 166, sewed. 1870. 68,

Syed Ahmad. — A Series of Essays on thk Life of Mohammed, and

Subjects subsidiary thereto. By Syed Ahmad Khan Bahadoh, C.S.I., Author of
the ** Mohammedan Commentary on the Holy Bible," Honorary Member of the
Royal Asiatic Society, and Life Honorary Secretary to the Allygurh Scientific
Society. 8vo. pp. 632, with 4 Genealogical Tables, 2 Maps, and a Coloured
Plate, handsomely bound in cloth. 1870. £1 10«.

Wherry. — Commentary on the Quran. See Triibner's Oriental Series,
page 6.

ASSAMESE.

Bronson. — A Dictionary in Assamese and English. Compiled by
M. Bbonson, American Baptist Missionary. 8vo. calf, pp. viii. and 609, £2 2«.

57 and 59, Ludgate Hilly London^ E.C. 49

ASSYRIAN (Cuneiform, Accad, Babylonian).

Budge. — AssTEiAN Texts, Selected and Arranged, with Philological
Notes. By E. A. Budoe, B.A., M.R.A.S., Assyrian Exhibitioner, Christ's
College, Camhridge. (New Volume of the Archaic Classics.) Crown 4to. cloth,
pp. viii. and 44. 1880. 7«. ^d.

Budge. — The HisxoHr of EsAJtHADDON. See " Triibner's Oriental

Series," p. 4.
Catalogue (A), of leading Books on Egypt and Egyptology, and on

Assyria and Assyriology, to he had at the affixed prices, of Triibner and Co. pp.

40. 1880. U,

Clarke. — Reseakches ly Pre-histobic and Peoto-histokic Compara-

TivB Philology, Mythology, and Archeology, in connexion with the
Orij^n of Culture in America and the Accad or Sumerian Families. By Hyde
Glabxb. Demy 8vo. sewed, pp. xi. and 74. 1875. 2*. 6rf.

Cooper. — An Archaic Dictionary, Biographical, Historical and Mytho-
logical ; from the Egyptian and Etruscan Monuments, and Papyri. By W. R.
Cooper. London, 1876. 8vo. cloth. IS*.

Hinoks. — Specimen Chapters op an Assyrian Grammar. By the
late Rev. E. Hincks, D.D., Hon. M.R.A.S. 8vo., sewed, pp. 44. 1«.

Lenormant (F.) — Chaldean Magic; its Origin and Development.
Translated from the French. With considerable Additions by the Author.
London, 1877. 8vo. pp. 440. 12«.

Luzzatto. — Grammar of the Biblical Chaldaic Language and the
Talmud Babylonioal Idioms. By S. D. Luzzatto. Translated from the
Italian by J. S. Goldammer. Cr. 8to. cL, pp. 122. 7«. 6^.

Bawlinson. — Notes on the Earlt History of Babylonia. Bv
Colonel Rawlinson', C.B. 8yo. sd., pp. 48. 1«.

Bawlinson. — A Commentary on the Cuneiform Inscriptions op
Babylonia and Assyria, including Readings of the Inscription on the Nimrud
Obelisk, and Brief Notice of the Ancient Kings of Nineveh and Babylon,
by Major H. C. Kawlinson. 8vo. pp. Si-, sewed. London, 1850. 2.v. Hd.

Bawlinson. — Inscription of Tiglath Pileser I., King of Assyria,
B.C. 1160, as translated by Sir H.Rawlinson, Fox Talbot, Esq., Dr. Hincks.
and Dr. Oppert. Published by the Royal Asiatic Society. 8vo. sd., pp. 74. 2«.

Bawlinson. — Outlines of Assyrian History, from the Inscriptions of
Ninereh. By Lieut. Col. Rawlinson, C.B. , followed by some Remarks by
A. H. Latakd, Esq., D.C.L. 8vo., pp. xIIt., sewed. London, 1852. 1«.

Becords of the Past : being English Translations of the Assyrian and
the Ejryptian Monuments. Published under the sanction of the Society of
Biblical Archaeology. Edited by S. Birch. Vols. 1 to 12. 1874 to 1879.
£1 1 U. %d, or 3«. M. each vol.

Benan. — An Essay on the Age and Antiquity of the Book op
Nabathjban Aohioulture. To which is added an Inaugural Lecture on the
Position of the Shemitic Nations in the History of Civilization. By M. Ernest
Benan, Membre de I'lnstitut. Crown 8yo., pp. xvi. and 148, cloth. 35. 6</.

Sayce. — An Assttrian Grammar for Comparative Purposes. By
A. H. Satcb, M.A. 12mo. cloth, pp. xvi. and 188. 1872. 75. M,

Sayee. — An Elementary Grammar and Reading Book of the Assyrian
Language, in the Cuneiform Character : containing the most complete Syllabary
yet extant, and which will serve also as a Vocabulary of both Accadian and
Assyrian. London, 1875. 4to. cloth. 9«.

Sayoe. — Lectures upon the Assyrian Language and Syllabary
London, 1877. Large 8vo. 9«. 6^.

60 Linguistic Publications of Truhner 4r Co. 9

Sayce. — Babtlonian Liteeattteb. Lectures. London, 1877. 8vo. 4«.

Smith. — The AssrEiAN Epontm Canon ; containing Translations of the
Documents of the Comparative Chronology of the Assyrian and Jewish King-
doms, from the Death of Solomon to Nehuchadnezzar. By £. Seith. London,
1876. 8vo. 9«. .___^^_«

AUSTRALIAN LANGUAGES.

Grey. — Handbook op African;, Australian, and Polynesian Phi-
LOLOOT, as represented in the Lihraij of His Excellency Sir George Grey,
K.C.6., Her Majesty's High Commissioner of the Cape Colony. Classed,
Annotated, and Edited hy Sir George Gbbt and Dr. H. 1. Bleek.

Vol. I. Part 1.— South Africa. 8vo. pp. 186. 20».

Vol. I. Part 2.— Africa (North of the Tropic of Capricorn). Svo. pp. 70. 4«.

Vol. I. Part 8.— Madagascar. 8vo. pp. 24 \».

Vol. II. Part 1.' Australia. 8vo. pp. iv. and 44. S«.

VoU II. Part 2.— Papuan Languages of the Loyalty Islands and New Hebrides, compris-
ing those of the Islands of Nengone, Lifu, Andtum, Tana, and
others. 8vo. pp. 12. 1«.

Vol. II. Part 3.— Fiji Islands and Rotuma (with Supplement to Part II., Papuan Lan-
guages, and Part I., Australia). 8yo. pp. 84. 2«.

Vol. II. Part 4.— New Zealand, the Chatham Islands, and Auckland Islands. 8to. pp.

76. 7«.

Vol. IT. Part 4 {continuation). —VoVjutsiai and Borneo. 8vo. pp. 77-154. 7».

Vol. III. Patt 1.— Manuscripts and Incunables. 8vo. pp. viii. and 24. 2«.

Vol. IV. Part 1.— Karly Printed Books. England. 8to. pp. vi. and 266. 12«.

Ridley. — KImilaroi, and other Australian Languages. By the
Rev. William Ridley, M.A. Second Edition. Eevised and enlarged by the
Author ; with Comparative Tables of Words from twenty Australian Languages,
and Songs, Traditions, Laws, and Customs of the Australian Bace. Small 4to.,
cloth, pp. vi. and 172. 1877. 10«. 6rf.

BASQUE,

Van Eys. — Outlines op Basque Grammar. By W. J. Yan Ets.
Crown 8vo. pp. xii. and 62, cloth. 1883. 3«. 6^.

BENGALI.

Browne. — A BIngIli Primer, in Eoman Character. By J. P. Browns^
B.C.S. Crown 8vo. pp. 32, cloth. 1881. 2«,

Charitabali (The) ; or. Instructive Biography by Isvabachandra
ViDYASAOARA. With a Vocahulary of all the Words occurring in the Text, by
J. F. Blumh\rdt, B» ngali Lecturer at the University College, London ; and
Teacher of Bengali for the Cambridge University. 12mo. pp. 174, cl. 1884. 6«.

Hitter. — Bengali and English Dictionary for the Use of Schools.
Eevised and improved. 8vo. cloth. Calcutta, 1860. 7«. &d.

Sykes. — English and Bengali Dictionary for the Use of Schools.
Eevised by Gofee Kissen Mitteb. 8vo. cloth. Calcutta, 1874. 7«. ^d.

Yates. — A BengIlI Grammar. By the late Eev. W. Yates, D.D.
Eeprinted, with improvements, from his Introduction to the Beng&lS Language.
£dited by I. Wenoer. Fcap. 8vo. bds, pp. iv. and 160. Calcutta, 1864. 4«.

BRAHOE.

Bellew. — From the Indus to the Tigris. A Narrative ; together with
together with a Synoptical Grammar and Yocabulasy of the firahoe language.
See p. 19.

57 and 59, Ludgate Hilly London^ E.C. 51

BURMESE.

Hough's General Outlines of Geogbafhy (in Barmese). Re- written
and enlarged by Rev. Jas. A. Habwbll. Large 8to. pp. 368. Eangoon,
1874. 9«.

Judson. — A DiCTiONAET, Engliah and Burmese, Burmese and English.

By A. JuDSON. 2 vols. 8yo. pp. iv. and 968, and Tiii. and 786. £3 3«.
Sloan. — A Practical Method with the Burmese Language. By W.

H. Sloan. Large 8yo. pp. 232. Rangoon, 1876. 12«. 6fif.

CHINESE.

AchesoxL — An Index to Dr. "Williams's "Syllabic Dictionary op the
Chinesx Lanouaoe." Arranged according to Sir Thomas Wadp/s System of
Ortho)(raphy.. Royal 8vo. pp. viii. and 124. Half bound. Hongkong. 1879. 18«.

Baldwin. — A Manual of the Foochow Dialect. By Rev. C. C.
Baldwin, of the American Board Mission. 8vo. pp. viii.-256. 18«.

Balfour. — The Divine Classic of Nan-hua. Being the Works of
Cfauang-Tsze, Taoist Philosopher. With an Excursus, and copious Annotations
in English and Chinese. By H. Balfouk, F.R.G.S. Demy 8vo. pp. xxxviii.
and 426, cloth. 1881. 14«.

Balfour. — ^Waifs and Strays from the Far East ; being a Series of
Disconnected Essays on Matters relating to China. By F. H. Balfour. 8to.
pp. 224, cloth. 1876. 10«. td.

Beal. — The Buddhist Tbipitaka, as it is known in China and Japan.
A Catalogue and Compendious Report. By Samuel Beal, B.A. Folio, sewed,
pp. 117. Is. 6d.

Beal. — The Dhamhapada. See ** Triibner's Oriental Series," page 3.

Beal. — Buddhist Literature. See p. 32.

Breteohneider. — See page 21.

Chalmers. — The Speculations on Metaphysics, Polity, and Morality
OP " The Old Philosopher** Lau Tszb. Translated from the Chinese, with
an Introduction by John Chalmers, M.A. Fcap. 8yo. cloth, xx. and 62. is. 6d,

Chalmers. — The Origin of the Chinese ; an Attempt to Trace the
connection of the Chinese with Western Nations, in their Religion, Superstitions,
Arts Language, and Traditions. By John Chalmers, A.M. Foolscap 8yo.
cloth, pp. 78. 6s,

Chalmers. — ^A Concise Khano-hsi Chinese Dictionary. By the Rev.
J. Chalmers, LL.D., Canton. Three Vols. Royal 8yo. bound in Chinese
style, pp. 1000. £1 \0s.

Chalmers. — The Structure of Chinese Characters, under 300
Primary Forms; after the Shwoh-wan, 100 a.d., and the Phonetic Shwoh-w<n
1833. By John Cualmeks, M.A., LL.D. 8yo. pp. x-199, with a plate, cloth.
1882. lOs, 6d,

China Beview; or, Notes and Queries on the Far East. Pub-
lished bi-monthly. Edited by E. J. Eitel. 4to. Subscription, £\ lOs,
per Tolame.

Semiys. — A Handbook of the Canton Vernacular of the Chinese

Languagb. Being a Series of Introductory Lessons, for Domestic and
fiusinesa Purposes. By N. B. Dennys, M.R.A.S., Ph.D. 8yo. cloth, pp. 4,
195, and 31. £i lOs.

52. lAnguidic Publications of Trubner 8f. Cq.

Dennys. — The Polk-Loee of China, and its Affinities with that of

the Aryan and Semitic Ra€es. By N. B. Dennys, Ph.D., F.R.G.S., M.R.A.S.,
aathor of " A Handbook of the Canton Ternacular/' etc. 8vo. cloth, pp. 168..
10«. 6^.

DOOlittle. A VOCABULABT AND HANDBOOK OP THE CHINESE LANGUAGE,

Romanized in the Mandarin Dialect. In Two Volames comprised in Three
arts. By KeT. Justus Doolittlb, Author of " Social Life of the Chinese/*
Vol. I. 4to. pp. viii. and 548. Vol. II. Parts II. and III., pp. vii. and 695.
£1 1I«. 6^. each vol.

Douglas. — Chinese Language and Literatueb. Two Lectures de-
livered at the Royal Institution, by R. K. Douglas, of the British Museum,
and Professor of Chinese at King's College. Cr. 8vo. cl. pn. 118. 1875. 5»,

Douglas. — Chinese-English Dictionart of ihe Yernaculae or Spoken
Language of Amoy, with the principal variations of the Chang-Chew and
Chin-Chew Dialects. By the Kev. Carstairs Douglas, M.A., LL.D., Glasg.,
Missionary of the Presbyterian Church in | England. I vol. High quarto,
cloth, doubie columns, pp. 632. 1873. 13 3«.

Douglas. — The Lipe op Jenghiz Khan. Translated from the Chinese,
with an Introduction, by Robert Kennaway Douglas, of the British Museum,
and Professor of Chinese, King's College, London. Cr. 8vo. cloth, pp.
xxxvi.-106. 1877. 5«.

Edkins. — A Grammar op Colloquial Chinese, as exhibited in the

Shanghai Dialect. By J. Edkins, B.A. Second edition, corrected. 8vo,
half-calf, pp. viii. and 225. Shanghai, 1868. 2l0.

Edkins. — A Vocabulary op the Shanghai Dialect. By J. Edkins.

8vo. half-calf, pp. vi. and 151. Shanghai, 1869. 2]«.

Edkins. — Keligion in China. A Brief Account of the Three Eeligions
of the Chinese. By JosEirU Edkins, D.D. Post 8vo. cloth. 7». ^d,

Edkins. — A Grammar op the Chinese Colloquial Language, com-
monly called the Mandarin Dialect. By Joseph £dkins. Second edition,
8vo. half-calf, pp. viii. and 279. Shanghai, 1864. £1 I0«.

Edkins. — Introduction to the Study op the Chinese Characters.
By J. Edkins, D.D., Peking, China. Roy. 8vo. pp. 3iO, paper boards. 18«.

Edkins. — China's Place in Philology. An attempt to show that the

Languages of Europe and Asia have a common origin. By the Rev. Joseph
Edkins. Crown 8vo , pp. xxiii. — 403, cloth. 10«. ^d,

Edkins. — Chinese Buddhism. See " Triihner's Oriental Series," p. 4.

Edkins. — Progressive Lessons in the Chinese Spoken Language,
with Lists of Common Words and Phrases, andnn Appendii containing the Laws
of Tones in the Pekin Dialect. Fourth Edition, 8vo. Shanghai, 1881. 14«.

Eitel. — A Chinese Dictionary in the Cantonese Dialect. By

Ernest John Kitel, Ph.D. Tubing. Will be completed in four parts. Parts
I. to IV. 8vo. sewed, 12». 6rf. each.

Eitel. — Handbook por the Student op Chinese Buddhism. By the Her.

E. J. EiTEL, of the London Missionary Society. Cr. 8vo. pp. viii., 224, cl. 18«

Eitel. — Feng-Shui : or, The Rudiments of Natural Science in China.
By Rev. £. J. Eitel, M.A., Ph.D. Demy 8vo. sewed, pp. vi. and 84. 6«.

Faber. — A systematical Digest op the Doctrines op Conpucius,
according to the Analects, Great Learning, and Doctrine of the Mean, with ai
Introduction on the Authorities upon Cunfucius and Confucianism. By Ernst
Fabeb, Rhenish Missionary. Translated from the German by P. G. von
Mollendorff. 8yo. sewed, pp. viii. and 131. 1875. 12«. 6^.

' 67 and 69, Ludgate Hilly London^ E.C. 68

f aber. — Introduction to the Science of Chinese Beligion. A Critique
of Max Miiller and other Authors. By E. Fabeb. 8yo. paper, pp. xii. and 154.
Hong Kong, I8S0. 7«. <^.

Faber. — ^The Mind of Mencius, See "Tnibner's Oriaital Sotcs,*
page 4.

Perguson. — Chinese Beseabches. First Part : Chinese Chronology
and Cycles. By T. Febouson. Crown 8vo. pp. vii. and 274, sewed. 1880
10«. 6df.

Oiles. — A DicnoNABY of CoLLoaxriAL Idioms in the Mandabin Dialect.

By Hbkbe&t a. GiLESk 4to. pp. 65. £\ 8«.

Oiles. — The San Tztj Chino ; or, Three Character Classic ; and the
Ch'Jen Tsa Wen ; or, Thousand Character Essay. Metrically Translated by
Herbert A. Giles. 12mo. pp. 28. 2«. 6<f.

Giles. — Synoptical Studies in Chinese Chabacteb. By Hebbeet A.
Giles. 8vo. pp. 118. 15«.

Giles. — Chinese Sketches. By Hebbeet A. Giles, of H.B.M.'s

China Consular Service. 8vo. cl., pp. 204. I0«. Qd,

GHles. — A Glossaby of Refebence on Subjects connected with the
Far East. By H. A. Giles, of H.M. China Consular Serrice. 8vo. sewed,
pp. v.- 183. 7«. 6d.

Giles. — Chinese without a Teacheb. Being a Collection of Easy and
Useful Sentences in the Mandarn Dialect. With a Vocabulary. By Herbert
A. Giles. 12mo. pp. 60. 59

Hemisz. — A Guide to Convebsation in the English and Chinese
Languages, for the use of Americans and Chinese in California and elsewhere.
By Stanislas Hern I sz. Square 8vo. pp. 274, sewed. H)8.Qd.

The Chinese characters contained in this work are from the collections of Chinese groups
•nfp'aved on steel, and cast into moveable types, by Mr. Marcellin Legrand, engraver of the
Imperial Printing Office at Paris. They are used by most of the missions to China.

Kidd. — Catalogue of the Chinese Libbaby of the Boyal Asiatic
SociBTT. By the Rev. S. Ki^d. 8vo. pp. &&, sewed. 1«.

Legge. — The Chinese Classics. "With a Translation, Critical and

Exegetical Notes, Prolegomena, and Copious Indexes. By James Leoge,
D.D., of the London Missionary Society. In seven vols.
Vol. I. containing Confucian Analects, the Great Learning, and the Doctrine of
the Mean. 8vo. pp. d26, cloth. £2 2jr.

Vol. II., containing the Works of Mencius. 8vo. pp. 634, cloth. £2 2«.

Vol. III. Part I. containing the First Part of the Shoo-King, or the Books of
Tang, the Books of Yu, tht* Books of Hea. the Books of Shang, and the Pro-
legomena. Royal 8vo. pp. viii. and 280, cloth. £2 2«.

Vol. III. Part II. containing the Fifth Part of the Shoo-King, or the Books of
Chow, and the Indexes. Royal 8vo. pp. 281 — 736, cloth. £2 28.

Vol. IV. Part I. containing the First Part of the She- King, or the Lessons froiti
the States ; and the Prolegomena. Royal 8vo. cloth, pp. 182-244. £2 2«.

Vol. IV. Part II. containing the 2nd, 3rd and 4th Parts of the She-King, or the
Minor Odes of the Kingdom, the Greater Odes of the Kingdom, the Sacrificial
Odes and Praise-Songs, and the Indexes. Royal 8vo. cloth, pp. 540. £2 28.

Vol. V. Part I. containing Dukes Yin, Hwan, Chwang, Min, He, Wan, Seuen,
andChHng; and the Prolegomena. Royal 8vo. cloth, pp. xii., 148 and 410.
£2 2«.

Vol. V. Part II. Contents : — Dukes Seang, Ch'aon, Ting, and Gal, with Tso^s
Appendix, and the Indexes. Royal 8vo. cloth, pp. 526. JB2 2«.

64 Linguistic Publications of lUibner Sf Co.,

Legge. — The Chinese Classics. Translated into English. With.
Preliminary Essays and Explanatory Notes. By James Leoob, D.D., LL.D.
Crown 8vo. cloth. Vol. 1. The Life and Teachings of Confucius, pp. ti. and
338. lOs. Sd. Vol. II. The Life and Works of Mencius. pp. 4i2. 12«.
Vol. III. The She King, or The Book of Poetry, pp. viii. and 432. 12*.

Legge. — Inaugural Lectuee on the Constituting of a Chinese Chaie

in the University of Oxford. Delivered in the Sheldonian Theatre, Oct. 27thy
1876, by Rev. James Leoge, M.A., LL.D., Profesitor of the Chinese Language
and Literature at Oxford. Svo. pp« 28, sewed. 6d.

"Legge. — Confucianism in Relation to Christianity. A Paper

Head before the Missionary Conference in Shanghai, on May 11, 1877. By
Rev. Jambs Leggb, D.D., LL.D. Svo. sewed, pp. 12. 1877. ls.'6d.

"Legge. — A Letter to Professor Max Muller, chiefly on the Trans-
lation into English of the Chinese Terms Ti and Shattff 7't. By J. Lbogb,
Professor of Chinese Language and Literature in the University of Oxford.
Crown Svo. sewed, pp. 30. 1880. la.

Leland. — Fusang ; or, the Discovery of America by Chinese Buddhist
Priests in the Fifth Century. By Charles G. Leland. Cr. Svo. cloth,
pp. xix. and 212. 1875. 7s. 6d.

Leland. — Pidgin-English Sing-Song; or Songs and Stories in the
China-Englifiih Dialect. "With a Vocabulary. By Charles G. Leland. Crown
Svo. pp. viii. and 140, cloth. 1876. 5s.

Lobscheid.- -English and Chinese Dictionary, with the Punti and
Mandarin Pronunciation. By the Rev. W. Lobscheid, Knight -of Francis
Joseph, C.M.I.R.G.S.A., N.Z.B.S.V., etc. Folio, pp. viii. and 2016. In Four
Parts. £8 8s.

Lobscheid. — Chinese and English Dictionary, Arranged according to
the Radicals. By the Rev. W. Lobschrid, Knight of Francis Joseph,
C.M.1.R.G,S.A., N.Z.B.S.y«, &c. 1 vol. imp. Svo. double columns, pp. 600
bound. £2 8s.

M'Clatchie. — Confucian Cosmogony. A Translation (with the Chinese
Text opposite) of section 49 (Treatise on Cosmogony) of the ** Complete "Works"
of the Philosopher Choo-Foo-T«e, with Explanatory Notes. By the Rev.
Thomas M'Clatchie, M.A. Small 4to. pp. xviii. and 162. 1874. £1 Is,

Macgowan. — A Manual op the Amoy Colloquial. By Rev. J.
Macoowan, of the London Missionary Society. -Second Edition. Svo. half-
bound, pp. 206. Amoy, 1880. £1 \0s.

Macgowan. — English and Chinese Dictionabyof the Amoy Dialect.
By Rev. J. Macoowan, London Missionary Society. Small 4to. half-bound,
pp. 620. Amoy, 1883. £3 3«.

Maclay and Baldwin. — An Alphabetic Dictionaky op the Chinese

Language in the Foochow Dialect. By Rev. R. S. Maclay, D.D., of the
Methodist Episcopal Mission, and Rev.O. C. Baldwin, A.M., of the American
Board of Mission. Svo. half-bound, pp. 1132. Foochow, 1871. i£4 4«.

Hayers. — The Anglo-Chinese Calendar Manual. A Handbook of

Reference for the Determination of Chinese Dates during the period from
1860 to 1879. With Comparative Tables of Annual and Mensual Designations,
etc. Compiled by W. F. Mayers, Chinese Secretary, H.B.M.'s Legation,
Peking. 2nd Edition. Sewed, pp. 28. 7«. 6d.

Mayers- The Chinese Reader's Manual. A Handbook of Bio-
graphical, Historical, Mythological, and General Literary Reference. By W.
F. Maybrs, Chinese Secretary to H. B. M.'s Legation at Peking, F.R.G.S.,
etc., etc. Demy Svo. pp. xxiv. and 440. £1 5s,

i
\

57 and 59, Ladgate Sill, London^ E.G. 50

Hayers. — The Chutess GovERNHEirr. A Manual of Chinese Tides,

Categorically arranged, and Explained with an Appendix. By W. P. M ateus,
Chinese Secretary to H.B.M.'s Legation at Peking. Royal 8vo. cloth,
pp. viu.-160. 1878. £\ 10«.

Xedhnrst. — CnnrESE Diaxogues, Questions, and Familiar Seittences,

literally translated into English, with a view to promote commercial intercourse
and assist beginners in the Language. By the late W. U. Medhubst, D.D.
A new and enlarged Edition. 8to. pp. 226. 18«.

Mollendorff. — Manual of Chinese Bibliogbapht, beinp: a List of

Works and Essays relating to China. By P. G. and O. F. von Mollendorff,
Interpreters to H.I.G..M.'s Consulates at Shanghai and Tientsin. 8yo. pp. viii.
and 378. £\ 10«.

Morrison. — A Dictionabt op the Chinese Language. By the Rev.

R. MoBRisoN, D.D. Two vols. Vol. I. pp. x. and 762; Vol. II. pp.828,
cloth. Shanghae, 1865. £6 6«.

Peking Gazette.— Translation of the Peking Gazette for 1872, 1873,
1874, 1875, 1876, 1877, 1878, and 1879. 8vo. cloth. 10«. 6rf. each.

Piiy. — Le Saint Edit, Etude de Litterature Chinoise. Prepar6e par
A. Thbopuile Pirt, du Service des Douanes Maritimes de Chine. Chinese
Text with French Translation. 4to. cloth, pp. xx. and 320. 21«.

Playfair. — Cities and Towns of China. 25«. See page 27.

Bosny. — A Gbammab of the Chinese Language. By Professor
Leon db Bosny. 8yo. pp. 48. 1874. 4«.

Boss. — A Mandabin Primeb. Being Easy Lessons for Beginners,

Transliterated according to the European mode of using Roman Letters. By
Rev. John Boss, Newchang. 8to. wrapper, pp. 12*2. 6«.

Bndy. — The Chinese Mandarin Language, after OUendorffs New
Method of Learning Languages. By Chablbs Bvdy. In 3 Voluroes.
Vol. 1. Grammar. 8vo. pp. 248. £1 1«.

Scarborough. — A Collection of Chinese Proverbs. Translated and
Arranged by William Scabbobouoh, Wesleyan Missionary, Hankow. With
an Introduction, Notes, and Copious Index. Cr. 8to. pp. xliv. and 278. 10«.6i

Smith. — A Vocabulary op Proper Names in Chinese and English.

of Places, Persons, Tribes, and Sects, in China, Japan, Corea, Assam, Sianif
Burmah, The Straits, and adjacent Countries. By P. Pobier SSMith, M.B.,
London, Medical Missionary in Central China. 4to. half-bound, pp. vi., 72,
and X. 1870. 10«. ^d.

Stent. — A Chinese and English Vocabulary in the Pekinesb
Dialect. By G. E. Stent. Secoud Edition, 8yo. pp. xii.-720, half bound.
1877. £2.

Stent. — A Chinese and English Pocket Dictionary. By G. E.
Stent. 16mo. pp. 250. 1874. 16«.

Stent. — The Jade Chaplet, in Twenty- four Beads. A Collectiou of
Songs, Ballads, etc. (from the Chinese). By Georob Carter Stent,
M.N.C.B. U.A.S., Author of ** Chinese and English Vocabulary," *' Chinese and
English Pocket Dictionary," ''Chinese Lyrics," "Chinese Legends," etc. Cr.
So. cloth, pp. 17H. 5«.

Vanghan. — The Manners and Customs of the Chinese of the Straits
Settlements. By J. D.Vaughan. Boyal 8to. boards. Singapore, 1879. 78, 6d,

Vissering. — On Chinese Currency. Coin and Paper Money. With
a Facsimile of a Bank Note. By W. Yessering. Eoyal 8to. cloth, pp. xy. and
219. Leiden, 1877. 18«.

66 Linguistic Publication of Truhner Sf C0.9

Wade. — Yu-Yen TztJ-Erh Chi. A progressive course designed to

assist the Student of Colloquial Chinese, as spoken in the Capital and the
Met^'opolitan Department. In eight parts, with Key, Syllabary, anu Writing
Exercises. By Thomas Francis Wade, C.B., Secretary to Her Britannic
Majesty's Legation, Peking. 3 vols. 4to. Progressive Course, pp. zx. 296 and
16 ; Syllabary, pp. 126 and 36 ; Writing Exercises, pp. 48; Key, pp. 174 and
140. sewed. ^4.

Wade. — WIin-Chien Tzii-ERH Chi, A series of papers selected as

apecimens of documentary Chinese, designed to assist Students of the language,
as written by the officials of China. In sixteen parts, with Key. Vol. I. By
Thomas Francis Wade, C.B . Secretary to Her Britannic Majesty's Legation
at Peking. 4to., half-cloth, pp. xii. and 455 ; and iv., 72, and 52. £h,

Williams. — A Syllabic Dictionabt op the Ghikese LANeuAds,
arranged according to the Wu-Fang Yuen Yin, with the pronunciation of the
Characters as heard in Peking, Canton, Amoy, and Shanghai. By S. Wells
Williams. 4to. cloth, pp. Ixxxiy. and 1252. 1874. £5 5«.

Wylie. — Notes on Chinese Literature ; with introductory Bemarks
on the Progressive Advancement of the Art ; and a list of translations from the
Chinese, into various European Languages. By A. Wtlie, Agent of the
British and Foreign Bible Society in China. 4to. pp. 296, cloth. Price, iSl 16«.

COREAN,

Boss — A CoREAy Pbihek. Being Lessons in Corean on all Ordin&iy

Subjects. Transliterated on the principles of the Mandarin Primer by the
same author. By the Bev. John Boss, Newchang. Demy Bvo. stitched,
pp. 90. 10«.

EGYPTIAN (Coptic, Hieroglyphics).

Biroh. — Egyptian Texts: I. Text, Transliteration and Translation
— II. Text and Transliteration.— III. Text dissected for analysis. — IV. Deter-
minutives, etc. By S. Birch. London, 1877. Large 8vo. Via.

Catalogue (C) of leading Books on Egypt and Egyptology on Assyria
and Assyriology. To be had at the affixed prices of Triibner and Co. Bvo., pp.
40. 1880. 1*.

Chabas. — Les Pasteubs en Egtpte. — Memoire Public par PAcademie

Eoyale des Sciences k Amsterdam. By F. Chabas. 4to. sewed, pp. 56.
Amsterdam, 1868. 6$.

Clarke. — Memoir on the Compaeatite Geammar of Egtptian, Coptic,

AND Udb. By Htde Clarke, Cor. Member American Oriental Society ; Mem.
German Oriental Society, etc., etc. Demy 8iro. sd., pp. 32. 2«.

Egjrptologic— (Forms also the Second Yolume of the First Bulletin of
the Con^res Provincial des Orientalistes Fran9ais.) 8vo. sewed, pp. 604, with
Eight Plates. Saint-Etiene, 1880. 8«. 6^.

Lieblein. — Eecbebches sue la Chronolooie Eotptiennb d'apr^ les
listes Genealogiques. By J. Lieblein. Roy. Svo. sewed, pp. 147, with Nine
Plates. Chribtiana, 1873. 10«.

57 and 59, Ludgate Hill, London E. C. 67

Xecords of the Pastf behto English Tkakslations of thb Assyrian
▲ND THE Egyptian Monuments. Published under the Sanction of the Society of
Bihlieal Arehaology. Edited by Dr. S. Birch.

Vols. I. to XII., 1874-79. Ze, 6d. each. (Vols. I., HI., V., VII., IX., XI., contain
Assyrian Texts.)

Benouf. — Elementaet Gbahmab of the Ancient Egyptian Language,
in the Hieroglyphic Type. By Lb Page Renoup. 4to., cloth. 1876. 12«.

ENGLISH (Early and Modern English and Dialects).

Ballad Soeiety (The). — Subscription — Small paper, one guinea, and
large paper, three guineas, per annum. List of publications
on application.

Boke of Nurture (The). By John Russell, about 1460-1470 Anno

Domini. The Boke of Keruynge. By Wynkyn db Worde, Anno Domini
1513. The Boke of Nurture. By Hugh Rhodes, Anno Domini 1^77. Edited
from the Originals in the British Museum Library, by Frfderick J. Furni-
TALL, M.A., Trinity Hall, Cambridge, Member of Council of the Philological
and Early English Text Societies. 4to. half- morocco, gilt top, pp. xix. and J 46,
28, xxYiii. and 56. 1867. 1/. 1 U. 6d.

Chamook.— -Yebba Nominaija ; or Words derived from Proper Names*
By Richard Stephen Ghaunook, I^. Dr. F.S.A., etc. 8to. pp. 326, cloth. 14«.

Chamock. — Ludus Patkontmicus ; or, the Etymology of Curious Sur-
names. By Richaud Stephen Charnock, Ph.D., F.S.A., P.R.G.S. Crown
8vo., pp. 182, cloth. Is. 6d,

Chamock (E. S.) — A Glossaby of the Essex Dialect. By B. S.
Chaknock. 8vo. cloth, pp. x. and 64, . 1880. 3«. 6d,

Chaiacer Society's (The). — Subsoriptiony two guineas per annum.

Zist of Fublications on application,

Eger and Grime ; an Early English Romance. Edited from Bishop
Percy's Folio Manuscript, about 1650 a.d. By John W. Hales, M.A.,
Fellow and late Assistant Tutor of Christ's College, Cambridge, and Fuederick
J. Furnivall, M.A., of Trinity Hall, Cambridge. 1 vol. 4to., pp. 64, (only
100 copies printed), bound in the Roxbnrghe style. 10«. 6d.

Early English Text Society's Publications. Subscription, one guinea
per annum.

1. Early English Alliteeativb Poems. In the "West-Midland

Dialect of the Fourteenth Century. Edited b R. Morris, Esq., from an
unique Cottonian MS. 16«.

2. Aethur (about 1440 a.d.). Edited by F. J. Furnivall, Esq.,

from the Marquis of Bath's unique MS. 4$.

3. Ane Compendious and Breue Tractate concebnyno ye Office

and Dewtie of Kyngis, etc. By William Lauder. (1556 a.d.) Edited
by F. Hall, Esq.,D.C.L. 4*.

4. Sir Gawayne and the Green Knight (about 1320-30 a.d.).

Edited by R. Morris, Esq., from an unique Cottonian MS. 10«.

68 Linguistic Publications of Triibner 8f Co.,

6. Of the Obthographie and Conortjitib op the Brit aw Tongue ;
a treates, noe shorter than necessarie, for the Schooles, be Alexander Hume.
Edited for the first time from the unique MS. in the British Maseum (about
1617 A.D.), by Henry B. Wheatlby, £sq. 4«.

6. Lancelot op the Laik. Edited from the unique MS. in the Cam-

bridge University Library (ab. 1500), by the Key. Walter W. Skbat,
M.A. Ss.

7. The Story op Genesis and Exodus, an Early English Song, of

about 1250 a.d. Edited for the first time from the unique MS. in the Library
of Corpus Christ! College, Cambridge, by R. Morris, Esq. 8«.

8 MoRTE Arthure ; the Alliterative Version. Edited from Robert
Thornton*s unique MS. (about 144-0 a.d.) at Lincoln, by the Kev. Gborge
Perrv, M.A , Prebendary of Lincoln. 7s,

9. Animadversions uppon the Annotacions and Corrections of
SOME Imperfections of Impressiones of Chaucer's Wokkbs, reprinted
in 1598; by Francis Thynnb. Edited from the unique MS. in the
Bridgewater Library. ByG. H.Kingsley, E8q.,M.D.,andF. J. Furnivall,
Esq., M.A. 10«.

10. Merlin, or the Early History op King Arthur. Edited for the

first time from the unique MS. in the Cambridge University Library (about
1450 A.D.), by Henry B. Wheatley, Esq. Part L 2«. 6d.

11. The Monarche, and other Poems of Sir David Lyndesay. Edited

from the first edition by Johne Skott, in 1552, by Fitzedward Hall,
Esq., D.C.L. Part I. 3«.

12. The Wright* s Chaste Wipe, a Merry Tale, hy Adam of Cobsam

(about 1462 a.d.), from the unique Lambeth MS. 306. Edited for the first
time bv F. J. Furnivall, Esq., M.A. 1«.

13. Seinte Marherete, J^e Metden ant Martyr. Three Texts of ab.

1200, 1310, 1330 A.D. First edited in 1862, by the Rev. Oswald Cockaymb,
M.A., and now re-issued. 2s,

14. Kyng Horn, witli fragments of Floriz and Blauncheflur, and the

Assumption of the Blessed Virgin. Edited from the MS8. in the Library of
the University ofCambridge and the British Museum, by the Rev, J. Eawson
LUMBY. 3«. (id

15. Political, Religious, and Love Poehs, from the Lambeth MS.

No. 306, and other sources. Edited by F. J. Furnivall, Esq., M.A.
7s, 6d,

16. A Tretice in English breuely drawe out of J? book of Quintis

essencijs in Latyn, p Hermys ]> prophete and king of Egipt after ]> flood
of Noe, fader of Fhilosophris, hadde by reuelacionn of an aung;il of God to him
sente. Edited from the Sloane MS. 73, by F. J. Furnivall, Esq., M.A. It.

17. Parallel Extracts from 29 Manuscripts of Piers Plowman, with

Comments, and a Proposal for the Society's Three-text edition of this Poem.
By the Re?. W. Skbat, M.A. Is,

18. Hali Meidenhead, about 1200 a.d. Edited for the first time from

the MS. (with a translation) by the Rev. Oswald Cockayne, M.A. is,

19. The Monarche, and other Poems of Sir David Lyndesay. Part II.,

the Complaynt of the King's Papingo, and other minor Poems. Edited from
the First Edition by F. Hall, Esq., D.C.L. Zs, 6d,

20. Some Treatises by Kichard Rolle de Hampole. Edited from

Robert of Thornton's MS. (ab. 1440 a.d.), by Rev. George G. Pshry,
M.A. Is,

57 and 59, Ludgate Hilly London^ E.G. 59

21. Merlin, or the Earlt History op E^iNa Arthur. Part II. Edited

by Hbnbt B. Wheatlet, Esq. 4«.

22. The Eomans op Partenat, or Lusignen. Edited for the first time

from the unique MS. in the Library of Trinity College, Cambridge, by the
Rev. W. W. Skeat. M.A. 6».

23. Dan Michel's Ayenbite op Inwtt, or Remorse of Conscience, in

the Kentish dialect, IZ\0 a.d. Edited from the unique MS. in the British
Museum, by Richard Morris, Esq. 10«. 6^.

24. Hymns of the Yirgin and Christ ; The Parliament of Deytls,

and Other Religious Poems. Edited from the Lambeth MS. 853, by F. J.
FUBNIYALL, M.A. 9«.

25. The Stacions op Rome, and the Pilgrim's Sea-Yoyage and Sea-

Sickness, with Clene Maydenhod. Edited from the Vernon and Porkington
MSS., etc., by F. J. Furnivall, Esq., M.A. U.

26. Religious Pieces in Prose and Yerse. Containing Dan Jon

Gaytrigg's Sermon ; The Abbaye of S. Spirit ; Sayne Jon, and other pieces
in the Northern Dialect. Edited from Robert of Thorntone^s MS. (ab. 1460
A.D.), by the Rev. G. Perry, M.A. 2s,

27. Mantpulus Yocabttloritm : a Rhyming Dictionary of the English

Language, by Peter Levins (1570). Edited, with an Alphabetical Index
by Hln&y R, Wheatlby. 12s,

28. The Yision op William concerning Piers Plowman, together with

Vita de Dowel, Dobet et Dobest. 1362 a.d., by William Langland. The
earliest or Vernt)n Text ; Text A. Edited from the Vernon MS., with full
Collations, bv Rev. W. W. Sileat, M.A. 7«.

29. Old English Homilies and Homiletic Treatises. (Sawles "Warde

and the Wohunge of Ure Lauerd : Ureisuns of Ure Louerd and of Ure Lefdi,
etc.) of the Twe&th and Thirtewith Centuries. Edited from MSS. in the Brit-
ish Museum, Lambeth, and Bodleian Libraries ; with Introduction, Transla-
tion, and Notes. By Richard Morris. First Series. Part I. Is,

30. Piers, the Ploughman's Crede (about 1394). Edited from the

MSS. by tie Rev. W. W. Skeat, M.A. 2s,

31. Instructions for Parish Priests. Bj John Myrc. Edited from

Cotton MS. Claudius A. II., by Edward Peacock, Esq., F.S.A., etc., etc. 4«.

32. The Babees Book, Aristotle's ABC, Urbanitatis, Stans Puer ad

Mensam, The Lytille Childreoes Lytil Boke. The Boxes of Nurture of
Hugh Khodes and John Russell, Wynk}n de Worde's Boke of K-ervynge, The
Booke of Demeanor, The Boke of Curtasye, Seager's Schoole of Vertue, etc.,
etc. With some French and Latin Poems on like subjects, and some Fore-
words on Education in Early England. Edited by F. J. Furnivall, M.A.,
Trin. Hall, Cambridge, lbs,

33. The Book of the Knight de la Tour Landry, 1372. A Father's

Book for his Daughters, Edited from the Harleian MS. 1764, by Thomas
Wright Esq., M. A., and Mr. William Rossiter. &«.

34. Old English Homilies and Homiletic Treatises. (Sawles Warde,

and the Wohuuge of Ure Lauerd : Ureisuns of Ure Louerd and of Ure Lefdi,
etc.) of the Twelfth and Thirteenth Centuries. Edited from MSS. in the
British Museum, Lambeth, and Budleian Libraries; with Introduction, Trans-
lation, and Notes, by Hichard Morris. First Series, Part 2. 8«.

"BO Idngtnatic Puhlicatiom of Trubner 8f Co.

85. Sni David Ltitoesay's Wckeks. Paut 3. The Histbrie of ane
Nobil and Wailzeand Sqyyer, Willtam Meldbttm, umqvhyle Laird of
Cleische and Bynnis, compylit be Sir Dauid Ltni»bsat of the Mont aHiu
Lyoun King of Armes. With the Testament of the said Williame Mel-
dnim, Squyet, compylit. alswa be Sir Dauid Lyndesay, etc. Edited by F.
Hall, D.C.L. 2«.

36. Merlin, or the Earlt History or Kin« Arthto. A Proae

Horoance (abont 1450-1460 a.d.), edited from the unique MS. in the
University Library, Cambridge, by Henry B. Whbai<lby. With an Essay
on Arthurian Localities, by J. S. Stuart Glennie, Esq. Part III. 1869. 12«.

37. Sir Dayid Lyndesay's Works. Part IV. Ane Satyre of the

thrie estaits, in commendation of vertew and vitvperation of vyoe. Maid
be Sir David Lindesay, of the Mont, alias Lyon King of Armes. At
Edinbvrgh. Printed be Bobert Charteris, 1602. Cvm prtvil^gio regis.
Edited by F. Hall, Esq., D.C.L. is.

38. The Yision of Wiliiam concerning Piers the Plowman,

together with VHa de Dowel, Dobet, et Dobest, Secundum Wit et Resoun,
by William Langland (1377 a.d.). The "Crowley" Text; or Text B.
Edited from MS. Laud Misc. 581, collated with MS. Rawl. Poet. 38, MS.
B. 15. 17. in the Library of Trinity College, Cambridge, MS. Dd. 1. 17. in
the Cambridge University Library, the MS. in Oriel College, Oxford, MS.
Bodley 814, etc. By the Rev. Walter W. Skbat, M.A., late Fellow of
Christ's College, Cambridge. lOs. 6d.

39. The **Gest Hystoriale" of the Destruction op Troy. An

Alliterative Romance, translated from Guido De Colonna's '* Hysteria
Troiana.*' Now first edited from the unique MS. in the Hunterian Museum,
University of Glasgov^, by the Rev. Geo. A. Panton and David Donaldson.
Part I. \0s. 6d.

40. English Gilbs. The Original Ordinances of more than One

H undred Early English Gilds : Together with the olde usages of the cite of
Wynchestre ; The Ordinances of Worcester ; The Office of the Mayor of
Bristol ; and the Customary of the Manor of Tettenhall- Regis. From
Original M8S. of the Fourteenth and Fifteenth Centuries. Edited with
Notes by the late Toulmin Smith, Es^., F.R.S. of Northern Antiquariet
(Copenhagen). With an Introduction and Glossary, etc., by his daughter,
Lucy Toulmin Smith. And a Preliminary Essay, in Five Parts, ON thb
HisTOKY AND DEVELOPMENT OT GiLDs, by Lujo Brentano, Doctor Jurli
Utriusque et Philosophise. 2ls.

41. The Minor Poems of William Lauder, Playwright, Poet, and

Minister of the Word of God (mainly on the State of Scotland in and about
1568 A.D., that year of Famine and Plague). Edited from the Unique
Ori&rinals bek>nging to S. Christie-Miller, Esq., of Britwell, by F. J.
FuRNiVALL, M.A., Trin. Hall, Camb 3s.

42. Bernarbus de Cura rei Famttliaris, with some Early Scotch

Prophecies^ etc. From a MS., KK 1. 5, in the Cambridge University
Library. Edited by J. Rawson Lumby, M.A., late Fellow of Magdalen
College, Cambridge. 2s,

43. Hatis Bayino, and other Moral and Beligious Pieces, in Prose and

Verse. Edited from the Cambridge University Library MS. KK 1.5, by J.
Rawson Lumby, M.A., late Fellow of Magdalen College, Cambridge. d«.

44. Joseph of Arimathie : otherwise called the Bomance of the

Seint Graal, or Holy Grail: an alliterative poem, written about a.d. 1350,
and now first printed from the unique copy in the Vernon MS. at Oxford.
With an appendix, containiui^ **The Lyfe of Joseph of Armathy," reprinted
firom the olaok-ietter copy of Wynkyn de Worde ; '* De sancto Joseph ab

67 afid 59, Ludgate Hill, London, E. C. 61

Arimathia," first printed by Pynson, a.d. 1516 : and *^ The Lyfe of Joseph of
Arimathia,'* first printed by Pynson, a.d. 1520. Edited, with Notes and
Glossarial Indices, by the Rev. Walter W. Skeat, M.A. St.

45. King Alfred's West-Saxon Version op Gregort's Pastohal Care.

With an English translation, the Latin Text, Notes, and an Introduction
Edited by Henry Sweet, Esq., of Balliol College, Oxford. Part I. lOs.

46. Legends of the Holt Rood ; Symbols of the Passion and Cross-

PoKMB. In Old English of the Eleventh, Fourteenth, and Fifteenth Cen-
turies. Edited from MSS. inthe British Museum and Bodleian Libraries;
with Introduction, Translations, and Glossarial Index. By Richahd
Morris, LL.D. 10s.

47. Sir David Lyndesat's Works. Part V. The Minor Poems of

Lyndesay. Edited by J. A. H. Murray, Esq. 3«.

48. The Times' Whistle : or, A N'ewe Daunce of Seven Satires, and

other Poems : Compiled by R. C, Gent. Now first Edited from MS. Y. 8. 3.
in the Library of Canterbury Cathedral; with Introduction, Notes, and
Glossary, by J. M. Cowper. Gs,

49. An Old English MiscELLAmr, containing a Bestiary, Kentish

Sermons, Proverbs of Alfred, Religious Poems of the ItJth century. Edited
from the MSS. by the Rev. H. Morris, LL.D. 10«.

60. King Alfred's West-Saxon Version of Gregory's Pastoral Care.

Edited from 2 MSS., with an English translation. By Henry Sweet, Esq.,
Balliol College, Oxford. Part II. 10«.

51. pE LiFLADB OP St. Juliana, from two old English Manuscripts of
1230 A.D. With renderings into Modern English, by the Hev. O. Cockayne
and Edmund Bkock. Edited by the Rev. O. Cockayne, M.A. Price 2«.

62. Palladius on Husbondrie, from the unique MS., ab. 1420 a.d.,
ed. Rev. B. Lodge. Part I. 10«.

53. Old English Homilies, Series II., from the unique 13th-century

MS. in Trinity Coll. Cambridge, with a photolithograph ; three Hymns to
the Virgin and God, from a unique 13th-century MS. at Oxford, a photo-
lithograph of the music to two of them, and transcriptions of it in modern
notation by Dr. Rimbault, and A. J. Ellis, Esq., F.R.S.; the whole
edited by the Rev. Richard Morris, LL.D. 8s,

54. The Vision of Piers Plowman, Text C (completing the three

versions of this great poem), with an Autotype ; and two unique alliterative
Poems: Hichaid the Hedeles (by William, the author of the Vision); and
The Crowned King ; edited by the Rev. W. W. Skeat, M.A. 18«.

55. Generydes, a Romance, edited from the unique MS., ah. 1440 a.d.,

in Trin. Coll. Cambridge, by W. Aldis Wright, Esq., M.A., Trin. Coll.
Cambr. Part I. 3«.

56. The Gest Htstoriale of the Destruction op Trot, translated

from Guido de Colonna, in alliterative verse; edited from the unique MS. in
the Hunterian Museum, Glasgow, by D. Donaldson, Esq., and the late Rev.
G. A. Panton. PartlL lOs. 6d,

57. The Eakly English Version of the ** Cursor Mundi,*' in four

Texts, from MS. Cotton, Vesp. A. iii. in the British Museum ; Fairfax MS.
14. in the Bodleian ; the Gottingen MS. Theol. 107 ; MS. R. 3, 8, in Trinity
College, Cambridge. Edited by the Rev. R. Morris, LL.D. Part 1. with
two photo-lithographic facsimiles by Cooke and Fotheringham. 10s, 64.

62 Linguistic Publications of Trilbner ^ Co.^

58. The Bliceling Homilies, edited from the Marquis of Lothian's

Anglo-Saxon MS. of 971 a.d., by the Rev. R. Morris, LL.D. (With a
Pbotolitbograph). Part I. 8«.

59. The Eably English Veesion of the "Cuesoe Mundi;" in four

Texts, from MS Cotton Vesp. A. ill. in the British Museum; Fairfax MS.
J4. in the Bodleian; the Gottingen MS. Theol. 107 ; MS. R. 3, 8, in Trinity
College, Cambridge. Edited by the Rev. R. Morris, LL D. Fart II. IS*.

60. MEDITACrTTNS ON THE SOPEE OF OUE LOEDE (perhaps by HOBEST
OP Brunnb^ Edited from the MSS. by J. M. Cowper, Esq. 2«. 6</.

61. The Romance and Peophecies of Thomas of Eeceldoune, printed

from Five MSS. Edited by Dr. James A. H. Murray. 10«. M,

62. The Eaelt Engtjsh Yeesion of the "Cuesoe Mundi," in Four
Texts Edited by the Rev. R. Morris, M.A., LL.D. Part III. 15*.

63. The Blickling Homilies. Edited from the Marquis of Lothian's

Anglo-Saxon MS. of 971 A.D.,by the Rev. R. Morris, LL.D. Part II. 4».

64. Feancis Thynne's Emblemes and Epigeams, a.d. 1600, from the
Earl of Ellesmere's unique MS. Edited by F. J. Furnivall, M.A. 4».

65. Be Domes D^ge (Bede's De Die Judicii) and other short Anglo-
Saxon Pieces. Ed. from the uniqueMS. by the Rev. J. Rawson Lumby, B.D. 2«.

66. The Eaelt English Veesion of the ** Cuesoe Mundi," in Four

Texts. Edited by Rev. R. Morris, M.A., LL.D. Part IV. 10*.

67. Notes on Piebs Plowman. By the Rev. W. W. Skeat, M.A.

Part L 2I«.

68. The Early English Version of the "Cubsoe Mundi," in Four

Texts. Edited by Rev. R. Morris, M.A., LL.D. Part V. 25«.

69. Adam Davy's Five Deeams about Edwaed II. The Life of

Saint Alexius. Solomon's Book of Wisdom. St. Jerome's 15 Tokens
before Doomsday. The Lamentation of Souls. Edited from the Laad MS.
622, in the Bodleian Library, by F. J. Furnivall, M.A. 5«.

70. Geneeydes, a Romance. Edited hy W. Aldis Weight, M.A.

Part II. 4».

71. The Lay Folk's Mass-Book, 4 Texts. Edited by Rev. Canon

Simmons. 25s.

72. Palladius ON HusBONDEiE, onglisht (ab. 1420 a.d.). Part II. Edited

by S. J. Herutage, B.A. 5s.

73. The Blickling Homilies, 971 a.d. Edited by Rev. Dr. R. Moeeib.

Part III. 8«.

74. English Wobks of Wyclif, hitherto unprinted. Edited by F. D.

Matthew. 20«.

75. Catholicon Anglicum, an earlv English Dictionary, from Lord

Monson's MS , a.d. 1483. Edited with Introduction and Notes by S. J.
Herktaoe, B.A. ; and with a Preface by H. B. Wheatlby. 20*.

76. Aelfbic's Meteical Lives of Saints, in MS. Cott. Jul. E. 7.

Edited by Rev. Prof. Skeat, M.A. Part I. 10».

77. Beowulf. The unique MS. Autotyped and Transliterated.

Edited by Professor Zupitza, Ph.D. 25*.

78. The Fifty Eaeliest English Wills in the Court of Probate,

1387-1439. Edited by F. J. Furnivall, M.A. 7*.

79. King Alfbed's Obosius fbom Loed Tollemache's 9th Centuet
MS. Part I. Edited by H. Sweet, M.A. 13*.

Bxtra Volume, Facsimile of the Epinul Glossary, 8th Century, edited by E.
Sweet. Id.

67 and 59, Ludgate Hilly London^ E.G. 63

Extra Series. Subscriptions — Small paper, one guinea ; large paper

two guineas, per annum.

1. The Eomance op "William op Palernb (otherwise known as the

Romance of William and the Werwolf). Translated from the French at the
command of Sir Humphrey de Bohun, about a.d. 1350, to which is added a
fragment of the Alliterative Bomance of Alisaunder, translated from the
Latin by the same author, about a.b. 1340; the former re>edited from the
unique MS. in the Library of King's College, Cambridge, the latter now
first edited from the unique MS. in the Bodleian Library, Oxford. By the
Rev. Waltbu W. Skeat, M.A. 8to. sewed, pp. xliv. and 3*2d. ISs,

2. On Eablt English Pbonunciation, with especial reference to

Shakspere and Chaucer ; containing an investigation of the Correspondence
of Writing with Speech in England, from the Anglo-Saxon period to the
present day, preceded by a systematic Notation of all Spoken Sounds by
• means of the ordinary Printing Types ; including a re-arrangement of Prof.
F. J. Child's Memoirs on the Language of Chaucer and Gower, and reprints
of the rare Tracts by Salesbury on English, 1547, and Welsh, 1567, and by
Barcley on French, 152J By Albxandeh J. Ellis, F.R.S. Part I. On
the Pronunciation of the xivth, xvith, zviith, andxviiith centuries. 8vo.
sewed, pp. viii. and 416. 10s.

i. Caxton's Book op Cubteste, printed at "Westminster about 1477-8,
▲.D., and now reprinted, with two MS. copies of the same treatise, from the
Oriel MS. 79, and the Balliol MS. 3/34. Kdited by Frederick J. Furni-
VALL, M.A. 8vo. sewed, pp. xii. and 58. Sa,

4. The Lay of Hayelok the Dane; composed in the reign of
Edward I., about a. o. 1280. Formerly edited by Sir F. Madden for the
Roxburghe Club, and now re-edited from the unique MS. Laud Misc. 108, in
the Bodleian Library, Oxford, by the Rev. Walter W. Skeat, M.A. 8vo.
sewed, pp. Iv. and 160. 10«.

6. Chaucee's Teanslation of Boethius's " De Consolatione

Philosophie." Edited from the Additional MS. 10.340 in the British
Museum. Collated with the Cambridge Univ. Libr. MS. li. 3. 21. By
Richard Morris. 8vo. ]2«.

6. The Bomance of the Cheyeleee Asstgne. Re-edited from the

unique manuscript in the British Museum, with a Preface, Notes, and
Glossarial Index, by Henry H. Gibbs, £sq., M.A. Svo. sewed, pp.
xviii and 38. 3«.

7. On Eaely English Peonunciation, with especial reference to

Shakspere and Chaucer. By Alexander J. Ellis, F.R.S., etc., etc.
Part H. On the Pronunciation of the xiii th and previous centuries, of
Anglo- Saxon, Icelandic, Old Norse and Gothic, with Chronological Tables of
the Value of Letters and Expression of Sounds in English Writing. lOs,

8. QuEENE Elizabethes Achademy, by Sir Humphrey Gilbert.

A Booke of Precedence, The Ordering of a Funeral 1, etc. Varying Versions
of the Good Wife, The Wise Man, etc., Maxims, Lydgate's Order of Fools,
A Poem on Heraldry, Occleve on Lords' Men, etc., Edited by F. J.
FuRNivALL, M.A., Trin. Hall, Camb. With Essays on Early Italian and
German Books of Courtesy, by W. M. Rossetti, Esq., and E. Oswald,
Esq. Svo. 13«.

9. The Fraternitye of Yacabondes, by John Awdeley (licensed

in 1560-1, imprinted then, and in 1565), from the edition of 1575 in the
Bodleian Library. A Caueat or Warening for Commen Cursetors vulgarely
called Vagabones, by Thomas Harm AN, EsQUiERE. From the 3rd edition of
1567, belonging to Henry Huth, Esq., collated with the 2nd edition of 1567y

64 Linguistic Publicatiom of Trubner &» Co.

in the Bodleian Library, Oxford, and with, the reprint of the 4th edition of
1573. A Sermon in Praise of Thieves and Thievery, by Pakson Habbn ob
Hyberdyne, from the Lansdown& MS. 98, and Cotton Vesp. A. 25. Those
parts of the Groundworke of Conny-catching (ed. 1592), that differ from
Sarman*8 Caueat, Edited by Edward Viles & F. J. Furnivall. 8vo.
7*. 6rf.

10. Thb Fybst Boke o¥ the Intboduction op Xnowled&k, made by

Andrew Borde, of Physycke Doctor. A Compendyous Reoyment of ▲
Dyetary of He;lth made in Mountpyllier, compiled by Andrewe Boorde,
of Physycke Doctor. Barnes in the Defence of the Berde : a treatyse
made, answerynge the treatyse of Doctor Borde upon Berdes. Kdited, with
a life of Andrew Boorde, and large extracts from his Breuyary, by F. J
Furnivall, M.A., Trinity H^all, Camb. Bvo. 18«.

1 1 . The Bruce ; or, the Book of the most excellent and noble Prince,

Robert de Broyss. King of Scots : compiled by Master John Barbour, Arch-
deacon of Aberdeen, a.d. 1375. Edited from MS. G 23 in the Library of St.
John's College, Cambridge, written a.d. 1487 ; collated with the MS. in the
Advocates' Library at Edinburgh, written a.d. 1489, and with Hart's
Edition, printed a.d. 1616 ; with a Preface, Notes, and Glossarial Index, by
the Rev. Walter W. Skbat, M.A. Parti 8vo. r2jt.

12. England in the Reign of King Henet the Eighth. A

Dialogue between Cardinal Pole and Thomas Lupset, Lecturer in Rhetoric
at Oxford. By Thomas Starkey, Chaplain to the King. £dited, with
Preface, Notes, and Glossary, by J. M. Cowpbr. And with an Introduction,
containing the Life and Letters of Thomas Starkey, by the Rev. J. S. Bhrwbr,
M.A. Part IL 12«. (Fart I,, Starkey* Lift and Letters , i8 in preparation.

13. A SuppLiCACTON FOR THE Beggaes. Written about the year 1529,

by Simon Fish. Now re-edited by Frkderick J. Furnivall. With a
Supply cacion to our moste Soueraigne Lorde Kynge Henry the F^yght
(1544 A.D.), A Supplication of the Poore Commons (1546 a.d.), The Decaye
of England by the great multitude of Shepe (1550-3 a.d.). Edited by J.
Meadows Cowpbb. 6«.

14. On Early English Peonunciation, with especial reference to

Shakspere and Chuucer. By A. J. Kllis, F.R.S., F.S.A. Part III.
Illustrations of the Pronunciation of the xi vth and xvith Centuries. Chaucer,
Gower, Wycliffe, Spenser, Shakspere, Salesbnry, Barcley, Hart, BuUokar,
Gill. Pronouncing Vocabulary. 10«.

15. Robert Crowley's Thirty-one Epigrams, Yoyce of the Last
Trumpet, Way to Wealth, etc., 1650-1 a.d. Edited by J. M. Cow per. Esq,
12«.

16. A Treatise on the Astrolabe ; addressed to his son Lowys, by

Geoffrey Chaucer, a.d. 1391. Edited from the earliest MSS. by the Rev.
Walter W. Skeat, M.A., late Fellow of Christ's College, Cambridge. 10#.

17. The Complaynt of Scotlande, 1549, a.d., with an Appendix of

four Contemporary Knglish Tracts. Edited by J. A. H. Mluray, Esq.
Part I. !••«.

18. The Complaynt of Scotlande, etc. Part II. 8».

19. OuRE Ladyes Myroure, a.d. 1530, edited by the Eev. J. H.

Blunt, M.A., with four full-page photolithographic facsimiles by Cooke and
Fotheringham. 24s.

20. Lonelich's History of the Holy Grail (ab. 1450 a.d.), translated

from the French Prose of Si&bs Kobiehs dr Boruon. He-edited fron the
Unique MS. in Corpus Christi College, Cambridge, by F. J. FuruiTall, Esq.
M.A. Part I. 8«.

67 and 69, Ludgate Hill, London, E,C. 65

21. Bahbouk's Bbucs. Edited from the MSS. and. the earliest

printed edition by the Rev* W. W. Skeat, M.A. Part II. 4«.

22. Henrt Beinklow's Compiatnt of Boderyck Moes, somtyme

a gray Fryre, unto the Parliament Howse of Ingland his naturall Country,
for the Reidresse of certen wicked Lawes, euel Customs, and cruel D^creys
(ab. IS42); and The Li^MENTACioN op a Christian Against the Citib
OF London, made by Roderigo Mors, a.d. 1545. Edited by J. M. Cowper,
£sq. 9s.

23. On Eaely English Pronunciation, with especial reference to

Shakspere and Chaucer. By A. J. Ellis, Esq., F.R.S. Part IV. \Qs,

24. LoNELiCH*s History of the Holy Grail (ab. 1460 a.d.), translated

from the French Prose of Sires Ro biers de Borron. Re-edited from the
Unique MS. in Corpus Christi College, Cambridge, by F. J. Fuknivall,
Esq., M.A. Part II. 10«.

25. The Romance of Gtty of Warwick. Edited from the Cambridge

University MS. by Prof. J. Zupitza, Ph.D. Part I. 20».

26. The Romance of Gtty of Warwick. Edited from the Cambridge
University MS. by Prof. J. Zupitza, Ph.D. (The 2nd or 15th century version.)
Part II. Us.

27. The English Works of John Fisher, Bishop of Rochester (died

1535). Edited by Professor J. E. B. Mayor, M.A. Part 1., the Text. Us

28. Lonelich's History of the Holy Gratl. Edited by F. J.

Furnivall, M.A. Part III. 10s.

29. Barbour's Bruce. Edited from the MSS. and the earliest Printed

Edition, by the Rev. W. W. Skeat, M.A. Part III. 21«.

30. Lonelich's History of the Holy Grail. Edited by F. J.

Furnivall, Esq., M.A. Part IV. 15*.

81. Alexander and Dindimus. Translated from the Latin about
A.D. 1340-50. Re-edited by the Rev. W. W. Skeat, M.A. 6«.

32. Starkey's " England in Henry YIII.'s Time." Part I. Starkey's

Life and Letters. Edited by S. J. Herrtage,^ B.A. 8«.

33. Gesta Romanorum : the Early English Versions. Edited from

the MSS. and Black-letter Editions, by S. J. Herrtage, R.A. 15*.

34. Charlemagne Romances : No. I. Sir Ferumbras. Edited from

the unique Ashmole MS. by S. J. Herrtage, £.A. 15«.

35. Charlemagne Romances : II. The Sege off Malayne^ Sir Otuell,

etc. Edited by S. J. Herrtage, B.A. 12«.

36. Charlemagne Romances: III. Lyf of Charles the Grete, Pt. 1.

Edited by S. J. Herrtage, B.A. 16s.

37. Charlemagne Romances : lY. Lyf of Charles the Grete, Pt. 2.
Edited by S. J. Herrtage, B.A. . 15*.

38. Charlemagne Romances : Y. The Sowdone of Babylone. Edited
by Dr. Hausknecht. 15*.

39. Charlemagne Romances : YI. The Taill of Rauf Colyear, Roland,
Otuel, etc. Edited by Sydney J. Herrtage, B.A. 15*.

40. Charlemagne Romances: Yll. Houn of Burdeux. By Lord
Berners. Edited by S. L. Lee, B.A. Part I. 15*.

41. Charlemagne Romances: YIII. Huon of Burdeux. By Lord
Berners. Edited by S. L. Lee, B.A. Part 11. 15*.

5

C(6 Lingtmtie Publications of Triibner & Co.,

English Dialect Society's Publications. Subscription, 1873 to 1876,

10«. 6d, per annum ; 1877 and following years, 20<. per annum.

1873.

1. Series B. Part 1. Reprinted Glossaries, I.-YIL Containing a
Glossary of North of England Words, by J. H. ; Glossaries, by Mr.
MabshaXiL; and a West- Riding Glossary, by Dr. Willan. 7«. 6d.

2. Series A. Bibliographical. A List of Books illustrating English
Dialects. Part I. Containing a General List of Dictionaries, etc. ; and a
List of Books relatin^r to some of the Counties of England. 4». 6d.

3. Series C. Original Glossaries. Part I. Containiiig a Glossary
of Swaledale Words. By Captain Habland. 4«.

1874.

4. Series D. The History of English Sounds. By H. Sweet, Esq.

5. Series B. Part II. Eeprinted Glossaries. YIII.-XIY. Con-
taining seven Provincial English Glossaries, from various sources. 7s.

6. Series B. Part III. Reprinted Glossaries. XY.-XVII. Ray's
Collection of English Words not generally used, from the edition of 1691 ;
together with Thoresby's Letter to Ray, 1703. Re-arranged and newly edited
by Rev. Walteb. W, Skeat. 8*.

6*. Subscribers to the English Dialect Society for 1874 also receive
a copy of ' A Dictionary of the Sussex Dialect.' By the Bey. W. D
Parish.

1875.

7. Series D. Part II. The Dialect of West Somerset. By F. T.
Elwortht, Esq. Ss, 6d.

8. Series A. Part II. A List of Books Relating to some of the

Counties of England. Part II. 6«.

9. Series C. A Glossary of Words used in the Neighbourhood of
Whitby. By F. K. Robinson. Part I. A— P. 7«. 6tl.

10. Series C. A Glossary of the Dialect of Lancashire. By J. H.
Nodal and G. Milnsr. Part I. A — £. 3«. 6d,

1876.

11. On the Survival of Early English Words in our Present Dialects,
By Dr. R. Morris. 6d.

12. Series C. Original Glossaries. Part III. Containing Five
Original Provincial English Glossaries. Ts.

13. Series C. A Glossary of Words used in the Neighbourhood of
Whitby. By F. K. Robinson. Part II. P— Z. 6» 6rf.

14. A Glossary of Mid- Yorkshire Words, with a Grammar. By C.
Clough Kobinson. 9«.

1877.

15. A Glossabt of Wobds used in the Wapentakes of Manley and
Corringham, Lincolnshire. By Edward Peacock, F.S.A. 9s, 6d.

16. A Glossary of Holdemess Words. By P. Ross, R. Stead, and

T. HoLDEHNBSs. With a Map of the District. 7$, 6d.

17. On the Dialects of Eleven Southern and South- Western Counties,
with a new Classification of the English Dialects By Prince Luuis Luciin.
Bonapastb. With Two Maps. Is.

57 and 69, LudgaU Sill, London, E.C, 67

18. Bibliographical List. Part III. completing the Work, and
containing a List of Books on Scottish Dialects, Anglo -Irish Dialect, Cant
and Slang, and Americanisms, with additions to the English List and Index.
Edited by J. H. Nodal. 4«. ^d,

19. An Outline of the Grammar of West Somerset. By P. T.
Elwobthy, Eso. ba,

1878.

20. A Glossary of Cumberland Words and Phrases. By William
Dickinson, F.L.S. 6«.

21. Tusser's Five Hundred Pointes of Good Husbandrie. Edited
with Introduction, Notes and Glossary, by W. Paine and Sidnbt J.
Herutaob, B.A. 129. 6^.

22. A Dictionary of English Plant Names. By James Beittek,
F.L.S., and Robert Hollanix Part I. (A to F). 8«. Qd,

1879.

23. Five Reprinted Glossaries, including Wiltshire, East Anglian,

Suffolk, and East Yorkshire Words, and Words from Bishop Kennett's
Parochial Antiquities. Edited by the Rev. Professor Skeat, M.A. Is,

24. Supplement to the Cumberland Glossary (No. 20). By W.
Dickinson, F.L.S. 1«.

25. Specimens of Engliah Dialects* First Volume. I. Devonshire ;
Exmoor Scolding and Courtship. Edited, with Notes and Glossary, by F. T.
El-worthy. fl. Westmoreland: Wm. de Worfat's Bran New Wark,
Edited by Rev. Prof. Skeat. 8». Qd,

26. A Dictionary of English Plant Names. By J. Britten and K.
Holland. Part II. (G to- 0). 1880. 8*. 6rf.

1880.

27. Glossary of. Words in use in Cornwall. I. West Cornwall. By

Miss M. A. CouBTNEY. II. East Cornwall. By Thomas Q. Couch. With
Map. 6«.

28. Glossary of Words and Phrases in use in Antrim and Down. By
William Hugh Patterson, M.K.I.A. 7».

29. An Early English Hymn to the Virgin. By F. J. Fuenivall,
M.A., and A. J. Ellis, F.R.S. 6rf.

30. Old Country and Farming Words. Gleaned from Agricultural
Books. By James B&itten, F.L.S. 10«. ^d,

1881.

31. The Dialect of Leicestershire. By the Kev. A. B. Evans, D.D.,
and Sebastian Evans, LL.D. 10s. %d.

32. Five Original Glossaries. Isle of Wight, Oxfordshire, Cumber-
land, North Lincolnshire and Radnorshire, By various Authors. 7». M.

33. George Eliot's Use of Dialect. By W. E. A. Axon. (Forming
No. 4 of *' Miscellanies.*') U,

34. Turner's Names of Herbes, a.d. 1548. Edited (with Index and
Indentification of Names) hy James Bbitten, F.L.S. 6«. ^d,

1882.

35. Glossary of the Lancashire Dialect. By J. H. Nodal and Geo.
MiLNER. Part II. (F to Z). 6*.

36. West Worcester Words. ByMES. Chambeelain. 8vo. sewed. 4«. 6(^.

68 Linguistic Publications oj Trubner & Co.,

37. Fitzherbert's Book of Husbandry, a.d. 1534. Edited with Intro-
ductioD) Notes, and Glossarial Index. By the Bey. Pbopessor Skeat. 8vo.
sewed. 8«. 6^.

38. Devonshire Plant Names. By the Rev. Hildbbic Feiend. 8vo.
sewed. 6«.

39. A Glossary of the Dialect of Aldmondbury and Huddersfield. By
the Bev. A. Easher, M.A., and the Rev. Thos. Lees, M.A. 8?o. sewed. 8«. 6d,

Fnrnivall. — Education in 'Eaelt England. Some Notes used as

Forewords to a Collection of Treatises on " Manners and Meals in the Olden
Time/' for the Early English Text Society. By F&edbrick J. Pobniyall,
M.A., Trinity Hall, Cambridge, Member of Council of the Philological and
Early Ens^lish Text Societies. Sto. sewed, pp. 74. la,

Gould. — Gk)0D English ; or, Popular Errors in Language. By E. S.
Gould. Revised Edition. Crown 8yo. cloth, pp. xii. and 214. 1880. 6«.

Hall. — On English Adjectives in -Able, with Special Reference to
Reliable. By Fitzedward Hall, C.E., M.A., Hon.D.C.L. Oxon. ; formerly
Professor of Sanskrit Language and Literature, and of Indian Jurisprudence,
in King's College, London. Crown 8vo. cloth, pp. yiii. and 238. 7s. 6d.

Hall. — MoDEEN English. By Fitzedwaed Hall, M.A., Hon. D.C.L.,
Oxon. Cr. 8vo. cloth, pp. xvi. and 394. I0». 6d.

Jackson. — Shropshire Woed-Book; A Glossary of Archaic and Pro-
vincial Words, etc., nsed in the County. By Gborgina F. Jackson. 8vo. pp.
xcvi. and 624. 1881. 31s. 6d.

Koch. — ^A Historical Grammar of the English Langfage. By C. F.
EocH. Translated into English Edited, Enlarged, and Annotated by the Rev.
R. Morris, LL.D.. M.A. [Nearly ready,

Manipnlus Vocabnlonun a Ehyming Dictionary of the English

Language. By Peter Levins (1570) Edited, with an Alphabetical Index, by
Henrt B. Wheatlet. 8vo. pp. xvi. and 370, cloth, lis.

Manning. — An Inquiry into the Character and Origin of the

PosSB^ssivB Augment in English and in Cognate Dialects. By the late
James Manning, Q.A.S., Recorder of Oxford. Svo.pp. iv. and 90. 2«.

Palmer. — Leaves from a Word Hunter's Note Book. Being some
Contributions to English Etymology. By the Rev. A. Smythe Palmer, B.A.,
sometime Scholar in the University of Dublin. Cr. 8vo. cl. pp. xii.-316. 7*. 6rf.

Percy. — Bishop Percy's Folio Manuscripts — Ballads and Romances.
Edited by John W. Hales, MA., Fellow and late Assistant Tutor of Christ's
College, Cambridge ; and Frederick J. Furnivall, M.A., of Trinity Hall, Cam-
bridge ; assisted by Professor Child, of Harvard University, Cambridge, U.S.A.,
"W. Chappell, Esq., etc. In 3 volumes. VoL I., pp. 610; VoL 2, pp. 681.;
Vol. 3, pp. 640. Demy 8vo. half-bound, £4 4». Extra demy 8vo. half-bound,
on Whatman's ribbed paper, £6 6*. Extra royal 8vo., paper covers, on What-
man's best ribbed paper, £10 10«. Large 4to., paper covers, on Whatman's
best ribbed paper, £12.

Philological Society. Transactions of the, contains several valuable

Papers on Early English. For contents see page 16.

Stratmann.— A Dictionary of the Old English Language. Compiled
from the writings of the xiiith, xivth, and xvth centaries. By Francis
Henrt Stratmann. Third Edition. 4to. In wrapper. £1 lOs,

Stratmann.— An Old English Poem of the Owl and the Nightingale
Edited by Francis Henrt Stratmann. 8vo. cloth, pp. 60. 3«.

Sweet. — A History of English Hounds, from the Earliest Period,
including an Investigation of the General Laws of Sound Change, and full
Word Lists. By Henry Sweet. Demy 8?o. cloth, pp. iv. and 164. 4«. 6d,

67 and 69, Ludgate Sill, London, E.C. 69

De Vere. — ^Studies in English ; or, Glimpses of the Inner Life

of oar Language. By M. Schelb de Verb, LL.D.^ Professor of Modem
Languages in the ITniversiky of YirgiBia. 8 vo. cloth, pp. vi.and 365. I2«. 6</.

Wedgwood. — A Dictionary op English Ettmologt. By Hensleigh

Wbdowood. Third Edition, thoroughly revised and enlarged. With an Intro-
duction on the Formation of Language. Imperial 8vo.f douible column, pp. Ixxii.
and 746. 21«.

Wright. — Feudal Manttais op English Histort. A Series of
Popular Sketches of our National History^ com,piled at diflerent periods, from
the Thirteenth Centwry to the Fifteenth, for the use of the Feudal Gentry and
Nohility. (In Old French). Now first edited from the Original Manuscripts. By
Thomas Wright, Esq., M.A. Small 4to. doth, pp. xxir. and 184. 1872. 15#.

Wright. — Anglo-Saxon and Old- English Yocabularies, Illustrating
the Condition and Manners of our Forefathers, as well as the History of the
Forms of Elementary Education, and of the Lan^ages Spoken in this Island
from the Tenth Century to the Fifteenth. Edited by Thomas Wright, Esq.,
M.A.,. F.S.A., etc. Second Edition, edited, collated,. and corrected by Richard
"WiTLCKBB. \In the press,

FRISIAN.
Cnnunins. — A Grammab of the Old Eriesic Language. By A. H.

Cummins^ A.M. Crown 8vo. doth, pp. x. and 76, 1881. 3«. 6d.
Oera Linda Book, from a Manuscript of the Thirteenth Century^
with the permission of the Proprietor, C Over de Linden, of the Helder,
The Original Frisian Text, as verified by Dr. J. 0. Otvbma; accompanied
by an English Version of Dr. Ottema's Dutch Translation, by William E.
Sandbach. 8to. cL pp. xxvii. and 223. 5«.

GATJBIAlSr (See under ''Hoernle/' page 40.)
OLD GERMAN.

Douse. — Geimm's Law ; A Study : or. Hints towards an Explanation
of the »«o-callpd ** Lautyerschiebuhg." To which are added some Remarks on
the Primitive Indo-European K, and several Appendices. By T. LbMarohant
Douse. 8vo. cloth, pp. xvL and 230. 10». 6^.

Kroeger. — The Minnj^singer of Germany. By A. E. Kroeger. 12ino.

cloth, pp. vi. and 284. 7».

CoNTKNTS.— Chapter I. The Minnesinger and the Minnesonjr.— IT. The Minnela^. — III. The
Diyine Minnesong.— IV. Walther von der Vogelweide. — V. Ulrich von Lichtenstem. — VI. The
Metxical Romances of the Minnesingei and Gottfried von Strassburg's * - Tristan and Isolde."

GIPSY.

Leland. — English Gipsy Songs. In Rommany, with Metrical English
Translations. By Charles G. Leland, Author of ** The English Gipsies,'*
etc. ; Prof. E. H. Palmer ; and Janet Tuckey. Crown 8vo. cloth, pp. xii.
and 276. 7s. 6d.

Leland. — The English Gipsies and their Language. By Charles
G. Leland. Second Edition. Crown 8vo. cloth, pp. 276. 7«. 6d,

Leland. — The Gypsies. — By C. G. Leland. Crown 8vo. pp. 372,

cloth. 1882. 10*. 6rf.

Faspati. — Etudes sur les TchinghianI:s (Gypsies) ou Bohemiens de
L' Empire Ottoman. Par Alexandrb G. Paspati, M.D. Large 8vo. sewed,
pp. xii. and 652. Constaotinople, 187i. 28«.

70 Linguistic Publications of Triibner & Co.,

GOTHIC.

Skeat. — A Moeso-Gothic Glossaey, with, an Introduction, an Outline
t>f Moeso-Gothic Grammar, and a List of Anglo-Saxon and Modem Eoglisk
"Words etymologically connected with Moeso-Gothic. By the Rer. "W. "W.
Skeat. Small 4to. cloth, pp. xxiy.and 342. 1868. 9s,

GREEK (Modern and Classic).
Bizyenos.— ATGIAES AYPAI Poems. By M. Biznos. With Frontis-

Eiece Etched hy Prof. A. Legros. Royal 8vo. pp. viii.-312. Printed on
aud-made paper, and richly hound. 1884. £1 lis. 6d.
Buttmann. — A Geammab of the New Testament Greek. By A.

BuTTMANN. Authoriced translation hy Prof J. H. Thayer, with numeroos
additions and corrections by the author. Demy 8yo. cloth, pp. xx. and 474.
1873. Us.

Contoponlos. — A Lexicon of Modeen ]Geeek-English and English

Modern Greek. By N« Contopoulos. In 2 vols. 8vo. cloth. Part I.
Modern Greek-English, pp. 460. Part II. English-Modem Greek, pp. 582.
£1 7s,
Gontoponlos. — Handbook of Geeek and English Dialogues aih) Coe-
RE8P0NDENCE. Fcap. 8vo. cloth, pp. 238. 1879. 2s. 6d.

Oeldart. — A Guide to Modeen Geeek. By E. M. Geldaet. Post

8vo. cloth, pp. xii. and 274. 1883. 7*. 6rf. Key, cloth, pp. 28. 28, 6d,
Oeldart. — Simplified Geammae of Modern Greek. By E. M.
Geldart, M.A. Crown 8vo. pp. 68, cloth. 1883. 2s, 6d.

Lascarides. — A Compeehensiye Phraseological English- Ancient and
Modern Greek Lexioon. Founded upon a manuscript of G. P. Lascarides,
Esq., and Compiled hy L. Myriantheus, Ph. D. in 2 vols, foolscap 8yo. pp.
xii. and 1,338, cloth. 1882. £1 10«.

Sophocles. — EoMAic oe Modeen Geeek Geammae. By E. A. Sophocles.

8yo. pp. xzviii. and 196. 10«. 6d,

GUJARATI.
Minocheherji. — Pahlavi, Gujaeati and English Dictionaet. By

Jamasfji Dastuk Minocheherji Jamasp Asana. 8vo. Vol. I., pp. clxii.
and 1 to 168. Yol. II., pp. xxxii and pp. 169 to 440. 1877 and 1879. Cloth.
145. each. (To he completed in 6 vols.)

Shapurjf Eda^'f. — A Geammae of the GvjabItI Language. By

ShApurjI EoALjf. Cloth, pp. 127. 10s. 6d,
Shapnijf Edaljf. — A Dictionaet, Gujeati and English. By ShXpubjI
EdaljI. Second Edition. Crown 8?o. cloth, pp. xziv. and 874. 21<.

GURMUKHI (Punjabi).

Adi Oranth (The) ; or, The Holt Sceiptuees op the Sikhs, trans-
lated from the original GurmukT, with Introductory Essays, by Dr. Ernest
Trumpp, Professor Regius of Oriental Languages at the University of Munich,
etc. Roy. 8vo. cloth, pp. 866. £2 12«. 6d.

Singh. — Sakhee Book ; or. The Description of Gooroo Gobind Singh's
Religion and Doctrines, translated from Gooroo Mukhi into Hindi, and after-
wards into English. By Sirdar Attar Singh, Chief of Bhadour. "With the
author's photograph. 8vo. pp. xviii. and 205. Ids,

HAWAIIAN.
Andrews. — A Dictionaet of the Hawaiian Language, to which is

appended an English- Hawaiian Vocabulary, and a Chronological Table of
Remarkable Events. By Lorbin Andrews. 8vo. pp. 560, cloth. £l U9,6d,

67 and 69, Ludgate Hilly London^ E.G. 71

HEBREW.

Biokell. — OuTLHTEs of Hebrew Geammae. By Gustavtts Bickell,
D D. Revised by the Author; Annotated by the Translator, Samuel Itb8
CuRTiss, junior, rh.D. "With a Lithographic Table of Semitic Characters by
Dr. J. EuTiNG. Cr. 8vo. sd., pp. xiv. and 140. 1877. 3«. 6«f.

Collins. — A Gbammab and Lexicon of the Hebbew Language, entitled
Sefer Hassoham. Bv Rabbi Moseh Ben Yitshak, of England. Edited from
a MS. in the Bodleian Library of Oxford, and collated with a MS. in the
Imperial Library of St. Petersburg, with Additions and Corrections. By G.
"W. Collins, M.A., Corpus Christi College, Camb., Hon. Hebrew Lecturer,
Keble College, Oxford. Demy 4to. pp. viii. and 20, wrapper. 1882. 3*.

Oesenins. — Hebrew and English Lexicon of the Old Testament,
including the Biblical Cbaldee, from the Latin. By Edward Robinson.
Fifth Edition. 8yo. cloth, pp. zii. and 1 160. £1 I69.

Oesenins. — Hebrew Grammar. Translated from the Seventeenth
Edition. By Dr. T. J. Con ant. With Grammatical Exercises, and a
Chrestomathy by the Translator. Syo. cloth, pp. xyi.-364. £1.

Hebrew Literature Society (Fnblications of). Subscription £1 1«.
per Series. 1872-3. First Series.

Vol. I. Miscellany of Hebrew Literature. Demy 8vo. cloth, pp. yiii. and

228. 10*.
Vol. II. The Commentary of Ibn Ezra on Isaiah. Edited from M3S., and

Translated with Notes, Introductions, and Indexes, by M. Friedlglndbb,

Ph;D. Vol. I. Translation of the Commentary. Demy 8yo. cloth,

pp. xxviii. and 332. 10«. 6d.
Vol. III. The Commentary of Ibn Ezra. Vol. II. The Anglican Version of

the Book of the Prophet Isaiah amended according to the Commentary of

Ibn Ezra. Demy 8yo. cloth, pp. 112. 4*. 6d.

• 1877. Second Series,
VoL I. Miscellany of Hebrew Literature. Vol. II. Edited by the Rev. A.

LowY. Demy 8vo. cloth, pp. yi. and 276. 10*. 6d.
VoL II. The Commentary of Ibn Ezra. Vol. III. Demy 8yo. cloth,

pp. 172. 7».
Vol. III. Ibn Ezra Literature. Vol. IV. Essays on the Writings of Abraham

Ibn Ezra. By M. FRiEDLaNDE, Ph.D. Demy 8vo. doth, pp. Z.-252

and 78. 12*. Qd.

1881. Third Series.
Vol. I. The Guide of the Perplexed of Maimonides. Translated from the
original text and annotated by M. Friedlander, Ph.D. Demy, 8yo. pp. Ixxx.
—370, cloth. £1 6s. .

Herson. — Talmudic Miscellany. See Triibner's Oriental Series, page 4.

Land. — The Principles of Hebrew Grammar. By J. P. N. Landj
Professor of Logic and Metaphysic in the University of Leyden. Translatec^
from the Dutch by Reginald Lane Poole, Balliol College, Oxford. Part I
Sounds. Part II. Words. Crown 8vo. pp. xx. and 220, cloth. 7*. ^d.

Mathews. — Abraham ben Ezra's Unedited Commentary on the Can-
ticles, the Hebrew Text after two MS., with English Translation by U. J.
Mathews, B.A., Exeter College, Oxford. 8yo. cl. limp, pp. x., 34, 24. 2«. 6d.

Nntt. — Two Treatises on Verbs containing Peeble and Double
Lettebs by R. Jehuda Hajiig of Fez, translated into Hebrew from the original
Arabic by K. M oses Gikatilia, of Cordova ; with the Treatise on Punctuation
by the same Author, translated by Aben Ezra. Edited from Bodleian M SS.
with an English Translation by J. W. Nutt, M.A. Demy 8vo. sewed, pp. 312.
1870. 78. 6d.

72 lAnguistie Publications of Triibner & Co.,

Semitic (Songs of the). In iEnglish Terse. By G. E. W. Cr. Svo.

cloth, pp. 140. 58.

Spiers. — The School System op the Talmud, and an Address delivered
delivered at the Beth Hamidrash on the occarion of the Couclosion of the
Talmudical Treatise, Baha Metsia. By the B.ev. B. Spiebs. Cloth 8vo. pp.
48. 1882. 28. U.

Weber. — System der^altsynagogalen Palastinisclieii Theologie. By
Dr. Fbkd. Webeb. Syo. sewed. Leipzig, 1880. 7«.

HINDI.
Ballantyne. — ^Elemeitts op Hind! and Beaj BhXkI Grammak. By the

late Jamrs R. Ballantyne, LL.D. Second edition, revised and corrected
CroMm 8vo., pp. 44, cloth. 6».

Bate. — A Dictionaey op the Hindee Language. Compiled by J.

D. Bate. 8vo. cloth, pp. 806. £2 12s. 6i.

Beames. — Notes on the Bhojpitei Dialect op HindI, spoken in

Western Behar. By John Beames, Esq., B.C.S., Magistrate of Ghumpanm.
8vo. pp. 26, sewed. 1868. is. 6d.

Browne. — A Hindi Peimee. In Roman Character. By J. F.
Browne, B.C.S. Crown 8vo. pp. 36, cloth. 1882. 2«. 6rf.

Etherington. — The Student's Geammab op the HiNuf Language.

By the Rev. W. Etherington, Missionary, Benares. Second edition. Crown
8vo. pp. xiv., 255, and xiii., cloth. 1873. I2s,

Hoemle. — ^Hindi Grammar. See page 42.

Kellogg. — A Geammab op the Hindi Language, in which are treated
the Standard Hindi, Braj, and the Eastern Hindi of the Ramayan of Tulsi
Das ; also the Colloquial Dialects of Marwar, Kumaon, Avadh, Baghelkhand,
Bhojpur, etc., with Copious Philological Notes. By the Rev. S. H. Eelloog,
M.A. Royal 8vo. cloth, pp. 400. 21*.

Mahabharata. Translated into Hindi for Madan Mohun Bhatt, by
Erishnachandkadharmadhikarin of Benares. (Containing all hut tiie
Harivansk.) 3 vols. 8vo. cloth, pp. 674, 810, and 1106. £3 3#.

Mathuraprasada Misra. — A Trilingual Dictionabt, being a Compre-
hensive Lexicon in English, Urdu, and Hindi, exhibiting the Syllabication, Pro-
nunciation, and Etyraology of English Words, with their Explanation in English,
and in Urd6 and Hindi in the Roman Character. By Mathuraprasada Misra,
Second Master, Queen's College, Benares. 8vo. cloth, pp. xv. and 1330,
Benares, 1865. £2 2s.

HINDUSTANI.

Ballantyne. — Hindustani Selections in the Kaskhi and Detanagaei

Character. With a Vocabulary of the Words. Prepared for the use of the
Scottish Naval and Military Academy, by James R. Ballantyne. Royal 8vo.
cloth, pp. 74. 3«. 6d.

Craven. — The Popular Dictionary in English and Hindustani and
Hindustani and English, with a Number of Useful Tables. By the Rev. T.
Craven, M.A. Fcap. 8vo. pp. 214, cloth. 1882. 3*. 6rf.

Dowson. — A Grammae op the Ubdu or Hindustani Language. By
John Dowson, M.R.A.S. 12mo. cloth, pp. xvi. and 264. 10*. 6d,

57 amd 59, LudgaU Hill, London, E.C. 73

SoWBon. — ^A Hcn>rsix!n Exebcrb Book. Containing a Series of
PkSBi^es and Extracts afdapted for Translatioii into HindastanL By John
I>ow80x, M.R.A.S^ PrafeHorof Hindastaniy Staff College. Crown 8¥0. pp.
100. Limp doth, ts. 6dL

Eastwick. — Khtrao Afsoi /'the Hlominator of the XJcderstanding).
'Bj MaulaTi Uailza'd-diiL A Xew Edidon of Hindustani Text, carefnDj rerised,
with Notes, Critical and Explanatorr. By Edward B. Eastwick, F.R.S.,
F.S.A., >I.R.A.S^ Professor of Hindustani at Haileybnrj College. Imperial
8to. cloth, pp. xir. and 319. Be-iasne, 1867. I89.

Fallon. — A Xew BfanrsiAyi-EjrGiJSH DicnoyABT. With Ulustra-

tioos firom Hindustani literature and Folk-lore. By S. W. Falix>n, Ph.D.
Halle. Hoy. 8¥o. elotfa, pp. xxriiL and 1216 and x. Benares, 1879. £5 5«.

Fallon. — ^EyGLisH-HDrDrsTAinr DicnoxART. With Illustrations from
English Literatore and Colloqinal English Translated into Hindustani. By S.
W. Falix>x. Part I. Boral 8ro. sewed, pp. 48. (Will he completed in about
12 parts of 48 pages each.') Boiares, 1880. 3«.

Fallon. — A HnrDrsrAjn-EirGiJSH Law and ComcBBCiAL DicnoyABT.
By S. W. Fallon. 8to. cloth, pp. ii. and 284. Benares, 1879. £1 1*.

Ikhwanu-B Sa£i ; or, Ebothess of Pubitt. Describing the Contention
between Men and Beasts as to the Siq>eriority of the Human Race. Translated
from the Hindust&ni by Professor J. Dowson, Staff College, Sandhurst.
Crown 8to. pp. TiiL and 156, cloth. 7«.

Khirad-Afiroz (The Illuminator of the Understanding). By Maulav^

Hafizu'd-din. A new edition of the Hind6st&ni Text, carefully revised, with
Notes, Critical and Explanatory. By Edward B. Eastwick, M.P., F.R.S.,
F.S.A., M.R.A.S., Professor of Hind6st&ni at the late Fast India Company's
College at Haileybury. 8¥o. cloth, pp. xiv. and 321. 18«.

Lntaifi Hindee (The) ; ob, Hindoostaitee Jest- Book, containing a

Choice Collection of Humorous Stories in the Arabic and Roman Characters ;
to which is added a Hindoos tanee Poem by Mber Moohummixd Tuqueb.
2nd edition, rerised by "W. C. Smyth. 8vo. pp. xii. and 160. 1840. 10#. 6rf.;
reduced to bs.

Hathnraprasada Misra. — A TBiuKorAL Dictionabt, being a compre-
hensive Lexicon in English, Urd6, and Hindi, exhibiting the Syllabication,
Pronunciation, and Etymology of English Words, with their Explanation in
English, and in Urd6 and Hindi in the Roman Character. By MathurX-<
prasXda Misra, Second Master, Queen's College, Benares. 8vo. pp. xv. and
1330, cloth. Benares, 1865. £2 2«.

Palmer. — ^HnrDusTAirr G^bammab. See page 48.

ICELANDIC.

Anderson. — Nobse Mythology, or the Religion of our Forefathers.
Containing all the Myths of the Eddas carefully systematized and interpreted,
with an Introduction, Vocabulary and Index. jBy R. B. Anderson, Prof, of
Scandinavian Languages in the tJniversity of Wisconsin. Crown 8vo. cloth.
Chicago, 1879. 12s. Qd.

Anderson and Bjamason. — Yiking Tales of the Nobth. The Sagas

of Thorstein, Viking's Son, and Fridthjof the Bold. Translated from the
Icelandic by R. B. Anderson, M.A., and J. Bjamason. Also, Tegner's Frid-
thjof 's Saga. Translated into English by G. Stephens. Crown 8?o. cloth, pp.
xviii. and 370. Chicago, 1877. 10«.

74 Linguistic Publications of Triibner & Oo.f

Cleasby. — An Icelandic-English: Dictionary. Based on the MS.

Collections of the late Kichard Cleasby. Enlarged and completed hy G.
ViGF<j880N. With an Introduction, and Life of Richard Cleasby, by G. Wbbbb
Dasent, D.C.L. 4to. £3 7».

Cleasby. — Appendix to an Icelandic -English Dictionabt. See

Skeat.

Edda Saemimdar Hiims Froda — The Edda of Saemund the Learned.

From the Old Norse or Icelandic. By Benjamin Thorpe. Part I. with a Mytho >
lojncal Index. 12mo. pp. 152, cloth, Ss. 6d. Part II. with Index of Persons and
Places. I2mo. pp. vili. and 172, cloth. 1866. 4s. : or in ] Vol. complete, 7s, 6<f.

Publications of the Icelandic Literary Society of Copenhagen. For

Numbers 1 to 64, see "Record," No. HI, p. 14.

55. SkIenee TIdindi. Hins Islenzka BokmentafSlags, 1878. 8vo.
pp. 176. Eaupmannahofn, 1878. Price 6s.

56. TJm Sidbotina 1 Islandi eptir porkel Bjamason, prest 6, Reyni-
voUum. Utgefid af Hinu Islenzka Bokmentaf^lagi. 8vo. pp. 177. Ileyk-
javik, 1875. Price 7». 6d.

57. BiszTTPA SoGUB, gefnar tit af Hinu Islenzka Bokmentafelagi.
Annat Bindi III, 1878. S\o. pp. 509 to 804. Eaupmannahofn. Price 10*.

58. Skyesltte oo Beikningae Hins Islenzka Bokmentaf^lags, 1877 to
1878. 8vo. pp. 28. Eaupmannahofn, 187-8. Price 2s.

69. Fbjettie fea Islandi, 1877, eptir Y. Briem. 8vo. pp. 50.
Reykjavik, 1878. Price 2«. 6dL

60. ALj?tNGissTADTJE HiNN FoBNi YiD Oxara, raed Uppdrattum eptir
Sigurd Gudmundsson. 8 vo. pp. 66, with Map. Eaupmannahofn, 1878. Price
6».

Skeat. — A List op English Woeds, the Etymology of which is illus-
trated by Comparison with Icelandic. Prepared in the form of an Appendix to
Cleasby and Vigfusson's Icelandic- English Dictionary. By the Rev. Walteb
W. Skeat, M. A., English Lecturer and late Fellow of Christ's College,* Cam-
bridge; and M.A. of Exeter College, Oxford; one of the Vice-Presidents of
the Cambridge Philological Society ; and Member of the Council of Che Philo*
logical Society of London. 1876. Demy 4to. sewed. 2s,

JAPANESE.
Aston. — A Geammae of the Japanese Weitten Language. By W. G.

Aston, M.A., Assistant Japanese Secretary, H.B.M.'s Legation, Tedo, Japan.
Second edition, Enlarged and Improved. Royal Svo. pp. ;i06. 28«.

Aston. — A Shoet Geammae of the Japanese Spoken Language. By
W. G. Aston, M.A., H. B. M.'s Legation, Yedo, Japan. Third edition.
12mo. cloth, pp. 96. I2s.

Baba. — An Elementaet Grammae of the Japanese Language, with
Easy Progressive Exercises. By Tatui Baba. Crown 8vo. cloth, pp. xii. and
92. bs.

Black. — Young Japan, Yokohama and Yedo. A Narrative of the
Settlement and the City, from the Signing of the Treaties in 1868 to the close
of the Year 1879. With a Glance at the Progress of Japan during a period of
Twenty-one Years. By J. R. Black. Two Vols., demy bvo. pp. xviii. and 418 ;
xiv. and 622, cloth. 1881. £2 2«.

Chamberlain. — Classical Poetey of the Japanese. See "Triibner's
Oriental Series," page 4.

57 and 59, Ludgate Sill, London, E.C, 75

Hepburn. — A Japanese and English Dictionary. With an English

and Japanese Index. By J. C. Hepburn, M.D., LL.D. Second edition.
Imperial 8vo. cloth, pp. xxxii., 632 and 201. ;^8 8«.

Hepbnm. — Japanese-English and English- Japanese Dictionabt. By

J. C. Hepburn, M.D., LL.D. Abridged by the Author from his larger work.
Small 4to. cloth, pp. vi. and 206. 1873. 18«.

HofftnaTm, J. J. — A Japanese Gbamhak. Second Edition. Large

8vo. cloth, pp. yiii. and 368, with two plates. £1 I9.
Hoffinann. — Shopping Dialogues, in Japanese, Dutch, and English.

By Professor J. Hoffmann. Oblong 8vo. pp. xiii. and 44, sewed. 5«.
Hoffinann (Prof. Dr. J. J.) — Japanese-English Diction aet. — Pub-
lished by order of the Dutch Govemmenl. Elaborated and Edited by Dr. L.

Sbrrurier. Vols. 1 and 2. Royal 8vo. Brill, 1881. 12«. Qd,
Imbrie. — Handbook of English-Japanese Etymology. By W.

Imbrie. 8yo. pp. xxiv. and 208, cloth. Tokiyo, 1880. £1 \s,
Hetchnikoff. — L'Empire Japonais, texte et dessins, par L. Metch-

NiKOEF. 4to. pp. yiii. and 694. Illustrated with maps, coloured plates and

woodcuts, cloth. 1881. £1 10«.

Ffonndes — Tu So Mimi Boktjeo. See page 28.

Satow. — An English Japanese Dictionary of the Spoken Langttagb.
By Ernest Mason Satow, Japanese Secretary to H.M. Legation at Yedo, and
IsHiBASHi Masakata, of the Imperial Japanese Foreign Office. Second
edition. Imp. 32mo., pp. xvi. and 416, cloth. 12«. ^d.

Suyematz. — Genji Monogatari. The most celebrated of the Classical
Japanese Eomances. Translated by £1. Suyemate. Crown 8vo. pp. xvi. and
264, cloth. 1882. 7». 6^.

KANARESE.

Oarrett. — ^A Manual English and Kanaeese Dkjtionaey, containing
about Twenty-three Thousand Words. By J. Garrett. 8vo. pp. 908, cloth.
Bangalore, 1872. 18«.

KATATHI.
Orierson. — A Handbook to the Kayathi Chakactee. By G. A.

Grierson, B.G.S.. late Subdivisional Officer, Madhubani, Darbhanga. With
Thirty Plates in Facsimile, with Translations. 4to. cloth, pp. vi. and 4.
Calcutta, 1881. 18«.

KELTIC (Cornish, Gaelic, Welsh, Irish).
Bottrell. — Teaditions and "Hearthside Stoeies of West Coknwall.

By W. BoTTRELL (an old Celt). Demy 12mo. pp. vi. 292, cloth. 1870. Scarce.

Bottrell. — Traditions and Heaethside Stories of West Cornwall.
By William Bottrell. With Illustrations by Mr. Joseph Blight. Second
Series. Crown 8vo. cloth, pp. iy. and 300. 6«.

English and Welsh Langtiages. — The Influence of the English

and Welsh Languages upon each other, exhibited in the Vocabularies of the two
Tongues. Intended to suggest the importance to Philologers, Antiquaries,
Ethnographers, and others, of giving due attention to the Celtic Branch of the
Indo-Germanic Family of Languages. Square 8vo. sewed, pp. 30. 1869. 1*.
Mackay. — The Gaelic Etymology op the Languages of Western

Europe, and more especially of the English and Lowland Scotch, and of their
Slang, Cant, and Colloquial Dialects. By Charles Mackay, LL.D. Royal
Svo. cloth, pp. XKzii. and 604. 42«.

76 Linguistic Publications of Trubner & Co.,

Bhys. — Lectttees on Wexsh Philologt. By John 'Reys, ^.A.,

Professor of Celtic at Oxford. Seeood edition, revised and enlarged. Crown
8vo. cloth, pp. viii. and 466. 15«.

Spnrrell. — A Geammae or the Welsh Language. By William

Sfubbell. 3rd Edition. Fcap. cloth, pp. ▼iii.-206. 1870. 3«.

Spnrrell. — A Welsh Dictionaet. English-Welsh and Welsh -English.
With Preliminary Obsenrations on the Elementary Sounds of the English
Language, a copious Vocabulary of the Roots of English Words, a list of
Scripture Proper Names and English Synonyms and Explanations. By
William Spxtrbell. Third Editton. Fcap. cloth, pp.|zxY. and 732. 8». M,

Stokes. — GoiDELiCA — Old and Early-Middle Irish Glosses : Prose and
Verse. Edited by Whitlby Stokes. Second edition. Medium Sto. cloth,
pp. 192. 1872. 18*.

Stokes. — ToGAiL Teoi ; The Destruction of Troy. Transcrihed from
the fascimile of the book of Leinster, and Translated with a Glossarial Index of
the Rare words. By W. Stokes. 8vo. pp. xv.-188, boards. 1882. 18*. A
limitC'l edition only, priyately printed, Calcutta.

Stokes. — The Beeton Glosses at Oeleans. By W. Stokes. 8vo.

pp. X.-78, boards. 1880. 10«. 6d, A limited edition only, privately printed,

Calcutta.
Stokes. — Three Middle-Irish Homilies on the Lives of Saints Patrick,

Brigit, and Columba. By W. Stokes. 8vo. pp. xii.-140, boards. 1877.

lOs. 6d. A limited edition on)y privately printed, Calcutta.
Stokes. — Beunans Meeiasek. The Life of Saint Meriasek, Bishop

and Confessor. A Cornish Drama. Edited, with a Translation and Notes, hj

Whitlry Stokes. Medium 8vo. cloth, pp. xvi.-280, and Facsimile. 1872. I5t.
Wright's Celt, Roman, and Saxon.

KONKANI.

Maffei. — A Xoveahtl Gramvab. By Angeius F. X. Maffei. 8yo.
pp. xiv. and 438, cloth. Mangalore, 1832. 18s.

LIBYAN.

19'ewniaii. — LrsTAif Yocabuxart. An Essay towards Reproducing the
Ancient Nuraidian Language, out of Four Modem Languages. By F. W.
Newman, Emeritus Professor of University College, London ; formerly Fellow
of Balliol College; and now M.R.A.S. Crown 8vo. pp. vi. and 204, cloth.
1882. lOs.ed.

MAHRATTA.
Ballantyne. — A Gbammab oe the Mahbatta Language. Por the

use of the East India College at Haileybury. By Jambs K..Ballanttnb, of
the Scottish Naval and Military Academy. 4to. cloth, pp. 56. 5s,

Bellairs. — A Grammae of the Maeathi Language. By H. S. K.

Bellairs, M.A., and Laxman Y. Ashkedkar^ B.A. 12mo. cloth, pp. 90. 58,

Molesworth. — A Dictionary, Marathi and English. Compiled by
J. T. Molesworth. assisted by George and Thomas Candy. Second Edition,
revised and enlarged. By J. T. Molesworth. Royal 4to. pp. xzx and 922,
boards. Bombay, 1857. £3 Ss.

Molesworth. — A Compendium of Molesworth's Marathi and English
Dictionary. By Baba Padmanji. Second Edition. Kevised and Enlarged.
Demy 8vo. cloth, pp. xx. and 624. 21*.

Kavalkar. — The Student's Marathi Grammar. By G. E. Kayaleab.
New Edition. 8vo. cloth, pp. xyi. and 342. Bombay, 1879. 18«.

57 and 59, Ludgate Hilly London, E.O. 77

Tnkarama. — A Complete Collectioit of the Poems of Tiikdrdma
(the Poet of the Mah&r&shtra). In Marathi. Edited hy Yishnu Parashu-
RAM Shastki Pandit, under the supervision of Sankar Pandurang Pandit, M. A.
"With a complete Index to the Poems and a Glossary of difficult "Words. To
which is prefixed a Life of the Poet in English, by Jan&rdan Sakhar&m G&dgil.
2 vols, in large 8v0. cloth, pp. xxxii. and 742, and pp. 728, 18 and 72. Bombay
1873. £1 11«. 6^. each vol.

MALAGASY.
Parker. — A Concise Grammab op the Malagasy Language. By G.

W. Parker. Crown 8vo. pp. 66, with an Appendix, cloth. 1883. 6a.

Van der Tuuk. — Outlines of a Geammar of the Malagasy Language

By H. N. van der Tuuk. Bvo., pp. 28, sewed. Is.

MALAY.
Deimys. — A Handbook of Malay CoLLoauiAX, as spoken in Singapore,

Being a Series of Introductory Lessons for Domestic and Business Purposes.
By N. B. Dbnnys, Ph.D., F.R.G.S., M.R.A.S., etc.. Author of **The
Folklore of China,'* ** Handbook of Cantonese," etc., etc. Bvo. cloth, pp.
204. 1878. £i U.
Haxwell. — A Manual of the Malay Language. With an Intro-
ductory Sketch of the Sanskrit Element in Malay. By "W. E. Maxwell,
Assistant Resident, Perak, Malay Peninsula. Crown 8vo. cloth, pp. viii-
184. 1882. 7«. 6rf.

Swettenham. — ^Yooabulaby of the English and Malay Languages.

With Notes. By F. A. Swettenham. 2 Vols. Vol. I. English-Malay Vo-
cabulary and Dialogues. Vol. II. Malay-English Vocabulary. Small 8vo.
boards. Singapore, 1881. £1.

Van der Tnnk. — Short Account op the Malay Manuscripts belonging

TO THE Royal Asiatic Society. By H. N. van der Tuuk. 8vo., pp. 52. 2«. Qd.

MALAYALIM.
Onndert. — A Malayalam and English Dictionary. By Eev. H.

Gundert, D. Ph. Royal 8vo. pp. viii. and 1116. £i 10*.

MAORI.

Grey. — ^Maori Mementos: being a Series of Addresses presented by
the Native People to His Excellency Sir George Grey, K.C.B., F.R.S. With
Introductory Remarks and Explanatory Notes ; to which is added a small Collec-
tion of Laments, etc. By Ch. Oliver B. Davis. 8vo. pp. iv. and 228, cloth. 12»

Williams. — First Lessons in the Maobi Language. With a Short
Vocabulary. By W. L. Williams, B.A. Fcap. 8vo. pp. 98, cloth. 6«.

PALL

D'Alwis. — A Lesckiptive Catalogue of Sanskrit, Pali, and Sinhalese
Literary Works of Ceylon. By James D'Alwis, M.R.A.S., etc., Vol. I. (all
published), pp. xxxii. and 244. 1870. 8«. 6flf.

Beal. — Dhammapada. See '* Triibner's Oriental Series," page 3.

Bigandet.— Gaudama. See *' Trubner's Oriental Series," page 4.

Buddhist Birth Stories. See " Triibner's Oriental Series," page 4.

78 Linguistic Publicatiom of Trubner & Co.^

Biihler. — ^Teeee New Edicts op Asoka.. By G. Buhlee. 16mo*

sewed, wi^h Two Facsimiles. 2«. 6d.
Cllilders. — A Pali-English DiCTioNAJtr, with Sanskrit Equivalents,
and with numerous Quotations, Extracts, and References. Compiled by the late
Prof. R. C. Childbkb, late of the Ceylon Civil Service. Imperial 8vo. Double
Columns. Complete in 1 Vol., pp. xxii. and 622, cloth. 1875. £3 3«.

The first Pali Dictionary ever published.

Cllilders. — The MahapaeinibbInasutta of the Sutta-Pitaka. The

Pali Text. Edited by the late Professor R. C. Childehs. 8vo. cloth, pp.
72. 58.

CMlders. — On Sandhi in Pali. By the late Prof. R. C. Ghildebs.

8vo. sewed, pp. 22. 1«.

Coomara Swamy. — Sutta I^ipAta ; or, the Dialogues and Discourses
of Gotama Buddha. Translated from the Pali, with Introduction and Notes.
By Sir M. Coomara Swamt. Cr. 8yo. cloth, pp. xxxvi. and 160. 1874. 6«.

Coomara Swamy. — The DathXvansa ; or, the History of the Tooth-
Relic of Gotama Buddha. English Translation only. With Notes. Demy
8vo. cloth, pp. 100. 1874. 6«.

Coomara Swamy. — The DathXvansa ; or, the History of the Tooth-
Relic of Gotama Buddha. The Pali Text and its Translation into English,
with Notes. By Sir M. Coomara Swamt, Mndeli&r. Demy 8yo. cloth, pp.
174. 1874. 10«. M.

Davids. — See Buddhist Bieth Stobies, " Triibner's Oriental Series,"
page 4.

Davids. — SIgiri, the Lion Bock, neae Pitlastipura, and the 39th
Chapter of the Mahavamsa. By T. W. Rhys Davids. 8vo. pp. 30. 1«. ^d,

Dickson. — The Patimokkha, being the Buddhist Office of the Con-
fession of Priests. The Pali Text, with a Translation, and Notes, by J. F.
Dickson. 8yo. sd., pp. 69. 2«.

Fatisboll. — JXtaza. oee under JItaka.

Fausboll. — The Dasaeatha-JXtaka, being the Buddhist Story of King

R&ma. The original P&li Text, with a Translation and Notes by Y. Fausboll.
8vo. sewed, pp. iv. and 48. 2«. 6</.
Fansboll. — Five JItakas, containing a Fairy Tale, a Comical Story,
and Three Fables. In the original P&li Text, accompanied with a Translation
and Notes. By V. Fausboll. 8vo. sewed, pp. viii. and 72. 6«.

Fatisboll. — Ten Jatakas. The Original Pali Text, with a Translation
and Notes. By V. Fausboll. 8vo. sewed, pp. xiii. and 128. 7«. 6^.

Fryer. — Vuttodaya. (Exposition of Metre.) By Sanghaeakkhita
Thera. a Pali Text, Edited, with Translation and Notes, by Major G. £.
Fkter. 8vo. pp. 44. 2«. Qd,

Haas. — Catalogue of Sanskeit and Pali Books in the Libeaet of
THE British Museum. By Dr. Ebi^st Haas. Printed by Permission of the
Trustees of the British Museum. 4to. cluth, pp. 200. £1 la,

Jataka (The) ; together with its Commentary. Being Tales of the

Anterior Birth of Gotama Buddha. For the first time Edited in the* original

Pali by V. Fausboll. Demy 8vo. cloth. Vol. I. pp. 512. 1877. 28*.

Vol. II., pp. 452. 187^. 2d». Vol. III. pp. viii.-644. 1883. 28#. For

Translation see under *' Buddhist Birth Stones," page 4.

The " Jataka " is a collection of legends in Pali, relating the history of Baddha's trans-
migration before he was born as Gotama. The grreat antiquity of this work is authenticated
by its forming part of the sacred canon of the Southern Buddhists, which was finally settled at
the last Council in 246 B.C. The collection has long been known as a storehouse of ancient
fables, and as the most original attainable source to which almost the whole of this kind of
literature, from the Panchatantra and Pilpay's fables down to the nursery stories of the present
day, is traceable ; and it has been considered desirable, in the interest of Buddhistic studies as
well as for more general literary purposes, that an edition and translation of the complete
nork should be prepared. The present publication is intended to supply this want.~.i.(AtfrHMN»»

57 and 59, Ludgate HiU, London^ E.C. 79

Kahawansa (The) — ^Thb Mahawansa.. From the Thirtj-SeTenth

Chapter. Eevised and edited, under orders of the Ceylon GoTernment, by
H. SuMANOAUL, and Don And&is db Silta Batuwantudawa. Vol. I. Pali
Text in Sinhalese charMCtei> pp. xxxii. and 436. Vol. II. Sinhalese Transla-
tion, pp. lii. and 378 half bound. Colombo, 1877. £2 2«.

Kason. — The Pali Text of Kachchatako*s Giiammae, with English
Annotations. By Francis Mason, D.D. I. The Text Aphorisms, 1 to 673.
II. The English Annotations, including the ▼arious Readings of six independent
Burmese Manuscripts, the Singalese Text on Verbs, and the Cambodian Text
on Syntax. To which is added a Concordance of the Aphorisms. In Two
Parts. 8vo. sewed, pp. 208, 75, and 28. Toongoo, 1871. £\ 11«. 6d,

Kinayeff — Gbammaire Pales. Esquisse d'une Phon6tique et d'une
Morphologie de la Langne Palie. Traduite du Busse par St. Guyard. By
J. MiNATEFP. 8vo. pp. 128. Paris, 1874. 8«.

Oleott. — ^Buddhist Catechism.

Senart. — Kaccayana et la Lttt^ratuee Geavmaticale du Pali.
Jr® Partie. Grammaire Palie de Eacc&yana, Sutras et Commentaire, public
avec une traduction et des notes par E. Sbnakt. 8?o. pp. 388. Paris, 1871.
Us. ___«^^_^_

PAZAND.
Maino-i-Ehard (The Book of the). — The Pazand and Sanskrit

Texts (in Roman characters) as arranged by Neriosengh Dhaval, in the
fifteenth century. With an English translation, a Glossary of the Pszand
texts, containing the Sanskrit, Rosian, and Pahlavi equi?alents, a sketch of
Pazand Grammar, and an Introduction. By £. W. West. 8vo. sewed, pp.
484. 1871. 16«.

PEGUAN.
Haswell. — Geammatical Notes and Yocabulaey op the Pegtjan

Language. To which are added a few pages of Phrases, etc. By Rev. J. M.
Has WELL. 8vo. pp. xvi. and 160. 15«.

PEHLEWI.
Dinkard (The). — ^The Original Pehlwi Text, the same transliterated

in Zend Characters. Translations of the Text in the Gujrati and English
Languages; a Commentary and Glossary of Select Terms. By Peshotun
DusTooH Behramjee Sunjana. Vols. I. and II. 8vo. cloth. £2 2«.

Hang. — Air Old Pahlayi-Pazand Glossart. Ed., with Alphabetical
index, by Dbstub Hoshanoji Jamasfji Asa, High Priest of the Parsis in
Malwa. ReT. and Enl.,with Intro. Essay on the Pahlavi Language, by M. Hauo,
Ph.D. Pub. by order of Gov. of Bombay. 8vo. pp. xvi. 152,268,sd. 1870. 28*.

Hang. — A Lectuee on an Oeiginal Speech op Zoeoistee (Yasna 45),
with remarks on his age. By Martin Haug, Ph.D. 8to. pp. 28, sewed.
Bombay, 1865. 2«.

Haug. — The Paesis. See "Triibner's Oriental Series," page 3.
Hang. — An Old Zand-Pahlavi Glossaey. Edited in the Original

Characters, with a Transliteration in Roman Letters, an English Translation,
and an Alphabetical Index. By Destur Hoshengji Jamaspji, High-priest of
the Parsis in Malwa, India. Rev. with Notes and Intro, by Martin Havo,
Ph.D. Publ. by order of Gov. of Bombay. 8vo. sewed, pp. Ivi. and 132. 15f

80 Linguistic Publications of Tmbner ^ Co.

Hang. — The Book op Arda. Yirai'. The Pablavi text prepared by

Bestur Hoshangji Jamaspji Asa. Heyised and collated with farther MSS., with
an English translation and Introduction, and an Appendix containing the Texts
and Translations of the Gosht-i Fryano and Hadokht Naak. By Maktin
Haug, Ph.D., Professor of Sanskrit and Comparative Philology at the Uni-
versity of Munich. Assisted by E. W. West, Ph.D. Published by order pf
the Bombay Govemment. 8vo. sewed, pp. Ixxz., v., and 316. £\ 68,

Minocheheiji. — Pahlavi, GttjarIti ksn English Dictionaey. By
Jamaspji Dastuk Minocuerji, Jamasp Asana. 8to. Vol. I. pp. clxii.
and 1 to 168, and Vol. II. pp. xxxii. and pp. 169 to 440. 1877 and 1879.
Cloth. 14«. each. (To be completed in 6 vols.)

Smijana. — A Gbammar of the Pahlvi Language, with Qaotations

and Examples from Original Works and a Glossary of Words bearing affinity
with the Semitic Languages. By Peshotun Dustoor Behilamjeb Sunjana,
Principal of Sir Jamsetjee Jejeeboy Zurthosi Madressa. 8?o. cl., pp. 18-457.
25 «.

Thomas. — Eaelt Sassanian Inscriptions, Seals and Coins, illustrating

the Early History of the Sassanian Dynasty, containing Proclamations of Arde-
shir Babek, Sapor I., and his Successors. With a Critical Examination and
Explanation of the Celebrated Inscription in the H&ji&bad Cave, demonstrating
that Sapor, the Conqueror of Valerian, was a Professing Christian. By Edward
Thomas, F.R.S. Illustrated. 8vo. cloth, pp. 148. 7«. 6rf.

Thomas. — Comments on Keoent Pehlvi Deciphebments. With aa

Incidental Sketch of the Derivation of Aryan Alphabets, and Contributions to
the Early History and Geography of Tabari8t&.n. Illustrated by Coins. By
Edward Thomas, F.K.S. 8vo. pp. 66, and 2 plates, cloth, sewed. 3«. 6tf.

West. — Glossaey and Index op the Pahlavi Texts op the Book op

Arda Viraf, The Tale of Gosht-I Fryano, The Hadokht Nask, and to some
extracts from the Din-Kard and Nirangistan ; prepared from Destur Hoshangii
Asa's GlossaiT to the Arda Yiraf Namak, and from the Original Texts, wun
Notes on Pahlavi Grammar. By E. W. West, Ph.D. Revised by Mautix
Haug, Ph.D. Published by order of the Government of Bombay. 8vo. sewcKl,
pp. viii. and 352. 25^.

PENNSYLVANIA DUTCH.

Haldeman. — Pennsylvania Dutch : a Dialect of South Germany

with an Infusion of English. By S. S. Haldeman, A.M., Professor of Com-
parative Philology in the University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia. 8?o. .pp.
viii. and 70, cloth. 1872. 3«. ^d.

PERSIAN.
Ballantyne. — Peinciples of Peesian CAiioRArHY, illustrated by

Lithographic Plates of the TA"LIK characters, the one usually employed in
writing the Persian and the Hindustani. Second edition. Prepared for the
use of the Scottish Naval and Military Academy, by James R. Ballanttnb.
4to. cloth, pp. 14, 6 plates. 2«. 6</.

Blochmann. — The Peosody op the Pessians, according to Saifi, Jami,

and other Writers. By H. Blochmann, M. A. Assistant Professor, Calcutta
Madrasah. 8vo. sewed, pp. 166. 10«. 6^.

Blochmaim. — ^A Teeatise on the Kuba*! entitled Risalah i Taranah.

By Agha Ahmad 'All With an Introduction and Explanatory Kotes, by H.
Blochmann, M.A. 8vo. sewed, pp. 11 and 17. 2«. 6^.

67 and 59, Ludgate Hilly London, E.G. 81

Blochmann. — The Pebsian Metbes bt Saifi, and a Treatise on Persian

Rhyme by J ami. Edited in Persian, by H. Blochhann, M.A. 8vo. sewed
pp. 62. 3«. 6cf.

Catalogue of Arabic and Persian Books, Printed in the East. Con-
stantly for sale by Triibner and Co. 16mo. sewed, pp. 46. 1».

Eastwick. — The Gitlistan. See ** Triibner s Oriental Series," page 4.

OrifSith. — Yfsuf and Zulaikha. See ** Triibner's Oriental Series,'* p. 5.

Hdfiz of Shdaz. — Selections fbom his Poems. Translated from the
Persian by Herman Bicknell. With Preface by A. S. Bicknpxl. Demy
4to. , pp. xz. and 384, printed on fine stout plate-paper, with appropriate
Oriental Bordering in gold and colonr, and Illustrations by J. K. Uerbeht
R.A. £1 28,

Hagg^d and Le Strange. — The Vazib of Lans.uban. A Persian

Play. A Text- Book of Modern Colloquial Persian, for the use of European
Travellers, Residents in Persia, and Students in India. Edited, with a Gram-
matical Introduction, a Translation, copious Notes, and a Vocabulary giving' the
Pronunciation of all the words. By W. H. Haggard and Guy Lb Strange.
Crown 8vo. pp. xl.-176 and 66 (Persian Text), cloth. 1882. 10*. 6rf.

Hirkhond. — The History of the AtIbeks of Sybia and Persia.

Bv Mu HAMMED Ben Khawendshah Ben Mahmud, commonly called
MfRKudND. Now first Edited from the Collation of Sixteen MSS., by
W. H. Morley, Barrister-at-law, M.R.A.S. To which is added a Series
of Facsimiles of the Coins struck by the At&beks, arranged and described^
by W. S. W. Vaux, M.A., M.R.A.S. Roy. 8vo. cloth, 7 Plates, pp. 118.
I»i8. 7*. 6rf.
Morley. — A Descriptive Catalogue of the Historical Manuscripts in
the Arabic and Persian Languages preserved in the Library of the Royal Asiatic
Society of Great Britain and Ireland. By William H. Mokley, M.R.A.S.
Svo. pp. viii. and 160, sewed. London, 1864. 2«. 6^.

Palmer. — The Song of the Kbed; and other Pieces. By E. H.
Palmer, M.A., Cambridge. Crown Svo. cloth, pp. 208, 5*.
Among the Contents will be found translations from Hafiz, from Omer el Kheiy&m, and ft'oia
other Persian as well as Arabic poets.

Palmer. — A Concise Persian-English Dictionary By E. H.
Palmer, M.A., Professor of Arabic m the University of Cambridge. Second
Edition. Royal 16mo. pp. viii. and 364, cloth. 1883. 10«. 6^.

Palmer. — A Concise English-Persian Dictionary. Together Vith
a Simplified Grammar of the Persian Language. By the late E. H.
Palme K, M.A., Lord Almoner's Reader and Professor of Arabic, Cambridge.
Completed and Edited from the MS. left imperfect at his death. By G. Lb
Strange. Royal 16mo. pp. xii. and 646, cloth. 1883. 10«. M,

Palmer. — The Poems of Hafiz of Shiraz. Translated from the
Persian into English Verse by E. H. Palmer, M.A., Professor of Arabic in the
University of Cambridge. Post 8vo. cloth. (In preparatiun.)

Palmer. — Persian Grammar. See page 48.

Bedhonse. — The Mesnevi. See ** Triibner's Oriental Series," page 4.

Bien. — Catalogue of the Persian Manuscripts in the British
Museum. By Charles Kieu, Ph.D., Keeper of the Oriental MSS. Vol. I.
4to. cloth, pp. 432. 1879. £1 5«. Vol. II. 4to. cloth, pp. viii. and 446.
1881. 254'

Whinfield. — Gulshan-i-Eaz ; The Mystic Kose Garden of Sa*d nd
din Mahmud Shabistani. The Persian Text, with an English Translation and
Notes, chiefly from the Commentary of Muhammed Bin Yahya Lahiji. By
E. H. Whinfield, M.A., late of H.M.B.C.S. 4to. pp. xvi., 94, 60, cloth.
1880. 10«. 6tf.

6

82 Linguistic Publioatiom of Trubner & Co.

Wbinfield. — ^The Quatbaiks op Omas KhattXu. Translated into

English Verse by E. H. Wuinfield, MJL., late of Bengal Civil Seryice. Post
8yo. cluth, pp. 96. 1881. 6«.

PIDGIN-ENGLISH.

Leland. — Pidgin-Engush Sing-Song ; or Songs and Stories in the
Cbina-English Dialect. With a Yocabulary. By Charlbs G. Leland. Fcap.
8yo. cL, pp. yiii. and 140. 1876. d«.

PRAKRIT.
Cowell. — A SHOET Iktroduction to the Oedikaet Pkakbit op the

Sanskrit Dramas. With a List of Common Irregular Prakrit Words. By
Prof. E. B. Cowell. Cr. 8vo. limp cluth, pp. 40. 1875. 3». 6rf.

Cowell. — Peakbita-Peakasa ; or, 'Jlie Prakrit Grammar of Yararuchi,
with the Commentary (Mnnorama) of Bhamaha ; the first complete Edition of the
Original Text, with various Readings fr«>m a c Uation of Six MSS. in the Bod-
leian Library at Oxford, and the Lil)raries of the Royal Asiatic Society and the
East India House ; with Copious Notes, an English Translation, and Index of
Prjikrit Words, to which is prefixed an Kasy Introduction to Prakrit Grammar.
By Edward Btles Cowell, of Magdalen Hall, Oxford, Professor of Sanskrit at
Cambridge. New Edition, with New Preface, Additions, and Corrections. Second
Issue. 8vo. cloth, pp. xxxi. and 204. 1868. 14«.

PTJKSHTO (Pakkhto, Pashto).
Bellew. — A Oeammae op the Pxtkkhto ok Pxtkshto Language, on a

New and Improved System. (Combining Brevity with Utility, and lUostrated by
Exercises and Dialognes. By H. W. Bellew, Assistant SargeoB, Bengal Anny.
Super-royal 8vo.,pp. zii. and 1^6. cloth. 21«.

Bellew. — A Dictionaey op the Pukzhto, oe Pxtkshto Language, on a

New and Improved System. With a reversed Part, or English and Pakkhto,
By H. W. Bellew, Assistant Surgeon, Bengal Army. Super Royal 8vo.
op. zii. and 356, cloth. 42«.

Plowden.— Teanslation op the Kamd-i-Apghani, the Text Book for
the Pakkhto Examination, with Notes, Historical, Geographical, Gramm ticai«
and Explanatory. By Trevor Chichels Plowden, Captain H.M. Bengal
Infantry, and Assistant Commissioner, Panjab. Small 4to. cloth, pp. zz. and
396 andix. With Map. Lahore, 1875. £2 10«.

Thorburn. — BanniJ ; or, Our Afghan Frontier. By S. 8. Thokbubn,
I.C.S., Settlement Officer of the Bann(^ District. 8vo. cloth, pp. z. and 480.
1876. 18».
pp. 171 to 230 : Popular Stories, Ballads and Riddles, and pp. 231 to 418 :
Pashto Proverbs Translated into English, pp. 414 to 473 : Pashto Proverbs
in Pashto.

Tnunpp. — Geavmae op the Pa§to, or Language of the Afghans, com-
pared with the Iranian Knd North*Indian Idioms. By Dr. EKNEbT '1 bumpp
8vo. sewed, pp. zvi. and 412. 21«.

ROUMANIAN.

Torceann. — Simplipied Geamhae op the Roumanian Language. By
R. ToRCBANTJ. Crown 8vo. pp. viii.-72, cloth. 1883. 5«.

57 and 59, Ludgaie Hilly London^ E.G. 83

RUSSIAN.

Biola. — k Gbaduated KussiAif Rbaj)eb, with a Vocabulary of all the
Eussian Words contaiaed in it. By H. Biola. Crown 8vo. pp. yiii. and 314.
1879. 10«. 6^.

Biola. — How to Learn RtrssiAir. A Manual for Students of Russian,
based upon the Ollendorfian system of teaching languages, and adapted for
self instruction. By Henry Riola, Teacher of the Rnssian Language. With
a Preface by W. R. S. Ralston, M.A. Second Edition. Crown 8?o. cloth,
pp. 576. 1884. lis.

Key to the above. Crown 8to. cloth, pp. 196. 1878. 5«.

Thompson. — Dialogues, Russian and English. Compiled by A. R.
Thompson. Crown 8vo. cloth, pp. iv.- 132. 1882. 5«.

SAMARITAN.
Butt. — A Sketch op Samaritan Histort, Bogma, and Literature.

Published as an Introduction to *' Fragments of a Samaritan Targum. By
J. W. NuTT, M.A. Demy 8vo. cloth, pp. viii. and 172. 1874. bs, ^ .

Nutt. — Fragments of a Samaritan Targum. Edited from a Bodleian
MS. With an Introduction, containing a Sketch of Samaritan History,
Dogma, and Literature. By J. W. Nutt, M.A. Demy 8vo. cloth, pp. viii,
172, and 84. With Plate. 1874. lbs.

SAMOAN.
Pratt. — A Grammar and Dictionary of the Samoan Language. By

Rev. Geoboe Pratt, Forty Years a Missionary of the London Missionary
Society in Samoa. Second fidition. Edited by Re?. S.J. Whitmee, F.R.G.S.
Crown 8vo. cloth, pp. viii. and 380. 1878. 18<.

SANSKRIT.
Aitareya Brahmanam of the Big Veda. 2 yoIs. See under Haug.
D'Alwis. — A Descriptive Catalogue op Sanskrit, Pali, and Sinhalese

LiTRKARY Works of Cetlon. By Jamrs D*Alwi8, M.R.A.S., Advocate ol
the Supreme Court, &c., &c. In Three Volumes. Vol. 1., pp. xxxii. and 244,
sewed. 1870. 8^. 6^.

Apastamhiya Dharma Sutram. — Aphorisms of the Sacred Laws of

THE Hindus, by Afastamba. Edited, with a Translation and Notes, by G.
Biihler. By order of the Government of Bombay. 2 parts. 8vo. cloth,
1868-71. £14*. 6rf.

Arnold. — Light of Asia. See page 31.

Arnold. — Indian Poetrt. See "Trubner's Oriental Series," page 4.

Arnold. — The Iliad and Odyssey of India. By Edwin Arnold,
M.A., C.S.I., F.R.G.S., etc. Fcap. 8vo. sd., pp. 24. 1*.

Apte. — The Student's Guide to Sanskrit Composition. Being a
Treatise on Sanskrit Syntax for the use of School and Colleges. 8vo. hoards.
Poona, 1881. 6«.

84 Linguistic Publications of Triibner & Co.

Atharva Veda Pratigakhya. — See under Whitney.

Auctores Sanscriti. Yol. I. The Jaiminlya-Nyaya-M&la-Yistara.
Edited for the Sanskrit Text Society under the snpenrision of Theodok
GoLDSTiicKEB. Parts I. to Vlf ., pp. 582, large 4to. sewed. lOs. each part.
Complete in one voL, cloth, £^ ISs, 6d, Vol. II. The Institute, of Gautama.
Edited with an Index of Words, by A. F. Stexzlbk, Ph.D.. Professor of
Oriental Languages in the University of Breslau. 8vo. cloth, pp. iv. 78.
1876. 4«. 6d, Vol. III. Vait^na S^tra. The Ritual of the Atharva Veda.
Edited with Critical Notes and Indices, by Dr. Richard Gabbi*. Svo.
sewed, pp. 119. 1878. 6«. Vols. IV. and V. Vardhamana's Ganaratnama-
hodadhi, with tiie Author's Commentary. Edited, with Critical Notes and
Indices, by J. Eoolino, Ph.D. 8vo. wrapper. Fart I., pp. xii. and 240. 1879.
6a. Part II., pp. 240. 1881. 6a.

Avery. — CoirrEiBirTiONSTo theHistory op YEEB-lNPLEcnoiriN Sanskrit.
By J. Aybky. (Reprinted from the Journal of the American Oriental Society,
vol. X.) 8vo. paper, pp. 106. 4a.

Ballantyne. — First Lessons in Sanskrit Grammar ; together with an

Introduction to the Hitopad^sa. Second edition. Second Impression. By
Jambs R. Ballantyne, LL.D., Librarian of the India OflBice. Svo. pp. viii.
and 110, cloth. 1873. 3a. ^d,

Benfey. — A Practical Grammar of the Sanskrit Language, for the

use of Early Students. By Theodor Benfby, Professor of Sanskrit in the
University of Gdttingen. Second, revised and enlarged, edition. Royal Svo.
pp. viii. and 296, cloth. 10a. 6d,

Benfey. — A Grammar op tbe Language op the Yedas. By Dr.

Theodok Benfey. In 1 vol. 8vo., of about 650 pages. \^In preparation.

Benfey. — ^Yedica und Yerwandtes. By Theod. Benpet. Crown Svo.
paper, pp. 178. Strassburg, 1877. 7a. 6d,

Benfey. — Vedica xtnd Linguistica. — By Th. Benpet. Crown Svo.

pp. 264. lOa. 6^.

BibHotheca Indica. — A Collection of Oriental Works published by
the Asiatic Society of Bengal. Old Series. Fasc. 1 to 235. New Series.
Fasc. 1 to 408. (Special List of Contents to be had on application.) £ach
Fasc. in 8vo., 2a. ; in 4to., 4a.

Bibliotheca Sanskrita. — See Trubner.

Bombay Sanskrit Series. Edited under the superintendence of G.

BUhler, Ph. D., Professor of Oriental Languages, Elphinstone College, and
F. KiELHO&N, Ph. b., Superintendent of Sanskrit Studies, Deccan College.
1868-82.

1. Panohatantra IV. AND V. Edited, with Notes, by G. Buhler,

Ph. D. Pp. 84, 16. 2a. 6d.

2. KAgojIbhatta's Paribhashenduseehara. Edited and explained

by F. KiELHOBN, Ph. D. Part I., the Sanskrit Text and Various Readings,
pp. 116. 4a.

3. Panohatantra ii. and ni. Edited, with Notes, by G. BUhler, Ph. D.

Pp. 86, 14, 2. 2a. Qd,

4. Panohatantra i. Edited, with Notes, by F. Kielhorn, Ph.D.

Pp. 114, 53. 3a.

5. KIlidXsa's Eaghuvam^a. With the Commentary of Mallindtha.

Edited, with Notes, by ShankaeP. Pandit, M.A. Part I. Cantos I.-VI. 4a.

6. KlunXsA's MIi^ayixXgnimitra. Edited, with ISTotes, by Shankab

P. PA1J91T, M.A. 4«. 6rf.

57 mmd 39, iMdgmie Hia, Lomdom, JS.a 85

7. Kl6aifBK43TA*s FAKiKHisHExiNrscEMimi. Edited and explained
by p. KnnJioKK. Pk.a Pkrt U. TrauUimi ui4 Notes. (Piunbh^skiU,

i.-zxjrviL) |^ 184. 4*.

8. 'Kaltdasa's Bagettaua. With the GonuiieDtaiT of Mallinatha*

Edited, vhh Notes, bj Shaxkak P. Pa^toit, M.A. Put II. Cantos VIL-
XIIL 4m.

9. Kagoj{bhatta's PAXiBHlsHxsn^rsExsAmA. Edited and explained

by ¥. KiELHOKV. Pisrt II TnnslatioB sod Notes. (^^'^^^^^ xxxtiiL-
Ixix.) 4».

10. Dai^dis's Pasakuxasachasita. Edited with critical and explana«

tory Notes by G. Bihler. Part I. 3*.

11. Bhastbihari's NmsATACA AiTD Tairagtasa.taka, with Extracts

from Two Sanskrit ComiDcntaries. Edited, with Notes, by Kasinath T.
Tklako^ 4«. 6^

12. KAGOJiBHATrA's PABiBHisH£M>rsEXHARA. Edited and explained

by F. Kblhobx. Part II. Transbtion and Notes. (Paribh&sb&s Izz.-
exzii.) is.

13. Xaledasa's RAGHTYAif^A, with the Commentary of Hallindtha.

Edited, with Notes, by Sbankak P. Pandit. Part III. Cantos XIV.-
XIX. 4#.

14. YiKRAXAXKADETACHAiOTA. Edited, with an Introduction, by Q,

BiiuLBK. Ss,

15. BHAVABHtn's IHalati-MIdhaya. With the Commentary of

Jagaddhara, edited by Raherishna Gopal Bhanda&kar. 14^.

16. The YixRAMORyAsiTAK. A Brama in Five Acts. By KiLiDisA.
Edited with English Notes by Shankar P. Pandit, M.A. pp. xii. and 129
(Sanskrit Text) and 148 (Notes). 1879. 6«.

17. Hekachdsa's Desinamajla, with a glossary by Dr. Pischkl
and Dr. Buhleb.. Part I. lOs.

18 — 21. Patanjah's Yyakabakawahabhathya. By Dr. Kielhorn.
Part I— IV. Vol. I. II. Part 1. Each part 6«.

Borooah. — A Companion to the Sanskbit-Beading TJNBERGBADTrATES

of the Calcutta University, being a few notes on the Sanskrit Texts selected
for examination, and their Commentaries. By Anunbouam Bokouah. 8vo*
pp. b'i'. 38. 6d.

Borooah. — A Practical English- Sanskrit Dictionary. By Anun-

DoRAM Borooah, B.A., B.C. 8., of the Middle Temple, Barrister- at- Law.
Vol. I. A to Falseness. p|>. xx.-680-lO. Vol. 11. Falsification to Oyster, pp.
681 to 1060. With a Supplementary Treatise on Higher Sanskrit Grammar or
Gender and Syntax, with copious illustrations from standard Sanskrit Autliors
and Keferences to Latin and Greek Grammars, pp. vi. and 296. 1879. Vol. III.
• £\ \l8.6d. each.

Borooah. — Bhayabhuti and his Place in Sanskrit Litkratuee. By

Anundoram Borooah. 8vo. sewed, pp. 70. 6t.

Brhat-Sanhita (The). — See under Kern.

Brown. — Sanskrit Prosody and ISTttmertcal Symbols Explained. By

Charlrs Philip Brown, Author of the Telugu Dictionary, Grammar, etc., 1'ro*
fessor of Telugu in the University of London. Demy 8vo. pp. Ui, cloth. 3«. 6d»

Snmell. — Riktantravyakarana. A Pratiqakhya of the Samaveda.
Edited, with an Introduction, Translation of the Sutras, and Induxcs, by
A. C. BuMMBLL, Ph.D. Vol. L Post Svo. boards, pp. IvUL and 84. 10#. 6d,

86 Linguistic Publications of Truhner & Co.

Burnell. — A Classifibd Jtstdbx to the Sanskrit MSS. in the Palace at
Tanjore. Prepared for the Madras Qovemment. By A. C. Burnell, Ph.D.
In 4to. Part I. pp. iv. and 80, stitched, stiff wrapper. Vedic and Technical
Literature. Part II. pp. iv. and 80. Philosophy and Law. 1879. Part III.
Drama, Epics, Puranas and Tantras, Indices, 1880. 10«. each part.

Bomell. — Catalogite of a Collection of Sanszeit Manusceipts. By

A. 0. Burnell, M.R.A.S., Madras Civil Service. Part 1. Vedie ManuaeripU,
Fcap. 8vo. pp. 64, sewed. 1870. 2«.

BomelL — Datada9A9Lom. Ten Slokas in Sanskbit, with English

Translation. By A. C. Burnell. Svo. pp. 11. 2s.

BnmelL — On the Aindra School op Sanskrit Grammarians. Their

Place in the Sanskrit and Subordinate Literatures. By A. C. Burnell. Svo.
pp. 120. lOs. 6d,

Bnmell. — The SImavedhInabrIhmana (being the Third Brahmana)

of the Sanaa Veda. Edited, together with the Commentary of S&yana, an
English Translation, Introduction, and Index of Words« by A. C. Burnell.
Volume I.— Text and Commentary, with Introduction. Svo. pp. xxxviii. and

104. 128. 6d.

Burnell. — ^Thb Arsheyabrahmana (being the fourth Brahmana) of
THE Sam A Veda. The Sanskrit Text. Edited, together with Extracts from the
Commentary of Sayana, etc. An Introduction and Index of Words. By A. C.
Burnell, Ph.D. Svo, pp. 61 and 109. lOa. tid,

Burnell. — The DEVATaDHYaxABRaHMANA (being the Fifth Brahmana)
of the Sama Veda. The Sanskrit Text edited, with the Commentary of Sayai^a,
an Index of Words, etc., by A. C. Burnell, M.R.A.S. Svo. and Irans.,
pp. 34. 58.

Burnell. — The JaiminIya Text of the Arsheyabrahmana of thb

Sama Veda. Edited in Sanskrit by A. C. Burnell, Ph. D. Svo. sewed, pp.
56. 7«. 6d.

Burnell. — The Sai^hitopanishadbrahmana (Being the Seyenth

Brahmana) of the Sama Veda. The Sanskrit Text. With a Commentary, an
Index of Words, etc. Edited by A. C. Burnell, Ph.I). Svo. sti^ boards,
pp. 86. 7s. 6d.

Burnell. — The Vam^abrAhmana (being the Eighth Brahmana) of the

S&ma Veda. Edited, together with the Commentary of Sayana, a Preface and
Index of Words, by A. C. Burnbll, M.K.A.S., etc. Svo. sewed, pp. xliii.,
12, and xii., with 2 coloured plates. lOs. 6d.

CBXslogHB OF Sanskrit Works Printed in India, offered for

Sale at the affixed nett prices by TrUbner & Co. 16mo. pp. 52. ]«.

Ohintamon. — A Commentary on the Text of the BHAOAYAD-GfTl;

or, the Discourse between Krishna and Aijuna of Divine Matters. A Sanscrit
Philosophical Poem. With a few Introductory Papers. By Hurrychund
Chintamon, Political Agent to H. H. the Gnicowar Alolhar Rao Maharajah
of Baroda. Post Svo. cloth, pp. 118. 6a.

Clark. — Meghaduta, the Clodd Messenger. Poem of Ealidaea.
Translated by the late Bey. Thomas Clark, M.A. Fcap. 8yo. pp. 64,
wrapper. 1882 la.

Colebrooke. — The Life and Miscellaneous Essays of Henry Thomas

Colebrooke. The Bio^aphy by his son, Sir T. E. Colerrookb, Bart., M.P.

The Essays edited by Professor Cowell. In 3 vols.
Vol. I. The life. With Portrait and Map. Demy 8yo. cloth, pp. xiL and 492.

14«.
Vols. II. and III. The Essays. A New Edition, with Notes by E. B. CowelU

Professor of Sanskrit at Cambridge. Demy 8yo. cloth, pp. xvi. and 544, and z.

and 620. 1873. 28«.

67 and 59, Ludgate Sill, London, E.G. 87

Gowell and Eggeling.^CATALOoirE op Buddhist Sanskbit MAmrsoBiFrs

in the Possession of the Royal Asiatic Society (Hodgson Collection). By Pro-
fessors £. B. OowELL and J. Egoelino. 8vo. sd., pp. 66. 2«. 6</.

Cowell. — S AJEtvA Dabsai^^a Samgkaha. See * * Triibner' s Oriental Series, ' '
page 5.

Ba Cunlia. — The Sahyadei Khaitda op the Skanda Pueana ; a

Mythological, Historical and Geographical Account of Western India. First
edition of the Sanskrit Text, with various readings. By J. Gbhbon da Oukha,
M.R.C.S. and L.M. Eng., L.R.C.P. Edinb., etc. 8vo. bds. pp. 680. £1 1«.

Savies. — Hindu Philosopht. See " Triibner's Orientfid Series,'*

page 4.

Davies. — Bhagavad Gita. See " Triibner's Oriental Series," page 5.

Sutt. — Kings of KlsHMtaA : being a Translation of the Sanskrita Work
Rajataranggini of Kahlana Pandita. By J. Ch. Butt. 12mo. paper, pp. v. 302,
and xxiii. 48.

Gautama. — The iNsafrruTEs op Gautama. See Auctores Sanscriti,
Ooldstucker. — A Diotionaet, Sanszeit and English, extended and

improved from the Second Edition of the Dictionary of Professor H. U. WilsonI
with his sanction and concurrence. Together with a Supplement, Grammatica,
Appendices, and an Index, serving as a Sanskrit- English Vocabulary. By
Theodor GoLDSTiicKEa. Parts I. to YI. 4to. pp. 400. 1856>1863. 6«. each

Ooldstucker. — Panini : His Place in Sanskrit Literature. An Inves-
tigation of some Literary and Chronological Questions which may be settled bj
a study of his Work. A separate impression of the Preface to the Facsimile of
MS. No. 17 in the Library of Uer Majesty's Home Government for India,
which contains a portion of the Manava-Kalpa-Sutra, with the Commentary
of Kumarila-Swamix. By Theodob GoLDSXiicKBR. Imperial 8vo. pp
268, cloth. £2 2s,

Ootlgh. — Philosophy op the TJpanishads. See Triibner's Oriental
Series, page 6.

Oriffith. — Scenes peom the Eamayana, Meghaduta, etc. Translated

by Ralph T H. Guiffith, M.A., Principal of the Benares College. Second

Edition. Crown 8vo. pp. zviii., 244, cloth. 6«.

CoNTEMTB. — Preface— Ayodhya—Eavan Doomed — The Birth of Eama — The Heir apparent —
Kanthara's Guile — Dasaratha's Oath — The Step-mother - Mother and Son— The Triumph of
Love— Fare well? -The Hermit's Son— The Trial of Truth— The Forest— The Rape of 8ita~
Kama's Despair — The Messenger Cloud — Khumbakama — The Suppliant Dove — True Glory*.
F«ed the Poor— The Wise Scholar.

Griffith. — The RImIyan op VIlmiki. Translated into English verse.
By Ralph T. H. Griffith, M.A., Principal of the Benares College. 6 vols.
Vol. 1., containing Books I. and II. Demy 8vo. pp. xzzii. 440, cloth.
1870. 18«. Out of print.

Vol. II., containing Book II., with additional Notes and Index of Names.
Demy 8vo. pp. 504-, cloth. 18*. Out of print.

Vol. III. Demy 8vo. pp. v. and 371, cloth. 1872. 15*.

Vol. IV. Demy 8vo. pp. viii. and 432. 1873. 18*.

Vol. V. Demy 8vo. pp. 368, cloth. 1875. 15*.

Griffith. — Ki.LiDlsA*s Bibth op the War God. See '* Triibner's
Oriental Series,** page 3.

Haas. — Catalogue of Sanskrit and Pali Books in the Library of the
British Museum. By Dr. E&nbt Haas. Printed by Permission of the British
Museum. 4to. cloth, pp. 200. £11*.

88 Linguistic Publicaiions of TrOhner & Co,^

Hang. — The Aitabeya Brahmanau of the Eto Yeda. : containing the

Earliest Speculations of the Brahmans on the meaning of the Sacrificial Prayers,
and on the Origin, Performance, and Sense of the Rites of the Vedic Religion.
Edited, Translated, and Explained hy Martin Hauo, Ph.D., Superintendent of
Sanskrit Studies in the Poona College, etc., etc. In 2 vols. Crown 8vo.
Vol. I. Contents : Sanskrit Text, with Preface, Introductory Essay, and a Map
of the Sacrificial Compound at the Soma &u}rifice, pp. 312. Vol. II. Transla-
tion with Notes, pp. 544. £2 2«.

Hunter. — Catalogue of Sanskeit HAinrscRiPTs (Baddhist) Collected
in Nep&l hy B. H. Hodgson, late Resident at the Court of NepM. Compiled
from Lists in Calcutta, France, and England. By W. W. Huntbb, C.I.£.t
LL.D. 8vo. pp. 28, wrapper. 1880. 28.

Jacob. — HnTDU Paittheism. See " Triibner's Oriental Series," page 4.

Jaiminlya-Nyaya-Hala-Vistara — See under Auctoees Sansceiti.

Kai^ika. — A Commentary on Parent's Geammatioal Aphoeisms. By
Pandit Jayaditya. Edited by Pandit Bala SastkI, Prof. Sansk. ColL,
Benares. First part, Sto. pp. 490. Part II. pp. 474. 16«. each part.

Kern. — The Abtabhatita, witb the Commentary BhatadipikH of
Paramadiyvara, edited by Dr. H. Kbbn. 4 to. pp. xii. and 107. 9«.

Kern. — The Behat-SanhitI ; or, Complete Sj;8tem of Natural
Astrology of Varllha-Mihira Translated from Sanskrit into English by Dr. H.
Kbrn, Professor of Sanskrit at the University of Leyden. Part I. 8yo. pp. 50,
stitched. Parts 2 and 3pp. 51-154. Part4 pp. 155-210. Part 5 pp. 211-266.
Part 6 pp. 267-330. Price 2«. each part. \Will be completed in Nine Parte,

KieUiom. — ^A Geammae op the Sanseeit Lanouage. By F. Kielhoen,

Ph.D., Superintendent of Sanskrit Studies in Deccan College. Registered
under Act zxv. of 1867. Demy 8vo. pp. zvi. 260. cloth. 1870. 10«. %d,

Kielhom. — KattItana and Patanjali. Their Eolation to each other
and to Panini. By F. Kielhorn, Ph. D. , Prof, of Orient. Lang. Poona. 8vo.
pp. 64. 1876. 8«. Qd,

LaghnKanmndf. A Sanskrit Grammar. ByVaradaraja. With an English
Version, Commentary, and References. By James R. Ballanttnb, LL D.,
Principal of the Sanskrit College, Benares. 8vo. pp. zzzvi. and 424, cloth.
£\ 11«. U.

Lanman.— On Noun-Inflection in the Veda. By E. LAiniAN, Asso-
ciate Professor for Sanskrit in the Johns Hopkins Uniyersity. 8vo. pp. 276,
wrapper. 1880. 10*.

Hahabharata. — Teanslated into Hindi for Madan Mohun Bhatt, by
Kkishnacuandradhabmadhikahin, of Benares. Containing all hut the
Barivansa. 3 vols. 8yo. cloth, pp. 574, 810, and 1106. £3 3«.

Mahdbhdrata (in Sanskrit), with the Commentary of Nflakantha. In
Eighteen Books : Book I. Adi Parvan, fol. 248. II. SahhSi do. fol. 82.* *1II. Vana
do. fol. 312. IV. Vir&ta do. fol. 62. V. Udjoga do. fol. 180. VI. Bhfshma do.
fol. 189. VII. Drona do. fol. 216. VIII. Kama do fol. 116. IX. Salya do.
fol. 42. X. Sauptika do. fol. 19. XI. Strf do. fol. 19. XII. §§mti do.: —
a. Rgjadharma, io\. 128 ; b, Apadharma, fol. 41 ; e. Mokshadharma, fol. 290.
XIII. Anu?§isana Parvan. fol. 207. XIV. A§wamedhika do. fol. 78. XV. A^ra-
mav&rika do. fol. 26. XVI. Mausala do. fol. 7. XVII. Mkh&prasthJmika do.
fol. 3. XVIII. Swargarolcana do. fol. 8. Printed with movahle types. Ohlong
folio. Bombay, 1863. £12'l2«.

57 and 59, Ludgate Hill, London, E.G. 89

Haha-Vira-Cliarita ; or, the Adventures of the Great Hero Eama.

An Indian Drama in Seven Acts. Translated into English Prose from the
Sanskrit of Bhayabhuti. By John Pickfokd, M. A. Crown 8vo. cloth. 5«.

Haino-i-S2iard (The Book of the). — The Pazand and Sanskrit Texts
(in Roman cbaructers) as arranged by Neriosengh Dbaval, in the fifteenth
century. With an English translation, a Glossary of the Pazand texts, con-
taining the Sanskrit, Bosian, and Pahlavi equivalents, a sketch of Pazand Gram-
mar, and an Introduction. By E. W. Wbst. 8vo. sewed, pp. 484. 1871. 16«.

Kanava-Kalpa-Sutra ; being a portion of this ancient Work on Yaidik

Rites, together with the Commentary of Kumarila-Swamin. A Facsimile of
the MS. No. 17, in the Library of Her Majesty's Home Government for India.
With a Preface by Theodor GoLDSTiicKER. Oblong folio, pp. 268 of letter-
press and 121 leaves of facsimiles. Cloth. £4 4«.

Mandlik. — ^The YIjnavalkta Smriti, Complete in Original, with an
English Translation and Notes. With an Introduction on the Sources of, andi
Appendices containing Notes on various Topics of Hindu Law. By V. N.
Mandlik. 2 vols, in one. Roy. 8vb. pp. Text 177, andTransl. pp. Ixxxvii. and
632. Bombay, 1880. £3.

Hegha-Duta (The). (Cloud-Messenger.) By Kalidasa. Translated

from the Sanskrit into English verse, with Notes and Illustrations. By the
late H. H. Wilson, M. A., F.R.S., Boden Professor of Sanskrit in the Uni-
versity of Oxford, etc., etc. The Vocabulary by Francis Johnson, sometime
Professor of Oriental Languages at the College of the Honourable the East India
Company, Haileybury. New Edition. 4to. cloth, pp. xi. and 180. 10«. 6(/.

Muir. — Teanslations from Sanskrit Writers. See ** Triibner's Oriental
Series," page 3.

Huir. — Oeiginal Sanskeit Texts, on the Origin and History of the

People of India, their Religion and Institutions. Collected, Translated, and
Illustrated by John Muib, Esq., D.C.L., LL.D., Ph.D.

Vol. I. Mythical and Legendary Accounts of the Origin of Caste, with an Inquiry
into its existence in the Yedic Age. Second Edition, re-written and greatly enlarged.
8vo. pp. XX. 532, cloth. 1868. 21s.

Vol. II. The Trans- Himalayan Origin of the Hindus, and their Affinity with the
Western Branches of the Aryan Race. Second Edition, revised, with Additions.
8vo. pp. xxxii. and 512, cloth. 1871. 21s.

Vol. III. The Vedas: Opinions of their Authors, and of later Indian Writers, on
their Origin, Inspiration, and Authority. Second Edition, revised and enlarged.
8vo. pp. xxxii. 312, cloth. 1868. 16«.

Vol. lY. Comparison of the Yedic with the later representations of the principal
Indian Deities. Second Edition Revised. 8vo pp. xvi. and 524, cloth. 1873. 2U.

Vol. V. Contributions to a Knowledge of the Cosmogony, Mythology, Religious
Ideas, Life and Manners of the Indians in the Vedic Age. Third Edition. 8vo.
pp. xvi. 49 J, c oth, 1884. 2l«.

Nagananda ; oe the Joy op the Snake- Wobld. A Bud<lhist Drama

in Five Acts. Translated into English Prose, with lilxplanatory Notes, from the
Sanskrit of Sri-Harsha-Deva. By Palmer Boyd, B.A., Sanskrit Scholar of
Trinity College, Cambridge. With an Introduction by Professor Cowell.
Crown 8vo., pp. xvi. and 100, cloth. 4«. 6^.

90 LmguiBtic Puhlicationa of Trubner & Co.,

B'alopdkhy^am.-^STOBT of "Naul ; an Episode of the Haha-Bhdrata.
The Sanskrit Text, with Vocabulary, Analysis, and Introduction. By Moniek
WiLLULMs, M.A. The Metrical Translation by the Very Bsr, H. H. Milman,
D.D. 8vo. cl. 16*.

Varadiya Dharma Sastram; ob, ths Instttutes of Kababa. Trans-
lated for the First Time from the unpublished Sanskrit ori^nal. By Dr. Julius
Jolly, University, Wurzburg. With a Preface, Notes chiefly critical, an Index
of Quotations from Narada in th« principal Indian Digests, and a general Index.
Crown 8vo., pp. xxxt. 144, cloth. lOs, 6d.

Oppert. — List of Sanskrit Manuscripts in Private Libraries of
Southern India. Compiled, Arranged, and Indexed, by Gustav Oppebt,
Ph.D. Vol.1. Royal 8to. cloth, pp. 620. 1880. 21a.

Oppert. — On the Weapons, Aemt Obganization, and Politicai Maxims

of the Ancient Hindus. With Special Keference to Gunpowder and Fire Arms.
By G. Oppert. 8vo. sewed, pp. vi. and 162. Madras, 1880. Is. 6d.

Patai^ali. — The Vyakarana-Mahabhashta op Patanjali. Edited

by F. KiEi.HORN, Ph.D., Professor of Oriental Languages, Deccan College.
Vol. I., Part I. pp. 200. Ss. 6d.

Bimayan of Valmiki.— 5 vols. See under Gbippith.

Bam Jasan. — A Sanskbit and English DicrioNAEr. Being an

Abridgment of Professor Wilson's Dictionary. With an Appendix explaining
the use of Affixes in Sanskrit. By Pandit Ram Jasait, Queen's College,
Benares. Published under the Patronage of the Government, N.W.P. Royal
8vo. cloth, pp. ii. and 707. 28«.

Big- Veda Sanhita. — ^A Collection op Ancient Hindu Hymns.

Constituting the First Ashtaka, or Book of the Rig-veda ; the oldest authority
for the religious and social institutions of the Hindus. Translated from the
Original Sanskrit by the late H. H. Wilson, M.A. Secono Edition, with a
Postscript by Dr. FiTZEDWAhD Hall. Vol. I. 8vo. cloth, pp. lii. and 3i8.
Price 21«.

Big-Veda Sanhita. — A Collection of Ancient Hindu Hymns, consti-
tuting the Fifth to Eighth Ashtakas, or books of the Eig-Veda, the oldest
Authority for the Religious and Social Institutions of the Hindus. Translated
from the Original Sanskrit by the late Horace Hathan Wilson. M.A.,
F.R.S., etc. Edited by B. B. Co well, M.A., Principal of the Calcutta
Sanskrit College. Vol. IV. 8vo. cloth, pp. 214. 14«.
A few copies of Vols. II. and III. still left. [ Vols. V, and VL in the Press,

Big-Yeda-Sanhita : The Sacred Hymns op the Bbahmans. Trans-
lated and explained by F. Max Mijllfr. M.A., LL.D., Fellow of Ail Souls'
College, Professor of Comparative Philology at Oxford, Foreign Member of the
Institute of France, etc., etc. Vol. I. Hymns to the Maruts, or the Storm-
Gods. 8vo. cloth, pp. clii. and 264. 1869. I2s, 6d,

Big- Veda. — The HymnsoftheRig- Veda in theSamhitaandPada Texts.
Reprinted from the Editio Princeps. By P. Max Muller, M.A., etc. Second
edition. With the Two Texts on Parallel Pages. In 2 vols. Svo. pp. 1700,
sewed. 1877 32«.

Sabdakalpadmma, the well-known Sanskrit Dictionary of BajIh

Badhakanta Deya. In Bengali characters. 4to. Parts 1 to 40. (In
course of publication.) Zs. 6d. each part.

Sima-Vidhana-Brahmana. With the Commentary of Sayana. Edited,

with Notes, Translation, and Index, by A. C. Burnell, M.R.A.S. Vol. I.
Text and Commentary. With Introduction. Svo. cloth, pp. xxxviii. and 104.
12«.6^.

57 and 59, LudgaU Sill, London, E.G. 91

Saknntala. — ^A Sanskrit Bbama is Seykn Acts. Edited by Mokibe
Williams, 11. A. Second Edition. 8to. d. £1 1«.

Saknntala. — KaltdIsa's GAKVirrALi. The BengaK Becension. With
Critical Notes. Edited by Iuchard Pibchbl. 8yo. cloth, pp. xi and 210. 14«.

Sarva-Sabda-SambodMni ; ok, The Complete Sajtskbit Diction abt.

In Telogu characters. 4to. cloth, pp. 1078. £2 15*.

Snrya-Siddhanta (Translation of the). — See Whitney.

laittiriyarPratigakll/a. — See Whitney.

Tarkavachaspati. — Vachaspatta, a Comprehensive Dictionary, in Ten

Parts, (compiled by Taranatha Tarkavacbaspati, Professor of Grammar
and Philosophy in the Government Sanskrit College of Calcutta. An Alpha-
betically Arranged Dictionary, with a Grammatical Introduction and Copious
Citations from the Grammarians and Scholiasts, from the Vedas, etc. Parts I.
to XIII. 4to. paper. 1873-6. 18«. each Part.

Thibant. — The Sth-vAstirEAs. English Translation, with an Intro-
duction. By G. Thibaut, Ph.D., Anglo- Sanskrit Professor Benares College.
Sto. cloth, pp. 47, with 4 Plates. 5«.

Thibant. — Contributions to the Explanation op Jtotisha-Vedanga

By G. Thibaut, Ph.D. 8vo. pp. 27. 1». 6rf.

Triibner's Bibliotheca Sansorita. A Catalogue of Sanskrit Litera-
ture, chiefly printed in Europe. To which is added a Catalogue of Sanskrit
Works printed in India ; and a Catalogue of Pali Books. Constantly for sale
by Triibner & Co. Cr. 8vo. sd., pp. 84. 2*. 6rf.

Vardhamana. — See Auctores Sanscriti, page 62.

Vedarthayatna (The) ; or, an Attempt to Interpret the Yedas. A

Marathi and English Translation of the Big Veda, with the Original Sa&hitd,
and Pada Texts in Sanskrit. Parts I. to ^Vlll. 8vo. pp. 1 — 896. Price
3«. 6fif. each.

Vishnn-Pnrana (The) ; a System of Hindu Mythology and Tradition.

Translated from the original Sanskrit, and Illustrated by Notes derived chiefly
from other Pur&nas. By the late H. H. Wilson, M.A., F.R.S,, Boden Pro-
fessor of Sanskrit in the University of Oxford, etc., etc. Edited by Fitz-
sdward Hall. In 6 vols. 8vo, Vol. I. pp. cxl. and 200; Vol. II. pp. 8^3 :
Vol. III. pp. 348: Vol. IV. pp. 346, cloth; Vol. V. Part I, pp. 392, cloth.
IDs. ^d. each. Vol. V., Part II, containing the Index, compiled by Fitzedward
HaU. Avo. cloth, pp. 268. 12«.

Weber. — On the Eamayana. By Dr. Albeecht Weber, Berlin.

Translated from the German by the Rev. D. C. Boyd, M.A. Keprinted from
" The Indian Antiquary." Foap. 8vo. sewed, pp. 130. 5«.

Weber. — Indian Liteeatuee. See **TriJbnor'8 Oriental Series,"

page 3.

Whitney. — Athaeva Yeda PrIti9Ikhta ; or, ^dunak{yd Caturddhyd-
yikk (The). Text, Translation, and Notes. By William u. Whitney, Pro-
fessor of Sanskrit in Yale College. 8vo. pp. 286, boards. £\ 11«. 6^.

Whitney.— Stteya-Siddhanta (Translation of the) : A Text-book of
Hindu Astronomy, with Notes and an Appendix, containing additional Notet
and Tables, Calculations of Eclipses, a Stellar Map, and indexes. By the
Rev. E. Burgess. Edited by W. D. Whitney. 8vo. pp. iv. and 364,
boards. £\ lU, 6d,

92 Linguistic Publications of Tmhner & Co,^

Whitney. — TiimEfTA-PaiTKjlKHTA, with its Commentary, the

Tribh&shyaratna : Text, Translation, and Notes. By W. D. Whitney, Prof,
of Sanskrit in Yale College, Mew Haven. 8to. pp. 469. 1871. £\ 58.

Whitney. — ^Index Yerborum to the Published Text of the Atharva-
Veda. By William Dwight Whitney, Professor in Yale College. (Vol. XII. of
the Amencan Oriental Society). Imp. Svo. pp. 384, wide margin, wrapper.
1881. £\ 58.

Whitney. — A Sanskeit Grammar, including both the Classical Lan-
guage, and the Older Language, and the Older Dialects, of Veda and Brahmana.
8to. cloth, pp. yiii. and 486. 1879. 12«.

Williams. — A Dictionary, English and Sanscrit. By Moniek

Williams, M.A. Published under the Patronage of the Honourable East India
Company. 4to. pp. xii. 862, cloth. 1851. £3 3«.

Williams. — A Sanskrit-English Dictionary, Etymologically and
Philologically arranged, with special reference to Greek, Latin, German, Anglo-
Saxon, £nglish, and other cognate Indo-European Languages. By Monibk
Williams, M.A., Boden Professor ef Sanskrit. 4to. cloth, pp. xxv. and 1186
£4 14«. 6^.

Williams. — A Practical Grammar op the Sanskrit Language, ar-
ranged with reference to the Classical Languages of Europe, for the use ol
English Students, by Mqnier Williams^ M.A. 1877. Fourth Edition,
Revised. Svo. cloth. 159.

Wilson. — Works of the late Horace Hayman Wilson, M.A., F.R.S.,

Member of the Royal Asiatic Societies of Calcutta and Paris, and of the Oriental
Soc. of Germany, etc., and Boden Prof, of Sanskrit in the University of
Oxford.

Vols. I. and II. Essays and Lectures chiefly on the Religion of the Hindni,
by the late H. H. Wilson, M.A., F.R.S., etc. Collected and Edited by Dr.
Reinhold Rost. 2 vols, cloth, pp xiii. and 399, vi. and 416. 2\s.

Vols. Ill, IV. and V. Essays Analytical, Critical, and Philological, cm
Subjects connected with Sanskrit Literature. Collected and Edited bj
Dr. Reinhold Rost. 3 vols. 8vo. pp. 408, 406, and 390, cloth. Price 36«.

Vols. VL, VIL, Vm, IX. and X.. Parti. Vi^^hnu I'urXnX, a System op
Hindu Mythology and Tradition. Vols. I. to V. Translated from the
original Sanskrit, and Illustrated by Notes derived chiefly from other Pur&^&s.
By the late H. H. Wilson, Edited by Fitzedward Hall, M.A., D.C.L.,
Oxon. 8vo., pp. cxl. and 2C0 ; 344 ; 344 ; 346, cloth. 2/. \2s. 6d,

Vol. X., Part 2, containing the Index to, and completing the Vishnu Pur&n&,
compiled by Fitzedward Hall. Svo. cloth, pp. 268. 12».

Vols. XL and XII. Select Specimens op the Theatre of the Hindus. Trans-
lated from the Original Sanskrit. By the late Horace Hayman Wilson, M.A.,
F. R.S. 3rd corrected Ed. 2 vols. Svo. pp. Ixi. and 384 ; and iv. and 418, cl. 21«^

Wilson. — Select Specimens of the Theatee of the Hindus. Trans-
lated from the Original Sanskrit. By the late Horace Hayman Wilson,
MA., F. R.S. Third corrected edition. 2 vols. 8vo., pp. Ixxi. and 384; iv.
and 418,^cloth. 2U.

CONTENTS.

Vol. I.— Preface — Treatise on the Dramatic System of the Hindus— Dramas translated from the
Orifpnal Sanskrit—The Mrichchakati, or the Toy Cart— Yikram aand Urvasi, or the
Hero and the Nymph— Uttara K&ma Chantra, or continuation of the History of
R&ma.

Vol. II.— Dramas translated from the Original Sanskrit— Malfiti and Mfidhava, or the Stolen
Marriage— Mudr& Rakshasa, or the Signet of the Minister— Ratn&vall, or the
Necklace— Appendix, containing short accounts of different Dramas.

57 and 59, Ludgate Hill, London, E.O. 93

Wilson. — A. DicTiONAET IN Sanskrit and English. Translated,
amended, and enlarged from an original compilation prepared by learned Natives
for the College of Fort William by H. H. Wilson. The Third Edition edited
by Jagunmohana Tarkalankara and Khettramohana Mookerjee. Published by
Gyanendrachan^a Kayacboudhuri and Brothers. 4to. pp. 1008. Calcutta,
1874. £3 3«.

Wilson (H. H.). — See also Megha Duta, Kig-Yeda, and Yishnu-

Twrknk,

Yajurveda. — The White Yajtteveda in the Madhyandina Kecen-

6I0N. With the Commentary of Mahidhara. Complete in 36 parts. Large
square 8yo. pp. 571. £4 IDs.

SHAN.

Cnslling. — Geammae of the Shan Language. By the Rev. J. IT.
CusHiNO. Large 8vo. pp. xii. and 60, boards. Rangoon, 1871. 9«.

CusMng. — Elementary Handbook of the Shan Language. By the
Rev. J. N. CusHiNO, MA. Small 4to. boards, pp. x. and 122. 1880. 12*. 6d.

Gushing. — A Shan and English Dictionary. By J. K. Gushing, M.A.
Demy 8yo. cloth, pp. xyi. and 600. 1881. £1 1«. 6i;.

SINDHL

Tmmpp. — Geammae of the Sindhi Language. Compared with the
Sanskrit- Prakrit and the Cognate Indian Vernaculars. By Dr. Ernest
Tkumpp. Printed by order of Her Majesty *8 Government for India. Demy
8vo. sewed, pp. xvi, and 590. 15^.

SINHALESE.

Aratchy. — Athetha "Wakya Deepanya, or a Collection of Sinhalese
Proverbs, Maxims, Fables, etc. Translated into English. By A. M. S.
Aratchy. 8vo. pp. iv. and 84, sewed. Colombo, 1881. 2s. 6d,

D'Alwis. — A Desceiptive Catalogue of Sanskrit, Pali, and Sinhalese
Literary Works of Ceylon. By James D*Alwi8, M.R.A.S. Vol. I. (all pub«
lished) pp. xzxii. and 244, sewed. 1877. 8«. 6d,

Childers. — ITotes on the Sinhalese Language. No. 1. On the

Formation of the Plural of Neuter Nouns. By the late Prof. R. C. Childers.
Demy Bvo. sd., pp. 16. 1873. 1«.

Maliawansa (The) — The Mahawansa. From the Thirty-Seventh

Chapter. Revised and edited, under orders of the Ceylon (government, by
H. Sumangala, and Don Andris de Silva Batuwantudawa. Vol. I. Pali Text
in Sinhalese Character, pp. xxxii. and 43f). — Vol. II. Sinhalese Translation,
pp. lii. and 378, half-bound. Colombo, 1877. £2 28.

94 LingidBtie Publications of Truhner & Co,^

Steele. — ^An Eastebn Love-Stobt. Kusa Jatakaya, a Buddhistic
Legend. Bendered, for the first time, into English Verse (with notes) from the
Sinhalese Poem of Alagiyavanna Mohottala, by Thomas Stbblb, Ceylon
CItU Senrice. Crown 8to. cloth, pp. xii. and 260. London, 1871. 6«.

SUAHILI.

Erapf. — DicnoNAKT op the Suahui LANeuAGE. By the Eev. Dr. L.
Krapf. With an Appendix, containing an outline of a Saahili Grammar.
The Preface will contain a most interesting account of Dr. Krapf s philological
researches respecting the large family of A^can Languages extending from the
Equator to the Cape of Good Hope, from the year 1^3, up to the present time.
Boyal Svo. pp. xl.-434, cloth. 1882. 30&.

SYRIAO.
Kalilah and Dinnah (The Book of). Translated from Arabic into

Syriac. Edited by W. Wbioht, LL.D., Professor of Arabic in the University
of Cambridge. 8vo. \_ln preparation,

Phillips. — The Docteine of Abdai the Apostle. Now first Edited
in a Complete Form in the Original Syriac, with nn English Translation and
Notes. By George Phillips, D.D., President of Queen's College, Cambridge.
8yo. pp. 122, cloth. 7«. 6^.

Stoddard. — Geahhab of the Modebn Stbtac LAireuAOE, as spoken in
Oroomiah, Persia, and in Koordistan. By Key. D. T. Stoddard, Missionary of
the American Board in Persia. Demy 8yo. bds., pp. 190. lOs. M,

TAMIL.
BescM. — Clatts HuMAiaoKUM Litterabum Sublimiobis Tamxtlici Idio-

MATis. Auctore R. P. Constantio Josefho Beschio, Soc. Jesu, in Madurensi
Begno Mi8siunario. Edited by the Key. E. Ihlefeld, and printed for A.
Bnmell, Esq., Tranquebar. 8yo. sewed, pp. 171. 10«. 6^

Lazarns. — A Tamil Gbahmab designed for use in Colleges and Schools.
By John Lazarus, B.A. Small 8yo. cloth, pp. yiii. and 230. 1878. 6«. %d

Lazams. — A Tamil Gbammab, Designed for use in Colleges and Schools.
By J. Lazarus. 12mo. cloth, pp. yiii. and 230. London, 1879. 6«. &d.

Pope. — A Tamil Handbook; or, Full Introduction to the Common
Dialect of thut Language, on the plan' of Ollendorff and Arnold. With copiona
Vocabularies, Appendices, containing Reading Lessons, Analyses of Letters,
Deeds, Complaints, OflScial Documents By Kev. G. U. Pope. Third edition,
8vo. cloth, pp. iT. and 388. 18«.

57 and 59^ Ludgate Hill^ London^ E.G. 95

TELUGU.
Arden. — A Pbogbessive Gbammab of the Tblugu Lakguage, with

Copious Examples and Exercises. In Three Parts. Part I. Introduction. —
On the Alphabet and Orthocrraphy. — Outline Grammar, and Model Sentences.
Part II. A Complete Grammar of the Colloquial Dialect. Part III. On the
Grammatical Dialect used in Books. By A. H. Ardbn, M.A., Missionary of
the C. M. S. Masulipatam. 8vo. sewed, pp. xiv. and 880. I4«.

Arden. — ^A Companion Telugu Reader to Arden's Progressive Telugu
Grammar. 8yo. cloth, pp. 130. Madras, 1879. 7«. Qd,

Carr. — «-o|^er*§ J,"Co|^S'. A Collection op Telttgit Pbovekbs,

Translated, Illustrated, and Explained ; together with some Sanscrit Proverhs
printed in the Devandgari and Telugu Characters. By Captain M. W, Carr,
Madras StaffCorps. One Vol. and Supplemnt, royal 8yo. pp. 488 and 148. 31«. 6c/

TIBETAN.

Csoma de Koros. — A Dictionart Tibetan and English (only). By

A. CsoMA DE EoRos. 4to. cloth, pp. xxii. and 352. Calcutta, 1834. £2 2«.

Csoma de Koros. — A Grammar of the Tibetan Language. Ey A.
CsoMA DE EoBos. 4to. sowcd, pp. xii. and 204, and 40. 1834. 25«.

Jaschke. — A Tibetan-English Dictionary. With special reference to
the prevailing dialects ; to which is added an English-Tibetan Vocabulary. By

B. A. Jascuke, late Moravian Missionary at Kijelang, British Lahoul. Com-
piled and published under the orders of the Secretary of State for India. in
Council. Buyal 8vo. pp. xxii. -672, cloth. 309.

Jaschke. — Tibetan Grammar. Ey H. A. Jaschke. Crown Svo. pp.
yiii. and 104, cloth. 1883. 5«.

Lewin. — A Manual of Tibetan, being a Guide to the Colloquial Speech
of Tibet, in a Series of Prog^ressive Exercises, prepared with the assistance of
Yapa Ugyen Gyatsho by Major Thomas Hbkbekt Lewin. Oblong 4to. cloth,
pp. xi. and 176. 1879. £1 1*.

ScMefiier. — Tibetan Tales. See " Triibner's Oriental Series,*' page 5.

TURKI.

Sbaw. — A Sketch of the Turki Language. As Spoken in Eastern

Turkistan (K^hghar and Yarkand). By Robert Barklay Shaw, F.ll.G.S.,
Political Agent. In Two Parts. With Lists of Names of Birds and Plants
by J. Scully, Surgeon, H.M. Bengal Army. Svo. sewed, Part I., pp. 130.
1876. 7». 6rf.

«96 Linguistic Publications of Trubner 8f Co.

TURKISH.
Arnold. — A Simple Transltteeial Grauma:b op the Turkish Langitagb.

Compiled from Tarious sources. With Dialogues and Vocabulary. By Edwin
Arnold, M.A., C.S.I., F.R.G.S, Pott 8vo. cloth, pp. 80. 1877. 2<. 6d.

Oibb. — 0TT0MA2f Poems. Translated into English Yerse in their
Original Forms, with Introduction, Biographical Notices, and Notes. Fcap. 4to.
pp. Ivi. and 272. With a plate and 4 portraits. Cloth. By E. J. W. Gibb.
1882. £1 1«.

Hopkins. — Elementary Grammar op the Turkish Language. With

a few Easy Exercises. By F. L. Hopkins. M.A., Fellow and Tutor of Trinitj
Hall, Cambridge. Cr. 8to. cloth, pp. 48. 1877. 3«. Gr^.

Bedhonse. — On the History, System, and Varieties of Turkish Poetry,
Illustrated by Selections in the Original, and in English Paraphrase. With a
notice of the Islamic Doctrine of the Immortality of Woman's Soul in the
Future State. By J. W. Redhouse, M.R.A.S. Demy 8vo. pp 64. 1879.
(Reprinted from the .Transactions of the Royal Society of Literature) sewed,
1«. Qd. ; cloth, 2«. 6rf.

Bedhouse. — The Turkish Campaigner's Yade-Mecum of Ottoman

CoLLOdUiAL Language ; cootaining a concise Ottoman Grammar ; a carefully
selected Vocabulary, alphabetically arranged, in two parts, English and Turkish,
and Turkish and English; also a few Familiar Dialogues; the whole in Bnglish
characters. By J. W. Redhouse, P.R.A.S. Third Edition. Oblong 32mo
pp. 7111.-372, limp cloth. 1882. 6^^.

Bedhonse. — ^A Simplified Grammar op the Ottoman-Turkish
Language. By J. W. Redhouse, M.R.A.S. Crown 8vo. pp. xii.-204,
cloth. 1884. lOtf. Qd,

UMBRLiN.
Newman. — The Text op the Iguvine Inscriptions, with interlinear

Latin Translation and Notes. By Francis W. Newman, late Professor of
Latin at University College, London. 8vo. pp. zvi. and 54, sewed. 1868. 2«.

TJRIYA.

Browne. — An UriyI Primer in Eoman Character. By J. F. Browne,

B.C.S. Crown 8vo. pp. 32, cloth. 1882. 2*. Qd.

Maltby. — A Practical Handbook op the TJrita or Odita Language.
By Thomas J. Maltbt, Madras C.S. 8to. pp. xiii. and 201. 1874. 10«. 6<f.

1000

28,2,84

■TBPHBir AUSTZV AKD 80X8, PBIXTBB8, HZBTFOBD.